{ "project": "MTA", "course": "EL098 — C21 English for the 21st Century, Level 2, Units 1–6", "generated": "2026-10-13T01:03:01.036Z", "sources": { "mta_pdf": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf — 130 questions; answers read from orange highlights (data/evidence/mta-highlights.json)", "study_sheets": "40 study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار), OCR in data/evidence/sheets-ocr.txt", "textbook": "C21 Level 2 Teacher’s Book (Garnet 2023), Units 1–6; references are printed page numbers" }, "labels": { "leak": "From leaked exam material", "ai": "AI-generated", "unsure": "Source not confirmed" }, "verification_labels": { "tb": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "src": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "gram": "Verified by grammar analysis (not in the Teacher’s Book)", "excluded": "Not scored (excluded)" }, "notes": [ "Every question has a separate English hint (current.hint, shown before answering; it does not name the answer) and an English explanation (current.explanation, shown after answering). The old Arabic hint, which was used for both, is kept in original.hint_ar.", "Arabic is used only for question translations (current.arabic) and for vocabulary meanings.", "source_class \"leak\" = question text found verbatim in the MTA PDF (130/130 checked) or in the study-sheet OCR; \"ai\" = generated or substantially rewritten from the study materials; \"unsure\" = only partly found.", "answer_changed = the correct answer was changed because the source key was wrong; answer_reworded = the same answer with new wording (for example, after options were rewritten).", "Correction categories: error = confirmed factual or grammatical error; ambiguity = more than one defensible answer; leak = a hint, translation or cue revealed the answer; improvement = optional educational improvement.", "The vocabulary quiz items are generated from the word list (one item per active word). Vocabulary units come from the original word list; unit_check states whether the Teacher’s Book text of that unit contains the word." ], "summary": { "pdf_original": 130, "img_original": 320, "questions_total": 450, "questions_active": 426, "questions_excluded": 24, "active_pdf": 126, "active_img": 300, "excluded_by_kind": { "ambiguous": 1, "duplicate": 4, "out-of-scope": 18, "unverifiable": 1 }, "source_leak": 302, "source_ai": 143, "source_unsure": 5, "active_source_leak": 288, "active_source_ai": 133, "active_source_unsure": 5, "verified_tb": 208, "verified_src": 124, "verified_gram": 94, "answers_changed": 4, "answers_reworded": 13, "questions_with_corrections": 139, "hints_written_en": 450, "explanations_written_en": 450, "vocab_original": 149, "vocab_added": 15, "vocab_total": 164, "vocab_active": 163, "vocab_corrected": 17, "vocab_source_unsure": 6, "vocab_unit_not_verified": 48, "vocab_quiz_items": 163, "practice_items_total": 589, "correction_records": 173, "corrections_by_category": { "error": 50, "ambiguity": 47, "leak": 57, "improvement": 19 } }, "questions": [ { "id": "p1", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 1, page 1", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Prepositions", "unit": "Unit 1", "original": { "question": "The test is ___ Wednesday.", "options": [ "in", "on", "at" ], "answer": "on", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "الاختبار ___ يوم الأربعاء.", "hint_ar": "مع أيام الأسبوع والتواريخ نستخدم حرف الجر نفسه.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "The test is ___ Wednesday.", "options": [ "in", "on", "at" ], "answer": "on", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "الاختبار ___ يوم الأربعاء.", "hint": "Which preposition do we use with days of the week, like Monday or Friday?", "explanation": "Days of the week take the preposition “on”: on Wednesday, on Friday, on Monday morning. English uses three prepositions of time in a general-to-specific pattern: “in” for long periods (in July, in 2015), “on” for days and dates, and “at” for exact clock times (at 9 o’clock). Wednesday is a single day, so “The test is on Wednesday” is correct; “in Wednesday” and “at Wednesday” are common learner mistakes." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 1A ex.9 (on + day), TB p.12", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [], "mta_highlight": [ "b) on" ] }, { "id": "p2", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 2, page 1", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Prepositions", "unit": "Unit 1", "original": { "question": "The new restaurant opens ___ 2nd May.", "options": [ "on", "in", "at" ], "answer": "on", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "المطعم الجديد يفتح ___ ٢ مايو.", "hint_ar": "تاريخ محدد (يوم + شهر) ← نفس حرف جر الأيام.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "The new restaurant opens ___ 2nd May.", "options": [ "on", "in", "at" ], "answer": "on", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "المطعم الجديد يفتح ___ ٢ مايو.", "hint": "A date is a particular day. Which preposition goes with days?", "explanation": "A date such as 2nd May names one particular day, so it follows the same rule as days of the week and takes “on”: on 2nd May, on 4th July, on my birthday. Be careful: the month alone is a longer period and takes “in” (in May), but as soon as you add the day number, the preposition changes to “on”. “At” is only for clock times (at 7 p.m.)." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 1A ex.9 (on + date), TB p.12", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [], "mta_highlight": [ "a) on" ] }, { "id": "p3", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 3, page 1", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Prepositions", "unit": "Unit 1", "original": { "question": "The holidays start ___ July.", "options": [ "on", "in", "at" ], "answer": "in", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "الإجازة تبدأ ___ شهر يوليو.", "hint_ar": "مع الشهور والسنوات والفصول نستخدم حرف جر يدل على فترة طويلة.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "The holidays start ___ July.", "options": [ "on", "in", "at" ], "answer": "in", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "الإجازة تبدأ ___ شهر يوليو.", "hint": "Is July a single day or a longer period of time?", "explanation": "Months, seasons and years are long periods, and long periods take “in”: in July, in summer, in 2024. “On” is used only for days and dates (on 1st July), and “at” is for exact times (at noon). So the holidays start in July. A useful memory aid: the longer the period, the more “inside” it you are — in a month, in a year, in a century." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 1A ex.9 (in + month), TB p.12", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [], "mta_highlight": [ "b) in" ] }, { "id": "p4", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 4, page 1", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Prepositions", "unit": "Unit 1", "original": { "question": "Was your brother born ___ 2015?", "options": [ "at", "on", "in" ], "answer": "in", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "هل وُلد أخوك ___ عام ٢٠١٥؟", "hint_ar": "السنة فترة طويلة، مثل الشهور.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "Was your brother born ___ 2015?", "options": [ "at", "on", "in" ], "answer": "in", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "هل وُلد أخوك ___ عام ٢٠١٥؟", "hint": "A year is a long period, like a month. Which preposition do we use with long periods?", "explanation": "Years are long periods, so we use “in”: born in 2015, the Olympics in 1964. This is the same rule as for months (in March) and seasons (in winter). “On” would need a specific day (born on 3rd June 2015), and “at” is for clock times. So the question is “Was your brother born in 2015?”." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 1A ex.9 (in + year), TB p.12", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [], "mta_highlight": [ "c) in" ] }, { "id": "p5", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 5, page 1", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Prepositions", "unit": "Unit 1", "original": { "question": "She worked there ___", "options": [ "from 2018 at 2020", "from 2018 on 2020", "from 2018 to 2020" ], "answer": "from 2018 to 2020", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "عملت هناك ___", "hint_ar": "from … ___ … تعني «من … إلى …».", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "She worked there ___", "options": [ "from 2018 at 2020", "from 2018 on 2020", "from 2018 to 2020" ], "answer": "from 2018 to 2020", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "عملت هناك ___", "hint": "We often use “from …” with another word to show where a period ends.", "explanation": "To give the start and end of a period, English uses the pair “from … to …”: She worked there from 2018 to 2020; The shop is open from 9 to 5. “From … until …” is also possible, but “from … at …” and “from … on …” are never used, because “at” and “on” cannot mark the end point of a period. Learn “from … to …” as one fixed pattern." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 1A ex.9e from … to, TB p.12", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [], "mta_highlight": [ "c) from 2018 to 2020" ] }, { "id": "p6", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 6, page 2", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Tenses", "unit": "Units 1, 2, 5, 6", "original": { "question": "I ___ comedy shows.", "options": [ "likes", "liked", "like" ], "answer": "like", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "أنا ___ البرامج الكوميدية.", "hint_ar": "مع I في المضارع البسيط لا نضيف s للفعل.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "I ___ comedy shows. I watch one every weekend.", "options": [ "likes", "liked", "like" ], "answer": "like", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "أنا ___ البرامج الكوميدية. أشاهد واحداً كل نهاية أسبوع.", "hint": "The second sentence shows this is a habit now. Which present-simple form goes with “I”?", "explanation": "The second sentence (“I watch one every weekend”) shows we are talking about a present habit and preference, so we use the present simple. In the present simple, only he/she/it add -s; with I, you, we and they the verb stays in its base form: I like, you like, they like. “Likes” would need a third-person subject (She likes comedy shows), and “liked” is past, which does not match the present habit in the second sentence." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 1B present simple, TB p.13–14", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "ambiguous", "category": "ambiguity", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "Without context, “liked” (past) was also grammatical. A present-habit sentence was added, so only “like” fits.", "reason_ar": "", "ref": "Unit 1B present simple, TB p.13–14", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "I ___ comedy shows.", "to": "I ___ comedy shows. I watch one every weekend." }, { "field": "arabic", "from": "أنا ___ البرامج الكوميدية.", "to": "أنا ___ البرامج الكوميدية. أشاهد واحداً كل نهاية أسبوع." } ] } ], "mta_highlight": [ "c) like" ] }, { "id": "p7", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 7, page 2", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Tenses", "unit": "Units 1, 2, 5, 6", "original": { "question": "Mona ___ Chinese food, but she ___ like Italian food.", "options": [ "like / don’t", "likes / doesn’t", "liked / didn’t" ], "answer": "likes / doesn’t", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "منى ___ الأكل الصيني، لكنها ___ تحب الأكل الإيطالي.", "hint_ar": "Mona = she ← الفعل يأخذ s، والنفي مع she يكون بـ does.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "These days, Mona ___ Chinese food, but she ___ like Italian food.", "options": [ "like / don’t", "likes / doesn’t", "liked / didn’t" ], "answer": "likes / doesn’t", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "هذه الأيام، منى ___ الأكل الصيني، لكنها ___ تحب الأكل الإيطالي.", "hint": "“These days” shows the present. Mona is one person (she) — which verb form and which negative auxiliary match “she”?", "explanation": "Mona is a third-person singular subject (she), and “these days” tells us the sentence is in the present simple. In the affirmative, he/she/it adds -s to the verb (Mona likes); in the negative, we use “doesn’t” + base verb (she doesn’t like). “Like / don’t” is the form for I/you/we/they, and “liked / didn’t” is past, which does not fit “these days”. Notice that after “doesn’t” the main verb loses its -s: she doesn’t like, not she doesn’t likes." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 1B present simple do/does, TB p.13–14", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "ambiguous", "category": "ambiguity", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "Without a time expression, the past “liked / didn’t” was also grammatical. “These days” was added, so only the present “likes / doesn’t” fits.", "reason_ar": "", "ref": "Unit 1B present simple, TB p.13–14", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "Mona ___ Chinese food, but she ___ like Italian food.", "to": "These days, Mona ___ Chinese food, but she ___ like Italian food." }, { "field": "arabic", "from": "منى ___ الأكل الصيني، لكنها ___ تحب الأكل الإيطالي.", "to": "هذه الأيام، منى ___ الأكل الصيني، لكنها ___ تحب الأكل الإيطالي." } ] } ], "mta_highlight": [ "b) likes / doesn’t" ] }, { "id": "p8", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 8, page 2", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Tenses", "unit": "Units 1, 2, 5, 6", "original": { "question": "He ___ to the park every week.", "options": [ "go", "going", "goes" ], "answer": "goes", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "هو ___ إلى الحديقة كل أسبوع.", "hint_ar": "every week عادة ← مضارع بسيط، و he تأخذ es مع go.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "He ___ to the park every week.", "options": [ "go", "going", "goes" ], "answer": "goes", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "هو ___ إلى الحديقة كل أسبوع.", "hint": "“Every week” describes a habit. What happens to the verb after he/she/it in the present simple?", "explanation": "Expressions like “every week”, “usually” and “on Fridays” describe habits, which take the present simple. With he/she/it the verb adds -s, and verbs ending in -o, -ch, -sh, -s or -x add -es: go → goes, do → does, watch → watches. So: He goes to the park every week. “Go” is the form for I/you/we/they, and “going” needs a form of “be” (He is going)." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 1B present simple, TB p.13–14", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [], "mta_highlight": [ "c) goes" ] }, { "id": "p9", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 9, page 2", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Tenses", "unit": "Units 1, 2, 5, 6", "original": { "question": "___ they like comedy shows?", "options": [ "Did", "Do", "Does" ], "answer": "Do", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "___ هم يحبون البرامج الكوميدية؟", "hint_ar": "they + سؤال في المضارع.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "___ they like comedy shows these days?", "options": [ "Did", "Do", "Does" ], "answer": "Do", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "___ هم يحبون البرامج الكوميدية هذه الأيام؟", "hint": "“These days” points to the present. Which present auxiliary goes with “they”?", "explanation": "Present simple questions with ordinary verbs use an auxiliary: “Do” with I/you/we/they and “Does” with he/she/it, followed by the base verb: Do they like comedy shows these days? “Does” does not match the plural subject “they”, and “Did” makes a past question, which conflicts with “these days”. Remember the word order: Do + subject + base verb + …?" }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 1B do/does questions, TB p.13–14", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "ambiguous", "category": "ambiguity", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "Without a time expression, both “Do” and “Did” were correct. “these days” was added, so only “Do” fits.", "reason_ar": "", "ref": "Unit 1B do/does questions, TB p.13–14", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "___ they like comedy shows?", "to": "___ they like comedy shows these days?" }, { "field": "arabic", "from": "___ هم يحبون البرامج الكوميدية؟", "to": "___ هم يحبون البرامج الكوميدية هذه الأيام؟" } ] } ], "mta_highlight": [ "b) Do" ] }, { "id": "p10", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 10, page 2", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "General grammar", "unit": "Foundation (general grammar)", "original": { "question": "My idea/suggestion is to ___ a dinner party tomorrow.", "options": [ "has", "have", "having" ], "answer": "have", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "فكرتي/اقتراحي أن ___ حفلة عشاء غداً.", "hint_ar": "بعد to يأتي الفعل في صيغته الأساسية.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "My idea/suggestion is to ___ a dinner party tomorrow.", "options": [ "has", "have", "having" ], "answer": "have", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "فكرتي/اقتراحي أن ___ حفلة عشاء غداً.", "hint": "After “My idea is to …”, what form of the verb completes the infinitive?", "explanation": "In “My idea is to have a dinner party”, the word “to” is the infinitive marker, so it must be followed by the base form of the verb (to have, to go, to visit). “Has” is a present-simple form and “having” is an -ing form; neither can follow the infinitive “to”. Be careful not to over-generalize: when “to” is a preposition, as in “I look forward to meeting you” or “I’m used to working late”, it is followed by an -ing form or a noun, not a base verb." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 2A ex.6a “My idea is to have”, TB p.18", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [], "mta_highlight": [ "b) have" ] }, { "id": "p11", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 11, page 2", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "General grammar", "unit": "Foundation (general grammar)", "original": { "question": "Why don’t we ___ to a restaurant?", "options": [ "go", "goes", "going" ], "answer": "go", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "لماذا لا ___ إلى مطعم؟", "hint_ar": "Why don't we + فعل مجرد (بدون s أو ing).", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "Why don’t we ___ to a restaurant?", "options": [ "go", "goes", "going" ], "answer": "go", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "لماذا لا ___ إلى مطعم؟", "hint": "“Why don’t we …?” is a suggestion. Which verb form follows an auxiliary like “don’t”?", "explanation": "“Why don’t we …?” is a common way to make a suggestion (Unit 2A). Because it contains the auxiliary “don’t”, it is followed by the base form of the verb: Why don’t we go to a restaurant? Why don’t we invite Sara? “Goes” has the third-person -s, which is never used after an auxiliary, and “going” is used after “How about …?”, not after “Why don’t we …?”." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 2A Focus: Why don’t we + verb, TB p.19", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [], "mta_highlight": [ "a) go" ] }, { "id": "p12", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 12, page 3", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "General grammar", "unit": "Foundation (general grammar)", "original": { "question": "We could ___ a play.", "options": [ "saw", "seeing", "see" ], "answer": "see", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "يمكننا أن ___ مسرحية.", "hint_ar": "بعد could (فعل ناقص) يأتي الفعل المجرد.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "We could ___ a play.", "options": [ "saw", "seeing", "see" ], "answer": "see", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "يمكننا أن ___ مسرحية.", "hint": "“Could” is a modal verb. What form of the main verb follows modal verbs?", "explanation": "“We could …” is another way to make a suggestion. “Could” is a modal verb, and modal verbs (can, could, should, must …) are always followed by the base form without “to”: We could see a play; You should rest. “Saw” is a past form and “seeing” is an -ing form, so neither can follow a modal. A modal never adds -s or -ing itself either." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 2A ex.6e “we could”, TB p.18", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [], "mta_highlight": [ "c) see" ] }, { "id": "p13", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 13, page 3", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "General grammar", "unit": "Foundation (general grammar)", "original": { "question": "How about ___ a picnic?", "options": [ "organize", "organizes", "organizing" ], "answer": "organizing", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "ما رأيك أن ___ نزهة؟", "hint_ar": "How about / What about + فعل ينتهي بـ ing.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "How about ___ a picnic?", "options": [ "organize", "organizes", "organizing" ], "answer": "organizing", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "ما رأيك أن ___ نزهة؟", "hint": "In suggestions, “How about” works like a preposition. What verb form follows prepositions?", "explanation": "“How about …?” and “What about …?” are suggestion phrases that end in a preposition (“about”). After a preposition, a verb must take the -ing form: How about organizing a picnic? What about going to the beach? You can also use a noun: How about a picnic? “Organize” (base form) is used after “Why don’t we …?” or “Let’s …”, and “organizes” is a present-simple form that does not fit here." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 2A ex.6d / Focus: How about + -ing, TB p.18–19", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [], "mta_highlight": [ "c) organizing" ] }, { "id": "p14", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 14, page 3", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Tenses", "unit": "Units 1, 2, 5, 6", "original": { "question": "Ahmed ___ on holiday with some friends.", "options": [ "is going", "are going", "am going" ], "answer": "is going", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "أحمد ___ في إجازة مع بعض الأصدقاء.", "hint_ar": "Ahmed = he ← أي فعل مساعد يناسب he؟", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "Ahmed ___ on holiday with some friends.", "options": [ "is going", "are going", "am going" ], "answer": "is going", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "أحمد ___ في إجازة مع بعض الأصدقاء.", "hint": "Ahmed is one person. Which form of “be” goes with he/she/it?", "explanation": "Unit 2B uses the present continuous (am/is/are + -ing) to talk about future plans and arrangements: Ahmed is going on holiday with some friends. The form of “be” must agree with the subject: I am, he/she/it is, you/we/they are. Ahmed is one person (he), so “is going” is correct. “Are going” would need a plural subject (Ahmed and Ali are going), and “am going” is only for “I”." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 2B present continuous for future, TB p.20", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [], "mta_highlight": [ "a) is going" ] }, { "id": "p15", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 15, page 3", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Comparatives & superlatives", "unit": "Units 3–4", "original": { "question": "Houses are generally ___ than apartments.", "options": [ "many expensive", "more expensive", "expensive" ], "answer": "more expensive", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "البيوت عادة ___ من الشقق.", "hint_ar": "وجود than يعني مقارنة، والصفة طويلة.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "Houses are generally ___ than apartments.", "options": [ "many expensive", "more expensive", "expensive" ], "answer": "more expensive", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "البيوت عادة ___ من الشقق.", "hint": "“Than” shows a comparison. How do long adjectives like “expensive” form the comparative?", "explanation": "The word “than” tells us we are comparing two things, so we need a comparative adjective. Short adjectives add -er (cheap → cheaper), but adjectives of two or more syllables usually use “more”: expensive → more expensive, comfortable → more comfortable. So: Houses are generally more expensive than apartments. “Expensive” alone cannot be followed by “than”, and “many expensive” is not a comparative structure at all." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 3B comparative adjectives, TB p.26", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [], "mta_highlight": [ "b) more expensive" ] }, { "id": "p16", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 16, page 3", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Quantifiers", "unit": "Units 3, 5 (countable/uncountable: Unit 7 focus, needed in Unit 3)", "original": { "question": "There’s ___ money in my wallet.", "options": [ "a few", "less", "a little" ], "answer": "a little", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "يوجد ___ مال في محفظتي.", "hint_ar": "money غير معدود، ولا توجد مقارنة (لا يوجد than).", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "There’s ___ money in my wallet.", "options": [ "a few", "many", "a little" ], "answer": "a little", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "يوجد ___ مال في محفظتي.", "hint": "Is “money” countable or uncountable? Choose the word that goes with that type of noun.", "explanation": "“Money” is an uncountable noun (we cannot say “two moneys”), so it needs a quantifier for uncountable nouns. “A little” means “a small amount, but some”: There’s a little money in my wallet. “A few” and “many” are used only with plural countable nouns (a few coins, many notes). Note the difference: “a little money” (some, positive) versus “little money” (almost none, negative)." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 3C little, less, TB p.28–29", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "ambiguous", "category": "ambiguity", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "The option “less” was also grammatical (“There’s less money in my wallet” = less than before). It was replaced with “many”, which is wrong here; the answer is still “a little”, as in the source.", "reason_ar": "الخيار less صحيح نحوياً أيضاً (There’s less money in my wallet = أقل من قبل). استبدلناه بـ many الخاطئ هنا؛ الإجابة a little كما في الملف.", "ref": "Unit 3C – little, less; few, fewer, TB p.28–29", "changes": [ { "field": "options", "from": "a few | less | a little", "to": "a few | many | a little" } ] } ], "mta_highlight": [ "c) a little" ] }, { "id": "p17", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 17, page 3", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Quantifiers", "unit": "Units 3, 5 (countable/uncountable: Unit 7 focus, needed in Unit 3)", "original": { "question": "There is ___ milk in the bottle than in the carton.", "options": [ "a little", "less", "fewer" ], "answer": "less", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "يوجد ___ حليب في الزجاجة مما في الكرتون.", "hint_ar": "milk غير معدود + than (مقارنة).", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "There is ___ milk in the bottle than in the carton.", "options": [ "a little", "less", "fewer" ], "answer": "less", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "يوجد ___ حليب في الزجاجة مما في الكرتون.", "hint": "“Milk” is uncountable, and “than” shows a comparison.", "explanation": "This sentence compares two amounts (“than in the carton”), and “milk” is uncountable. The comparative quantifier for uncountable nouns is “less”: There is less milk in the bottle than in the carton. “Fewer” is the comparative for plural countable nouns (fewer bottles), and “a little” only describes an amount; it cannot be followed by “than”." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 3C ex.3 less, TB p.29", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [], "mta_highlight": [ "b) less" ] }, { "id": "p18", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 18, page 4", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Quantifiers", "unit": "Units 3, 5 (countable/uncountable: Unit 7 focus, needed in Unit 3)", "original": { "question": "___ people write letters anymore.", "options": [ "Much", "Little", "Few" ], "answer": "Few", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "___ من الناس يكتبون رسائل هذه الأيام.", "hint_ar": "people معدود، والمعنى سلبي (عدد قليل جداً).", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "___ people write letters anymore.", "options": [ "Much", "Little", "Few" ], "answer": "Few", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "___ من الناس يكتبون رسائل هذه الأيام.", "hint": "“People” is a plural countable noun, and the sentence has a negative meaning (almost nobody).", "explanation": "“People” is a plural countable noun, and the meaning is negative: almost nobody writes letters now. “Few” (without “a”) + plural countable noun expresses this “not many” idea: Few people write letters anymore. “Much” and “little” are used with uncountable nouns (much time, little money), so they cannot go with “people”. Compare: “A few people came” (some came) with “Few people came” (disappointingly few)." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 3C few, TB p.28–29", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [], "mta_highlight": [ "c) Few" ] }, { "id": "p19", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 19, page 4", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Quantifiers", "unit": "Units 3, 5 (countable/uncountable: Unit 7 focus, needed in Unit 3)", "original": { "question": "___ people speak a second language in England compared with Holland.", "options": [ "A few", "Some", "Fewer" ], "answer": "Fewer", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "___ من الناس يتحدثون لغة ثانية في إنجلترا مقارنة بهولندا.", "hint_ar": "compared with = مقارنة، و people معدود.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "___ people speak a second language in England compared with Holland.", "options": [ "A few", "Some", "Fewer" ], "answer": "Fewer", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "___ من الناس يتحدثون لغة ثانية في إنجلترا مقارنة بهولندا.", "hint": "The sentence compares two countries, and “people” is countable.", "explanation": "“Compared with Holland” turns this sentence into a comparison, and “people” is a plural countable noun. The comparative quantifier for countable nouns is “fewer”: Fewer people speak a second language in England. “A few” and “some” describe a small or unspecified number but do not compare two groups. (In informal speech some people say “less people”, but “fewer” is the correct choice in exams and formal English.)" }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 3C ex.3d Fewer, TB p.29", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [], "mta_highlight": [ "c) Fewer" ] }, { "id": "p20", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 20, page 4", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Comparatives & superlatives", "unit": "Units 3–4", "original": { "question": "In 2019 NASA stated that the previous five years were ___ ever recorded.", "options": [ "the hotest", "the hottest", "the most hot" ], "answer": "the hottest", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "في ٢٠١٩ ذكرت ناسا أن السنوات الخمس السابقة كانت ___ على الإطلاق.", "hint_ar": "صيغة التفضيل لكلمة قصيرة تنتهي بساكن قبله متحرك ← نضاعف الحرف الأخير.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "In 2019 NASA stated that the previous five years were ___ ever recorded.", "options": [ "the hotest", "the hottest", "the most hot" ], "answer": "the hottest", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "في ٢٠١٩ ذكرت ناسا أن السنوات الخمس السابقة كانت ___ على الإطلاق.", "hint": "This is a superlative. Check the spelling rule for short adjectives that end in one vowel + one consonant.", "explanation": "“Ever recorded” compares these years with all other years, so we need the superlative. One-syllable adjectives form the superlative with -est, and if they end in one vowel + one consonant, the final consonant doubles: hot → the hottest, big → the biggest, thin → the thinnest. “The hotest” forgets to double the t, and “the most hot” is wrong because “most” is used only with longer adjectives." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 4A superlatives, TB p.31", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [], "mta_highlight": [ "b) the hottest" ] }, { "id": "p21", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 21, page 4", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Comparatives & superlatives", "unit": "Units 3–4", "original": { "question": "It looks like our ___ fears are coming true.", "options": [ "bad", "worse", "worst" ], "answer": "worst", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "يبدو أن ___ مخاوفنا بدأت تتحقق.", "hint_ar": "المعنى «أسوأ» على الإطلاق (تفضيل وليس مقارنة).", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "It looks like our ___ fears are coming true.", "options": [ "bad", "worse", "worst" ], "answer": "worst", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "يبدو أن ___ مخاوفنا بدأت تتحقق.", "hint": "The meaning is “the most bad of all”. “Bad” has an irregular superlative.", "explanation": "“Our worst fears” means the fears that are bad to the highest degree. “Bad” is an irregular adjective: bad – worse – the worst (compare good – better – the best). “Worse” is the comparative and is used when comparing two things (This is worse than yesterday), and “bad” alone cannot express the idea of “the most”. In the sentence, “our” replaces “the”: our worst fears." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 4A superlatives (irregular), TB p.31", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [], "mta_highlight": [ "c) worst" ] }, { "id": "p22", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 22, page 4", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Quantifiers", "unit": "Units 3, 5 (countable/uncountable: Unit 7 focus, needed in Unit 3)", "original": { "question": "I have ___ books to check out at the library.", "options": [ "a lot", "lots", "a few" ], "answer": "a few", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "لدي ___ كتب لأستعيرها من المكتبة.", "hint_ar": "a lot و lots تحتاجان of قبل الاسم.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "I have ___ books to check out at the library.", "options": [ "a lot", "lots", "a few" ], "answer": "a few", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "لدي ___ كتب لأستعيرها من المكتبة.", "hint": "Two of the options need another small word before a noun. Which one can go directly before “books”?", "explanation": "All three options are about quantity, but only “a few” can go directly before a plural countable noun: I have a few books to check out. “A lot” and “lots” must be followed by “of” before a noun (a lot of books, lots of books); without “of” they are incorrect here. “A few” means “a small number, but some”, which fits borrowing some books from the library." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [], "mta_highlight": [ "c) a few" ] }, { "id": "p23", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 23, page 4", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Quantifiers", "unit": "Units 3, 5 (countable/uncountable: Unit 7 focus, needed in Unit 3)", "original": { "question": "I haven’t got ___ change. Sorry!", "options": [ "many", "any", "a little" ], "answer": "any", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "ليس معي ___ فكة. آسف!", "hint_ar": "في الجمل المنفية والأسئلة نستخدم هذه الكلمة.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "I haven’t got ___ change. Sorry!", "options": [ "many", "any", "a little" ], "answer": "any", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "ليس معي ___ فكة. آسف!", "hint": "The sentence is negative (“haven’t got”). Which word do we usually use in negatives and questions?", "explanation": "“Any” is the usual quantifier in negative sentences and questions: I haven’t got any change; Have you got any change? Here “change” means coins, which is uncountable, so “many” (for countable nouns) is wrong. “A little” is used mainly in positive sentences (I’ve got a little change) and sounds wrong after “haven’t got”." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [], "mta_highlight": [ "b) any" ] }, { "id": "p24", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 24, page 5", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Tenses", "unit": "Units 1, 2, 5, 6", "original": { "question": "He ___ work a week ago.", "options": [ "starting", "starts", "started" ], "answer": "started", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "هو ___ العمل قبل أسبوع.", "hint_ar": "a week ago ← ماضي بسيط.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "He ___ work a week ago.", "options": [ "starting", "starts", "started" ], "answer": "started", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "هو ___ العمل قبل أسبوع.", "hint": "“A week ago” tells you when the action happened.", "explanation": "“Ago” always refers to a finished moment in the past (a week ago, two years ago), so the verb must be in the past simple. “Start” is a regular verb, so we add -ed: He started work a week ago. “Starts” is present simple and “starting” needs an auxiliary (he is starting); neither can be used with “ago”." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 5B past simple, TB p.36", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [], "mta_highlight": [ "c) started" ] }, { "id": "p25", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 25, page 5", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Tenses", "unit": "Units 1, 2, 5, 6", "original": { "question": "They ___ to Brazil last year.", "options": [ "moved", "moving", "move" ], "answer": "moved", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "هم ___ إلى البرازيل السنة الماضية.", "hint_ar": "last year ← ماضي بسيط (فعل منتظم + ed).", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "They ___ to Brazil last year.", "options": [ "moved", "moving", "move" ], "answer": "moved", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "هم ___ إلى البرازيل السنة الماضية.", "hint": "“Last year” is a finished time in the past.", "explanation": "“Last year” is a finished past time, which requires the past simple. “Move” is a regular verb ending in -e, so we add only -d: move → moved (like live → lived, like → liked). So: They moved to Brazil last year. “Move” is present and “moving” needs an auxiliary such as “were”." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 5B past simple, TB p.36", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [], "mta_highlight": [ "a) moved" ] }, { "id": "p26", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 26, page 5", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Tenses", "unit": "Units 1, 2, 5, 6", "original": { "question": "I ___ in Sweden last month.", "options": [ "am", "is", "was" ], "answer": "was", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "أنا ___ في السويد الشهر الماضي.", "hint_ar": "last month ← ماضي فعل to be مع I.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "I ___ in Sweden last month.", "options": [ "am", "is", "was" ], "answer": "was", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "أنا ___ في السويد الشهر الماضي.", "hint": "“Last month” is past. Which past form of “be” goes with “I”?", "explanation": "The verb “be” has two past forms: “was” for I, he, she and it, and “were” for you, we and they. “Last month” is past, and the subject is “I”, so: I was in Sweden last month. “Am” and “is” are present forms, and “is” does not go with “I” in any tense." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 6A was/were, TB p.42", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [], "mta_highlight": [ "c) was" ] }, { "id": "p27", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 27, page 5", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Tenses", "unit": "Units 1, 2, 5, 6", "original": { "question": "She ___ an exam yesterday.", "options": [ "have", "had", "has" ], "answer": "had", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "هي ___ اختبار أمس.", "hint_ar": "yesterday ← ماضي have (فعل شاذ).", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "She ___ an exam yesterday.", "options": [ "have", "had", "has" ], "answer": "had", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "هي ___ اختبار أمس.", "hint": "“Yesterday” is past. “Have” is an irregular verb.", "explanation": "“Have” is irregular: its past simple form is “had” for every subject (I had, she had, they had). “Yesterday” signals the past simple, so: She had an exam yesterday. “Has” is the present form for he/she/it, and “have” is present for I/you/we/they, so neither fits a sentence about yesterday." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 5B ex.3b had, TB p.36", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [], "mta_highlight": [ "b) had" ] }, { "id": "p28", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 28, page 5", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Tenses", "unit": "Units 1, 2, 5, 6", "original": { "question": "We ___ a strange email this morning.", "options": [ "geted", "got", "gets" ], "answer": "got", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "نحن ___ إيميل غريب هذا الصباح.", "hint_ar": "get فعل شاذ، لا نضيف له ed.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "We ___ a strange email this morning.", "options": [ "geted", "got", "gets" ], "answer": "got", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "نحن ___ إيميل غريب هذا الصباح.", "hint": "“This morning” here is a finished time. Is “get” regular or irregular?", "explanation": "“Get” is an irregular verb, so its past form is not made with -ed: get → got. “Geted” is a typical over-regularization mistake. The email arrived earlier this morning (a finished time), so the past simple is correct: We got a strange email this morning. “Gets” is the present simple for he/she/it." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 5B ex.3b got, TB p.36", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [], "mta_highlight": [ "b) got" ] }, { "id": "p29", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 29, page 5", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Tenses", "unit": "Units 1, 2, 5, 6", "original": { "question": "He ___ home in 2014.", "options": [ "leave", "leaving", "left" ], "answer": "left", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "هو ___ المنزل في عام ٢٠١٤.", "hint_ar": "in 2014 ← ماضي، و leave فعل شاذ.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "He ___ home in 2014.", "options": [ "leave", "leaving", "left" ], "answer": "left", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "هو ___ المنزل في عام ٢٠١٤.", "hint": "“In 2014” is a finished past time, and “leave” is irregular.", "explanation": "A specific past year (in 2014) requires the past simple. “Leave” is irregular: leave – left – left. So: He left home in 2014. “Leave” is the present/base form and “leaving” needs an auxiliary; neither can describe a completed action in 2014." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 5B ex.5 left, TB p.37", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [], "mta_highlight": [ "c) left" ] }, { "id": "p30", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 30, page 6", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Tenses", "unit": "Units 1, 2, 5, 6", "original": { "question": "I ___ enjoy the play.", "options": [ "don’t", "didn’t", "wasn’t" ], "answer": "didn’t", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "أنا ___ أستمتع بالمسرحية.", "hint_ar": "enjoy فعل عادي (ليس to be)، والسياق ماضي.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "I ___ enjoy the play last night.", "options": [ "don’t", "didn’t", "wasn’t" ], "answer": "didn’t", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "أنا ___ أستمتع بالمسرحية ليلة أمس.", "hint": "“Last night” is past, and “enjoy” is an ordinary verb, not “be”.", "explanation": "To make a past simple negative with an ordinary verb, we use “didn’t” + base verb: I didn’t enjoy the play last night. “Don’t” is the present negative and does not fit “last night”. “Wasn’t” is the negative of “be” and is used before adjectives, nouns or -ing forms (I wasn’t happy), not directly before another main verb like “enjoy”." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 6A past simple negatives, TB p.42", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "ambiguous", "category": "ambiguity", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "Without a time expression, both “don’t” and “didn’t” were correct. “last night” was added so that “didn’t” (the source answer) is the only correct option.", "reason_ar": "بدون كلمة زمنية كانت don’t و didn’t صحيحتين معاً. أضفنا last night لتصبح didn’t الإجابة الوحيدة (وهي إجابة الملف).", "ref": "Unit 6A – Past simple: negatives, TB p.42", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "I ___ enjoy the play.", "to": "I ___ enjoy the play last night." }, { "field": "arabic", "from": "أنا ___ أستمتع بالمسرحية.", "to": "أنا ___ أستمتع بالمسرحية ليلة أمس." } ] } ], "mta_highlight": [ "b) didn’t" ] }, { "id": "p31", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 31, page 6", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Tenses", "unit": "Units 1, 2, 5, 6", "original": { "question": "I ___ busy yesterday.", "options": [ "didn’t", "wasn’t", "am" ], "answer": "wasn’t", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "أنا ___ مشغولاً أمس.", "hint_ar": "busy صفة ← نحتاج نفي فعل to be في الماضي.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "I ___ busy yesterday.", "options": [ "didn’t", "wasn’t", "am" ], "answer": "wasn’t", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "أنا ___ مشغولاً أمس.", "hint": "“Busy” is an adjective, so we need the verb “be”. “Yesterday” tells you the time.", "explanation": "“Busy” is an adjective, and adjectives need the verb “be” (I am busy, I was busy). “Yesterday” requires the past, and the past negative of “be” with “I” is “wasn’t”: I wasn’t busy yesterday. “Didn’t” is used with ordinary verbs (I didn’t work yesterday), and “am” is present, so it conflicts with “yesterday”." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 6A ex.3 was/wasn’t, TB p.42", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [], "mta_highlight": [ "b) wasn’t" ] }, { "id": "p32", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 32, page 6", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Linking words & question words", "unit": "Units 3, 5 (linking words, time markers)", "original": { "question": "I got a job working for an export company ___ I left school.", "options": [ "when", "before", "after" ], "answer": "after", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "حصلت على وظيفة في شركة تصدير ___ تركت المدرسة.", "hint_ar": "منطقياً: الوظيفة جاءت بعد أم قبل ترك المدرسة؟", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "I didn’t work while I was a student. I got a job working for an export company ___ I left school.", "options": [ "while", "before", "after" ], "answer": "after", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "لم أعمل وأنا طالب. حصلت على وظيفة في شركة تصدير ___ تركت المدرسة.", "hint": "Read the first sentence: did the speaker have a job while they were a student?", "explanation": "Time markers such as “before”, “after” and “while” show the order of events (Unit 5C). The first sentence says the speaker did not work as a student, so the job must have come later: I got a job after I left school. “Before” would mean the speaker had the job while still at school, which contradicts the first sentence, and “while” means two things happened at the same time." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 5C time markers, TB p.40", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "ambiguous", "category": "ambiguity", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The option “when” was also correct (“I got a job when I left school”). It was replaced with “while”; the answer is still “after”, as in the source.", "reason_ar": "الخيار when صحيح أيضاً (I got a job when I left school). استبدلناه بـ while؛ الإجابة after كما في الملف.", "ref": "Unit 5C – Using time markers, TB p.40", "changes": [ { "field": "options", "from": "when | before | after", "to": "while | before | after" } ] }, { "kind": "ambiguous", "category": "ambiguity", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "Both “before” and “after” were logically possible. A context sentence was added (the speaker did not work as a student), so only “after” fits.", "reason_ar": "", "ref": "Unit 5C time markers, TB p.40", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "I got a job working for an export company ___ I left school.", "to": "I didn’t work while I was a student. I got a job working for an export company ___ I left school." }, { "field": "arabic", "from": "حصلت على وظيفة في شركة تصدير ___ تركت المدرسة.", "to": "لم أعمل وأنا طالب. حصلت على وظيفة في شركة تصدير ___ تركت المدرسة." } ] } ], "mta_highlight": [ "c) after" ] }, { "id": "p33", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 33, page 6", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Linking words & question words", "unit": "Units 3, 5 (linking words, time markers)", "original": { "question": "I took tennis lessons ___ I was at school.", "options": [ "after", "when", "before" ], "answer": "when", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "أخذت دروس تنس ___ كنت في المدرسة.", "hint_ar": "الحدثان في نفس الفترة الزمنية.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "I took tennis lessons ___ I was at school. My PE teacher was my coach.", "options": [ "after", "when", "before" ], "answer": "when", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "أخذت دروس تنس ___ كنت في المدرسة. كان معلم الرياضة هو مدربي.", "hint": "The second sentence says the coach was the PE teacher. At what point in the speaker’s life were the lessons?", "explanation": "“When I was at school” means “during the time I was a student”; this is the exact example in the Teacher’s Book (Unit 5C). The second sentence tells us the PE teacher was the coach, so the lessons happened during the school years. “Before I was at school” and “after I was at school” are also unnatural English — we would say “before I started school” or “after I left school”." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 5C Focus: “I took tennis lessons when I was at school”, TB p.40", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "ambiguous", "category": "ambiguity", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "Other time markers could be argued for. A context sentence was added (the PE teacher was the coach), so only “when” (during school) fits. “when I was at school” is the Teacher’s Book example.", "reason_ar": "", "ref": "Unit 5C Focus, TB p.40", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "I took tennis lessons ___ I was at school.", "to": "I took tennis lessons ___ I was at school. My PE teacher was my coach." }, { "field": "arabic", "from": "أخذت دروس تنس ___ كنت في المدرسة.", "to": "أخذت دروس تنس ___ كنت في المدرسة. كان معلم الرياضة هو مدربي." } ] } ], "mta_highlight": [ "b) when" ] }, { "id": "p34", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 34, page 6", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Comparatives & superlatives", "unit": "Units 3–4", "original": { "question": "America is large but Canada is ___.", "options": [ "Large", "Larger", "Larging", "The largest" ], "answer": "The largest", "answer_index": 3, "arabic": "أمريكا كبيرة لكن كندا ___.", "hint_ar": "الإجابة في الملف تعتبرها الأكبر على الإطلاق (صيغة التفضيل).", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "America is large but Canada is ___.", "options": [ "Large", "Larger", "Larging", "The largest" ], "answer": "The largest", "answer_index": 3, "arabic": "أمريكا كبيرة لكن كندا ___.", "hint": "Compare two countries: which form do we use for two things?", "explanation": "This question is excluded from the quizzes because two answers can be defended. The sentence compares only two countries, so the comparative “larger” (Canada is larger than America) is the clearest choice. The original answer key chose “The largest”, but a superlative normally needs a group (the largest country in North America). If you see a sentence like this in an exam, choose the comparative when exactly two things are compared." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Not scored (excluded)", "verification_code": "excluded", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "excluded", "exclusion_kind": "ambiguous", "exclusion_reason": "The source highlights “The largest” (highlight checked). But the sentence names only two countries, so the comparative “Larger” is the clearest answer, while “The largest” needs a group (the largest in North America). Both answers can be defended, so the question is excluded. In an exam, choose the comparative when exactly two things are compared.", "exclusion_reason_ar": "الملف يظلل The largest (تحققنا من التظليل). لكن الجملة تذكر بلدين فقط، فصيغة المقارنة Larger (أكبر من أمريكا) هي الأوضح والأصح واقعياً؛ و The largest تحتاج مجموعة (the largest in North America). الإجابتان قابلتان للدفاع، فأخرجناه من الاختبار. إن جاء في الاختبار: اختر Larger إذا كانت المقارنة بين شيئين.", "corrections": [], "mta_highlight": [ "d) The largest" ] }, { "id": "p35", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 35, page 6", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Comparatives & superlatives", "unit": "Units 3–4", "original": { "question": "Mohammad runs far ___ than his brother.", "options": [ "Fast", "Fastest", "Fasting", "Faster" ], "answer": "Faster", "answer_index": 3, "arabic": "محمد يركض ___ بكثير من أخيه.", "hint_ar": "وجود than ← صيغة المقارنة (er).", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "Mohammad runs far ___ than his brother.", "options": [ "Fast", "Fastest", "Fasting", "Faster" ], "answer": "Faster", "answer_index": 3, "arabic": "محمد يركض ___ بكثير من أخيه.", "hint": "“Than” shows a comparison between two people.", "explanation": "“Than his brother” compares two people, so we need the comparative form. Short adjectives and adverbs add -er: fast → faster. “Far” before a comparative means “much”: Mohammad runs far faster than his brother. “Fastest” is the superlative (for three or more), “fast” cannot be followed by “than”, and “fasting” means not eating." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 3B comparatives, TB p.26", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [], "mta_highlight": [ "d) Faster" ] }, { "id": "p36", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 36, page 7", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Auxiliary verbs", "unit": "Unit 1 / Unit 6", "original": { "question": "A: Did they have a party? B: Yes, they have.", "options": [ "False", "True" ], "answer": "False", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "أ: هل أقاموا حفلة؟ ب: نعم، لديهم. (هل الرد صحيح؟)", "hint_ar": "الرد القصير يكون بنفس الفعل المساعد الموجود في السؤال.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "A: Did they have a party? B: Yes, they have. — Is B’s short answer correct?", "options": [ "False", "True" ], "answer": "False", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "أ: هل أقاموا حفلة؟ ب: Yes, they have. — هل رد (ب) القصير صحيح؟", "hint": "A short answer repeats the auxiliary from the question. Which auxiliary is in the question?", "explanation": "The answer is False. Short answers repeat the auxiliary used in the question, not the main verb: Did they …? → Yes, they did. / No, they didn’t. Here “have” is the main verb (have a party), and the auxiliary is “did”, so B should say “Yes, they did.” “Yes, they have” would answer a present perfect question such as “Have they had a party?”." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 6A Did …? short answers, TB p.42", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "poorly-written", "category": "error", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The English question did not say what was being judged (only the Arabic translation asked “Is the reply correct?”). The question was added; the answer is False because the correct reply is “Yes, they did.”", "reason_ar": "السؤال الإنجليزي لم يذكر ماذا نحكم عليه (الترجمة العربية فقط كانت تقول «هل الرد صحيح؟»). أضفنا السؤال؛ الإجابة False لأن الرد الصحيح Yes, they did.", "ref": "Unit 6A – Did …? short answers, TB p.42", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "A: Did they have a party? B: Yes, they have.", "to": "A: Did they have a party? B: Yes, they have. — Is B’s short answer correct?" } ] }, { "kind": "translation", "category": "error", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The Arabic translation («نعم، لديهم») hid the wrong English auxiliary that the question is testing. The reply is now kept in English.", "reason_ar": "The Arabic translation («نعم، لديهم») hid the wrong English auxiliary that the question is testing. The reply is now kept in English.", "ref": "Unit 6A Did …? short answers, TB p.42", "changes": [ { "field": "arabic", "from": "أ: هل أقاموا حفلة؟ ب: نعم، لديهم. (هل الرد صحيح؟)", "to": "أ: هل أقاموا حفلة؟ ب: Yes, they have. — هل رد (ب) القصير صحيح؟" } ] } ], "mta_highlight": [ "a) False" ] }, { "id": "p37", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 37, page 7", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Linking words & question words", "unit": "Units 3, 5 (linking words, time markers)", "original": { "question": "How ___ can smart technology go?", "options": [ "Long", "Far", "Many", "Often" ], "answer": "Far", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "إلى أي ___ يمكن أن تصل التقنية الذكية؟", "hint_ar": "السؤال عن المدى/المسافة (go).", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "How ___ can smart technology go?", "options": [ "Long", "Far", "Many", "Often" ], "answer": "Far", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "إلى أي ___ يمكن أن تصل التقنية الذكية؟", "hint": "The question asks about distance or how much progress is possible.", "explanation": "“How far …?” asks about distance (How far is the station?) and, figuratively, about how much progress something can make: How far can smart technology go? “How long” asks about time, “How many” about a number of countable things, and “How often” about frequency. Only “far” fits the idea of “going” to a limit." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [], "mta_highlight": [ "b) Far" ] }, { "id": "p38", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 38, page 7", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Prepositions", "unit": "Unit 1", "original": { "question": "I usually pay ___ my debit card.", "options": [ "With", "At", "Of", "In" ], "answer": "With", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "عادة أدفع ___ بطاقتي البنكية.", "hint_ar": "الدفع «باستخدام» أداة.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "I usually pay ___ my debit card.", "options": [ "With", "At", "Of", "In" ], "answer": "With", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "عادة أدفع ___ بطاقتي البنكية.", "hint": "Which preposition means “using” a tool or a payment method?", "explanation": "To say what you use to pay, English uses “with” (or “by” + card without an article): I usually pay with my debit card / I pay by card. This sentence comes from the shopping dialogue in Unit 4B. “At”, “of” and “in” cannot express the method of payment; we only say “in cash”, which is a fixed expression for coins and notes." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 4B transcript 4.3 “With my debit card”, TB p.33", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [], "mta_highlight": [ "a) With" ] }, { "id": "p39", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 39, page 7", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Comparatives & superlatives", "unit": "Units 3–4", "original": { "question": "Tokyo is ___ city in the world.", "options": [ "Most modern", "More modern than", "The modernest", "The most modern" ], "answer": "The most modern", "answer_index": 3, "arabic": "طوكيو هي ___ مدينة في العالم.", "hint_ar": "in the world ← تفضيل، والصفة طويلة ← the most.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "Tokyo is ___ city in the world.", "options": [ "Most modern", "More modern than", "The modernest", "The most modern" ], "answer": "The most modern", "answer_index": 3, "arabic": "طوكيو هي ___ مدينة في العالم.", "hint": "“In the world” shows a superlative. How do long adjectives form the superlative?", "explanation": "“In the world” compares Tokyo with every other city, so we need a superlative with “the”. Long adjectives (two or more syllables) form the superlative with “the most”: the most modern, the most beautiful. “The modernest” is not standard English, “more modern than” is a comparative (and would need a second item after “than”), and “most modern” without “the” is incomplete here." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 4A superlatives, TB p.31", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [], "mta_highlight": [ "d) The most modern" ] }, { "id": "p40", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 40, page 7", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Tenses", "unit": "Units 1, 2, 5, 6", "original": { "question": "They ___ a new bridge over that river last year.", "options": [ "Built", "Builded", "Build", "Building" ], "answer": "Built", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "هم ___ جسراً جديداً فوق ذلك النهر السنة الماضية.", "hint_ar": "build فعل شاذ في الماضي.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "They ___ a new bridge over that river last year.", "options": [ "Built", "Builded", "Build", "Building" ], "answer": "Built", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "هم ___ جسراً جديداً فوق ذلك النهر السنة الماضية.", "hint": "“Last year” is past, and “build” is irregular.", "explanation": "“Build” is an irregular verb: build – built – built. “Last year” requires the past simple, so: They built a new bridge last year. “Builded” is an over-regularized form that does not exist, “build” is present, and “building” needs an auxiliary (They were building)." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 5B irregular past, TB p.37", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [], "mta_highlight": [ "a) Built" ] }, { "id": "p41", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 41, page 7", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Tenses", "unit": "Units 1, 2, 5, 6", "original": { "question": "Why ___ you wash the dishes last night?", "options": [ "Wasn’t", "Didn’t", "Weren’t", "Don’t" ], "answer": "Didn’t", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "لماذا ___ تغسل الصحون البارحة؟", "hint_ar": "wash فعل عادي + last night (ماضي).", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "Why ___ you wash the dishes last night?", "options": [ "Wasn’t", "Didn’t", "Weren’t", "Don’t" ], "answer": "Didn’t", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "لماذا ___ تغسل الصحون البارحة؟", "hint": "“Last night” is past, and “wash” is an ordinary verb.", "explanation": "For a negative question in the past simple with an ordinary verb, we use “didn’t” + subject + base verb: Why didn’t you wash the dishes last night? “Wasn’t/Weren’t” are past forms of “be” and would need an adjective or -ing form, not the base verb “wash”. “Don’t” is present and conflicts with “last night”." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 6A past simple questions, TB p.42–43", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [], "mta_highlight": [ "b) Didn’t" ] }, { "id": "p42", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 42, page 8", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Linking words & question words", "unit": "Units 3, 5 (linking words, time markers)", "original": { "question": "He hasn’t come, ___ he’s ill.", "options": [ "But", "So", "Because", "And" ], "answer": "Because", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "لم يأتِ، ___ هو مريض.", "hint_ar": "الجملة الثانية تشرح السبب.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "He hasn’t come, ___ he’s ill.", "options": [ "But", "So", "Because", "And" ], "answer": "Because", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "لم يأتِ، ___ هو مريض.", "hint": "The second part of the sentence gives a reason for the first part.", "explanation": "The second clause (“he’s ill”) explains why he hasn’t come, so we need a linking word of reason: He hasn’t come because he’s ill. “But” introduces a contrast, “so” introduces a result (He’s ill, so he hasn’t come — note the different order), and “and” just adds information without showing cause." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Writing skills Unit 3 linking words (because), TB p.70", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [], "mta_highlight": [ "c) Because" ] }, { "id": "p43", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 43, page 8", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Tenses", "unit": "Units 1, 2, 5, 6", "original": { "question": "I ___ a red car from a friend last month.", "options": [ "Bought", "Buy", "Am buying", "Don’t buy" ], "answer": "Bought", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "أنا ___ سيارة حمراء من صديق الشهر الماضي.", "hint_ar": "last month ← ماضي buy (فعل شاذ).", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "I ___ a red car from a friend last month.", "options": [ "Bought", "Buy", "Am buying", "Don’t buy" ], "answer": "Bought", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "أنا ___ سيارة حمراء من صديق الشهر الماضي.", "hint": "“Last month” is past, and “buy” is irregular.", "explanation": "“Buy” is irregular: buy – bought – bought. “Last month” signals a finished past time, so we need the past simple: I bought a red car from a friend last month. “Am buying” is present continuous, and “don’t buy” is a present negative; both conflict with “last month”." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 5B irregular past, TB p.37", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [], "mta_highlight": [ "a) Bought" ] }, { "id": "p44", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 44, page 8", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Vocabulary", "unit": "Vocabulary (MTA file)", "original": { "question": "Noor is not ___ enough to wear these tight trousers.", "options": [ "Thick", "Overweight", "Oversize", "Slim" ], "answer": "Slim", "answer_index": 3, "arabic": "نور ليست ___ بما يكفي لتلبس هذا البنطلون الضيق.", "hint_ar": "البنطلون ضيق ← تحتاج أن تكون نحيفة.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "Noor is not ___ enough to wear these tight trousers.", "options": [ "Thick", "Overweight", "Oversize", "Slim" ], "answer": "Slim", "answer_index": 3, "arabic": "نور ليست ___ بما يكفي لتلبس هذا البنطلون الضيق.", "hint": "The trousers are tight. What body shape do you need to wear them?", "explanation": "“Slim” means thin in an attractive, healthy way (Unit 3A also uses it for thin devices). Tight trousers fit only a slim person, so: Noor is not slim enough to wear these tight trousers. The structure “adjective + enough + to + verb” shows the necessary degree. “Overweight” has the opposite meaning, and “thick” and “oversize” are not used to describe people in this way." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [], "mta_highlight": [ "d) Slim" ] }, { "id": "p45", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 45, page 8", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Vocabulary", "unit": "Vocabulary (MTA file)", "original": { "question": "In ___ organizations, the ability to change and remain dynamic is a key ingredient of continued competitiveness.", "options": [ "Well-read", "Well-dressed", "Well-done", "Well-designed" ], "answer": "Well-designed", "answer_index": 3, "arabic": "في المنظمات ___، القدرة على التغيير والبقاء مرنة عنصر أساسي للتنافس المستمر.", "hint_ar": "صفة تصف منظمة «مُخطط/مصمم لها بشكل جيد».", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "In ___ organizations, the ability to change and remain dynamic is a key ingredient of continued competitiveness.", "options": [ "Well-read", "Well-dressed", "Well-done", "Well-designed" ], "answer": "Well-designed", "answer_index": 3, "arabic": "في المنظمات ___، القدرة على التغيير والبقاء مرنة عنصر أساسي للتنافس المستمر.", "hint": "Which compound adjective can describe an organization, not a person or food?", "explanation": "Compound adjectives with “well-” describe something done well, and each one goes with particular nouns. “Well-designed” means planned and organized effectively, so it can describe an organization, a building or a product. “Well-read” describes a person who has read a lot, “well-dressed” describes a person’s clothes, and “well-done” describes cooked meat or good work — none of these fits “organizations”." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "hint", "category": "leak", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "The hint translated the answer.", "reason_ar": "التلميح كان يترجم الإجابة.", "ref": "—", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "صفة تصف منظمة «مُخطط/مصمم لها بشكل جيد».", "to": "أي صفة تناسب «منظمة» وليس «شخصاً» أو «طعاماً»؟" } ] } ], "mta_highlight": [ "d) Well-designed" ] }, { "id": "p46", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 46, page 8", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Vocabulary", "unit": "Vocabulary (MTA file)", "original": { "question": "The first step in a job ___ is to prepare an up-to-date CV.", "options": [ "Search", "Escape", "Use", "Design" ], "answer": "Search", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "أول خطوة في ___ عن وظيفة هي تجهيز سيرة ذاتية محدثة.", "hint_ar": "ماذا تفعل قبل الحصول على وظيفة؟ تبحث.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "The first step in a job ___ is to prepare an up-to-date CV.", "options": [ "Search", "Escape", "Use", "Design" ], "answer": "Search", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "أول خطوة في ___ عن وظيفة هي تجهيز سيرة ذاتية محدثة.", "hint": "What is the process of looking for work called?", "explanation": "A “job search” is the process of looking for a job, and the collocation is very common: start a job search, an online job search. The sentence says the first step is preparing a CV, which fits the idea of searching. “Job escape”, “job use” and “job design” are not natural collocations with this meaning." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "hint", "category": "leak", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "The hint gave the meaning of the answer directly.", "reason_ar": "التلميح كان يذكر معنى الإجابة مباشرة.", "ref": "—", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "ماذا تفعل قبل الحصول على وظيفة؟ تبحث.", "to": "ما الذي تفعله عندما تريد وظيفة ولم تجدها بعد؟" } ] } ], "mta_highlight": [ "a) Search" ] }, { "id": "p47", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 47, page 9", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Vocabulary", "unit": "Vocabulary (MTA file)", "original": { "question": "All the following are synonyms of the word suitable except:", "options": [ "Improper", "Proper", "Appropriate", "Good" ], "answer": "Improper", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "كل ما يلي مرادفات لكلمة suitable (مناسب) ما عدا:", "hint_ar": "ابحث عن الكلمة التي تبدأ ببادئة نفي (im-).", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "All the following are synonyms of the word suitable except:", "options": [ "Improper", "Proper", "Appropriate", "Good" ], "answer": "Improper", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "كل ما يلي مرادفات لكلمة suitable (مناسب) ما عدا:", "hint": "Three options mean “right for the situation”. Find the one with the opposite meaning.", "explanation": "“Suitable” means right or acceptable for a particular purpose. “Proper”, “appropriate” and (in a general sense) “good” have similar meanings, so they are synonyms. “Improper” is formed with the negative prefix im- and means not suitable or not acceptable, so it is the only option that is not a synonym. Other examples of im-: impossible, impolite, impatient." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "hint", "category": "leak", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "The hint pointed to the answer through the prefix im-.", "reason_ar": "التلميح كان يدل على الإجابة بالبادئة im-.", "ref": "—", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "ابحث عن الكلمة التي تبدأ ببادئة نفي (im-).", "to": "ثلاث كلمات معناها قريب من «مناسب»، وواحدة معناها العكس." } ] } ], "mta_highlight": [ "a) Improper" ] }, { "id": "p48", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 48, page 9", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Vocabulary", "unit": "Vocabulary (MTA file)", "original": { "question": "Every time I shop for my mum's birthday, I tend to buy a new kitchen ___ for her.", "options": [ "Store", "Supply", "Gadget", "Accommodation" ], "answer": "Gadget", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "كل مرة أتسوق لعيد ميلاد أمي، أشتري لها ___ مطبخ جديد.", "hint_ar": "أداة/جهاز صغير مفيد.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "Every time I shop for my mum's birthday, I tend to buy a new kitchen ___ for her.", "options": [ "Store", "Supply", "Gadget", "Accommodation" ], "answer": "Gadget", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "كل مرة أتسوق لعيد ميلاد أمي، أشتري لها ___ مطبخ جديد.", "hint": "Think of a small, useful tool or device for the kitchen.", "explanation": "A “gadget” is a small, clever device that helps you do a task, for example a kitchen gadget such as a garlic press or a milk frother (Unit 3 is about gadgets and products). You can buy a gadget as a gift. A “store” is a shop, “supply” is an amount available or the act of providing, and “accommodation” is a place to live." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 3A gadget, TB p.24", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [], "mta_highlight": [ "c) Gadget" ] }, { "id": "p49", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 49, page 9", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Vocabulary", "unit": "Vocabulary (MTA file)", "original": { "question": "The tourist office will ___ you with a free basic street map.", "options": [ "Store", "Design", "Supply", "Need" ], "answer": "Supply", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "المكتب السياحي سـ ___ لك خريطة شوارع مجانية.", "hint_ar": "___ someone with something = يزوّد/يوفر.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "The tourist office will ___ you with a free basic street map.", "options": [ "Store", "Design", "Supply", "Need" ], "answer": "Supply", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "المكتب السياحي سـ ___ لك خريطة شوارع مجانية.", "hint": "Which verb fits the pattern “___ someone with something”?", "explanation": "The verb “supply” means to provide something that people need, and it is used in the pattern “supply someone with something”: The tourist office will supply you with a free map. You can also say “supply something to someone”. “Store” means keep for later, “design” means plan how something looks, and “need” does not take this pattern." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [], "mta_highlight": [ "c) Supply" ] }, { "id": "p50", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 50, page 9", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Vocabulary", "unit": "Vocabulary (MTA file)", "original": { "question": "That's ___. I'm sure I put my glasses in my bag, but they're not there.", "options": [ "Nice", "Strange", "Great", "Known" ], "answer": "Strange", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "هذا ___. أنا متأكد أني وضعت نظارتي في الشنطة لكنها ليست هناك.", "hint_ar": "شيء غير متوقع وغير مفهوم.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "That's ___. I'm sure I put my glasses in my bag, but they're not there.", "options": [ "Nice", "Strange", "Great", "Known" ], "answer": "Strange", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "هذا ___. أنا متأكد أني وضعت نظارتي في الشنطة لكنها ليست هناك.", "hint": "The speaker cannot explain what happened to the glasses.", "explanation": "“Strange” means unusual, surprising or difficult to explain. The speaker is sure the glasses were in the bag, but they are not there — an unexpected situation, so “That’s strange” is the natural reaction. “Nice” and “great” are positive and do not fit a problem, and “known” makes no sense here." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 5C ex.3 strange, TB p.38", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [], "mta_highlight": [ "b) Strange" ] }, { "id": "p51", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 51, page 9", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Vocabulary", "unit": "Vocabulary (MTA file)", "original": { "question": "I enjoyed the film because it was really ___.", "options": [ "Exciting", "Boring", "Uninteresting", "Terrible" ], "answer": "Exciting", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "استمتعت بالفيلم لأنه كان ___ جداً.", "hint_ar": "enjoyed ← الصفة يجب أن تكون إيجابية.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "I enjoyed the film because it was really ___.", "options": [ "Exciting", "Boring", "Uninteresting", "Terrible" ], "answer": "Exciting", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "استمتعت بالفيلم لأنه كان ___ جداً.", "hint": "The speaker enjoyed the film, so the adjective must be positive.", "explanation": "The word “because” tells us the adjective explains why the speaker enjoyed the film, so it must be positive. “Exciting” describes something that makes you feel interested and enthusiastic. “Boring”, “uninteresting” and “terrible” are negative, so they would contradict “I enjoyed the film”. Note: -ing adjectives describe the thing (an exciting film), -ed adjectives describe the person’s feeling (I was excited)." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [], "mta_highlight": [ "a) Exciting" ] }, { "id": "p52", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 52, page 10", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Vocabulary", "unit": "Vocabulary (MTA file)", "original": { "question": "She won a ___ to design the new parliament building.", "options": [ "Game", "Championship", "Commission", "Cup" ], "answer": "Commission", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "فازت بـ ___ لتصميم مبنى البرلمان الجديد.", "hint_ar": "كلمة تعني «تكليف/عقد عمل» رسمي.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "She won a ___ to design the new parliament building.", "options": [ "Game", "Championship", "Commission", "Cup" ], "answer": "Commission", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "فازت بـ ___ لتصميم مبنى البرلمان الجديد.", "hint": "What do you “win” when you are officially chosen to do a piece of work?", "explanation": "In Unit 5C (the architect Zaha Hadid), a “commission” is an official offer or request to do a piece of work, such as designing a building. Architects “win a commission” in a competition. “Game”, “championship” and “cup” belong to sport; you do not win them “to design” a building." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 5C ex.8a commission = official offer of work, TB p.39", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [], "mta_highlight": [ "c) Commission" ] }, { "id": "p53", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 53, page 10", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Vocabulary", "unit": "Vocabulary (MTA file)", "original": { "question": "Did you ___ all the pictures correctly?", "options": [ "Hide", "Worry", "Identify", "Do" ], "answer": "Identify", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "هل ___ كل الصور بشكل صحيح؟", "hint_ar": "التعرّف على شيء وتحديده.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "Did you ___ all the pictures correctly?", "options": [ "Hide", "Worry", "Identify", "Do" ], "answer": "Identify", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "هل ___ كل الصور بشكل صحيح؟", "hint": "Which verb means to recognize and name something correctly?", "explanation": "“Identify” means to recognize someone or something and say who or what it is: Can you identify the people in this photo? The question asks whether you named all the pictures correctly, so “identify” fits. “Hide” means put out of sight, “worry” means feel anxious, and “do” is too general to make sense with “pictures correctly”." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [], "mta_highlight": [ "c) Identify" ] }, { "id": "p54", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 54, page 10", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Linking words & question words", "unit": "Units 3, 5 (linking words, time markers)", "original": { "question": "___ was the city like 40 years ago?", "options": [ "What", "Who", "Whom", "When" ], "answer": "What", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "___ كانت المدينة قبل ٤٠ سنة؟ (كيف كانت)", "hint_ar": "عبارة ثابتة: ___ was it like? = كيف كان؟", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "___ was the city like 40 years ago?", "options": [ "What", "Who", "Whom", "When" ], "answer": "What", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "___ كانت المدينة قبل ٤٠ سنة؟ (كيف كانت)", "hint": "The fixed question “___ was it like?” asks someone to describe something.", "explanation": "“What + be + subject + like?” is a fixed question that asks for a description: What was the city like 40 years ago? What is your new teacher like? It comes from Unit 6A. Learners often say “How was the city like?”, but “how” and “like” are not used together in this pattern. “Who”, “Whom” and “When” do not ask for a description." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 6A ex.6b “What was the city like?”, TB p.43", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [], "mta_highlight": [ "a) What" ] }, { "id": "p55", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 55, page 10", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Comparatives & superlatives", "unit": "Units 3–4", "original": { "question": "He must do the ___ he can.", "options": [ "The good", "Good", "Best", "Better" ], "answer": "Best", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "يجب أن يبذل ___ ما يستطيع.", "hint_ar": "do the ___ you can = ابذل أقصى ما تستطيع.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "He must do the ___ he can.", "options": [ "The good", "Good", "Best", "Better" ], "answer": "Best", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "يجب أن يبذل ___ ما يستطيع.", "hint": "The fixed expression “do the ___ you can” means try as hard as possible.", "explanation": "“Do your best” or “do the best (that) you can” is a fixed expression meaning try as hard as possible. “Best” is the superlative of “good” (good – better – best), and the superlative is needed because it means the highest possible effort. “Better” is the comparative and needs a comparison, and “good” / “the good” do not fit the expression." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [], "mta_highlight": [ "c) Best" ] }, { "id": "p56", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 56, page 10", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "General grammar", "unit": "Foundation (general grammar)", "original": { "question": "It is interesting ___ compare a modern computer with the Apollo system in a couple of key areas.", "options": [ "To", "For", "At", "On" ], "answer": "To", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "من المثير ___ نقارن حاسوباً حديثاً بنظام أبولو في بعض النقاط.", "hint_ar": "It is + صفة + ___ + فعل مجرد.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "It is interesting ___ compare a modern computer with the Apollo system in a couple of key areas.", "options": [ "To", "For", "At", "On" ], "answer": "To", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "من المثير ___ نقارن حاسوباً حديثاً بنظام أبولو في بعض النقاط.", "hint": "The pattern is “It is + adjective + ___ + base verb”.", "explanation": "The pattern “It is + adjective + to-infinitive” is used to give an opinion about an action: It is interesting to compare …; It is easy to learn English. “It” is a dummy subject that stands for the infinitive phrase. “For”, “at” and “on” are prepositions; they cannot introduce a base verb such as “compare”." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [], "mta_highlight": [ "a) To" ] }, { "id": "p57", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 57, page 11", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Comparatives & superlatives", "unit": "Units 3–4", "original": { "question": "The Egyptian cotton is ___ in the world.", "options": [ "The baddest", "The most good", "The best", "The better" ], "answer": "The best", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "القطن المصري هو ___ في العالم.", "hint_ar": "good صفة شاذة في التفضيل.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "Egyptian cotton is ___ in the world.", "options": [ "The baddest", "The most good", "The best", "The better" ], "answer": "The best", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "القطن المصري ___ في العالم.", "hint": "“In the world” shows a superlative, and “good” is irregular.", "explanation": "“In the world” requires the superlative. “Good” is irregular: good – better – the best. So: Egyptian cotton is the best in the world. “The baddest” uses the wrong adjective and a non-standard form, “the most good” is incorrect because “good” has its own irregular forms, and “the better” is a comparative." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 4A superlatives (best), TB p.31", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "wording", "category": "improvement", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "“The Egyptian cotton” is an unnatural use of “the” with a general uncountable noun. “The” was removed; the answer “The best” did not change.", "reason_ar": "«The Egyptian cotton» استخدام غير طبيعي لـ the مع اسم غير معدود عام. حذفنا The؛ الإجابة The best لم تتغير.", "ref": "Unit 4A – Superlative adjectives, TB p.31", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "The Egyptian cotton is ___ in the world.", "to": "Egyptian cotton is ___ in the world." }, { "field": "arabic", "from": "القطن المصري هو ___ في العالم.", "to": "القطن المصري ___ في العالم." } ] } ], "mta_highlight": [ "c) The best" ] }, { "id": "p58", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 58, page 11", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Vocabulary", "unit": "Vocabulary (MTA file)", "original": { "question": "What is the noun of wide?", "options": [ "Widen", "Width", "Widness", "Widely" ], "answer": "Width", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "ما هو الاسم من الصفة wide (عريض)؟", "hint_ar": "مثل long ← length، و strong ← strength.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "What is the noun of wide?", "options": [ "Widen", "Width", "Widness", "Widely" ], "answer": "Width", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "ما هو الاسم من الصفة wide (عريض)؟", "hint": "Look at similar pairs: long → length, strong → strength.", "explanation": "Some adjectives form nouns by changing their ending to -th: wide → width, long → length, strong → strength, deep → depth. So the noun from “wide” is “width” (the measurement from side to side). “Widen” is a verb (to make wider), “widely” is an adverb, and “widness” is not an English word." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [], "mta_highlight": [ "b) Width" ] }, { "id": "p59", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 59, page 11", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "General grammar", "unit": "Foundation (general grammar)", "original": { "question": "I ___ these jeans on.", "options": [ "I'd like trying", "I like", "I like try", "I'd like to try" ], "answer": "I'd like to try", "answer_index": 3, "arabic": "___ هذا الجينز. (أود أن أجربه)", "hint_ar": "would like + to + فعل مجرد.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "___ these jeans on.", "options": [ "I'd like trying", "I like", "I like try", "I'd like to try" ], "answer": "I'd like to try", "answer_index": 3, "arabic": "___ هذا الجينز. (أود أن أجربه)", "hint": "“Would like” is a polite way to say “want”. What verb form comes after “want”?", "explanation": "“I’d like” (= I would like) is a polite way to say “I want”, and it is followed by the to-infinitive: I’d like to try these jeans on (Unit 4B shopping dialogue). “I like” means “I enjoy” and has a different meaning, “I’d like trying” uses the wrong verb form, and “I like try” is missing “to”. Compare: I like trying on clothes (I enjoy it) / I’d like to try this on (I want to now)." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 4B transcript 4.3 “I’d like to try these jeans on”, TB p.33", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "poorly-written", "category": "error", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The stem began with “I ___” and every option also began with “I” (“I I’d like to try”). “I” was removed from the stem. The Teacher’s Book sentence is “I’d like to try these jeans on.”", "reason_ar": "السؤال كان «I ___» والخيارات تبدأ بـ I فتتكرر (I I’d like to try). حذفنا I من السؤال. الجملة في الكتاب: I’d like to try these jeans on.", "ref": "Unit 4B – transcript 4.3, TB p.33", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "I ___ these jeans on.", "to": "___ these jeans on." } ] } ], "mta_highlight": [ "d) I'd like to try" ] }, { "id": "p60", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 60, page 11", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Tenses", "unit": "Units 1, 2, 5, 6", "original": { "question": "How ___ you ___ to university yesterday?", "options": [ "Were / go", "Were / went", "Did / go", "Did / went" ], "answer": "Did / go", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "كيف ___ إلى الجامعة أمس؟", "hint_ar": "سؤال ماضي بفعل عادي: Did + فعل مجرد.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "How ___ you ___ to university yesterday?", "options": [ "Were / go", "Were / went", "Did / go", "Did / went" ], "answer": "Did / go", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "كيف ___ إلى الجامعة أمس؟", "hint": "The question is about the past, and “go” is an ordinary verb. Check both blanks.", "explanation": "Past simple questions with ordinary verbs use “did” + subject + base verb: How did you go to university yesterday? The auxiliary “did” already shows the past, so the main verb stays in the base form (go, not went). “Were … go” and “Were … went” wrongly use “be” with an ordinary verb, and “Did … went” marks the past twice." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 6A ex.6c “How did people get to work?”, TB p.43", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "hint", "category": "leak", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The hint wrote out the answer (Did + base verb).", "reason_ar": "التلميح كان يكتب الإجابة (Did + فعل مجرد).", "ref": "Unit 6A, TB p.43", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "سؤال ماضي بفعل عادي: Did + فعل مجرد.", "to": "سؤال عن الماضي، و go فعل عادي وليس صفة أو مكاناً." } ] } ], "mta_highlight": [ "c) Did / go" ] }, { "id": "p61", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 61, page 11", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Tenses", "unit": "Units 1, 2, 5, 6", "original": { "question": "Before I ___ elementary school, I went to nursery school.", "options": [ "Attend", "Attended", "Attends", "Was attending" ], "answer": "Attended", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "قبل أن ___ المدرسة الابتدائية، ذهبت إلى الحضانة.", "hint_ar": "باقي الجملة في الماضي (went).", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "Before I ___ elementary school, I went to nursery school.", "options": [ "Attend", "Attended", "Attends", "Was attending" ], "answer": "Attended", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "قبل أن ___ المدرسة الابتدائية، ذهبت إلى الحضانة.", "hint": "The main clause uses “went”. Which tense matches it?", "explanation": "Both events (going to nursery school and attending elementary school) are finished events in the past, so both clauses use the past simple. Time markers like “before” and “after” join past-simple clauses (Unit 5C): Before I attended elementary school, I went to nursery school. “Attend” and “attends” are present forms, and “was attending” is the past continuous, which is not needed for a completed stage of life." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 5C time markers + past simple, TB p.40", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [], "mta_highlight": [ "b) Attended" ] }, { "id": "p62", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 62, page 12", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Tenses", "unit": "Units 1, 2, 5, 6", "original": { "question": "I ___ at the library very late last week.", "options": [ "Staied", "Stayed", "Staying", "Stay" ], "answer": "Stayed", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "أنا ___ في المكتبة حتى وقت متأخر الأسبوع الماضي.", "hint_ar": "الفعل ينتهي بـ y وقبلها حرف متحرك ← لا نغيّر y.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "I ___ at the library very late last week.", "options": [ "Staied", "Stayed", "Staying", "Stay" ], "answer": "Stayed", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "أنا ___ في المكتبة حتى وقت متأخر الأسبوع الماضي.", "hint": "Check the spelling rule for verbs ending in -y.", "explanation": "When a verb ends in a vowel + y (stay, play, enjoy), we simply add -ed: stayed, played, enjoyed. We change y to i only when there is a consonant before the y (study → studied, try → tried). So “staied” is a spelling mistake. “Last week” requires the past simple, so “stay” and “staying” are also wrong." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 5B ex.4 stayed, TB p.37", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [], "mta_highlight": [ "b) Stayed" ] }, { "id": "p63", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 63, page 12", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Tenses", "unit": "Units 1, 2, 5, 6", "original": { "question": "The First World War ___ in 1914.", "options": [ "Takes place", "Taking place", "Is taking place", "Took place" ], "answer": "Took place", "answer_index": 3, "arabic": "الحرب العالمية الأولى ___ في عام ١٩١٤.", "hint_ar": "حدث تاريخي ← ماضي بسيط.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "The First World War ___ in 1914.", "options": [ "Takes place", "Taking place", "Is taking place", "Took place" ], "answer": "Took place", "answer_index": 3, "arabic": "الحرب العالمية الأولى ___ في عام ١٩١٤.", "hint": "This is a historical event at a fixed time in the past.", "explanation": "Finished historical events with a past date take the past simple: The First World War took place in 1914. “Take place” means happen, and its past form is irregular (take → took). “Takes place” and “is taking place” are present forms, and “taking place” has no auxiliary, so none of them fits 1914." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 5B past simple, TB p.36", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [], "mta_highlight": [ "d) Took place" ] }, { "id": "p64", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 64, page 12", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Vocabulary", "unit": "Vocabulary (MTA file)", "original": { "question": "___ is a person who visits physical stores to check out products in person but then makes his / her actual purchases online.", "options": [ "A showroomer", "A traditional customer", "An assistant", "An in-store shopper" ], "answer": "A showroomer", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "___ هو شخص يزور المحلات ليشاهد المنتجات بنفسه ثم يشتريها أونلاين.", "hint_ar": "الكلمة مشتقة من «صالة العرض» showroom.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "___ is a person who visits physical stores to check out products in person but then makes his / her actual purchases online.", "options": [ "A showroomer", "A traditional customer", "An assistant", "An in-store shopper" ], "answer": "A showroomer", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "___ هو شخص يزور المحلات ليشاهد المنتجات بنفسه ثم يشتريها أونلاين.", "hint": "Unit 3 describes two types of shoppers. Which one looks in the shop but buys online?", "explanation": "Unit 3C describes “showrooming”: a showroomer visits a physical shop to see, touch or try products, then buys them online, often at a lower price. The opposite habit — researching online and buying in a shop — is called “webrooming”. A traditional customer and an in-store shopper buy in the shop, and an assistant is a shop worker, not a customer." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 3C showrooming, TB p.27", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "hint", "category": "leak", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The hint gave the root of the answer word (showroom).", "reason_ar": "التلميح كان يذكر أصل الكلمة (showroom).", "ref": "Unit 3C, TB p.27", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "الكلمة مشتقة من «صالة العرض» showroom.", "to": "تذكّر نوعي المتسوقين في الوحدة 3: واحد يبدأ بالمحل وينتهي بالإنترنت، والآخر بالعكس." } ] } ], "mta_highlight": [ "a) A showroomer" ] }, { "id": "p65", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 65, page 12", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Vocabulary", "unit": "Vocabulary (MTA file)", "original": { "question": "___ is a wearable electronic device or a software application that monitors one's physical fitness and daily physical activity.", "options": [ "A speaker", "A computer", "A digital camera", "An activity tracker" ], "answer": "An activity tracker", "answer_index": 3, "arabic": "___ هو جهاز يُلبس أو تطبيق يراقب لياقتك ونشاطك اليومي.", "hint_ar": "جهاز «يتتبع» النشاط.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "___ is a wearable electronic device or a software application that monitors one's physical fitness and daily physical activity.", "options": [ "A speaker", "A computer", "A digital camera", "An activity tracker" ], "answer": "An activity tracker", "answer_index": 3, "arabic": "___ هو جهاز يُلبس أو تطبيق يراقب لياقتك ونشاطك اليومي.", "hint": "Which Unit 3 gadget is worn on the body and counts your steps?", "explanation": "An “activity tracker” is a wearable device (often worn on the wrist) or an app that records your physical activity, such as steps, distance, heart rate and sleep (Unit 3A). The definition in the question mentions both “wearable” and “monitors physical fitness”, which describes only this option. Speakers, computers and digital cameras do not monitor fitness." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 3A activity tracker, TB p.24", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "hint", "category": "leak", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The hint translated the name of the device.", "reason_ar": "التلميح كان يترجم اسم الجهاز.", "ref": "Unit 3A transcript 3.1, TB p.24", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "جهاز «يتتبع» النشاط.", "to": "جهاز من الوحدة 3 يُلبس على المعصم ويعدّ خطواتك." } ] } ], "mta_highlight": [ "d) An activity tracker" ] }, { "id": "p66", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 66, page 12", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Vocabulary", "unit": "Vocabulary (MTA file)", "original": { "question": "I called the ___ yesterday because I needed some information about the new product.", "options": [ "Barcode", "Police", "Online", "Shop assistant" ], "answer": "Shop assistant", "answer_index": 3, "arabic": "اتصلت بـ ___ أمس لأني احتجت معلومات عن المنتج الجديد.", "hint_ar": "شخص يعمل في المحل ويساعد الزبائن.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "I called the ___ yesterday because I needed some information about the new product.", "options": [ "Barcode", "Police", "Online", "Shop assistant" ], "answer": "Shop assistant", "answer_index": 3, "arabic": "اتصلت بـ ___ أمس لأني احتجت معلومات عن المنتج الجديد.", "hint": "Who works in a shop and can answer questions about products?", "explanation": "A “shop assistant” (American English: sales clerk) is a person who works in a shop and helps customers with information about products. You can call them to ask about a new product. A barcode is the code on a product, “online” is not a person, and you would not call the police for product information." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [], "mta_highlight": [ "d) Shop assistant" ] }, { "id": "p67", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 67, page 13", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Vocabulary", "unit": "Vocabulary (MTA file)", "original": { "question": "The office chair has ___ height feature that allows users to customize it to their comfort level.", "options": [ "An adjustable", "An available", "A traditional", "An unsuitable" ], "answer": "An adjustable", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "كرسي المكتب فيه خاصية ارتفاع ___ تسمح للمستخدم بضبطه حسب راحته.", "hint_ar": "قابل للتعديل (adjust = يعدّل).", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "The office chair has ___ height feature that allows users to customize it to their comfort level.", "options": [ "An adjustable", "An available", "A traditional", "An unsuitable" ], "answer": "An adjustable", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "كرسي المكتب فيه خاصية ارتفاع ___ تسمح للمستخدم بضبطه حسب راحته.", "hint": "The feature lets users change the height. Also check whether “a” or “an” is needed.", "explanation": "“Adjustable” means it can be changed or moved to suit you: an adjustable height feature lets users set the chair to a comfortable level. The article is also a clue: “an” is used because “adjustable” begins with a vowel sound. “Available” (can be obtained), “traditional” and “unsuitable” do not describe a feature that users can customize." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "hint", "category": "leak", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "The hint gave the root of the answer word (adjust).", "reason_ar": "التلميح كان يذكر أصل الكلمة (adjust).", "ref": "—", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "قابل للتعديل (adjust = يعدّل).", "to": "خاصية تسمح لك بتغيير الارتفاع بنفسك. انتبه أيضاً لـ a / an." } ] } ], "mta_highlight": [ "a) An adjustable" ] }, { "id": "p68", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 68, page 13", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Vocabulary", "unit": "Vocabulary (MTA file)", "original": { "question": "Comfortable and cozy are antonyms.", "options": [ "True", "False" ], "answer": "False", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "Comfortable (مريح) و cozy (دافئ ومريح) متضادتان.", "hint_ar": "فكّر: هل معناهما متقارب أم متعاكس؟", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "Comfortable and cozy are antonyms.", "options": [ "True", "False" ], "answer": "False", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "Comfortable (مريح) و cozy (دافئ ومريح) متضادتان.", "hint": "Do these two words have similar or opposite meanings?", "explanation": "The answer is False. “Comfortable” describes something that makes you feel relaxed and physically at ease, and “cozy” (British spelling: cosy) describes a place that is small, warm and comfortable. Their meanings are similar, so they are near-synonyms, not antonyms. An antonym of “comfortable” would be “uncomfortable”." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [], "mta_highlight": [ "b) False" ] }, { "id": "p69", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 69, page 13", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Vocabulary", "unit": "Vocabulary (MTA file)", "original": { "question": "What is the antonym of antique?", "options": [ "Modern", "Expensive", "Traditional", "Cheap" ], "answer": "Modern", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "ما عكس كلمة antique (أثري/قديم)؟", "hint_ar": "عكس قديم = ...", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "What is the antonym of antique?", "options": [ "Modern", "Expensive", "Traditional", "Cheap" ], "answer": "Modern", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "ما عكس كلمة antique (أثري/قديم)؟", "hint": "“Antique” means very old and valuable. What is the opposite of “old”?", "explanation": "“Antique” describes an object that is old and often valuable because of its age, such as antique furniture. Its opposite is “modern”, meaning new and using recent ideas or styles. “Traditional” is close in meaning to “old”, and “expensive” and “cheap” describe price, not age." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [], "mta_highlight": [ "a) Modern" ] }, { "id": "p70", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 70, page 13", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Vocabulary", "unit": "Vocabulary (MTA file)", "original": { "question": "Mona has ___ to college life quite easily.", "options": [ "Mentioned", "Adapted", "Adopted", "Carried" ], "answer": "Adapted", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "منى ___ مع الحياة الجامعية بسهولة.", "hint_ar": "انتبه: adapt (يتأقلم) غير adopt (يتبنّى).", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "Mona has ___ to college life quite easily.", "options": [ "Mentioned", "Adapted", "Adopted", "Carried" ], "answer": "Adapted", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "منى ___ مع الحياة الجامعية بسهولة.", "hint": "Two options look similar. Only one means getting used to a new situation.", "explanation": "“Adapt (to)” means to change your behaviour so that you can deal successfully with a new situation: Mona has adapted to college life quite easily. Don’t confuse it with “adopt”, which means to take something as your own (adopt an idea) or legally take a child into your family. “Mentioned” and “carried” do not fit “to college life”." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "hint", "category": "leak", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "The hint translated the answer.", "reason_ar": "التلميح كان يترجم الإجابة.", "ref": "—", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "انتبه: adapt (يتأقلم) غير adopt (يتبنّى).", "to": "انتبه: كلمتان متشابهتان في الشكل، واحدة فقط معناها التعوّد على وضع جديد." } ] } ], "mta_highlight": [ "b) Adapted" ] }, { "id": "p71", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 71, page 13", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Quantifiers", "unit": "Units 3, 5 (countable/uncountable: Unit 7 focus, needed in Unit 3)", "original": { "question": "I was given ___ cake and ___ biscuits than she had.", "options": [ "Fewer / less", "Less / a little", "Less / fewer", "Less / few" ], "answer": "Less / fewer", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "أُعطيت ___ كيك و ___ بسكويت مما أخذت هي.", "hint_ar": "cake هنا غير معدود، biscuits معدود، ويوجد than (مقارنة).", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "I was given ___ cake and ___ biscuits than she had.", "options": [ "Fewer / less", "Less / a little", "Less / fewer", "Less / few" ], "answer": "Less / fewer", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "أُعطيت ___ كيك و ___ بسكويت مما أخذت هي.", "hint": "Is “cake” countable or uncountable here? Is “biscuits” countable? There is a comparison.", "explanation": "This sentence compares two amounts (“than she had”), so we need comparative quantifiers. “Cake” is used here as an uncountable noun (an amount of cake), so it takes “less”; “biscuits” is a plural countable noun, so it takes “fewer”: I was given less cake and fewer biscuits. “Fewer/less” reverses the rule, and “a little” and “few” are not comparatives, so they cannot work with “than”." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [], "mta_highlight": [ "c) Less / fewer" ] }, { "id": "p72", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 72, page 13", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "General grammar", "unit": "Foundation (general grammar)", "original": { "question": "Not ___ can succeed.", "options": [ "No one", "Everyone", "None", "Any" ], "answer": "Everyone", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "ليس ___ يستطيع النجاح.", "hint_ar": "not + كلمة إيجابية (لتجنب النفي المزدوج).", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "Not ___ can succeed.", "options": [ "No one", "Everyone", "None", "Any" ], "answer": "Everyone", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "ليس ___ يستطيع النجاح.", "hint": "Avoid a double negative after “Not”.", "explanation": "Standard English avoids double negatives: one negative word per clause is enough. “Not everyone can succeed” means that some people will not succeed. “Not no one” and “not none” contain two negatives and are incorrect, and “Not any can succeed” is not a natural subject. The Teacher’s Book progress test practises everyone / no one in this way." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Progress test Units 5&6: quantifiers everyone … no one, TB p.83", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [], "mta_highlight": [ "b) Everyone" ] }, { "id": "p73", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 73, page 13", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "General grammar", "unit": "Foundation (general grammar)", "original": { "question": "I don't like the blue shirt. Do you have it in ___ colours?", "options": [ "Any another", "Another any", "Any other", "Other any" ], "answer": "Any other", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "لا يعجبني القميص الأزرق. هل عندك منه ___ ؟", "hint_ar": "another تأتي مع المفرد فقط، و colours جمع.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "I don't like the blue shirt. Do you have it in ___ colours?", "options": [ "Any another", "Another any", "Any other", "Other any" ], "answer": "Any other", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "لا يعجبني القميص الأزرق. هل عندك منه ___ ؟", "hint": "“Colours” is plural. Which word order is correct with “any”?", "explanation": "With a plural noun we say “any other + plural noun”: Do you have it in any other colours? (Unit 4B). “Another” is “an + other” and is normally used with a singular countable noun (another colour), so it does not combine with “any”. “Another” can go with a plural noun only after a number (another three days), so it is not correct to say it is used with singular nouns only. “Another any” and “other any” have the wrong word order." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 4B ex.3b “in any other colours?”, TB p.33", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [], "mta_highlight": [ "c) Any other" ] }, { "id": "p74", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 74, page 14", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Vocabulary", "unit": "Vocabulary (MTA file)", "original": { "question": "What is the part of speech of supply in: Each applicant is asked to supply a portfolio of work at interview.", "options": [ "An adverb", "A noun", "An adjective", "A verb" ], "answer": "A noun", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "ما نوع كلمة supply في الجملة: يُطلب من كل متقدم أن يقدّم ملف أعماله في المقابلة؟", "hint_ar": "ارجع لإجابة ملف المراجعة.", "note_ar": "ملاحظة: مفتاح الإجابة في الملف يقول noun، مع أن supply هنا بعد to تعمل كفعل قواعدياً. التزمنا بإجابة الملف." }, "current": { "question": "What is the part of speech of supply in: Each applicant is asked to supply a portfolio of work at interview.", "options": [ "An adverb", "A noun", "An adjective", "A verb" ], "answer": "A verb", "answer_index": 3, "arabic": "ما نوع كلمة supply في الجملة: يُطلب من كل متقدم أن يقدّم ملف أعماله في المقابلة؟", "hint": "Look at the word before “supply” (to) and the word after it (a portfolio).", "explanation": "In this sentence “supply” is a verb. Two clues prove it: it follows “to” as part of an infinitive (asked to supply), and it has a direct object (a portfolio of work). The original answer key said “a noun”, which is incorrect here. “Supply” can be a noun in other sentences (a supply of fresh water), so always decide the part of speech from the sentence, not from the word alone." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": true, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "wrong-key", "category": "error", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "The source highlights “A noun” (highlight checked). But in “asked to supply a portfolio”, “supply” is a verb: it follows the infinitive “to” and takes an object (a portfolio). The correct answer is “A verb”.", "reason_ar": "الملف الأصلي يظلل A noun (تحققنا من التظليل). لكن supply في «asked to supply a portfolio» فعل: جاءت بعد to وبعدها مفعول به (a portfolio). الإجابة الصحيحة A verb.", "ref": "Grammar analysis (to + base verb + object)", "changes": [ { "field": "answer", "from": "A noun", "to": "A verb" }, { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "ارجع لإجابة ملف المراجعة.", "to": "انظر إلى الكلمة التي قبلها (to) والكلمة التي بعدها (a portfolio)." }, { "field": "note (old Arabic)", "from": "ملاحظة: مفتاح الإجابة في الملف يقول noun، مع أن supply هنا بعد to تعمل كفعل قواعدياً. التزمنا بإجابة الملف.", "to": "" } ] } ], "mta_highlight": [ "b) A noun" ] }, { "id": "p75", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 75, page 14", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Quantifiers", "unit": "Units 3, 5 (countable/uncountable: Unit 7 focus, needed in Unit 3)", "original": { "question": "I have ___ of memories from this summer.", "options": [ "Much", "Many", "A little", "A lot" ], "answer": "A lot", "answer_index": 3, "arabic": "لدي ___ من الذكريات من هذا الصيف.", "hint_ar": "الكلمة بعدها of.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "I have ___ of memories from this summer.", "options": [ "Much", "Many", "A little", "A lot" ], "answer": "A lot", "answer_index": 3, "arabic": "لدي ___ من الذكريات من هذا الصيف.", "hint": "The answer is followed by “of”. Which option can go before “of memories”?", "explanation": "“A lot of” can be used with plural countable nouns (a lot of memories) and uncountable nouns (a lot of time), especially in positive sentences. “Much of” and “many of” are possible only before a determiner (many of my memories), not directly before a bare noun, and “a little” is for uncountable nouns. So: I have a lot of memories from this summer." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [], "mta_highlight": [ "d) A lot" ] }, { "id": "p76", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 76, page 14", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Tenses", "unit": "Units 1, 2, 5, 6", "original": { "question": "I ___ at the library very late last week.", "options": [ "Staying", "Stayed", "Stay", "Staied" ], "answer": "Stayed", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "أنا ___ في المكتبة حتى وقت متأخر الأسبوع الماضي.", "hint_ar": "last week ← ماضي، و stay قبل y حرف متحرك.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "I ___ at the library very late last week.", "options": [ "Staying", "Stayed", "Stay", "Staied" ], "answer": "Stayed", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "أنا ___ في المكتبة حتى وقت متأخر الأسبوع الماضي.", "hint": "“Last week” is past. Check the spelling rule for verbs ending in a vowel + y.", "explanation": "This question is excluded because it is an exact duplicate of question 62. The answer is “stayed”: “last week” requires the past simple, and verbs ending in a vowel + y simply add -ed (stay → stayed, play → played)." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Not scored (excluded)", "verification_code": "excluded", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "excluded", "exclusion_kind": "duplicate", "exclusion_reason": "Exact duplicate of question 62 (same sentence, same options in a different order, same answer “Stayed”).", "exclusion_reason_ar": "مكرر حرفياً للسؤال 62 (نفس الجملة ونفس الخيارات بترتيب مختلف ونفس الإجابة Stayed).", "corrections": [], "mta_highlight": [ "b) Stayed" ] }, { "id": "p77", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 77, page 14", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Vocabulary", "unit": "Vocabulary (MTA file)", "original": { "question": "She bought a ___ to provide more storage space.", "options": [ "Cooker", "Washbasin", "Washing machine", "Chest of drawer" ], "answer": "Chest of drawer", "answer_index": 3, "arabic": "اشترت ___ لتوفير مساحة تخزين أكثر.", "hint_ar": "قطعة أثاث فيها أدراج.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "She bought a ___ to provide more storage space.", "options": [ "Cooker", "Washbasin", "Washing machine", "Chest of drawers" ], "answer": "Chest of drawers", "answer_index": 3, "arabic": "اشترت ___ لتوفير مساحة تخزين أكثر.", "hint": "Which piece of furniture has drawers for keeping things?", "explanation": "A “chest of drawers” is a piece of bedroom furniture with several drawers for storing clothes and other things, so it provides more storage space. A cooker is used for cooking, a washbasin is a sink for washing your hands, and a washing machine washes clothes — none of them is mainly for storage." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 4A – furniture: drawers, TB p.31", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": true, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "spelling", "category": "error", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The furniture item is “chest of drawers” (plural “drawers”). The answer itself did not change.", "reason_ar": "اسم القطعة chest of drawers بالجمع (drawers). الإجابة نفسها لم تتغير.", "ref": "Unit 4A – furniture: drawers, TB p.31", "changes": [ { "field": "options", "from": "Cooker | Washbasin | Washing machine | Chest of drawer", "to": "Cooker | Washbasin | Washing machine | Chest of drawers" }, { "field": "answer", "from": "Chest of drawer", "to": "Chest of drawers" } ] } ], "mta_highlight": [ "d) Chest of drawer" ] }, { "id": "p78", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 78, page 15", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Vocabulary", "unit": "Vocabulary (MTA file)", "original": { "question": "This machinery is quite ___ in both design and construction, and should last for years.", "options": [ "Traditional", "Robust", "Weak", "Natural" ], "answer": "Robust", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "هذه الآلات ___ في التصميم والتصنيع، وستدوم لسنوات.", "hint_ar": "قوية ومتينة.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "This machinery is quite ___ in both design and construction, and should last for years.", "options": [ "Traditional", "Robust", "Weak", "Natural" ], "answer": "Robust", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "هذه الآلات ___ في التصميم والتصنيع، وستدوم لسنوات.", "hint": "The machinery “should last for years”. Which adjective means strong?", "explanation": "“Robust” means strong, well made and unlikely to break (Unit 4A: “the most robust materials”). That is why the machinery “should last for years”. “Weak” is the opposite, and “traditional” and “natural” do not describe how long something will last." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 4A transcript 4.1 “the most robust materials”, TB p.31", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [], "mta_highlight": [ "b) Robust" ] }, { "id": "p79", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 79, page 15", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Vocabulary", "unit": "Vocabulary (MTA file)", "original": { "question": "Which of the following words refers to a standard that helps you make a decision, some are more important than others?", "options": [ "Criterion", "Value", "Quality", "Design" ], "answer": "Criterion", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "أي كلمة تعني «معيار» يساعدك على اتخاذ القرار؟", "hint_ar": "جمعها criteria.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "Which word refers to a standard that helps you make a decision?", "options": [ "Criterion", "Value", "Quality", "Design" ], "answer": "Criterion", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "أي كلمة تشير إلى أساس تحكم به على الخيارات لتتخذ قراراً؟", "hint": "This word comes from the Unit 4 critical thinking section. Its plural is irregular.", "explanation": "A “criterion” is a standard or principle that you use to judge options and make a decision; its plural is “criteria” (one criterion, two criteria). In Unit 4 critical thinking, students use criteria such as price, comfort and size to choose furniture. “Value” and “quality” are characteristics of the things being judged, not the standards used to judge them, and “design” is how something is planned." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 4 C21 Critical thinking: criteria, TB p.79", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "hint", "category": "leak", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The hint gave the plural of the answer (criteria).", "reason_ar": "التلميح كان يكتب جمع الإجابة (criteria).", "ref": "Unit 4 C21, TB p.79", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "جمعها criteria.", "to": "من مهارة Critical thinking في الوحدة 4 (جمعها غير منتظم)." } ] }, { "kind": "poorly-written", "category": "error", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The stem mixed singular and plural (“a standard …, some are more important than others”). The extra clause was removed. The Arabic translation also contained the direct translation of the answer («معيار») and was reworded.", "reason_ar": "The stem mixed singular and plural (“a standard …, some are more important than others”). The extra clause was removed. The Arabic translation also contained the direct translation of the answer («معيار») and was reworded.", "ref": "Unit 4 C21 critical thinking: criteria, TB p.79", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "Which of the following words refers to a standard that helps you make a decision, some are more important than others?", "to": "Which word refers to a standard that helps you make a decision?" }, { "field": "arabic", "from": "أي كلمة تعني «معيار» يساعدك على اتخاذ القرار؟", "to": "أي كلمة تشير إلى أساس تحكم به على الخيارات لتتخذ قراراً؟" } ] } ], "mta_highlight": [ "a) Criterion" ] }, { "id": "p80", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 80, page 15", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Vocabulary", "unit": "Vocabulary (MTA file)", "original": { "question": "The opposite of valuable is ___.", "options": [ "Useful", "Priceless", "Invaluable", "Worthless" ], "answer": "Worthless", "answer_index": 3, "arabic": "عكس كلمة valuable (قيّم) هو ___.", "hint_ar": "انتبه: priceless و invaluable تعنيان «قيّم جداً»!", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "The opposite of valuable is ___.", "options": [ "Useful", "Priceless", "Invaluable", "Worthless" ], "answer": "Worthless", "answer_index": 3, "arabic": "عكس كلمة valuable (قيّم) هو ___.", "hint": "Be careful: two options look negative but actually mean “very valuable”.", "explanation": "“Valuable” means worth a lot of money or very useful. Its opposite is “worthless” (having no value). Watch out for “priceless” and “invaluable”: although they look negative, they mean “extremely valuable” — so valuable that you cannot put a price on it. “Useful” is close in meaning to “valuable”." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [], "mta_highlight": [ "d) Worthless" ] }, { "id": "p81", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 81, page 15", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Vocabulary", "unit": "Vocabulary (MTA file)", "original": { "question": "India grows tea for ___.", "options": [ "Import", "Export", "Fun", "Travel" ], "answer": "Export", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "الهند تزرع الشاي من أجل ___.", "hint_ar": "بيعه لدول أخرى.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "India grows tea for ___.", "options": [ "Import", "Export", "Fun", "Travel" ], "answer": "Export", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "الهند تزرع الشاي من أجل ___.", "hint": "Does India grow tea to buy from other countries or to sell to them?", "explanation": "To “export” means to sell and send goods to other countries; to “import” means to buy and bring goods in from other countries. India grows tea in order to sell it abroad, so it grows tea for export. “Fun” and “travel” do not make sense as reasons for growing a crop." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [], "mta_highlight": [ "b) Export" ] }, { "id": "p82", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 82, page 15", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Vocabulary", "unit": "Vocabulary (MTA file)", "original": { "question": "She ___ from the bank last year.", "options": [ "Stood", "Retired", "Repaired", "Drew" ], "answer": "Retired", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "هي ___ من البنك السنة الماضية.", "hint_ar": "ترك العمل بسبب السن.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "She ___ from the bank last year.", "options": [ "Stood", "Retired", "Repaired", "Drew" ], "answer": "Retired", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "هي ___ من البنك السنة الماضية.", "hint": "What do people do when they stop working because of their age?", "explanation": "“Retire” means to stop working, usually because you have reached a certain age: She retired from the bank last year. The preposition “from” + workplace is a common pattern (retire from the army). “Stood”, “repaired” and “drew” do not have this meaning." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [], "mta_highlight": [ "b) Retired" ] }, { "id": "p83", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 83, page 16", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Vocabulary", "unit": "Vocabulary (MTA file)", "original": { "question": "You can update your Facebook ___.", "options": [ "Behavior", "Profile", "Station", "Laziness" ], "answer": "Profile", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "يمكنك تحديث ___ في فيسبوك.", "hint_ar": "صفحتك الشخصية/الملف الشخصي.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "You can update your Facebook ___.", "options": [ "Behavior", "Profile", "Station", "Laziness" ], "answer": "Profile", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "يمكنك تحديث ___ في فيسبوك.", "hint": "What part of a social-media account has your photo and personal information?", "explanation": "On social media, your “profile” is the page that shows your photo and personal information, and you can update it. “Behavior” (British: behaviour) is the way you act, “station” is a place (e.g. a train station), and “laziness” is a negative quality — none of them is part of a Facebook account." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "hint", "category": "leak", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "The hint translated the answer.", "reason_ar": "التلميح كان يترجم الإجابة.", "ref": "—", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "صفحتك الشخصية/الملف الشخصي.", "to": "الصفحة التي فيها صورتك ومعلوماتك." } ] } ], "mta_highlight": [ "b) Profile" ] }, { "id": "p84", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 84, page 16", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Linking words & question words", "unit": "Units 3, 5 (linking words, time markers)", "original": { "question": "I bought a skirt, some shoes ___ a jacket.", "options": [ "Because", "And", "But", "Or" ], "answer": "And", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "اشتريت تنورة وبعض الأحذية ___ جاكيت.", "hint_ar": "إضافة عنصر أخير في قائمة.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "I bought a skirt, some shoes ___ a jacket.", "options": [ "Because", "And", "But", "Or" ], "answer": "And", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "اشتريت تنورة وبعض الأحذية ___ جاكيت.", "hint": "The last item is added to a list.", "explanation": "When we list three or more items, “and” joins the last item to the list: a skirt, some shoes and a jacket. “Or” presents alternatives (tea or coffee?), “but” introduces a contrast, and “because” gives a reason. This is one of the linking words practised in Writing skills, Unit 3." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Writing skills Unit 3 linking words (and), TB p.70", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [], "mta_highlight": [ "b) And" ] }, { "id": "p85", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 85, page 16", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Vocabulary", "unit": "Vocabulary (MTA file)", "original": { "question": "Excuse me! Where is the ___ room?", "options": [ "Changing", "Change", "Changable", "Changed" ], "answer": "Changing", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "لو سمحت! أين غرفة ___ ؟", "hint_ar": "غرفة تبديل الملابس في المحل (ing).", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "Excuse me! Where is the ___ room?", "options": [ "Changing", "Change", "Changable", "Changed" ], "answer": "Changing", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "لو سمحت! أين غرفة ___ ؟", "hint": "In a clothes shop, which room do you use to try clothes on?", "explanation": "A “changing room” (American English: fitting room) is the small room in a clothes shop where customers try clothes on. Here “changing” is an -ing form used before a noun to show its purpose (like “swimming pool”, “waiting room”). “Change room” and “changed room” are not used, and “changable” is misspelled (the correct word is “changeable”, which means likely to change)." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 4B transcript 4.3 “The changing room is over there”, TB p.33", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [], "mta_highlight": [ "a) Changing" ] }, { "id": "p86", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 86, page 16", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "General grammar", "unit": "Foundation (general grammar)", "original": { "question": "X: ___ Y: I will pay in cash.", "options": [ "Do you like to pay?", "How you pay?", "How would you like to pay?", "What would you like to pay?" ], "answer": "How would you like to pay?", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "س: ___ ص: سأدفع نقداً.", "hint_ar": "سؤال مهذب عن «طريقة» الدفع.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "X: ___ Y: I will pay in cash.", "options": [ "Do you like to pay?", "How you pay?", "How would you like to pay?", "What would you like to pay?" ], "answer": "How would you like to pay?", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "س: ___ ص: سأدفع نقداً.", "hint": "Y answers about the method of payment. Which question is both polite and grammatical?", "explanation": "Y’s answer (“I will pay in cash”) tells us the question asked about the method of payment. “How would you like to pay?” is the polite question used by shop assistants (Unit 4B). “How you pay?” has no auxiliary, “Do you like to pay?” asks whether you enjoy paying, and “What would you like to pay?” asks about the amount of money, not the method." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 4B transcript 4.3 “How would you like to pay?”, TB p.33", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [], "mta_highlight": [ "c) How would you like to pay?" ] }, { "id": "p87", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 87, page 16", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "General grammar", "unit": "Foundation (general grammar)", "original": { "question": "That's a lovely old Italian bed. The order of the adjectives is opinion, age and where something comes from.", "options": [ "False", "True" ], "answer": "True", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "«سرير إيطالي قديم جميل» — ترتيب الصفات: رأي، عمر، ثم المصدر. (صح أم خطأ؟)", "hint_ar": "lovely = رأي، old = عمر، Italian = أصل.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "That's a lovely old Italian bed. The order of the adjectives is opinion, age and where something comes from.", "options": [ "False", "True" ], "answer": "True", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "«سرير إيطالي قديم جميل» — ترتيب الصفات: رأي، عمر، ثم المصدر. (صح أم خطأ؟)", "hint": "Classify each adjective: is it an opinion, an age, or a place of origin?", "explanation": "The answer is True. When several adjectives come before a noun, English usually follows this order: opinion → size → age → shape → colour → origin → material → noun (Writing skills, Unit 4). In “a lovely old Italian bed”, “lovely” is an opinion, “old” is age and “Italian” is origin, so the order is correct. Another example: a beautiful small round wooden table." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Writing skills Unit 4 adjective order, TB p.71", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [], "mta_highlight": [ "b) True" ] }, { "id": "p88", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 88, page 17", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Tenses", "unit": "Units 1, 2, 5, 6", "original": { "question": "My brother ___ a bear an hour ago.", "options": [ "Is seeing", "See", "Sees", "Saw" ], "answer": "Saw", "answer_index": 3, "arabic": "أخي ___ دباً قبل ساعة.", "hint_ar": "an hour ago ← ماضي see (شاذ).", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "My brother ___ a bear an hour ago.", "options": [ "Is seeing", "See", "Sees", "Saw" ], "answer": "Saw", "answer_index": 3, "arabic": "أخي ___ دباً قبل ساعة.", "hint": "“An hour ago” is a finished past time, and “see” is irregular.", "explanation": "“An hour ago” refers to a finished time, so we need the past simple. “See” is irregular: see – saw – seen. So: My brother saw a bear an hour ago. “Sees” and “see” are present forms, “is seeing” is present continuous, and “seen” (not an option here) would need “has” or “had”." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 5B irregular past, TB p.37", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [], "mta_highlight": [ "d) Saw" ] }, { "id": "p89", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 89, page 17", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Tenses", "unit": "Units 1, 2, 5, 6", "original": { "question": "After Ali graduated, he ___ married.", "options": [ "Gets", "Is getting", "Got", "Get" ], "answer": "Got", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "بعد أن تخرّج علي، ___ .", "hint_ar": "graduated ماضي ← الفعل الثاني ماضي أيضاً.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "After Ali graduated, he ___ married.", "options": [ "Gets", "Is getting", "Got", "Get" ], "answer": "Got", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "بعد أن تخرّج علي، ___ (تزوّج).", "hint": "The first verb (graduated) is past. What form of “get” matches?", "explanation": "The time clause “After Ali graduated” describes a past event, so the main clause also uses the past simple. “Get married” is a fixed expression (Unit 5A life events), and “get” is irregular: get → got. So: After Ali graduated, he got married. “Gets”, “get” and “is getting” are present forms." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 5A get married + Unit 5C after, TB p.35, 40", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "translation", "category": "error", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The Arabic translation was incomplete and did not mention getting married.", "reason_ar": "الترجمة كانت ناقصة ولا تذكر الزواج.", "ref": "Unit 5A – Life events: get married, TB p.35", "changes": [ { "field": "arabic", "from": "بعد أن تخرّج علي، ___ .", "to": "بعد أن تخرّج علي، ___ (تزوّج)." } ] } ], "mta_highlight": [ "c) Got" ] }, { "id": "p90", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 90, page 17", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Vocabulary", "unit": "Vocabulary (MTA file)", "original": { "question": "I use my ___ to buy things from my favorite website.", "options": [ "Watch", "Digital camera", "Laptop", "Wallet" ], "answer": "Laptop", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "أستخدم ___ لشراء أشياء من موقعي المفضل.", "hint_ar": "جهاز تتصفح به المواقع.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "I use my ___ to buy things from my favorite website.", "options": [ "Watch", "Digital camera", "Laptop", "Wallet" ], "answer": "Laptop", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "أستخدم ___ لشراء أشياء من موقعي المفضل.", "hint": "Which device do you use to visit websites and shop online?", "explanation": "You use a laptop (a portable computer) to browse websites and buy things from online shops. A wallet holds cash and cards, a digital camera takes photos, and an ordinary watch tells the time — none of these is normally used to visit a shopping website." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [], "mta_highlight": [ "c) Laptop" ] }, { "id": "p91", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 91, page 17", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Vocabulary", "unit": "Vocabulary (MTA file)", "original": { "question": "This ___ works with most microcomputers.", "options": [ "Electronic grill", "Hairdryer", "Bulb", "Printer" ], "answer": "Printer", "answer_index": 3, "arabic": "هذه ___ تعمل مع معظم الحواسيب.", "hint_ar": "جهاز يُوصل بالكمبيوتر.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "This ___ works with most microcomputers.", "options": [ "Electronic grill", "Hairdryer", "Bulb", "Printer" ], "answer": "Printer", "answer_index": 3, "arabic": "هذه ___ تعمل مع معظم الحواسيب.", "hint": "Which device is connected to a computer to put documents on paper?", "explanation": "A printer is a device connected to a computer that prints documents on paper, so it “works with” computers. An electronic grill is for cooking, a hairdryer dries hair, and a bulb gives light; none of them connects to a computer." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [], "mta_highlight": [ "d) Printer" ] }, { "id": "p92", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 92, page 17", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Vocabulary", "unit": "Vocabulary (MTA file)", "original": { "question": "It is much better to have a small ___ room than a big cold one.", "options": [ "Huge", "Wide", "Cozy", "Large" ], "answer": "Cozy", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "أفضل بكثير أن يكون لديك غرفة صغيرة ___ من غرفة كبيرة باردة.", "hint_ar": "عكس cold في السياق: دافئة ومريحة.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "It is much better to have a small ___ room than a big cold one.", "options": [ "Huge", "Wide", "Cozy", "Large" ], "answer": "Cozy", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "أفضل بكثير أن يكون لديك غرفة صغيرة ___ من غرفة كبيرة باردة.", "hint": "The small room is contrasted with a big cold one. Which adjective means warm and comfortable?", "explanation": "The sentence contrasts “a small ___ room” with “a big cold one”, so the missing adjective should be the opposite of “cold”. “Cozy” (British: cosy) describes a place that is warm, comfortable and pleasant, often because it is small. “Huge”, “wide” and “large” describe size only and would not contrast with “big”." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [], "mta_highlight": [ "c) Cozy" ] }, { "id": "p93", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 93, page 18", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Vocabulary", "unit": "Vocabulary (MTA file)", "original": { "question": "My friend ___ his exams. He is sad.", "options": [ "Won", "Broke", "Failed", "Passed" ], "answer": "Failed", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "صديقي ___ في اختباراته. هو حزين.", "hint_ar": "هو حزين ← النتيجة سلبية.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "My friend ___ his exams. He is sad.", "options": [ "Won", "Broke", "Failed", "Passed" ], "answer": "Failed", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "صديقي ___ في اختباراته. هو حزين.", "hint": "He is sad, so the result was negative.", "explanation": "The second sentence (“He is sad”) tells us the result was negative. To “fail an exam” means not to pass it: My friend failed his exams, which explains his sadness. “Passed” is the opposite and would make him happy; you do not “win” an exam (you win a game or a prize), and “broke” does not collocate with “exams”." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 5C transcript 5.6 “I failed my first year exams”, TB p.39", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [], "mta_highlight": [ "c) Failed" ] }, { "id": "p94", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 94, page 18", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Linking words & question words", "unit": "Units 3, 5 (linking words, time markers)", "original": { "question": "I wanted to go to the gym, ___ I was too tired after work.", "options": [ "nor", "Or", "for", "But" ], "answer": "But", "answer_index": 3, "arabic": "أردت الذهاب للنادي، ___ كنت متعباً جداً بعد العمل.", "hint_ar": "تناقض بين الجملتين.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "I wanted to go to the gym, ___ I was too tired after work.", "options": [ "nor", "Or", "for", "But" ], "answer": "But", "answer_index": 3, "arabic": "أردت الذهاب للنادي، ___ كنت متعباً جداً بعد العمل.", "hint": "There is a contrast between wanting to go and being too tired.", "explanation": "“But” joins two clauses that contrast with each other: I wanted to go to the gym, but I was too tired after work. The second clause shows why the wish did not happen. “Or” offers alternatives, “for” (meaning “because”) is formal and old-fashioned, and “nor” is used after a negative clause." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Writing skills Unit 3 linking words (but), TB p.70", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [], "mta_highlight": [ "d) But" ] }, { "id": "p95", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 95, page 18", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Linking words & question words", "unit": "Units 3, 5 (linking words, time markers)", "original": { "question": "We can have a holiday, ___ we can save our money.", "options": [ "Because", "Or", "Since", "For" ], "answer": "Or", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "يمكننا أن نأخذ إجازة، ___ نوفّر فلوسنا.", "hint_ar": "خياران ← نختار واحداً.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "We can have a holiday, ___ we can save our money.", "options": [ "Because", "Or", "Since", "For" ], "answer": "Or", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "يمكننا أن نأخذ إجازة، ___ نوفّر فلوسنا.", "hint": "The speaker offers two options; you can do one of them.", "explanation": "“Or” connects two alternatives — you can do one or the other: We can have a holiday, or we can save our money. “Because”, “since” and “for” all introduce reasons, but saving money is not the reason for having a holiday; it is a different choice." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Writing skills Unit 3 linking words (or), TB p.70", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [], "mta_highlight": [ "b) Or" ] }, { "id": "p96", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 96, page 18", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Quantifiers", "unit": "Units 3, 5 (countable/uncountable: Unit 7 focus, needed in Unit 3)", "original": { "question": "Alice doesn't have ___ pets.", "options": [ "Many", "Plenty", "A lot", "Much" ], "answer": "Many", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "أليس ليس لديها ___ حيوانات أليفة.", "hint_ar": "pets معدود + نفي.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "Alice doesn't have ___ pets.", "options": [ "Many", "Plenty", "A lot", "Much" ], "answer": "Many", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "أليس ليس لديها ___ حيوانات أليفة.", "hint": "“Pets” is a plural countable noun and the sentence is negative.", "explanation": "“Many” is used with plural countable nouns, and it is especially common in negatives and questions: Alice doesn’t have many pets. “Much” is for uncountable nouns (much time), and “plenty” and “a lot” must be followed by “of” (plenty of pets, a lot of pets)." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [], "mta_highlight": [ "a) Many" ] }, { "id": "p97", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 97, page 18", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Tenses", "unit": "Units 1, 2, 5, 6", "original": { "question": "My brother ___ with me to school yesterday.", "options": [ "Walk", "Is walking", "Walked", "Walks" ], "answer": "Walked", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "أخي ___ معي إلى المدرسة أمس.", "hint_ar": "yesterday ← ماضي (منتظم + ed).", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "My brother ___ with me to school yesterday.", "options": [ "Walk", "Is walking", "Walked", "Walks" ], "answer": "Walked", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "أخي ___ معي إلى المدرسة أمس.", "hint": "“Yesterday” is past, and “walk” is a regular verb.", "explanation": "“Yesterday” requires the past simple, and “walk” is a regular verb, so we add -ed: My brother walked with me to school yesterday. “Walks” and “walk” are present forms, and “is walking” is present continuous; none of them matches “yesterday”." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 5B past simple, TB p.36", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [], "mta_highlight": [ "c) Walked" ] }, { "id": "p98", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 98, page 19", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Vocabulary", "unit": "Vocabulary (MTA file)", "original": { "question": "The opposite of light is:", "options": [ "Long", "Responsive", "Heavy", "Easy" ], "answer": "Heavy", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "عكس كلمة light (خفيف) هو:", "hint_ar": "خفيف ↔ ؟", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "The opposite of light is:", "options": [ "Long", "Responsive", "Heavy", "Easy" ], "answer": "Heavy", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "عكس كلمة light (خفيف) هو:", "hint": "Here “light” describes weight, not colour.", "explanation": "“Light” has two common meanings: not heavy (a light bag) and not dark (a light colour). Among the options, only “heavy” is an opposite, so the meaning here is weight: the opposite of light is heavy. Unit 3A uses “light” to describe devices that are easy to carry. “Long”, “responsive” and “easy” are not opposites of “light”." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 3A ex.4c light, TB p.25", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [], "mta_highlight": [ "c) Heavy" ] }, { "id": "p99", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 99, page 19", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Vocabulary", "unit": "Vocabulary (MTA file)", "original": { "question": "The antonym of responsive is ___.", "options": [ "React quickly", "Different", "Indifferent", "Receptive" ], "answer": "Indifferent", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "عكس كلمة responsive (متجاوب) هو ___.", "hint_ar": "لا يهتم ولا يتفاعل.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "The antonym of responsive is ___.", "options": [ "React quickly", "Different", "Indifferent", "Receptive" ], "answer": "Indifferent", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "عكس كلمة responsive (متجاوب) هو ___.", "hint": "“Responsive” means reacting quickly or showing interest. Find the word for “not interested”.", "explanation": "“Responsive” means reacting quickly and positively (Unit 3A: a responsive touchscreen). Its antonym is “indifferent”, which means not interested and not reacting. “React quickly” and “receptive” (willing to listen to new ideas) are close in meaning to “responsive”, and “different” is unrelated." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 3A ex.4f responsive, TB p.25", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [], "mta_highlight": [ "c) Indifferent" ] }, { "id": "p100", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 100, page 19", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Vocabulary", "unit": "Vocabulary (MTA file)", "original": { "question": "In my first year, I shared a flat with three others in students' ___ which was perfect.", "options": [ "Council", "Furniture", "Accommodation", "Affair" ], "answer": "Accommodation", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "في سنتي الأولى سكنت شقة مع ثلاثة آخرين في ___ الطلاب، وكان رائعاً.", "hint_ar": "كلمة تعني «سكن».", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "In my first year, I shared a flat with three others in students' ___ which was perfect.", "options": [ "Council", "Furniture", "Accommodation", "Affair" ], "answer": "Accommodation", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "في سنتي الأولى سكنت شقة مع ثلاثة آخرين في ___ الطلاب، وكان رائعاً.", "hint": "Where do students live while they study?", "explanation": "“Accommodation” means a place to live or stay, and “students’ accommodation” (or student accommodation) is housing for university students (Unit 4A). Note that “accommodation” is usually uncountable in British English. “Council”, “furniture” and “affair” do not describe a place where students share a flat." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 4A student accommodation, TB p.31", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "hint", "category": "leak", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The hint translated the answer.", "reason_ar": "التلميح كان يترجم الإجابة.", "ref": "Unit 4A, TB p.31", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "كلمة تعني «سكن».", "to": "مكان يسكن فيه الطلاب." } ] } ], "mta_highlight": [ "c) Accommodation" ] }, { "id": "p101", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 101, page 19", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Vocabulary", "unit": "Vocabulary (MTA file)", "original": { "question": "Good planning, motivation and hard work are important ___ to succeed.", "options": [ "Factors", "Products", "Styles", "Results" ], "answer": "Factors", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "التخطيط الجيد والحافز والعمل الجاد ___ مهمة للنجاح.", "hint_ar": "أشياء تؤثر وتساهم في النتيجة.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "Good planning, motivation and hard work are important ___ to succeed.", "options": [ "Factors", "Products", "Styles", "Results" ], "answer": "Factors", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "التخطيط الجيد والحافز والعمل الجاد ___ مهمة للنجاح.", "hint": "Planning, motivation and hard work all contribute to success. What do we call such things?", "explanation": "A “factor” is one of the things that influence a result: Good planning, motivation and hard work are important factors in success (Unit 4B). “Results” are the outcomes, not the causes, “products” are things that are made or sold, and “styles” are ways of doing or designing things." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 4B ex.1 factors, TB p.32", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [], "mta_highlight": [ "a) Factors" ] }, { "id": "p102", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 102, page 19", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Comparatives & superlatives", "unit": "Units 3–4", "original": { "question": "We stayed in ___ hotel in the town.", "options": [ "Cheap", "The cheap", "The cheapest", "Cheaper" ], "answer": "The cheapest", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "أقمنا في ___ فندق في البلدة.", "hint_ar": "in the town ← تفضيل (the + est).", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "We stayed in ___ hotel in the town.", "options": [ "Cheap", "The most cheap", "The cheapest", "Cheaper" ], "answer": "The cheapest", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "أقمنا في ___ فندق في البلدة.", "hint": "“In the town” compares one hotel with all the others.", "explanation": "“In the town” compares one hotel with all the hotels in the town, so we need the superlative with “the”: We stayed in the cheapest hotel in the town. “Cheap” is a one-syllable adjective, so it adds -est; “the most cheap” is incorrect. “Cheaper” is a comparative, and “cheap” alone would need an article and does not express a comparison." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 4A superlatives, TB p.31", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "ambiguous", "category": "ambiguity", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "The option “The cheap” was grammatical (“We stayed in the cheap hotel” = the known cheap hotel). It was replaced with “The most cheap”, which is wrong; the answer is still “The cheapest”, as in the source.", "reason_ar": "الخيار The cheap صحيح نحوياً (We stayed in the cheap hotel = الفندق الرخيص المعروف). استبدلناه بـ The most cheap الخاطئ؛ الإجابة The cheapest كما في الملف.", "ref": "Unit 4A – Superlative adjectives, TB p.31", "changes": [ { "field": "options", "from": "Cheap | The cheap | The cheapest | Cheaper", "to": "Cheap | The most cheap | The cheapest | Cheaper" } ] } ], "mta_highlight": [ "c) The cheapest" ] }, { "id": "p103", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 103, page 20", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Reading", "unit": "Unit 6", "original": { "question": "Did people have an easy life after the war in 1945?", "options": [ "True", "False" ], "answer": "True", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "هل عاش الناس حياة سهلة بعد الحرب في ١٩٤٥؟ (من قطعة القراءة)", "hint_ar": "سؤال من قطعة القراءة في الملف — راجع إجابة الملف.", "note_ar": "هذا السؤال مرتبط بقطعة قراءة؛ الإجابة حسب مفتاح الملف." }, "current": { "question": "Read: “The Olympic Games were held in Tokyo in 1964. It was a very important event for Japan. The bullet train (Shinkansen) was introduced and it took only four hours from Tokyo to Osaka. Life in Japan after the war was not easy, but the country developed quickly. Takeshi Honda was one of the engineers who worked on the bullet train project.” — Did people have an easy life after the war in 1945?", "options": [ "Yes, they did.", "No, they didn’t." ], "answer": "No, they didn’t.", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "هل عاش الناس حياة سهلة بعد الحرب في ١٩٤٥؟ (من قطعة طوكيو)", "hint": "Find the sentence in the passage that describes life after the war.", "explanation": "The passage clearly says, “Life in Japan after the war was not easy”, so the correct answer is “No, they didn’t.” This also shows how short answers work: a question with “Did …?” is answered with “did” or “didn’t”, not with the main verb. The original answer key marked “True”, but the Teacher’s Book confirms the answer is negative (Unit 6A)." }, "passage": "“The Olympic Games were held in Tokyo in 1964. It was a very important event for Japan. The bullet train (Shinkansen) was introduced and it took only four hours from Tokyo to Osaka. Life in Japan after the war was not easy, but the country developed quickly. Takeshi Honda was one of the engineers who worked on the bullet train project.”", "textbook_ref": "Unit 6A ex.2c & ex.4c, TB p.42", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": true, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "wrong-key", "category": "error", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The source highlights “True” (highlight checked), but the Teacher’s Book says explicitly “false – Life wasn’t easy”, and the passage itself says “Life in Japan after the war was not easy”. The passage was added to the question, and the options became “Yes, they did / No, they didn’t” because the question starts with “Did”.", "reason_ar": "الملف الأصلي يظلل True (تحققنا من التظليل)، لكن كتاب المعلم يقول صراحة: false – Life wasn’t easy، والقطعة نفسها تقول Life in Japan after the war was not easy. أضفنا القطعة للسؤال، وجعلنا الخيارات Yes, they did / No, they didn’t لأن السؤال بصيغة Did.", "ref": "Unit 6A ex.2c & ex.4c, TB p.42", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "Did people have an easy life after the war in 1945?", "to": "Read: “The Olympic Games were held in Tokyo in 1964. It was a very important event for Japan. The bullet train (Shinkansen) was introduced and it took only four hours from Tokyo to Osaka. Life in Japan after the war was not easy, but the country developed quickly. Takeshi Honda was one of the engineers who worked on the bullet train project.” — Did people have an easy life after the war in 1945?" }, { "field": "options", "from": "True | False", "to": "Yes, they did. | No, they didn’t." }, { "field": "answer", "from": "True", "to": "No, they didn’t." }, { "field": "arabic", "from": "هل عاش الناس حياة سهلة بعد الحرب في ١٩٤٥؟ (من قطعة القراءة)", "to": "هل عاش الناس حياة سهلة بعد الحرب في ١٩٤٥؟ (من قطعة طوكيو)" }, { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "سؤال من قطعة القراءة في الملف — راجع إجابة الملف.", "to": "ابحث في القطعة عن وصف الحياة بعد الحرب." }, { "field": "note (old Arabic)", "from": "هذا السؤال مرتبط بقطعة قراءة؛ الإجابة حسب مفتاح الملف.", "to": "" } ] } ], "mta_highlight": [ "a) True" ] }, { "id": "p104", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 104, page 20", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Linking words & question words", "unit": "Units 3, 5 (linking words, time markers)", "original": { "question": "While my father was in Agra, he decided to visit the Taj Mahal ___ the Agra Fort.", "options": [ "So", "And", "Because", "But" ], "answer": "And", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "عندما كان أبي في أغرا قرر زيارة تاج محل ___ قلعة أغرا.", "hint_ar": "زار مكانين ← ربط بالإضافة.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "While my father was in Agra, he decided to visit the Taj Mahal ___ the Agra Fort.", "options": [ "So", "And", "Because", "But" ], "answer": "And", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "عندما كان أبي في أغرا قرر زيارة تاج محل ___ قلعة أغرا.", "hint": "He decided to visit two places. Which word adds the second one?", "explanation": "The father visited two places, and “and” joins two items of the same type: the Taj Mahal and the Agra Fort. “So” introduces a result, “because” a reason and “but” a contrast; these connect clauses with a logical relationship, not two names in a list." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Writing skills Unit 3 linking words (and), TB p.70", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [], "mta_highlight": [ "b) And" ] }, { "id": "p105", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 105, page 20", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Vocabulary", "unit": "Vocabulary (MTA file)", "original": { "question": "Which of the following adjectives is wrong?", "options": [ "Comfortable", "Adjustable", "Suitable", "Robustable" ], "answer": "Robustable", "answer_index": 3, "arabic": "أي من الصفات التالية خاطئة (غير موجودة)؟", "hint_ar": "إحدى الكلمات صفة أصلاً ولا تحتاج able.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "Which of the following adjectives is wrong?", "options": [ "Comfortable", "Adjustable", "Suitable", "Robustable" ], "answer": "Robustable", "answer_index": 3, "arabic": "أي من الصفات التالية خاطئة (غير موجودة)؟", "hint": "The suffix -able changes a verb or noun into an adjective. Is one base word already an adjective?", "explanation": "The suffix -able usually turns a verb into an adjective meaning “can be …” or “suitable for …”: adjust → adjustable, comfort → comfortable, suit → suitable. “Robust” is already an adjective, so adding -able makes no sense; “robustable” is not an English word. That is why it is the wrong adjective." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [], "mta_highlight": [ "d) Robustable" ] }, { "id": "p106", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 106, page 20", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Quantifiers", "unit": "Units 3, 5 (countable/uncountable: Unit 7 focus, needed in Unit 3)", "original": { "question": "How ___ eggs are there in the fridge?", "options": [ "Much", "A few", "Lots", "Many" ], "answer": "Many", "answer_index": 3, "arabic": "كم ___ بيضة في الثلاجة؟", "hint_ar": "eggs معدود ← How ___ ?", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "How ___ eggs are there in the fridge?", "options": [ "Much", "A few", "Lots", "Many" ], "answer": "Many", "answer_index": 3, "arabic": "كم ___ بيضة في الثلاجة؟", "hint": "“Eggs” is a plural countable noun. Which question word asks about number?", "explanation": "“How many” asks about the number of countable things and is followed by a plural noun: How many eggs are there in the fridge? “How much” is used with uncountable nouns (How much milk …?). “A few” and “lots” are quantifiers, not question words." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 1B ex.7b How many, TB p.14", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [], "mta_highlight": [ "d) Many" ] }, { "id": "p107", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 107, page 20", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Vocabulary", "unit": "Vocabulary (MTA file)", "original": { "question": "Compact means ___.", "options": [ "Long", "Wide", "Big", "Small" ], "answer": "Small", "answer_index": 3, "arabic": "كلمة compact تعني ___.", "hint_ar": "مضغوط/صغير الحجم.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "Compact means ___.", "options": [ "Long", "Wide", "Big", "Small" ], "answer": "Small", "answer_index": 3, "arabic": "كلمة compact تعني ___.", "hint": "Think of a device that fits in your jacket pocket.", "explanation": "“Compact” means small in size and taking up little space, which makes something easy to carry or store (Unit 3A: compact = small in size). For example, a compact camera fits in a pocket. “Long”, “wide” and “big” describe large or extended size, the opposite idea." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 3A ex.4a compact = small in size, TB p.25", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "hint", "category": "leak", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The hint translated the word.", "reason_ar": "التلميح كان يترجم الكلمة.", "ref": "Unit 3A ex.4a, TB p.25", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "مضغوط/صغير الحجم.", "to": "فكّر في وصف جهاز يدخل في جيب الجاكيت." } ] } ], "mta_highlight": [ "d) Small" ] }, { "id": "p108", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 108, page 20", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Vocabulary", "unit": "Vocabulary (MTA file)", "original": { "question": "This ___ vegetable can be eaten raw or cooked.", "options": [ "Rotten", "Compact", "Stylish", "Versatile" ], "answer": "Versatile", "answer_index": 3, "arabic": "هذه الخضار ___ يمكن أكلها نيئة أو مطبوخة.", "hint_ar": "متعددة الاستخدامات.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "This ___ vegetable can be eaten raw or cooked.", "options": [ "Rotten", "Compact", "Stylish", "Versatile" ], "answer": "Versatile", "answer_index": 3, "arabic": "هذه الخضار ___ يمكن أكلها نيئة أو مطبوخة.", "hint": "This vegetable can be eaten in more than one way.", "explanation": "“Versatile” means having many different uses or able to do many different things (Unit 3A). A vegetable that can be eaten raw or cooked is versatile. “Rotten” means bad and decayed, “compact” means small, and “stylish” means fashionable — none of these explains the different ways of eating it." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 3A ex.4g versatile = has lots of different uses, TB p.25", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "hint", "category": "leak", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The hint was a literal translation of the answer.", "reason_ar": "التلميح كان ترجمة الإجابة حرفياً.", "ref": "Unit 3A ex.4g, TB p.25", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "متعددة الاستخدامات.", "to": "خضار تُستخدم بأكثر من طريقة." } ] } ], "mta_highlight": [ "d) Versatile" ] }, { "id": "p109", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 109, page 20", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Vocabulary", "unit": "Vocabulary (MTA file)", "original": { "question": "A ___ can capture images and videos under water.", "options": [ "Laptop", "Mobile phone", "Waterproof digital camera", "Headphone" ], "answer": "Waterproof digital camera", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "___ يستطيع التقاط صور وفيديو تحت الماء.", "hint_ar": "waterproof = مقاوم للماء.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "A ___ can capture images and videos under water.", "options": [ "Laptop", "Mobile phone", "Waterproof digital camera", "Headphone" ], "answer": "Waterproof digital camera", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "___ يستطيع التقاط صور وفيديو تحت الماء.", "hint": "Which device can safely go under water?", "explanation": "A waterproof digital camera can be used under water because water cannot get inside it (Unit 3A). “Waterproof” combines “water” + “-proof” (protected against), as in “bulletproof”. A laptop, an ordinary mobile phone and headphones are not designed to work under water." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 3A waterproof digital camera, TB p.24", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "hint", "category": "leak", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The hint translated the word “waterproof”.", "reason_ar": "التلميح كان يترجم كلمة waterproof.", "ref": "Unit 3A, TB p.24", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "waterproof = مقاوم للماء.", "to": "أي جهاز تأخذه معك عند الغطس؟ (الوحدة 3)" } ] } ], "mta_highlight": [ "c) Waterproof digital camera" ] }, { "id": "p110", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 110, page 21", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Vocabulary", "unit": "Vocabulary (MTA file)", "original": { "question": "Which type of research relies on facts, numbers and statistics?", "options": [ "Quantitative", "Qualitative", "Descriptive", "Case study" ], "answer": "Quantitative", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "أي نوع من البحث يعتمد على الحقائق والأرقام والإحصائيات؟", "hint_ar": "من كلمة quantity (كمية).", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "Which type of research relies on facts, numbers and statistics?", "options": [ "Quantitative", "Qualitative", "Descriptive", "Case study" ], "answer": "Quantitative", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "أي نوع من البحث يعتمد على الحقائق والأرقام والإحصائيات؟", "hint": "Which type of research answers questions like “How many?” or “How much?”", "explanation": "“Quantitative” research collects numbers and statistics and answers questions like “how many” or “how much”; the word comes from “quantity”. “Qualitative” research studies opinions, feelings and experiences through interviews or observations (from “quality”). Unit 4’s critical-thinking section contrasts these two types. Descriptive research and case studies are other research designs, not specifically about numbers." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 4 C21 qualitative and quantitative research, TB p.79", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "hint", "category": "leak", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The hint gave the root of the answer word (quantity).", "reason_ar": "التلميح كان يذكر أصل الكلمة (quantity).", "ref": "Unit 4 C21, TB p.79", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "من كلمة quantity (كمية).", "to": "أي نوع يجيب عن أسئلة How many / How much؟" } ] } ], "mta_highlight": [ "a) Quantitative" ] }, { "id": "p111", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 111, page 21", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Vocabulary", "unit": "Vocabulary (MTA file)", "original": { "question": "We’re renting a furnished ___ on the third floor.", "options": [ "Car", "House", "Board", "Flat" ], "answer": "Flat", "answer_index": 3, "arabic": "نستأجر ___ مفروشة في الدور الثالث.", "hint_ar": "سكن داخل عمارة (شقة).", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "We’re renting a furnished ___ on the third floor.", "options": [ "Car", "House", "Board", "Flat" ], "answer": "Flat", "answer_index": 3, "arabic": "نستأجر ___ مفروشة في الدور الثالث.", "hint": "It is on the third floor of a building. What type of home is it?", "explanation": "A “flat” (American English: apartment) is a home on one floor of a larger building, so it can be on the third floor. “Furnished” means it already has furniture. A house is a whole building, not a home on one floor, and cars and boards are not places to live." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [], "mta_highlight": [ "d) Flat" ] }, { "id": "p112", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 112, page 21", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Vocabulary", "unit": "Vocabulary (MTA file)", "original": { "question": "If you ___ doing something, it means you stop doing it.", "options": [ "Carry on", "Continue", "Remember", "Give up" ], "answer": "Give up", "answer_index": 3, "arabic": "إذا ___ فعل شيء، يعني أنك توقفت عنه.", "hint_ar": "فعل مركب يعني «يستسلم/يترك».", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "If you ___ doing something, it means you stop doing it.", "options": [ "Carry on", "Continue", "Remember", "Give up" ], "answer": "Give up", "answer_index": 3, "arabic": "إذا ___ فعل شيء، يعني أنك توقفت عنه.", "hint": "This phrasal verb means to stop. One option means the exact opposite.", "explanation": "“Give up (doing something)” is a phrasal verb meaning to stop doing it: He gave up smoking (Unit 5C: give up = stopping). It is followed by an -ing form or a noun. “Carry on” and “continue” mean the opposite (keep doing something), and “remember doing” means you have a memory of it." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 5C ex.8b give up = stopping, TB p.39", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "hint", "category": "leak", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The hint translated the answer.", "reason_ar": "التلميح كان يترجم الإجابة.", "ref": "Unit 5C ex.8b, TB p.39", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "فعل مركب يعني «يستسلم/يترك».", "to": "فعل مركب (phrasal verb). انتبه: أحد الخيارات معناه العكس تماماً." } ] } ], "mta_highlight": [ "d) Give up" ] }, { "id": "p113", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 113, page 21", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Quantifiers", "unit": "Units 3, 5 (countable/uncountable: Unit 7 focus, needed in Unit 3)", "original": { "question": "She has ___ time to spare.", "options": [ "Many", "Little", "Fewer", "Any" ], "answer": "Little", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "لديها ___ وقت فائض.", "hint_ar": "time غير معدود، والجملة مثبتة بلا مقارنة.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "She has ___ time to spare.", "options": [ "Many", "Little", "Fewer", "Any" ], "answer": "Little", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "لديها ___ وقت فائض.", "hint": "“Time” is uncountable and the sentence has no comparison. Do we want “some” or “not enough”?", "explanation": "“Time” is uncountable, so we need a quantifier for uncountable nouns. “Little” (without “a”) means “not much, not enough” and has a negative meaning: She has little time to spare. Compare “a little time”, which means “some time”. “Many” and “fewer” are for countable nouns, and “any” is not normally used in a positive statement like this." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 3C little, TB p.28–29", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "hint", "category": "leak", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The hint did not explain the difference between “little” and “a little”.", "reason_ar": "التلميح لم يشرح الفرق بين little و a little.", "ref": "Unit 3C – little, less, TB p.28–29", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "time غير معدود، والجملة مثبتة بلا مقارنة.", "to": "time غير معدود، والجملة مثبتة بلا مقارنة. تذكّر: الكلمة بدون a معناها «قليل لا يكفي»، ومع a معناها «قليل لكنه موجود»." } ] } ], "mta_highlight": [ "b) Little" ] }, { "id": "p114", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 114, page 22", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Vocabulary", "unit": "Vocabulary (MTA file)", "original": { "question": "There is a small, round ___ table in the room.", "options": [ "Wooding", "Wood", "Wooded", "Wooden" ], "answer": "Wooden", "answer_index": 3, "arabic": "توجد طاولة صغيرة مستديرة ___ في الغرفة.", "hint_ar": "صفة المادة المصنوع منها (en).", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "There is a small, round ___ table in the room.", "options": [ "Wooding", "Woody", "Wooded", "Wooden" ], "answer": "Wooden", "answer_index": 3, "arabic": "توجد طاولة صغيرة مستديرة ___ في الغرفة.", "hint": "Which adjective describes the material something is made of?", "explanation": "“Wooden” is the adjective meaning “made of wood”: a wooden table, a wooden door. In the adjective order taught in Writing skills Unit 4, material comes last, just before the noun: a small, round wooden table. “Woody” means like wood or full of trees, “wooded” means covered with trees, and “wooding” is not a word." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Writing skills Unit 4 wooden, TB p.71", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "ambiguous", "category": "ambiguity", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "“wood table” (noun used as a modifier) is also acceptable English, so “Wood” was a second correct answer. It was replaced with “Woody”; the answer is still “Wooden”.", "reason_ar": "", "ref": "Writing skills Unit 4 wooden, TB p.71", "changes": [ { "field": "options", "from": "Wooding | Wood | Wooded | Wooden", "to": "Wooding | Woody | Wooded | Wooden" } ] } ], "mta_highlight": [ "d) Wooden" ] }, { "id": "p115", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 115, page 22", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Vocabulary", "unit": "Vocabulary (MTA file)", "original": { "question": "What is the part of speech of supply in: Each applicant is asked to supply a portfolio of work at interview.", "options": [ "An adverb", "A verb", "An adjective", "A noun" ], "answer": "A noun", "answer_index": 3, "arabic": "ما نوع كلمة supply في الجملة: يُطلب من كل متقدم أن يقدّم ملف أعماله في المقابلة؟", "hint_ar": "ارجع لإجابة ملف المراجعة.", "note_ar": "ملاحظة: مفتاح الإجابة في الملف يقول noun، مع أن supply هنا بعد to تعمل كفعل قواعدياً. التزمنا بإجابة الملف." }, "current": { "question": "What is the part of speech of supply in: Each applicant is asked to supply a portfolio of work at interview.", "options": [ "An adverb", "A verb", "An adjective", "A noun" ], "answer": "A verb", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "ما نوع كلمة supply في الجملة: يُطلب من كل متقدم أن يقدّم ملف أعماله في المقابلة؟", "hint": "Look at the word before “supply” (to) and the word after it (a portfolio).", "explanation": "This question is excluded because it duplicates question 74. Its stored answer has been corrected from “A noun” to “A verb”: “supply” follows the infinitive marker “to” and has a direct object (a portfolio), so it is a verb in this sentence." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Not scored (excluded)", "verification_code": "excluded", "answer_changed": true, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "excluded", "exclusion_kind": "duplicate", "exclusion_reason": "Duplicate of question 74 (same sentence and options). Its stored answer has been corrected to “A verb” to match question 74, but it stays excluded as a duplicate.", "exclusion_reason_ar": "مكرر للسؤال 74 (نفس الجملة والخيارات). صُحّحت الإجابة في السؤال 74.", "corrections": [ { "kind": "wrong-key", "category": "error", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "The stored answer “A noun” was wrong: “supply” follows the infinitive “to” and takes an object, so it is a verb (same as p74). The answer was corrected; the question stays excluded as a duplicate of p74.", "reason_ar": "", "ref": "Grammar analysis (to + base verb + object)", "changes": [ { "field": "answer", "from": "A noun", "to": "A verb" }, { "field": "note (old Arabic)", "from": "ملاحظة: مفتاح الإجابة في الملف يقول noun، مع أن supply هنا بعد to تعمل كفعل قواعدياً. التزمنا بإجابة الملف.", "to": "" } ] } ], "mta_highlight": [ "d) A noun" ] }, { "id": "p116", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 116, page 22", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Linking words & question words", "unit": "Units 3, 5 (linking words, time markers)", "original": { "question": "___ did your uncle pay for the clothes?", "options": [ "How often", "How many", "How long", "How much" ], "answer": "How much", "answer_index": 3, "arabic": "___ دفع عمك مقابل الملابس؟", "hint_ar": "سؤال عن السعر/المال.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "___ did your uncle pay for the clothes?", "options": [ "How often", "How many", "How long", "How much" ], "answer": "How much", "answer_index": 3, "arabic": "___ دفع عمك مقابل الملابس؟", "hint": "The question is about money paid for clothes.", "explanation": "“How much” asks about an amount of money or another uncountable quantity: How much did your uncle pay for the clothes? “How many” asks about a number of countable things, “How often” about frequency (How often do you shop?), and “How long” about duration." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 3A transcript 3.3 “How much do you pay”, TB p.25", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [], "mta_highlight": [ "d) How much" ] }, { "id": "p117", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 117, page 22", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Vocabulary", "unit": "Vocabulary (MTA file)", "original": { "question": "This jacket is just my ___.", "options": [ "Size", "Volume", "Space", "Meter" ], "answer": "Size", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "هذا الجاكيت ___ تماماً.", "hint_ar": "مقاس الملابس.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "This jacket is just my ___.", "options": [ "Size", "Volume", "Space", "Meter" ], "answer": "Size", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "هذا الجاكيت ___ تماماً.", "hint": "What does a shop assistant ask you before you try on clothes?", "explanation": "Your “size” is the measurement of clothes or shoes that fits you, and “just my size” means it fits perfectly. In Unit 4B the shop assistant asks, “What size are you?”. “Volume” is the amount of space inside something or loudness, “space” is an empty area, and “meter” is a measuring device." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 4B transcript 4.3 “What size are you?”, TB p.33", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "hint", "category": "leak", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The hint translated the answer.", "reason_ar": "التلميح كان يترجم الإجابة.", "ref": "Unit 4B transcript 4.3, TB p.33", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "مقاس الملابس.", "to": "ما الذي يسألك عنه البائع قبل أن تجرّب الملابس؟" } ] } ], "mta_highlight": [ "a) Size" ] }, { "id": "p118", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 118, page 22", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Vocabulary", "unit": "Vocabulary (MTA file)", "original": { "question": "A smart home is equipped with lighting, heating and electronic devices controlled remotely by the internet. What is the meaning of smart?", "options": [ "Cute", "Elegant", "Stylish", "Intelligent" ], "answer": "Intelligent", "answer_index": 3, "arabic": "البيت الذكي مجهز بإضاءة وتدفئة وأجهزة يُتحكم بها عن بُعد. ما معنى smart هنا؟", "hint_ar": "ذكي (وليس أنيق).", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "A smart home is equipped with lighting, heating and electronic devices controlled remotely by the internet. What is the meaning of smart?", "options": [ "Cute", "Elegant", "Stylish", "Intelligent" ], "answer": "Intelligent", "answer_index": 3, "arabic": "البيت الذكي مجهز بإضاءة وتدفئة وأجهزة يُتحكم بها عن بُعد. ما معنى smart هنا؟", "hint": "“Smart” has more than one meaning. Here it describes a house that controls itself, not how it looks.", "explanation": "“Smart” has several meanings: well-dressed and elegant (a smart suit), intelligent (a smart student), and — for technology — able to work in an intelligent, automatic way. A smart home uses connected technology to control lighting and heating by itself, so here it means intelligent. “Cute”, “elegant” and “stylish” describe appearance, which does not fit the definition." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "hint", "category": "leak", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "The hint translated the answer.", "reason_ar": "التلميح كان يترجم الإجابة.", "ref": "—", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "ذكي (وليس أنيق).", "to": "smart لها أكثر من معنى؛ هنا المقصود بيت يتحكم في نفسه، لا مظهره." } ] } ], "mta_highlight": [ "d) Intelligent" ] }, { "id": "p119", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 119, page 23", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Vocabulary", "unit": "Vocabulary (MTA file)", "original": { "question": "When you have a lot of money and possessions, you’re ___.", "options": [ "Worthy", "Dirty", "Wealthy", "Healthy" ], "answer": "Wealthy", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "عندما يكون لديك مال وممتلكات كثيرة، فأنت ___.", "hint_ar": "من wealth (ثروة).", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "When you have a lot of money and possessions, you’re ___.", "options": [ "Worthy", "Dirty", "Wealthy", "Healthy" ], "answer": "Wealthy", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "عندما يكون لديك مال وممتلكات كثيرة، فأنت ___.", "hint": "Which adjective describes rich people?", "explanation": "“Wealthy” means having a lot of money and possessions; it is the adjective from the noun “wealth”. “Worthy” means deserving respect or attention, “healthy” means in good health, and “dirty” is unrelated. Notice that these options look alike, so read the definition carefully." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "hint", "category": "leak", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "The hint gave the root of the answer word (wealth).", "reason_ar": "التلميح كان يذكر أصل الكلمة (wealth).", "ref": "—", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "من wealth (ثروة).", "to": "صفة تصف الأغنياء." } ] } ], "mta_highlight": [ "c) Wealthy" ] }, { "id": "p120", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 120, page 23", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "General grammar", "unit": "Foundation (general grammar)", "original": { "question": "I am going to buy this jacket. It fits me ___.", "options": [ "Perfectly", "Perfectingly", "Perfectedly", "Perfect" ], "answer": "Perfectly", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "سأشتري هذا الجاكيت. إنه يناسبني ___.", "hint_ar": "نحتاج ظرف (adverb) ينتهي بـ ly يصف الفعل fits.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "I am going to buy this jacket. It fits me ___.", "options": [ "Perfectly", "Perfectingly", "Perfectedly", "Perfect" ], "answer": "Perfectly", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "سأشتري هذا الجاكيت. إنه يناسبني ___.", "hint": "The word describes the verb “fits”. What type of word describes a verb?", "explanation": "The missing word describes how the jacket fits, so it modifies the verb “fits” and must be an adverb. Many adverbs are formed by adding -ly to an adjective: perfect → perfectly, quick → quickly. “Perfect” is an adjective (a perfect fit), and “perfectingly” and “perfectedly” do not exist." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 4B transcript 4.3 “They fit perfectly”, TB p.33", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [], "mta_highlight": [ "a) Perfectly" ] }, { "id": "p121", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 121, page 23", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Tenses", "unit": "Units 1, 2, 5, 6", "original": { "question": "Before I ___ elementary school, I went to nursery school.", "options": [ "Attends", "Was attending", "Attend", "Attended" ], "answer": "Attended", "answer_index": 3, "arabic": "قبل أن ___ المدرسة الابتدائية، ذهبت إلى الحضانة.", "hint_ar": "باقي الجملة في الماضي (went).", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "Before I ___ elementary school, I went to nursery school.", "options": [ "Attends", "Was attending", "Attend", "Attended" ], "answer": "Attended", "answer_index": 3, "arabic": "قبل أن ___ المدرسة الابتدائية، ذهبت إلى الحضانة.", "hint": "The main clause uses “went”. Which tense matches it?", "explanation": "This question is excluded because it is an exact duplicate of question 61. The answer is “attended”: both events are finished stages in the past, so both clauses use the past simple." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Not scored (excluded)", "verification_code": "excluded", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "excluded", "exclusion_kind": "duplicate", "exclusion_reason": "Exact duplicate of question 61 (same sentence, options and answer “Attended”).", "exclusion_reason_ar": "مكرر حرفياً للسؤال 61 (نفس الجملة والخيارات ونفس الإجابة Attended).", "corrections": [], "mta_highlight": [ "d) Attended" ] }, { "id": "p122", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 122, page 23", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Vocabulary", "unit": "Vocabulary (MTA file)", "original": { "question": "The house was designed by ___ Louis Kahn.", "options": [ "Web designer", "Lecturer", "Painter", "Architect" ], "answer": "Architect", "answer_index": 3, "arabic": "البيت صممه ___ لويس كان.", "hint_ar": "من يصمم المباني؟", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "The house was designed by ___ Louis Kahn.", "options": [ "Web designer", "Lecturer", "Painter", "Architect" ], "answer": "Architect", "answer_index": 3, "arabic": "البيت صممه ___ لويس كان.", "hint": "Who designs buildings?", "explanation": "An “architect” is a person whose job is to design buildings. Louis Kahn was a famous American architect, and Unit 5C also reads about the architect Zaha Hadid. A web designer designs websites, a lecturer teaches at a university, and a painter makes pictures." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 5C A famous architect, TB p.38", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [], "mta_highlight": [ "d) Architect" ] }, { "id": "p123", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 123, page 23", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Vocabulary", "unit": "Vocabulary (MTA file)", "original": { "question": "Which of the following is a high-speed form of transportation in Japan?", "options": [ "Subway", "Bullet train", "Cargo ship", "Scooter" ], "answer": "Bullet train", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "أي مما يلي وسيلة نقل سريعة جداً في اليابان؟", "hint_ar": "قطار سرعته مثل «الرصاصة».", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "Which of the following is a high-speed form of transportation in Japan?", "options": [ "Subway", "Bullet train", "Cargo ship", "Scooter" ], "answer": "Bullet train", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "أي مما يلي وسيلة نقل سريعة جداً في اليابان؟", "hint": "The Tokyo passage (Unit 6) describes a fast train between Tokyo and Osaka.", "explanation": "The “bullet train” (Shinkansen) is Japan’s high-speed railway. According to the Tokyo passage in Unit 6A, it was introduced in 1964 and took only four hours from Tokyo to Osaka. A subway is an underground city train, a cargo ship carries goods, and a scooter is a small motorbike." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 6A ex.4b bullet train, TB p.42", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "hint", "category": "leak", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The hint was a literal translation of the name.", "reason_ar": "التلميح كان يترجم الاسم حرفياً.", "ref": "Unit 6A ex.4b, TB p.42", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "قطار سرعته مثل «الرصاصة».", "to": "ورد في قطعة طوكيو (الوحدة 6): الرحلة من طوكيو إلى أوساكا في أربع ساعات." } ] } ], "mta_highlight": [ "b) Bullet train" ] }, { "id": "p124", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 124, page 24", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Vocabulary", "unit": "Vocabulary (MTA file)", "original": { "question": "What phrase refers to the general level of wealth, comfort, and necessities available to a person or group?", "options": [ "Cost of living", "Standard of living", "Way of life", "Living expenses" ], "answer": "Standard of living", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "ما العبارة التي تعني المستوى العام للثروة والراحة والاحتياجات المتاحة للشخص؟", "hint_ar": "«مستوى» المعيشة.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "What phrase refers to the general level of wealth, comfort, and necessities available to a person or group?", "options": [ "Cost of living", "Standard of living", "Way of life", "Living expenses" ], "answer": "Standard of living", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "ما العبارة التي تعني المستوى العام للثروة والراحة والاحتياجات المتاحة للشخص؟", "hint": "This phrase appears in the Tokyo passage: “Was the ___ better in the 1960s?”", "explanation": "“Standard of living” means the level of wealth, comfort and material goods available to a person or group, which is exactly the definition in the question. Don’t confuse it with “cost of living” (how much you must spend on basic needs) or “living expenses” (the money you spend). “Way of life” refers to habits and customs rather than wealth." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 6A ex.4e standard of living, TB p.42", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "hint", "category": "leak", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The hint translated the answer.", "reason_ar": "التلميح كان يترجم الإجابة.", "ref": "Unit 6A ex.4e, TB p.42", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "«مستوى» المعيشة.", "to": "ورد في قطعة طوكيو: Was the ___ better in the 1960s?" } ] } ], "mta_highlight": [ "b) Standard of living" ] }, { "id": "p125", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 125, page 24", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Vocabulary", "unit": "Vocabulary (MTA file)", "original": { "question": "What is the best synonym for “made smaller or less”?", "options": [ "Rebuilt", "Increased", "Reduced", "Renewed" ], "answer": "Reduced", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "ما أفضل مرادف لـ «جُعل أصغر أو أقل»؟", "hint_ar": "خُفِّض/قُلِّل.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "What is the best synonym for “made smaller or less”?", "options": [ "Rebuilt", "Increased", "Reduced", "Renewed" ], "answer": "Reduced", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "ما أفضل مرادف لـ «جُعل أصغر أو أقل»؟", "hint": "Two options start with re- (again), and one has the opposite meaning.", "explanation": "“Reduced” means made smaller or less in size, amount or price: reduced prices. “Increased” means the opposite (made larger). “Rebuilt” and “renewed” begin with the prefix re- (again) and mean built again or made new again, which is not about size." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "hint", "category": "leak", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "The hint was a translation of the answer.", "reason_ar": "التلميح كان ترجمة الإجابة.", "ref": "—", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "خُفِّض/قُلِّل.", "to": "خياران يبدآن بـ re- (من جديد)، وواحد عكس المطلوب." } ] } ], "mta_highlight": [ "c) Reduced" ] }, { "id": "p126", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 126, page 24", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Vocabulary", "unit": "Vocabulary (MTA file)", "original": { "question": "Technology is changing ___, and it's hard to keep up.", "options": [ "Recently", "Rarely", "Rapidly", "Randomly" ], "answer": "Rapidly", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "التقنية تتغير ___، ومن الصعب مواكبتها.", "hint_ar": "«صعب المواكبة» ← تتغير بسرعة.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "Technology is changing ___, and it's hard to keep up.", "options": [ "Recently", "Rarely", "Rapidly", "Randomly" ], "answer": "Rapidly", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "التقنية تتغير ___، ومن الصعب مواكبتها.", "hint": "“It’s hard to keep up” suggests the change is fast.", "explanation": "“Rapidly” means very quickly. The second clause (“it’s hard to keep up”) shows that the change is fast, so: Technology is changing rapidly. “Recently” refers to time (not long ago), “rarely” means not often, and “randomly” means without a pattern; none of them explains why it is hard to keep up." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [], "mta_highlight": [ "c) Rapidly" ] }, { "id": "p127", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 127, page 24", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Vocabulary", "unit": "Vocabulary (MTA file)", "original": { "question": "After the earthquake, the town was ___ within two years.", "options": [ "Rebuilt", "Destroyed", "Enlarged", "Forgotten" ], "answer": "Rebuilt", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "بعد الزلزال، ___ البلدة خلال سنتين.", "hint_ar": "ماذا يحدث للبلدة بعد الزلزال بسنتين؟ (re = من جديد)", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "After the earthquake, the town was ___ within two years.", "options": [ "Rebuilt", "Destroyed", "Enlarged", "Forgotten" ], "answer": "Rebuilt", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "بعد الزلزال، ___ البلدة خلال سنتين.", "hint": "What happened to the town two years after the earthquake? (re- = again)", "explanation": "“Rebuilt” is the past participle of “rebuild”, meaning to build again after something has been damaged or destroyed. After an earthquake damages a town, it is rebuilt: the town was rebuilt within two years (a passive sentence). “Destroyed” happened during the earthquake, not two years later, and “forgotten” and “enlarged” do not fit the logical sequence." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [], "mta_highlight": [ "a) Rebuilt" ] }, { "id": "p128", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 128, page 24", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Vocabulary", "unit": "Vocabulary (MTA file)", "original": { "question": "What is the term for a formal questioning, often used by police?", "options": [ "Interview", "Discussion", "Interrogation", "Meditation" ], "answer": "Interrogation", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "ما المصطلح للاستجواب الرسمي الذي تستخدمه الشرطة غالباً؟", "hint_ar": "«استجواب» وليس مقابلة.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "What is the term for a formal questioning, often used by police?", "options": [ "Interview", "Discussion", "Interrogation", "Meditation" ], "answer": "Interrogation", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "ما المصطلح للاستجواب الرسمي الذي تستخدمه الشرطة غالباً؟", "hint": "It is not a normal interview: the police ask formal questions.", "explanation": "An “interrogation” is a period of formal, often long and difficult questioning, especially by the police. An “interview” is a more general meeting with questions (for a job, for a newspaper), a “discussion” is a conversation where people exchange ideas, and “meditation” is a practice of calm thinking." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "hint", "category": "leak", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "The hint was a translation of the answer.", "reason_ar": "التلميح كان ترجمة الإجابة.", "ref": "—", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "«استجواب» وليس مقابلة.", "to": "ليست مقابلة عادية؛ أسئلة رسمية في قسم الشرطة." } ] } ], "mta_highlight": [ "c) Interrogation" ] }, { "id": "p129", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 129, page 25", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Vocabulary", "unit": "Vocabulary (MTA file)", "original": { "question": "What does it mean to “keep up to date”?", "options": [ "Avoid learning new things", "Get news from last month", "Stay informed with the latest information", "Stop using technology" ], "answer": "Stay informed with the latest information", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "ماذا تعني عبارة «keep up to date»؟", "hint_ar": "up to date = محدّث.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "What does it mean to “keep up to date”?", "options": [ "Avoid learning new things", "Get news from last month", "Stay informed with the latest information", "Stop using technology" ], "answer": "Stay informed with the latest information", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "ماذا تعني عبارة «keep up to date»؟", "hint": "“Up to date” means modern and current.", "explanation": "“Up to date” means modern or containing the latest information, so “keep up to date” means to stay informed with the latest information and developments: I read the news to keep up to date. The other options describe the opposite: avoiding new things, using old news, or stopping using technology." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [], "mta_highlight": [ "c) Stay informed with the latest information" ] }, { "id": "p130", "source_type": "pdf", "source_file": "EL098 MTA REVISION copy.pdf", "source_ref": "Question 130, page 25", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Vocabulary", "unit": "Vocabulary (MTA file)", "original": { "question": "Getting a scholarship to study abroad was a big ___ for Ahmed.", "options": [ "mistake", "break", "problem", "delay" ], "answer": "break", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "الحصول على منحة للدراسة بالخارج كان ___ كبيرة لأحمد.", "hint_ar": "a big ___ = فرصة كبيرة (معنى إيجابي).", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "Getting a scholarship to study abroad was a big ___ for Ahmed.", "options": [ "mistake", "break", "problem", "delay" ], "answer": "break", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "الحصول على منحة للدراسة بالخارج كان ___ كبيرة لأحمد.", "hint": "Getting a scholarship is good news. Which word means a lucky opportunity?", "explanation": "In Unit 5C, a “break” (often “a lucky break” or “a big break”) is a chance or opportunity that leads to success. Getting a scholarship to study abroad is a positive opportunity, so it was a big break for Ahmed. “Mistake”, “problem” and “delay” are all negative and do not fit good news." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 5C ex.8c / transcript 5.6 “a lucky break”, TB p.39", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [], "mta_highlight": [ "b) break" ] }, { "id": "s1", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: General grammar", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "General grammar", "unit": "Foundation (general grammar)", "original": { "question": "In the sentence “Ali reads books.”, the subject is ___.", "options": [ "Ali", "reads", "books" ], "answer": "Ali", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "في جملة «علي يقرأ كتباً»، الفاعل هو ___.", "hint_ar": "اسأل: من الذي قام بالفعل؟", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "In the sentence “Ali reads books.”, the subject is ___.", "options": [ "Ali", "reads", "books" ], "answer": "Ali", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "في جملة «علي يقرأ كتباً»، الفاعل هو ___.", "hint": "Ask: who does the action in this sentence?", "explanation": "The subject is the person or thing that performs the action of the verb, and in a statement it usually comes first. In “Ali reads books”, Ali is the one who reads, so Ali is the subject. “Reads” is the verb (the action) and “books” is the object (the thing that is read)." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified by grammar analysis (not in the Teacher’s Book)", "verification_code": "gram", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s2", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: General grammar", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "General grammar", "unit": "Foundation (general grammar)", "original": { "question": "In the sentence “She reads a book.”, the verb is ___.", "options": [ "She", "reads", "a book" ], "answer": "reads", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "في جملة «هي تقرأ كتاباً»، الفعل هو ___.", "hint_ar": "اسأل: ماذا فعل الفاعل؟", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "In the sentence “She reads a book.”, the verb is ___.", "options": [ "She", "reads", "a book" ], "answer": "reads", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "في جملة «هي تقرأ كتاباً»، الفعل هو ___.", "hint": "Ask: which word shows the action?", "explanation": "The verb tells us the action or state in a sentence. In “She reads a book”, the action is “reads” — notice the -s, because the subject is “she” in the present simple. “She” is the subject (who does it) and “a book” is the object (what she reads)." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified by grammar analysis (not in the Teacher’s Book)", "verification_code": "gram", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s3", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: General grammar", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "General grammar", "unit": "Foundation (general grammar)", "original": { "question": "In the sentence “They play football.”, the object is ___.", "options": [ "They", "play", "football" ], "answer": "football", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "في جملة «هم يلعبون كرة القدم»، المفعول به هو ___.", "hint_ar": "اسأل: فعل ماذا؟ أو فعل بمن؟", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "In the sentence “They play football.”, the object is ___.", "options": [ "They", "play", "football" ], "answer": "football", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "في جملة «هم يلعبون كرة القدم»، المفعول به هو ___.", "hint": "Ask: what receives the action of the verb?", "explanation": "The object is the person or thing that receives the action, and it usually comes after the verb. To find it, ask “They play what?” — the answer is “football”. “They” is the subject and “play” is the verb. Not every sentence has an object (e.g. “They play.”)." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified by grammar analysis (not in the Teacher’s Book)", "verification_code": "gram", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s4", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: General grammar", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "General grammar", "unit": "Foundation (general grammar)", "original": { "question": "The basic order of an English sentence is ___.", "options": [ "Verb + Subject + Object", "Subject + Verb + Object", "Object + Verb + Subject" ], "answer": "Subject + Verb + Object", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "ترتيب الجملة الأساسية في الإنجليزية هو ___.", "hint_ar": "من فعل؟ ← ماذا فعل؟ ← فعل ماذا؟", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "The basic order of an English sentence is ___.", "options": [ "Verb + Subject + Object", "Subject + Verb + Object", "Object + Verb + Subject" ], "answer": "Subject + Verb + Object", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "ترتيب الجملة الأساسية في الإنجليزية هو ___.", "hint": "Think of “Ali reads books”: who, then the action, then what.", "explanation": "A basic English statement follows the order Subject + Verb + Object (SVO): Ali (S) reads (V) books (O); They (S) play (V) football (O). Changing this order usually makes the sentence wrong or changes it into another type: questions put an auxiliary before the subject (Does Ali read books?), and commands start with the verb (Read the book!)." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified by grammar analysis (not in the Teacher’s Book)", "verification_code": "gram", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s5", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: General grammar", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "General grammar", "unit": "Foundation (general grammar)", "original": { "question": "The sentence “She is happy.” has an object.", "options": [ "True", "False" ], "answer": "False", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "جملة «هي سعيدة» فيها مفعول به.", "hint_ar": "happy صفة، وليست شيئاً وقع عليه الفعل.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "The sentence “She is happy.” has an object.", "options": [ "True", "False" ], "answer": "False", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "جملة «هي سعيدة» فيها مفعول به.", "hint": "“Happy” describes the subject. Is anything receiving an action?", "explanation": "The answer is False. In “She is happy”, “is” is a linking verb (a form of “be”) and “happy” is an adjective that describes the subject. An object must be a noun or pronoun that receives the action of a verb, as in “She reads a book”. Words that follow “be” and describe the subject are called complements, not objects." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified by grammar analysis (not in the Teacher’s Book)", "verification_code": "gram", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s6", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: General grammar", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "General grammar", "unit": "Foundation (general grammar)", "original": { "question": "In “Ahmed bought a car.”, the verb is ___.", "options": [ "Ahmed", "bought", "a car" ], "answer": "bought", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "في جملة «أحمد اشترى سيارة»، الفعل هو ___.", "hint_ar": "الكلمة التي تدل على الحدث.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "In “Ahmed bought a car.”, the verb is ___.", "options": [ "Ahmed", "bought", "a car" ], "answer": "bought", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "في جملة «أحمد اشترى سيارة»، الفعل هو ___.", "hint": "Which word tells you what Ahmed did?", "explanation": "The verb is the word that shows the action: “bought”, the irregular past form of “buy”. Ahmed is the subject (the person who bought) and “a car” is the object (the thing he bought). The sentence follows the normal Subject + Verb + Object order." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified by grammar analysis (not in the Teacher’s Book)", "verification_code": "gram", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s7", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: General grammar", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "General grammar", "unit": "Foundation (general grammar)", "original": { "question": "In “Do you like English?”, the subject is ___.", "options": [ "Do", "you", "English" ], "answer": "you", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "في سؤال «هل تحب الإنجليزية؟»، الفاعل هو ___.", "hint_ar": "السؤال يبدأ بـ Do + الفاعل.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "In “Do you like English?”, the subject is ___.", "options": [ "Do", "you", "English" ], "answer": "you", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "في سؤال «هل تحب الإنجليزية؟»، الفاعل هو ___.", "hint": "In a question, the auxiliary comes first. Which word comes right after it?", "explanation": "In a present simple question, the auxiliary “do/does” comes first, then the subject, then the main verb: Do (auxiliary) + you (subject) + like (verb) + English (object)? So the subject is “you”. “Do” is only a helping word, and “English” is the object of “like”." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified by grammar analysis (not in the Teacher’s Book)", "verification_code": "gram", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s8", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: General grammar", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "General grammar", "unit": "Foundation (general grammar)", "original": { "question": "“He works.” is a sentence ___.", "options": [ "with an object", "without an object", "without a verb" ], "answer": "without an object", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "جملة «هو يعمل» هي جملة ___.", "hint_ar": "هل يوجد شيء وقع عليه الفعل؟", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "“He works.” is a sentence ___.", "options": [ "with an object", "without an object", "without a verb" ], "answer": "without an object", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "جملة «هو يعمل» هي جملة ___.", "hint": "Does anything receive the action of “works”?", "explanation": "“He works.” is a complete sentence with a subject (He) and a verb (works), but nothing receives the action, so it is a sentence without an object. Verbs that do not need an object are called intransitive: work, sleep, arrive, go. Compare “He works hard” (an adverb, still no object) with “He fixes cars” (object: cars)." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified by grammar analysis (not in the Teacher’s Book)", "verification_code": "gram", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s9", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Auxiliary verbs", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Auxiliary verbs", "unit": "Unit 1 / Unit 6", "original": { "question": "___ you like coffee?", "options": [ "Do", "Does", "Is", "Was" ], "answer": "Do", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "___ تحب القهوة؟", "hint_ar": "you + سؤال بفعل عادي في المضارع.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "___ you like coffee?", "options": [ "Do", "Does", "Is", "Was" ], "answer": "Do", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "___ تحب القهوة؟", "hint": "“Like” is an ordinary verb, the subject is “you”, and the sentence is in the present.", "explanation": "Questions in the present simple with ordinary verbs (like, go, work) need the auxiliary “do” or “does”. We use “Do” with I/you/we/they and “Does” with he/she/it: Do you like coffee? “Does” does not match “you”, and “Is/Was” are forms of “be”, which are not used with another main verb like “like”." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 1B do/does, TB p.13–14", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s10", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Auxiliary verbs", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Auxiliary verbs", "unit": "Unit 1 / Unit 6", "original": { "question": "___ he a student?", "options": [ "Do", "Does", "Is", "Are" ], "answer": "Is", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "___ هو طالب؟", "hint_ar": "student اسم (لا يوجد فعل عادي) ← فعل to be مع he.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "___ he a student?", "options": [ "Do", "Does", "Is", "Are" ], "answer": "Is", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "___ هو طالب؟", "hint": "There is no ordinary verb here — “a student” is a noun. Which form of “be” goes with “he”?", "explanation": "This sentence has no action verb; “a student” is a noun that describes him. In this case the verb is “be”, and in questions “be” moves before the subject: Is he a student? With he/she/it the present form is “is”. “Do/Does” are only used to make questions with ordinary verbs (Does he study?), and “Are” is for you/we/they." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s11", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Auxiliary verbs", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Auxiliary verbs", "unit": "Unit 1 / Unit 6", "original": { "question": "___ they at home yesterday?", "options": [ "Was", "Were", "Do", "Does" ], "answer": "Were", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "___ هم في البيت أمس؟", "hint_ar": "they + yesterday ← ماضي to be.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "___ they at home yesterday?", "options": [ "Was", "Were", "Do", "Does" ], "answer": "Were", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "___ هم في البيت أمس؟", "hint": "“Yesterday” is past, and “at home” describes a place, so we need “be”.", "explanation": "“At home” describes a location and there is no action verb, so we need the verb “be”. “Yesterday” requires the past: “was” for I/he/she/it and “were” for you/we/they. Because the subject is “they”, the question is: Were they at home yesterday? “Do/Does” are present auxiliaries for ordinary verbs." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s12", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Auxiliary verbs", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Auxiliary verbs", "unit": "Unit 1 / Unit 6", "original": { "question": "___ she have a car?", "options": [ "Do", "Does", "Has", "Have" ], "answer": "Does", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "___ هي تملك سيارة؟", "hint_ar": "have هنا الفعل الرئيسي، نحتاج فعلاً مساعداً للسؤال مع she.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "___ she have a car?", "options": [ "Do", "Does", "Has", "Have" ], "answer": "Does", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "___ هي تملك سيارة؟", "hint": "“Have” is the main verb here (= own). Which auxiliary forms present questions with “she”?", "explanation": "In “She has a car”, “have” is the main verb meaning “own”. To make a present simple question with an ordinary main verb, we use “Does” with he/she/it, and the main verb returns to its base form: Does she have a car? “Has she a car?” is old-fashioned, “Do” does not match “she”, and “Has … have” would repeat the verb." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 1B do/does, TB p.13–14", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s13", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Auxiliary verbs", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Auxiliary verbs", "unit": "Unit 1 / Unit 6", "original": { "question": "I ___ at home yesterday.", "options": [ "was", "were", "am" ], "answer": "was", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "أنا ___ في البيت أمس.", "hint_ar": "I في الماضي مع to be.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "I ___ at home yesterday.", "options": [ "was", "were", "am" ], "answer": "was", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "أنا ___ في البيت أمس.", "hint": "“Yesterday” is past. Which past form of “be” goes with “I”?", "explanation": "The past forms of “be” are “was” (I, he, she, it) and “were” (you, we, they). With “I” and “yesterday” we say: I was at home yesterday. “Were” does not match “I”, and “am” is the present form, which conflicts with “yesterday”." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s14", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Auxiliary verbs", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Auxiliary verbs", "unit": "Unit 1 / Unit 6", "original": { "question": "She ___ a teacher.", "options": [ "is", "are", "am" ], "answer": "is", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "هي ___ معلمة.", "hint_ar": "She في المضارع مع to be.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "She ___ a teacher.", "options": [ "is", "are", "am" ], "answer": "is", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "هي ___ معلمة.", "hint": "Which present form of “be” goes with “she”?", "explanation": "In the present, “be” has three forms: am (I), is (he/she/it) and are (you/we/they). “She” is third-person singular, so: She is a teacher. Notice that jobs take “a/an”: She is a teacher, not “She is teacher”." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s15", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Auxiliary verbs", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Auxiliary verbs", "unit": "Unit 1 / Unit 6", "original": { "question": "They ___ in the park now.", "options": [ "is", "are", "were" ], "answer": "are", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "هم ___ في الحديقة الآن.", "hint_ar": "now ← مضارع، و they.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "They ___ in the park now.", "options": [ "is", "are", "were" ], "answer": "are", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "هم ___ في الحديقة الآن.", "hint": "“Now” shows the present. Which form of “be” goes with “they”?", "explanation": "“Now” tells us the sentence is about the present, and “they” is plural, so the present form of “be” is “are”: They are in the park now. “Is” is singular (he/she/it is), and “were” is the past form, which conflicts with “now”." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s16", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Auxiliary verbs", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Auxiliary verbs", "unit": "Unit 1 / Unit 6", "original": { "question": "___ you go to school?", "options": [ "Do", "Does", "Is" ], "answer": "Do", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "___ تذهب إلى المدرسة؟", "hint_ar": "you + فعل عادي (go).", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "___ you go to school?", "options": [ "Do", "Does", "Is" ], "answer": "Do", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "___ تذهب إلى المدرسة؟", "hint": "“Go” is an ordinary verb and the subject is “you”.", "explanation": "“Go” is an ordinary (action) verb, so the present simple question needs the auxiliary “do/does”. With “you” we use “Do”: Do you go to school? “Does” is for he/she/it, and “Is” cannot be used with another main verb in the base form (“Is you go” is wrong)." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 1B do/does, TB p.13–14", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s17", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Auxiliary verbs", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Auxiliary verbs", "unit": "Unit 1 / Unit 6", "original": { "question": "___ he play football?", "options": [ "Do", "Does", "Is" ], "answer": "Does", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "___ هو يلعب كرة القدم؟", "hint_ar": "he + فعل عادي في المضارع.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "___ he play football?", "options": [ "Do", "Does", "Is" ], "answer": "Does", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "___ هو يلعب كرة القدم؟", "hint": "“Play” is an ordinary verb and the subject is “he”.", "explanation": "With he/she/it, present simple questions use “Does” + subject + base verb: Does he play football? The -s goes on the auxiliary (does), so the main verb has no -s (play, not plays). “Do” is for I/you/we/they, and “Is” is used with adjectives, nouns or -ing forms." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 1B do/does, TB p.13–14", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s18", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Auxiliary verbs", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Auxiliary verbs", "unit": "Unit 1 / Unit 6", "original": { "question": "We ___ a new car.", "options": [ "has", "have", "does" ], "answer": "have", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "نحن ___ سيارة جديدة.", "hint_ar": "الملكية مع we.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "We ___ a new car.", "options": [ "has", "have", "does" ], "answer": "have", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "نحن ___ سيارة جديدة.", "hint": "The verb shows possession. Which form goes with “we”?", "explanation": "To show possession in the present simple, we use “have” with I/you/we/they and “has” with he/she/it: We have a new car. “Has” does not match “we”, and “does” is an auxiliary; it cannot express possession by itself." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s19", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Auxiliary verbs", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Auxiliary verbs", "unit": "Unit 1 / Unit 6", "original": { "question": "She ___ tired yesterday.", "options": [ "was", "were", "is" ], "answer": "was", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "هي ___ متعبة أمس.", "hint_ar": "she + yesterday.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "She ___ tired yesterday.", "options": [ "was", "were", "is" ], "answer": "was", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "هي ___ متعبة أمس.", "hint": "“Tired” is an adjective and “yesterday” is past. Which past form of “be” goes with “she”?", "explanation": "“Tired” is an adjective, so it needs the verb “be”. “Yesterday” requires the past, and the past form of “be” for he/she/it is “was”: She was tired yesterday. “Were” is for you/we/they, and “is” is present." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s20", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Auxiliary verbs", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Auxiliary verbs", "unit": "Unit 1 / Unit 6", "original": { "question": "They ___ happy.", "options": [ "is", "are", "am" ], "answer": "are", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "هم ___ سعداء.", "hint_ar": "they في المضارع مع to be.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "They ___ happy.", "options": [ "is", "are", "am" ], "answer": "are", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "هم ___ سعداء.", "hint": "“Happy” is an adjective. Which present form of “be” goes with “they”?", "explanation": "Adjectives like “happy” follow the verb “be”. In the present, “be” is “are” with you/we/they: They are happy. “Is” is for a singular subject and “am” is only for “I”." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified by grammar analysis (not in the Teacher’s Book)", "verification_code": "gram", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s21", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Auxiliary verbs", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Auxiliary verbs", "unit": "Unit 1 / Unit 6", "original": { "question": "Which sentence is correct?", "options": [ "Does he works?", "Does he work?" ], "answer": "Does he work?", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "أي جملة صحيحة؟", "hint_ar": "بعد does يرجع الفعل لأصله.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "Which sentence is correct?", "options": [ "Does he works?", "Does he work?" ], "answer": "Does he work?", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "أي جملة صحيحة؟", "hint": "After an auxiliary like “does”, what happens to the -s on the main verb?", "explanation": "“Does he work?” is correct. In present simple questions, the third-person -s moves to the auxiliary: do → does. The main verb then stays in its base form, so “Does he works?” marks the third person twice and is wrong. The same rule applies to negatives: He doesn’t work." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 1B do/does, TB p.13–14", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s22", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Auxiliary verbs", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Auxiliary verbs", "unit": "Unit 1 / Unit 6", "original": { "question": "Which sentence is correct?", "options": [ "They was at home.", "They were at home." ], "answer": "They were at home.", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "أي جملة صحيحة؟", "hint_ar": "they تأخذ فعل الماضي الخاص بالجمع.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "Which sentence is correct?", "options": [ "They was at home.", "They were at home." ], "answer": "They were at home.", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "أي جملة صحيحة؟", "hint": "Which past form of “be” goes with a plural subject like “they”?", "explanation": "“They were at home.” is correct. The past of “be” has two forms: “was” with I/he/she/it and “were” with you/we/they. “They was” is a common mistake (and is heard in some dialects), but it is not correct in standard English." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified by grammar analysis (not in the Teacher’s Book)", "verification_code": "gram", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s23", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Auxiliary verbs", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Auxiliary verbs", "unit": "Unit 1 / Unit 6", "original": { "question": "Which sentence is correct?", "options": [ "Is they students?", "Are they students?" ], "answer": "Are they students?", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "أي جملة صحيحة؟", "hint_ar": "they في المضارع.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "Which sentence is correct?", "options": [ "Is they students?", "Are they students?" ], "answer": "Are they students?", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "أي جملة صحيحة؟", "hint": "Which present form of “be” goes with “they”?", "explanation": "“Are they students?” is correct. To make a question with “be”, we put the verb before the subject, and the form must agree with the subject: Are they …? / Is he …? “Is they” mixes a singular verb with a plural subject." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified by grammar analysis (not in the Teacher’s Book)", "verification_code": "gram", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s24", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Auxiliary verbs", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Auxiliary verbs", "unit": "Unit 1 / Unit 6", "original": { "question": "Which sentence is correct?", "options": [ "Did you went?", "Did you go?" ], "answer": "Did you go?", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "أي جملة صحيحة؟", "hint_ar": "بعد did يأتي الفعل المجرد.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "Which sentence is correct?", "options": [ "Did you went?", "Did you go?" ], "answer": "Did you go?", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "أي جملة صحيحة؟", "hint": "After “did”, which verb form do we use?", "explanation": "“Did you go?” is correct. In past simple questions, “did” carries the past tense, so the main verb stays in the base form: Did you go / see / buy? “Did you went?” marks the past twice. The same rule applies in negatives: I didn’t go." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified by grammar analysis (not in the Teacher’s Book)", "verification_code": "gram", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s25", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Auxiliary verbs", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Auxiliary verbs", "unit": "Unit 1 / Unit 6", "original": { "question": "Which sentence is correct?", "options": [ "He has a car.", "He have a car." ], "answer": "He has a car.", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "أي جملة صحيحة؟", "hint_ar": "He / She / It ← الملكية بـ has.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "Which sentence is correct?", "options": [ "He has a car.", "He have a car." ], "answer": "He has a car.", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "أي جملة صحيحة؟", "hint": "Which form of “have” goes with he/she/it?", "explanation": "“He has a car.” is correct. In the present simple, “have” changes to “has” with he/she/it (like other verbs that add -s). With I/you/we/they we use “have”: They have a car." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified by grammar analysis (not in the Teacher’s Book)", "verification_code": "gram", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s26", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Auxiliary verbs", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Auxiliary verbs", "unit": "Unit 1 / Unit 6", "original": { "question": "Which sentence is correct?", "options": [ "I am ready.", "I is ready." ], "answer": "I am ready.", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "أي جملة صحيحة؟", "hint_ar": "I تأخذ فعل to be خاص بها.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "Which sentence is correct?", "options": [ "I am ready.", "I is ready." ], "answer": "I am ready.", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "أي جملة صحيحة؟", "hint": "“I” has its own present form of “be”.", "explanation": "“I am ready.” is correct. The verb “be” is irregular in the present: I am, you are, he/she/it is, we/they are. “I” is the only subject that uses “am”, so “I is” is always wrong." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified by grammar analysis (not in the Teacher’s Book)", "verification_code": "gram", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s27", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Auxiliary verbs", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Auxiliary verbs", "unit": "Unit 1 / Unit 6", "original": { "question": "We ___ at the beach yesterday.", "options": [ "are", "is", "were", "do" ], "answer": "were", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "نحن ___ على الشاطئ أمس.", "hint_ar": "yesterday + we.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "We ___ at the beach yesterday.", "options": [ "are", "is", "were", "do" ], "answer": "were", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "نحن ___ على الشاطئ أمس.", "hint": "“Yesterday” is past and “at the beach” is a place. Which past form of “be” goes with “we”?", "explanation": "“At the beach” is a place and there is no action verb, so we use “be”. “Yesterday” requires the past: “were” with we/you/they. So: We were at the beach yesterday. “Are” and “is” are present, and “do” is not used to describe a location." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s28", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Auxiliary verbs", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Auxiliary verbs", "unit": "Unit 1 / Unit 6", "original": { "question": "___ she like reading?", "options": [ "Do", "Does", "Is", "Was" ], "answer": "Does", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "___ هي تحب القراءة؟", "hint_ar": "she + فعل عادي (like).", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "___ she like reading?", "options": [ "Do", "Does", "Is", "Was" ], "answer": "Does", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "___ هي تحب القراءة؟", "hint": "“Like” is an ordinary verb and the subject is “she”.", "explanation": "“Like” is an ordinary verb, so the question needs “do/does”. With she we use “Does”: Does she like reading? The main verb stays in the base form after “does”. “Is/Was” are forms of “be” and cannot be followed by the base verb “like”, and “Do” is for I/you/we/they." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 1B do/does, TB p.13–14", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s29", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Auxiliary verbs", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Auxiliary verbs", "unit": "Unit 1 / Unit 6", "original": { "question": "He ___ a brother.", "options": [ "do", "does", "has", "have" ], "answer": "has", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "هو ___ أخ.", "hint_ar": "الملكية مع he.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "He ___ a brother.", "options": [ "do", "does", "has", "have" ], "answer": "has", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "هو ___ أخ.", "hint": "The verb shows possession, and the subject is “he”.", "explanation": "To say that he possesses something in the present simple, we use “has”: He has a brother. “Have” is for I/you/we/they, and “do/does” are auxiliaries that need another verb (Does he have a brother?)." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s30", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Auxiliary verbs", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Auxiliary verbs", "unit": "Unit 1 / Unit 6", "original": { "question": "I ___ my homework yesterday.", "options": [ "do", "does", "did", "was" ], "answer": "did", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "أنا ___ واجبي أمس.", "hint_ar": "yesterday + فعل عادي (do homework).", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "I ___ my homework yesterday.", "options": [ "do", "does", "did", "was" ], "answer": "did", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "أنا ___ واجبي أمس.", "hint": "“Yesterday” is past and “do homework” uses an ordinary verb.", "explanation": "Here “do” is the main verb in the expression “do homework”. Its past simple form is “did” (do – did – done): I did my homework yesterday. “Do” and “does” are present forms, and “was” is the past of “be”, which does not go with a noun object like “my homework” in this way." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s31", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Auxiliary verbs", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Auxiliary verbs", "unit": "Unit 1 / Unit 6", "original": { "question": "___ they students?", "options": [ "Is", "Are", "Do" ], "answer": "Are", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "___ هم طلاب؟", "hint_ar": "they + اسم (لا يوجد فعل عادي).", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "___ they students?", "options": [ "Is", "Are", "Do" ], "answer": "Are", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "___ هم طلاب؟", "hint": "There is no ordinary verb; “students” is a noun. Which form of “be” goes with “they”?", "explanation": "“Students” is a noun that describes them, so the verb is “be”. In a question, “be” comes before the subject, and with “they” the present form is “are”: Are they students? “Is” is singular, and “Do” is used only with ordinary verbs." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s32", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Auxiliary verbs", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Auxiliary verbs", "unit": "Unit 1 / Unit 6", "original": { "question": "___ she at university yesterday?", "options": [ "Is", "Was", "Were" ], "answer": "Was", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "___ هي في الجامعة أمس؟", "hint_ar": "she + yesterday.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "___ she at university yesterday?", "options": [ "Is", "Was", "Were" ], "answer": "Was", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "___ هي في الجامعة أمس؟", "hint": "“Yesterday” is past, and “at university” is a place. Which past form of “be” goes with “she”?", "explanation": "This question asks about a location in the past, so it uses the past of “be”. With she the form is “was”: Was she at university yesterday? “Is” is present and “Were” is for you/we/they." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s33", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Auxiliary verbs", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Auxiliary verbs", "unit": "Unit 1 / Unit 6", "original": { "question": "___ you go to university yesterday?", "options": [ "Did", "Do", "Does" ], "answer": "Did", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "___ ذهبت إلى الجامعة أمس؟", "hint_ar": "yesterday + فعل عادي (go).", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "___ you go to university yesterday?", "options": [ "Did", "Do", "Does" ], "answer": "Did", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "___ ذهبت إلى الجامعة أمس؟", "hint": "“Yesterday” is past and “go” is an ordinary verb.", "explanation": "“Go” is an ordinary verb and “yesterday” requires the past simple, so the question uses “Did” + subject + base verb: Did you go to university yesterday? “Do” and “Does” are present auxiliaries." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s34", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Auxiliary verbs", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Auxiliary verbs", "unit": "Unit 1 / Unit 6", "original": { "question": "___ it a nice car?", "options": [ "Is", "Are", "Do" ], "answer": "Is", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "___ هي سيارة جميلة؟", "hint_ar": "it في المضارع مع to be.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "___ it a nice car?", "options": [ "Is", "Are", "Do" ], "answer": "Is", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "___ هي سيارة جميلة؟", "hint": "“A nice car” is a noun phrase. Which form of “be” goes with “it”?", "explanation": "There is no action verb; “a nice car” describes “it”, so we need “be”. With “it” the present form is “is”: Is it a nice car? “Are” is plural and “Do” is used with ordinary verbs." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s35", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Auxiliary verbs", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Auxiliary verbs", "unit": "Unit 1 / Unit 6", "original": { "question": "___ they play football?", "options": [ "Do", "Does", "Is" ], "answer": "Do", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "___ هم يلعبون كرة القدم؟", "hint_ar": "they + فعل عادي.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "___ they play football?", "options": [ "Do", "Does", "Is" ], "answer": "Do", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "___ هم يلعبون كرة القدم؟", "hint": "“Play” is an ordinary verb and the subject is “they”.", "explanation": "“Play” is an ordinary verb, and with I/you/we/they present simple questions use “Do”: Do they play football? “Does” is only for he/she/it, and “Is” cannot be followed by a base verb." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 1B do/does, TB p.13–14", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s36", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Auxiliary verbs", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Auxiliary verbs", "unit": "Unit 1 / Unit 6", "original": { "question": "___ we at home yesterday?", "options": [ "Was", "Were", "Did" ], "answer": "Were", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "___ نحن في البيت أمس؟", "hint_ar": "we + yesterday.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "___ we at home yesterday?", "options": [ "Was", "Were", "Did" ], "answer": "Were", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "___ نحن في البيت أمس؟", "hint": "“Yesterday” is past and “at home” is a place. Which past form of “be” goes with “we”?", "explanation": "“At home” is a location, so we use “be”, and “yesterday” requires the past. With “we” the past form is “were”: Were we at home yesterday? “Was” is for I/he/she/it, and “Did” is used with ordinary verbs (Did we stay at home?)." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s37", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Auxiliary verbs", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Auxiliary verbs", "unit": "Unit 1 / Unit 6", "original": { "question": "I ___ happy yesterday.", "options": [ "am", "was", "were" ], "answer": "was", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "أنا ___ سعيداً أمس.", "hint_ar": "I + yesterday.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "I ___ happy yesterday.", "options": [ "am", "was", "were" ], "answer": "was", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "أنا ___ سعيداً أمس.", "hint": "“Happy” is an adjective and “yesterday” is past. Which form of “be” goes with “I”?", "explanation": "Adjectives follow “be”, and “yesterday” needs the past. With “I”, the past form of “be” is “was”: I was happy yesterday. “Am” is present and “were” is for you/we/they." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s38", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Auxiliary verbs", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Auxiliary verbs", "unit": "Unit 1 / Unit 6", "original": { "question": "They ___ in Jeddah.", "options": [ "is", "are", "was" ], "answer": "are", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "هم ___ في جدة.", "hint_ar": "they في المضارع.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "They ___ in Jeddah.", "options": [ "is", "are", "was" ], "answer": "are", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "هم ___ في جدة.", "hint": "“In Jeddah” is a place. Which present form of “be” goes with “they”?", "explanation": "To say where people are, we use “be” + place. With “they” in the present we use “are”: They are in Jeddah. “Is” is singular, and “was” is a singular past form." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s39", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Auxiliary verbs", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Auxiliary verbs", "unit": "Unit 1 / Unit 6", "original": { "question": "DID is used with ___.", "options": [ "He / She / It only", "I / You / We / They only", "all pronouns" ], "answer": "all pronouns", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "DID تُستخدم مع ___.", "hint_ar": "في الماضي لا يتغير الفعل المساعد حسب الضمير.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "DID is used with ___.", "options": [ "He / She / It only", "I / You / We / They only", "all pronouns" ], "answer": "all pronouns", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "DID تُستخدم مع ___.", "hint": "In the past simple, does the auxiliary change with the subject?", "explanation": "The past auxiliary “did” is the same for every subject: I did, you did, he did, she did, it did, we did, they did. This is different from the present, where “do” changes to “does” with he/she/it. So “did” is used with all pronouns: Did she go? / Did they go?" }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified by grammar analysis (not in the Teacher’s Book)", "verification_code": "gram", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s40", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Auxiliary verbs", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Auxiliary verbs", "unit": "Unit 1 / Unit 6", "original": { "question": "With He / She / It in the present we use ___.", "options": [ "are – do – have", "is – does – has", "am – do – have" ], "answer": "is – does – has", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "مع He / She / It في المضارع نستخدم ___.", "hint_ar": "احفظها: HE / SHE / IT = IS – DOES – WAS – HAS.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "With He / She / It in the present we use ___.", "options": [ "are – do – have", "is – does – has", "am – do – have" ], "answer": "is – does – has", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "مع He / She / It في المضارع نستخدم ___.", "hint": "In the present simple, which forms go with he/she/it for “be”, “do” and “have”?", "explanation": "In the present, third-person singular subjects (he, she, it) take special forms: “is” (be), “does” (do) and “has” (have). The other subjects use am/are, do and have. Example: She is a student. Does she work? She has a car." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 1B, TB p.13–14", "verification": "Verified by grammar analysis (not in the Teacher’s Book)", "verification_code": "gram", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "hint", "category": "leak", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The hint wrote out the answer and mixed in “WAS” (a past form).", "reason_ar": "التلميح كان يكتب الإجابة ويخلط معها WAS (ماضي).", "ref": "Unit 1B, TB p.13–14", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "احفظها: HE / SHE / IT = IS – DOES – WAS – HAS.", "to": "مع المفرد الغائب في المضارع: فعل to be خاص به، والأفعال المساعدة تأخذ s." } ] } ] }, { "id": "s41", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Quantifiers", "source_label": "Source not confirmed", "source_class": "unsure", "topic": "Quantifiers", "unit": "Units 3, 5 (countable/uncountable: Unit 7 focus, needed in Unit 3)", "original": { "question": "I have ___ friends. (very few, negative meaning)", "options": [ "few", "little", "less" ], "answer": "few", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "لدي ___ أصدقاء. (قليلون جداً — معنى سلبي)", "hint_ar": "friends معدود، بلا مقارنة.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "I have ___ friends. (not many — negative meaning)", "options": [ "few", "little", "less" ], "answer": "few", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "لدي ___ أصدقاء. (ليسوا كثيرين — معنى سلبي)", "hint": "“Friends” is countable and the meaning is negative (not many). There is no comparison.", "explanation": "“Friends” is a plural countable noun, and the note says the meaning is negative (not many). “Few” (without “a”) + plural countable noun expresses this: I have few friends. “Little” is used with uncountable nouns (little time), and “less” is a comparative for uncountable nouns. Compare: “I have a few friends” (some — positive)." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 3C, TB p.28–29", "verification": "Verified by grammar analysis (not in the Teacher’s Book)", "verification_code": "gram", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "poorly-written", "category": "error", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The stem said “(very few …)”, which gave away the answer “few”.", "reason_ar": "السؤال كان يكتب «(very few …)» فيكشف الإجابة few.", "ref": "Unit 3C, TB p.28–29", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "I have ___ friends. (very few, negative meaning)", "to": "I have ___ friends. (not many — negative meaning)" }, { "field": "arabic", "from": "لدي ___ أصدقاء. (قليلون جداً — معنى سلبي)", "to": "لدي ___ أصدقاء. (ليسوا كثيرين — معنى سلبي)" } ] } ] }, { "id": "s42", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Quantifiers", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Quantifiers", "unit": "Units 3, 5 (countable/uncountable: Unit 7 focus, needed in Unit 3)", "original": { "question": "I have ___ books than my brother.", "options": [ "less", "fewer", "little" ], "answer": "fewer", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "لدي كتب ___ من أخي.", "hint_ar": "books معدود + than.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "I have ___ books than my brother.", "options": [ "less", "fewer", "little" ], "answer": "fewer", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "لدي كتب ___ من أخي.", "hint": "“Books” is countable, and “than” shows a comparison.", "explanation": "“Than my brother” shows a comparison, and “books” is a plural countable noun. The comparative quantifier for countable nouns is “fewer”: I have fewer books than my brother. “Less” is for uncountable nouns (less money), and “little” is not a comparative." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 3C fewer, TB p.28–29", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s43", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Quantifiers", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Quantifiers", "unit": "Units 3, 5 (countable/uncountable: Unit 7 focus, needed in Unit 3)", "original": { "question": "I have ___ time.", "options": [ "few", "fewer", "little" ], "answer": "little", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "لدي وقت ___ جداً.", "hint_ar": "time غير معدود، بلا مقارنة.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "I have ___ time.", "options": [ "few", "fewer", "little" ], "answer": "little", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "لدي وقت ___ جداً.", "hint": "“Time” is uncountable and there is no comparison.", "explanation": "“Time” is an uncountable noun, and the sentence is not a comparison. “Little” + uncountable noun means “not much”: I have little time. “Few” and “fewer” are used only with plural countable nouns (few days, fewer hours)." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 3C little, TB p.28–29", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s44", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Quantifiers", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Quantifiers", "unit": "Units 3, 5 (countable/uncountable: Unit 7 focus, needed in Unit 3)", "original": { "question": "There is ___ traffic today than yesterday.", "options": [ "fewer", "less", "few" ], "answer": "less", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "يوجد زحام ___ اليوم من أمس.", "hint_ar": "traffic غير معدود + than.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "There is ___ traffic today than yesterday.", "options": [ "fewer", "less", "few" ], "answer": "less", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "يوجد زحام ___ اليوم من أمس.", "hint": "“Traffic” is uncountable, and “than” shows a comparison.", "explanation": "“Traffic” is uncountable (we cannot say “two traffics”), and “than yesterday” shows a comparison. So we use the comparative for uncountable nouns: There is less traffic today than yesterday. “Fewer” is for countable nouns (fewer cars), and “few” is not comparative." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 3C less, TB p.28–29", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s45", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Quantifiers", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Quantifiers", "unit": "Units 3, 5 (countable/uncountable: Unit 7 focus, needed in Unit 3)", "original": { "question": "There are ___ students this year than last year.", "options": [ "less", "fewer", "little" ], "answer": "fewer", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "يوجد طلاب ___ هذه السنة من السنة الماضية.", "hint_ar": "students معدود + than.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "There are ___ students this year than last year.", "options": [ "less", "fewer", "little" ], "answer": "fewer", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "يوجد طلاب ___ هذه السنة من السنة الماضية.", "hint": "“Students” is countable, and “than” shows a comparison.", "explanation": "“Students” is a plural countable noun, and “than last year” compares two amounts. The correct comparative quantifier is “fewer”: There are fewer students this year than last year. “Less” is for uncountable nouns, and “little” does not compare." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 3C fewer, TB p.28–29", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s46", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Quantifiers", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Quantifiers", "unit": "Units 3, 5 (countable/uncountable: Unit 7 focus, needed in Unit 3)", "original": { "question": "There is ___ sugar in the fridge.", "options": [ "few", "little", "fewer" ], "answer": "little", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "يوجد سكر ___ جداً في الثلاجة.", "hint_ar": "sugar غير معدود.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "There is ___ sugar in the fridge.", "options": [ "few", "little", "fewer" ], "answer": "little", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "يوجد سكر ___ جداً في الثلاجة.", "hint": "“Sugar” is uncountable, and there is no comparison.", "explanation": "“Sugar” is uncountable, and there is no comparison, so we use “little”: There is little sugar in the fridge (= not much, almost none). “Few” and “fewer” only go with plural countable nouns. If we wanted a positive meaning, we would say “a little sugar”." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 3C little, TB p.28–29", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s47", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Quantifiers", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Quantifiers", "unit": "Units 3, 5 (countable/uncountable: Unit 7 focus, needed in Unit 3)", "original": { "question": "There is ___ pollution now than before.", "options": [ "less", "fewer", "few" ], "answer": "less", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "يوجد تلوث ___ الآن من قبل.", "hint_ar": "pollution غير معدود + than.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "There is ___ pollution now than before.", "options": [ "less", "fewer", "few" ], "answer": "less", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "يوجد تلوث ___ الآن من قبل.", "hint": "“Pollution” is uncountable, and “than” shows a comparison.", "explanation": "“Pollution” is uncountable, and “than before” makes a comparison, so we use “less”: There is less pollution now than before. “Fewer” is the comparative for countable nouns, and “few” is not a comparative form." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 3C less, TB p.28–29", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s48", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Quantifiers", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Quantifiers", "unit": "Units 3, 5 (countable/uncountable: Unit 7 focus, needed in Unit 3)", "original": { "question": "“Few” is used with uncountable nouns.", "options": [ "True", "False" ], "answer": "False", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "كلمة Few تُستخدم مع الأسماء غير المعدودة.", "hint_ar": "Few مثالها: books, students, cars.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "“Few” is used with uncountable nouns.", "options": [ "True", "False" ], "answer": "False", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "كلمة Few تُستخدم مع الأسماء غير المعدودة.", "hint": "Think of examples with “few”: few books, few students. Are these countable?", "explanation": "The statement is False. “Few” and “a few” are used with plural countable nouns: few books, a few students. The matching words for uncountable nouns are “little” and “a little”: little money, a little time." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified by grammar analysis (not in the Teacher’s Book)", "verification_code": "gram", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s49", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Quantifiers", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Quantifiers", "unit": "Units 3, 5 (countable/uncountable: Unit 7 focus, needed in Unit 3)", "original": { "question": "“I have a little money.” means I have some money, but not much.", "options": [ "True", "False" ], "answer": "True", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "«I have a little money» تعني: لدي بعض المال لكنه قليل (موجود).", "hint_ar": "وجود a يجعل المعنى إيجابياً (موجود).", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "“I have a little money.” means I have some money, but not much.", "options": [ "True", "False" ], "answer": "True", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "«I have a little money» تعني: لدي بعض المال لكنه قليل (موجود).", "hint": "Compare “a little” with “little”: which one has a positive meaning?", "explanation": "The statement is True. “A little” + uncountable noun means “some, a small amount” and sounds positive: I have a little money, so I can buy a coffee. Without “a”, “little” sounds negative (almost none): I have little money, so I can’t buy anything. The same difference exists between “a few” and “few”." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified by grammar analysis (not in the Teacher’s Book)", "verification_code": "gram", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s50", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Quantifiers", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Quantifiers", "unit": "Units 3, 5 (countable/uncountable: Unit 7 focus, needed in Unit 3)", "original": { "question": "Which word is used with countable nouns in comparison?", "options": [ "less", "fewer", "little", "few" ], "answer": "fewer", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "أي كلمة تُستخدم مع الأسماء المعدودة عند المقارنة؟", "hint_ar": "مقارنة + معدود جمع.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "Which word is used with countable nouns in comparison?", "options": [ "less", "fewer", "little", "few" ], "answer": "fewer", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "أي كلمة تُستخدم مع الأسماء المعدودة عند المقارنة؟", "hint": "Which word compares amounts of plural countable nouns?", "explanation": "“Fewer” is the comparative quantifier for countable nouns: fewer cars, fewer people than before. “Less” is the comparative for uncountable nouns (less traffic). “Few” and “little” describe a small amount but do not compare two amounts." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 3C fewer, TB p.28–29", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s51", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Quantifiers", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Quantifiers", "unit": "Units 3, 5 (countable/uncountable: Unit 7 focus, needed in Unit 3)", "original": { "question": "Which noun is uncountable?", "options": [ "cars", "students", "water", "reasons" ], "answer": "water", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "أي اسم غير معدود؟", "hint_ar": "لا يمكن عدّه بالأرقام (1، 2، 3).", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "Which noun is uncountable?", "options": [ "cars", "students", "water", "reasons" ], "answer": "water", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "أي اسم غير معدود؟", "hint": "Which noun cannot be counted with numbers (one, two, three) in its normal meaning?", "explanation": "“Water” is an uncountable noun: it has no plural in its normal meaning, and we use “some water” or “a glass of water”, not “two waters”. “Cars”, “students” and “reasons” are plural forms of countable nouns, so they can be counted (three cars, two reasons)." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified by grammar analysis (not in the Teacher’s Book)", "verification_code": "gram", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s52", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Unit 6: Now & Then", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Unit 6: Now & Then", "unit": "Unit 6", "original": { "question": "A very tall building in a city is called a ___.", "options": [ "skyscraper", "highway", "park" ], "answer": "skyscraper", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "المبنى العالي جداً في المدينة يسمى ___.", "hint_ar": "ناطحة سحاب.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "A very tall building in a city is called a ___.", "options": [ "skyscraper", "highway", "park" ], "answer": "skyscraper", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "المبنى العالي جداً في المدينة يسمى ___.", "hint": "This word was used to describe a photo of Dubai at the start of Unit 6.", "explanation": "A “skyscraper” is a very tall modern building in a city, like the towers in Dubai shown at the start of Unit 6. The word combines “sky” and “scraper” (something that scrapes). A highway is a large road, and a park is a public green area." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 6 opener skyscraper, TB p.41", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "hint", "category": "leak", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The hint was a translation of the answer.", "reason_ar": "التلميح كان ترجمة الإجابة.", "ref": "Unit 6 opener, TB p.41", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "ناطحة سحاب.", "to": "ورد في وصف صورة دبي في بداية الوحدة 6." } ] } ] }, { "id": "s53", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Unit 6: Now & Then", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Unit 6: Now & Then", "unit": "Unit 6", "original": { "question": "The word “traffic” means ___.", "options": [ "تلوث", "زحام / حركة المرور", "مرافق" ], "answer": "زحام / حركة المرور", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "كلمة traffic تعني ___.", "hint_ar": "يتعلق بالسيارات في الطريق.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "The word “traffic” means ___.", "options": [ "تلوث", "زحام / حركة المرور", "مرافق" ], "answer": "زحام / حركة المرور", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "كلمة traffic تعني ___.", "hint": "This word is about cars and other vehicles on the road.", "explanation": "“Traffic” means the vehicles (cars, buses, lorries) moving along the roads («حركة المرور / الزحام»). It is uncountable: heavy traffic, less traffic. “Pollution” («تلوث») is dirty air or water, and “facilities” («مرافق») are services and buildings." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified by grammar analysis (not in the Teacher’s Book)", "verification_code": "gram", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s54", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Unit 6: Now & Then", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Unit 6: Now & Then", "unit": "Unit 6", "original": { "question": "“Population” means ___.", "options": [ "عدد السكان", "حي سكني", "نمط الحياة" ], "answer": "عدد السكان", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "كلمة population تعني ___.", "hint_ar": "من كلمة people تقريباً.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "“Population” means ___.", "options": [ "عدد السكان", "حي سكني", "نمط الحياة" ], "answer": "عدد السكان", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "كلمة population تعني ___.", "hint": "This word is used with numbers: “The ___ of the city is 5 million.”", "explanation": "“Population” means the number of people who live in a place («عدد السكان»): The population of Riyadh is over seven million. The other options mean a residential area («حي سكني» = neighbourhood) and lifestyle («نمط الحياة»)." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified by grammar analysis (not in the Teacher’s Book)", "verification_code": "gram", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "hint", "category": "leak", "evidence": "src", "reason": "The previous hint (from the word “people”) was linguistically inaccurate.", "reason_ar": "التلميح السابق (من كلمة people) غير دقيق لغوياً.", "ref": "Study sheet: City life", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "من كلمة people تقريباً.", "to": "تُستخدم مع الأرقام: The ___ of the city is 5 million." } ] } ] }, { "id": "s55", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Unit 6: Now & Then", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Unit 6: Now & Then", "unit": "Unit 6", "original": { "question": "A “neighbourhood” is ___.", "options": [ "طريق سريع", "حي سكني", "مركز تسوق" ], "answer": "حي سكني", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "كلمة neighbourhood تعني ___.", "hint_ar": "من neighbour (جار).", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "A “neighbourhood” is ___.", "options": [ "طريق سريع", "حي سكني", "مركز تسوق" ], "answer": "حي سكني", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "كلمة neighbourhood تعني ___.", "hint": "This word comes from “neighbour” (a person who lives near you).", "explanation": "A “neighbourhood” is an area of a town or city where people live («حي سكني»), and the word is built from “neighbour” + “-hood”. Example: My neighbourhood is quiet. American English spells it “neighborhood”. A highway is a road, and a shopping centre is a building with many shops." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified by grammar analysis (not in the Teacher’s Book)", "verification_code": "gram", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s56", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Unit 6: Now & Then", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Unit 6: Now & Then", "unit": "Unit 6", "original": { "question": "“Facilities” means ___.", "options": [ "مرافق", "مواصلات", "مبانٍ" ], "answer": "مرافق", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "كلمة facilities تعني ___.", "hint_ar": "خدمات مثل المستشفيات والحدائق.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "“Facilities” means ___.", "options": [ "مرافق", "مواصلات", "مبانٍ" ], "answer": "مرافق", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "كلمة facilities تعني ___.", "hint": "Think of hospitals, parks and sports centres that a city provides.", "explanation": "“Facilities” («مرافق») are buildings, equipment and services provided for people to use, such as hospitals, parks, gyms and libraries. The word is usually plural: The city has excellent sports facilities. The other options mean transport («مواصلات») and buildings («مبانٍ»)." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified by grammar analysis (not in the Teacher’s Book)", "verification_code": "gram", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s57", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Unit 6: Now & Then", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Unit 6: Now & Then", "unit": "Unit 6", "original": { "question": "The negative of “I lived in Riyadh.” is ___.", "options": [ "I didn't lived in Riyadh.", "I didn't live in Riyadh.", "I wasn't live in Riyadh." ], "answer": "I didn't live in Riyadh.", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "نفي جملة «I lived in Riyadh» هو ___.", "hint_ar": "didn't + فعل مجرد (V1).", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "The negative of “I lived in Riyadh.” is ___.", "options": [ "I didn't lived in Riyadh.", "I didn't live in Riyadh.", "I wasn't live in Riyadh." ], "answer": "I didn't live in Riyadh.", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "نفي جملة «I lived in Riyadh» هو ___.", "hint": "After “didn’t”, which verb form do we use?", "explanation": "Past simple negatives with ordinary verbs follow this pattern: subject + didn’t + base verb. So “I lived” becomes “I didn’t live in Riyadh.” The past is shown only once, in “didn’t”, so “didn’t lived” is wrong. “Wasn’t live” mixes the verb “be” with an ordinary verb." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 6A didn’t + verb, TB p.42", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s58", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Unit 6: Now & Then", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Unit 6: Now & Then", "unit": "Unit 6", "original": { "question": "The question form of “They visited Jeddah.” is ___.", "options": [ "Did they visit Jeddah?", "Did they visited Jeddah?", "Were they visit Jeddah?" ], "answer": "Did they visit Jeddah?", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "صيغة السؤال من «They visited Jeddah» هي ___.", "hint_ar": "Did + الفاعل + V1؟", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "The question form of “They visited Jeddah.” is ___.", "options": [ "Did they visit Jeddah?", "Did they visited Jeddah?", "Were they visit Jeddah?" ], "answer": "Did they visit Jeddah?", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "صيغة السؤال من «They visited Jeddah» هي ___.", "hint": "Past questions start with an auxiliary. Which verb form follows it?", "explanation": "To change a past simple statement into a question, put “Did” before the subject and change the verb back to its base form: They visited Jeddah → Did they visit Jeddah? “Did they visited” repeats the past form, and “Were they visit” wrongly uses “be” with an ordinary verb." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 6A Did …?, TB p.42", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s59", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Unit 6: Now & Then", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Unit 6: Now & Then", "unit": "Unit 6", "original": { "question": "Past simple negative form: Subject + ___ + V1.", "options": [ "don't", "didn't", "wasn't" ], "answer": "didn't", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "نفي الماضي البسيط: الفاعل + ___ + الفعل المجرد.", "hint_ar": "النفي في الماضي للأفعال العادية.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "Past simple negative form: Subject + ___ + V1.", "options": [ "don't", "didn't", "wasn't" ], "answer": "didn't", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "نفي الماضي البسيط: الفاعل + ___ + الفعل المجرد.", "hint": "Which auxiliary makes past simple negatives with ordinary verbs?", "explanation": "The past simple negative structure is: Subject + didn’t (did not) + V1 (base verb). Example: She didn’t study yesterday. “Don’t” makes present negatives, and “wasn’t” is the negative of “be”, used with adjectives, nouns and places (She wasn’t at home)." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 6A didn’t, TB p.42", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s60", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Unit 6: Now & Then", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Unit 6: Now & Then", "unit": "Unit 6", "original": { "question": "She didn't ___ English.", "options": [ "studied", "study", "studies" ], "answer": "study", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "هي لم ___ الإنجليزية.", "hint_ar": "بعد didn't يأتي V1.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "She didn't ___ English.", "options": [ "studied", "study", "studies" ], "answer": "study", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "هي لم ___ الإنجليزية.", "hint": "“Didn’t” already shows the past. Does the main verb need to show it again?", "explanation": "After “didn’t” the main verb must be in the base form: She didn’t study English. “Didn’t” already shows the past, so “studied” would mark the past twice, and “studies” has the present -s, which is never used after an auxiliary." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 6A didn’t + verb, TB p.42", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s61", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Unit 6: Now & Then", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Unit 6: Now & Then", "unit": "Unit 6", "original": { "question": "The past (V2) of “take” is ___.", "options": [ "taked", "took", "taken" ], "answer": "took", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "ماضي الفعل take هو ___.", "hint_ar": "فعل شاذ.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "The past (V2) of “take” is ___.", "options": [ "taked", "took", "taken" ], "answer": "took", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "ماضي الفعل take هو ___.", "hint": "“Take” is an irregular verb. Which form is the simple past (V2)?", "explanation": "“Take” is irregular: take (V1) – took (V2) – taken (V3). The past simple uses V2: He took the bus. “Taken” is the past participle, used with “have” or in the passive (I have taken), and “taked” does not exist." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 5B ex.5 took, TB p.37", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s62", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Unit 6: Now & Then", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Unit 6: Now & Then", "unit": "Unit 6", "original": { "question": "The past (V2) of “come” is ___.", "options": [ "comed", "came", "come" ], "answer": "came", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "ماضي الفعل come هو ___.", "hint_ar": "فعل شاذ يتغير فيه حرف واحد.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "The past (V2) of “come” is ___.", "options": [ "comed", "came", "come" ], "answer": "came", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "ماضي الفعل come هو ___.", "hint": "“Come” is irregular: one vowel changes in the past.", "explanation": "“Come” is irregular: come (V1) – came (V2) – come (V3). So the past simple is “came”: She came home late. “Comed” is an over-regularized mistake, and “come” is the base form (or past participle)." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified by grammar analysis (not in the Teacher’s Book)", "verification_code": "gram", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s63", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Unit 6: Now & Then", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Unit 6: Now & Then", "unit": "Unit 6", "original": { "question": "The past (V2) of “give” is ___.", "options": [ "gived", "gave", "given" ], "answer": "gave", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "ماضي الفعل give هو ___.", "hint_ar": "فعل شاذ.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "The past (V2) of “give” is ___.", "options": [ "gived", "gave", "given" ], "answer": "gave", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "ماضي الفعل give هو ___.", "hint": "“Give” is irregular. Which form is the simple past (V2)?", "explanation": "“Give” is irregular: give – gave – given. The past simple is “gave”: He gave me a present. “Given” is the past participle (I have given), and “gived” does not exist." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified by grammar analysis (not in the Teacher’s Book)", "verification_code": "gram", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s64", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Unit 6: Now & Then", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Unit 6: Now & Then", "unit": "Unit 6", "original": { "question": "The past (V2) of “make” is ___.", "options": [ "maked", "made", "makeed" ], "answer": "made", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "ماضي الفعل make هو ___.", "hint_ar": "فعل شاذ.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "The past (V2) of “make” is ___.", "options": [ "maked", "made", "makeed" ], "answer": "made", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "ماضي الفعل make هو ___.", "hint": "“Make” is irregular. Its past form is short.", "explanation": "“Make” is irregular: make – made – made. So the past simple is “made”: She made a cake. “Maked” and “makeed” follow the regular -ed rule, which does not apply to this verb." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 5B ex.5 made, TB p.37", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s65", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Unit 6: Now & Then", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Unit 6: Now & Then", "unit": "Unit 6", "original": { "question": "The past (V2) of “see” is ___.", "options": [ "seed", "saw", "seen" ], "answer": "saw", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "ماضي الفعل see هو ___.", "hint_ar": "فعل شاذ.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "The past (V2) of “see” is ___.", "options": [ "seed", "saw", "seen" ], "answer": "saw", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "ماضي الفعل see هو ___.", "hint": "“See” is irregular. Which form is the simple past (V2)?", "explanation": "“See” is irregular: see – saw – seen. The past simple is “saw”: I saw a bear. “Seen” is the past participle and needs an auxiliary (I have seen), and “seed” is a different word (a plant seed)." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified by grammar analysis (not in the Teacher’s Book)", "verification_code": "gram", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s66", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Unit 6: Now & Then", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Unit 6: Now & Then", "unit": "Unit 6", "original": { "question": "He ___ young.", "options": [ "was", "were", "did" ], "answer": "was", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "هو ___ صغيراً.", "hint_ar": "he في الماضي مع to be.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "He ___ young.", "options": [ "was", "were", "did" ], "answer": "was", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "هو ___ صغيراً.", "hint": "This describes him in the past. Which past form of “be” goes with “he”?", "explanation": "“Young” is an adjective, so we need “be”, and the sentence describes him in the past. With he/she/it the past form is “was”: He was young. “Were” is for you/we/they, and “did” is not used before an adjective." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 6A ex.3 was, TB p.42", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s67", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Unit 6: Now & Then", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Unit 6: Now & Then", "unit": "Unit 6", "original": { "question": "They ___ happy. (negative, past)", "options": [ "wasn't", "weren't", "didn't" ], "answer": "weren't", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "هم ___ سعداء. (نفي، ماضي)", "hint_ar": "they + نفي was/were.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "They ___ happy. (negative, past)", "options": [ "wasn't", "weren't", "didn't" ], "answer": "weren't", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "هم ___ سعداء. (نفي، ماضي)", "hint": "“Happy” is an adjective. What is the past negative of “be” with “they”?", "explanation": "With an adjective like “happy”, the verb is “be”. The past negative forms are “wasn’t” (I/he/she/it) and “weren’t” (you/we/they), so: They weren’t happy. “Didn’t” is used with ordinary verbs (They didn’t smile), not with adjectives." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 6A ex.3 weren’t, TB p.42", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s68", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Unit 6: Now & Then", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Unit 6: Now & Then", "unit": "Unit 6", "original": { "question": "“That's amazing!” means ___.", "options": [ "هذا رائع / مذهل!", "لست متأكداً", "دعني أفكر" ], "answer": "هذا رائع / مذهل!", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "عبارة «That's amazing!» تعني ___.", "hint_ar": "تعبير عن الإعجاب.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "“That's amazing!” means ___.", "options": [ "هذا رائع / مذهل!", "لست متأكداً", "دعني أفكر" ], "answer": "هذا رائع / مذهل!", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "عبارة «That's amazing!» تعني ___.", "hint": "This expression shows that you are impressed.", "explanation": "“That’s amazing!” («هذا رائع / مذهل!») is a response that shows surprise and admiration when someone tells you something interesting (Unit 6B). It helps keep a conversation going. “I’m not sure” («لست متأكداً») shows uncertainty, and “Let me think” («دعني أفكر») asks for time." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 6B ex.4a “That’s amazing …”, TB p.43", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s69", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Unit 6: Now & Then", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Unit 6: Now & Then", "unit": "Unit 6", "original": { "question": "Which phrase do we use when we need time to think?", "options": [ "Let me think.", "That's amazing!", "Oh, yeah?" ], "answer": "Let me think.", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "أي عبارة نستخدمها عندما نحتاج وقتاً للتفكير؟", "hint_ar": "«دعني ...»", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "Which phrase do we use when we need time to think?", "options": [ "Let me think.", "That's amazing!", "Oh, yeah?" ], "answer": "Let me think.", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "أي عبارة نستخدمها عندما نحتاج وقتاً للتفكير؟", "hint": "You need a moment before answering. Which phrase asks for time?", "explanation": "“Let me think.” is a phrase you use when you need a moment to think before answering (Unit 6 C21 phrases), like “Just a moment” or “Well, let’s see”. “That’s amazing!” shows admiration, and “Oh, yeah?” shows interest in what the other person said." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 6 C21 “Let me think”, TB p.80", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "hint", "category": "leak", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The hint wrote the beginning of the answer (“Let me …”).", "reason_ar": "التلميح كان يكتب بداية الإجابة («دعني …»).", "ref": "Unit 6 C21, TB p.80", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "«دعني ...»", "to": "عبارة تطلب بها مهلة قصيرة قبل الإجابة." } ] } ] }, { "id": "s70", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Unit 6: Now & Then", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Unit 6: Now & Then", "unit": "Unit 6", "original": { "question": "Which phrase shows you are NOT sure of the answer?", "options": [ "I'm not sure, but ...", "Really?", "How did you meet ...?" ], "answer": "I'm not sure, but ...", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "أي عبارة تدل على أنك لست متأكداً من الإجابة؟", "hint_ar": "not sure = غير متأكد.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "Which phrase shows you are NOT sure of the answer?", "options": [ "I'm not sure, but ...", "Really?", "How did you meet ...?" ], "answer": "I'm not sure, but ...", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "أي عبارة تدل على أنك لست متأكداً من الإجابة؟", "hint": "Which phrase admits you don’t know exactly, and then gives an opinion?", "explanation": "“I’m not sure, but …” is used when you are not certain but still want to give an answer or opinion: I’m not sure, but I think it was in 1964 (Unit 6 C21). “Really?” expresses surprise, and “How did you meet …?” is a question about a past event." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 6 C21 “I’m not sure, but …”, TB p.80", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "hint", "category": "leak", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The hint was a translation of the answer.", "reason_ar": "التلميح كان ترجمة الإجابة.", "ref": "Unit 6 C21, TB p.80", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "not sure = غير متأكد.", "to": "عبارة تعترف فيها أنك لا تعرف بالضبط، ثم تعطي رأيك." } ] } ] }, { "id": "s71", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Unit 6: Now & Then", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Unit 6: Now & Then", "unit": "Unit 6", "original": { "question": "“Anyway, what about you?” means ___.", "options": [ "على أي حال، ماذا عنك؟", "كيف تعرفت على ...؟", "ماذا تعمل؟" ], "answer": "على أي حال، ماذا عنك؟", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "عبارة «Anyway, what about you?» تعني ___.", "hint_ar": "ترجع الكلام للشخص الآخر.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "“Anyway, what about you?” means ___.", "options": [ "على أي حال، ماذا عنك؟", "كيف تعرفت على ...؟", "ماذا تعمل؟" ], "answer": "على أي حال، ماذا عنك؟", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "عبارة «Anyway, what about you?» تعني ___.", "hint": "This phrase changes the topic back to the other person.", "explanation": "“Anyway, what about you?” means «على أي حال، ماذا عنك؟». “Anyway” is used to change the subject or return to the main topic, and “what about you?” invites the other person to talk about themselves (Unit 6B). It is a polite way to keep a conversation balanced." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 6B transcript 6.2 “Anyway, what about you?”, TB p.43", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s72", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Unit 6: Now & Then", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Unit 6: Now & Then", "unit": "Unit 6", "original": { "question": "___ the city like?", "options": [ "What was", "How was", "Who was" ], "answer": "What was", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "___ كانت المدينة؟ (كيف كانت المدينة)", "hint_ar": "عبارة: ___ … like? = كيف كان؟", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "___ the city like?", "options": [ "What was", "How was", "Who was" ], "answer": "What was", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "___ كانت المدينة؟ (كيف كانت المدينة)", "hint": "The fixed question pattern “___ … like?” asks for a description in the past.", "explanation": "The question pattern “What + be + subject + like?” asks someone to describe a person, place or thing. In the past it becomes: What was the city like? (Unit 6A). “How was the city like?” is a common mistake — use either “What was it like?” or “How was it?”, but not both. “Who” asks about people." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 6A ex.6b “What was the city like?”, TB p.43", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s73", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Unit 6: Now & Then", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Unit 6: Now & Then", "unit": "Unit 6", "original": { "question": "A newspaper article is written in the ___.", "options": [ "past tense", "future tense", "present continuous" ], "answer": "past tense", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "المقال الصحفي يُكتب بزمن ___ وبصيغة الغائب.", "hint_ar": "يحكي عن شخص مشهور أو حدث حصل.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "A newspaper article about a famous person’s life (Unit 6 writing) is mainly written in the ___.", "options": [ "past tense", "future tense", "present continuous" ], "answer": "past tense", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "المقال الصحفي عن حياة شخص مشهور (كتابة الوحدة 6) يُكتب غالباً بزمن ___.", "hint": "The writing task describes a famous person’s life — events that already happened.", "explanation": "The Unit 6 writing task is a newspaper article about a famous person’s life, which reports finished events, so it is mainly written in the past tense (He was born in 1304. He travelled to many countries.). Be careful not to over-generalize: newspapers in general use many tenses, such as the present for current news. The future and the present continuous do not suit the story of a past life." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 6C, TB p.44", "verification": "Verified by grammar analysis (not in the Teacher’s Book)", "verification_code": "gram", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "translation", "category": "error", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The Arabic translation added “in the third person”, which is not in the English sentence.", "reason_ar": "الترجمة أضافت «وبصيغة الغائب» وهي غير موجودة في الجملة الإنجليزية.", "ref": "Unit 6C, TB p.44", "changes": [ { "field": "arabic", "from": "المقال الصحفي يُكتب بزمن ___ وبصيغة الغائب.", "to": "المقال الصحفي يُكتب بزمن ___." } ] }, { "kind": "misleading", "category": "error", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The old statement said newspaper articles are written in the past tense, which is not true in general (news often uses the present). It is now limited to the Unit 6 task: an article about a famous person’s life.", "reason_ar": "", "ref": "Unit 6 writing: a newspaper article, TB p.41", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "A newspaper article is written in the ___.", "to": "A newspaper article about a famous person’s life (Unit 6 writing) is mainly written in the ___." }, { "field": "arabic", "from": "المقال الصحفي يُكتب بزمن ___.", "to": "المقال الصحفي عن حياة شخص مشهور (كتابة الوحدة 6) يُكتب غالباً بزمن ___." } ] } ] }, { "id": "s74", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Unit 6: Now & Then", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Unit 6: Now & Then", "unit": "Unit 6", "original": { "question": "In a newspaper article, the “Headline” is ___.", "options": [ "العنوان الجذّاب", "المقدمة المختصرة", "الصورة" ], "answer": "العنوان الجذّاب", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "في المقال الصحفي، الـ Headline هو ___.", "hint_ar": "أول ما تقرأه بخط كبير.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "In a newspaper article, the “Headline” is ___.", "options": [ "العنوان الجذّاب", "المقدمة المختصرة", "الصورة" ], "answer": "العنوان الجذّاب", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "في المقال الصحفي، الـ Headline هو ___.", "hint": "It is the first thing a reader sees, usually in large letters.", "explanation": "The headline («العنوان الجذّاب») is the short title at the top of a newspaper article, written in large letters to catch the reader’s attention. It is followed by the introduction, which summarizes the story. A photo is separate from the headline." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified by grammar analysis (not in the Teacher’s Book)", "verification_code": "gram", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s75", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Spelling & pronunciation", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Spelling & pronunciation", "unit": "Foundation (Unit 2: -ing spelling)", "original": { "question": "How many vowels are there in English?", "options": [ "5", "21", "26" ], "answer": "5", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "كم عدد حروف العلة (Vowels) في الإنجليزية؟", "hint_ar": "A, E, I, O, U", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "How many vowels are there in English?", "options": [ "5", "21", "26" ], "answer": "5", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "كم عدد حروف العلة (Vowels) في الإنجليزية؟", "hint": "Recite the alphabet and pick out the letters that are not consonants. How many are there?", "explanation": "English has five (5) vowel letters: A, E, I, O and U. All other letters are consonants. The letter Y can sometimes represent a vowel sound (as in “happy” or “my”), but it is usually counted as a consonant. Note that English has more vowel sounds (about 20) than vowel letters." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified by grammar analysis (not in the Teacher’s Book)", "verification_code": "gram", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s76", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Spelling & pronunciation", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Spelling & pronunciation", "unit": "Foundation (Unit 2: -ing spelling)", "original": { "question": "How many consonants are there in English?", "options": [ "5", "21", "26" ], "answer": "21", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "كم عدد الحروف الساكنة (Consonants) في الإنجليزية؟", "hint_ar": "26 حرف ناقص حروف العلة.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "How many consonants are there in English?", "options": [ "5", "21", "26" ], "answer": "21", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "كم عدد الحروف الساكنة (Consonants) في الإنجليزية؟", "hint": "Start with the total number of letters in the alphabet and remove the vowel letters.", "explanation": "The English alphabet has 26 letters. Five of them are vowel letters (A, E, I, O, U), so the remaining 21 are consonants (26 − 5 = 21). The option 26 is the whole alphabet, and 5 is the number of vowels." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified by grammar analysis (not in the Teacher’s Book)", "verification_code": "gram", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s77", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Spelling & pronunciation", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Spelling & pronunciation", "unit": "Foundation (Unit 2: -ing spelling)", "original": { "question": "Which letter is a vowel?", "options": [ "B", "E", "K", "Y" ], "answer": "E", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "أي حرف من حروف العلة؟", "hint_ar": "A, E, I, O, U", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "Which letter is a vowel?", "options": [ "B", "E", "K", "Y" ], "answer": "E", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "أي حرف من حروف العلة؟", "hint": "Remember there are five vowel letters. Y is only sometimes used as a vowel sound.", "explanation": "E is one of the five vowel letters (A, E, I, O, U). B and K are always consonants. Y is the tricky option: it sometimes represents a vowel sound (as in “gym”), but in the alphabet it is normally classified as a consonant, so it is not the best answer." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified by grammar analysis (not in the Teacher’s Book)", "verification_code": "gram", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s78", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Spelling & pronunciation", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Spelling & pronunciation", "unit": "Foundation (Unit 2: -ing spelling)", "original": { "question": "stop + ed = ___", "options": [ "stoped", "stopped", "stopd" ], "answer": "stopped", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "stop + ed = ___", "hint_ar": "ساكن + متحرك + ساكن ← نضاعف الحرف الأخير.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "stop + ed = ___", "options": [ "stoped", "stopped", "stopd" ], "answer": "stopped", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "stop + ed = ___", "hint": "“Stop” is one syllable and ends in consonant–vowel–consonant. What happens to the last letter?", "explanation": "“Stop” is a one-syllable verb ending in consonant–vowel–consonant (s-t-O-P), so we double the final consonant before adding -ed: stopped. The doubling keeps the vowel sound short. The rule does not apply to verbs ending in w, x or y (snowed, fixed, played) or to words with two vowels before the final consonant (rained)." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified by grammar analysis (not in the Teacher’s Book)", "verification_code": "gram", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s79", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Spelling & pronunciation", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Spelling & pronunciation", "unit": "Foundation (Unit 2: -ing spelling)", "original": { "question": "plan + ing = ___", "options": [ "planing", "planning", "planeing" ], "answer": "planning", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "plan + ing = ___", "hint_ar": "ساكن + متحرك + ساكن ← نضاعف.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "plan + ing = ___", "options": [ "planing", "planning", "planeing" ], "answer": "planning", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "plan + ing = ___", "hint": "“Plan” ends in consonant–vowel–consonant. Check the doubling rule before -ing.", "explanation": "“Plan” is one syllable and ends in one vowel + one consonant, so the n doubles before -ing: planning (Unit 2B spelling rules). Without doubling, “planing” would suggest a different pronunciation. For longer verbs, we double only if the final syllable is stressed: beGIN → beginning, but VISit → visiting and LISten → listening." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 2B spelling -ing (doubling), TB p.21", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s80", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Spelling & pronunciation", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Spelling & pronunciation", "unit": "Foundation (Unit 2: -ing spelling)", "original": { "question": "play + ed = ___", "options": [ "plaied", "played", "playyed" ], "answer": "played", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "play + ed = ___", "hint_ar": "ينتهي بـ y وقبلها حرف علة ← لا تغيير.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "play + ed = ___", "options": [ "plaied", "played", "playyed" ], "answer": "played", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "play + ed = ___", "hint": "“Play” ends in a vowel + y. Do we change the y?", "explanation": "When a verb ends in a vowel + y (play, stay, enjoy), we keep the y and add -ed: played. We change y to i only when a consonant comes before the y (study → studied). “Plaied” wrongly changes the y, and “playyed” doubles a letter that is never doubled." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified by grammar analysis (not in the Teacher’s Book)", "verification_code": "gram", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s81", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Spelling & pronunciation", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Spelling & pronunciation", "unit": "Foundation (Unit 2: -ing spelling)", "original": { "question": "study + ed = ___", "options": [ "studyed", "studied", "studdied" ], "answer": "studied", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "study + ed = ___", "hint_ar": "y قبلها ساكن ← نحولها إلى i.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "study + ed = ___", "options": [ "studyed", "studied", "studdied" ], "answer": "studied", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "study + ed = ___", "hint": "“Study” ends in a consonant + y. What happens to the y?", "explanation": "“Study” ends in a consonant + y (d + y), so we change the y to i and add -ed: studied. Note that we keep the y before -ing (studying), because “studiing” would have two i’s. “Studyed” forgets the rule, and “studdied” doubles a consonant that should not be doubled." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s82", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Spelling & pronunciation", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Spelling & pronunciation", "unit": "Foundation (Unit 2: -ing spelling)", "original": { "question": "swim + ing = ___", "options": [ "swiming", "swimming", "swimmming" ], "answer": "swimming", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "swim + ing = ___", "hint_ar": "قاعدة المضاعفة.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "swim + ing = ___", "options": [ "swiming", "swimming", "swimmming" ], "answer": "swimming", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "swim + ing = ___", "hint": "“Swim” ends in consonant–vowel–consonant. Check the doubling rule.", "explanation": "“Swim” is a one-syllable verb ending in one vowel + one consonant (i + m), so we double the m before -ing: swimming. We add only one extra letter, so “swimmming” is wrong, and “swiming” forgets to double. Similar verbs: run → running, sit → sitting, get → getting." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 2B spelling -ing (doubling), TB p.21", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s83", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Spelling & pronunciation", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Spelling & pronunciation", "unit": "Foundation (Unit 2: -ing spelling)", "original": { "question": "try + ed = ___", "options": [ "tryed", "tried", "trid" ], "answer": "tried", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "try + ed = ___", "hint_ar": "y قبلها ساكن.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "try + ed = ___", "options": [ "tryed", "tried", "trid" ], "answer": "tried", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "try + ed = ___", "hint": "“Try” ends in a consonant + y.", "explanation": "“Try” ends in a consonant + y (r + y), so the y changes to i before -ed: tried. Other examples: cry → cried, carry → carried. Before -ing, the y stays: trying. “Tryed” keeps the y wrongly, and “trid” drops the letter e." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified by grammar analysis (not in the Teacher’s Book)", "verification_code": "gram", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s84", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Spelling & pronunciation", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Spelling & pronunciation", "unit": "Foundation (Unit 2: -ing spelling)", "original": { "question": "The doubling rule (CVC) applies only to short verbs.", "options": [ "True", "False" ], "answer": "True", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "قاعدة المضاعفة (ساكن + متحرك + ساكن) تنطبق على الأفعال القصيرة فقط.", "hint_ar": "راجع الملاحظات المهمة في الصورة.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "CVC doubling rule: a one-syllable verb ending in one vowel + one consonant (not w, x or y), e.g. stop, plan, doubles the last consonant before -ing or -ed.", "options": [ "True", "False" ], "answer": "True", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "قاعدة المضاعفة: الفعل ذو المقطع الواحد الذي ينتهي بحرف علة واحد + حرف ساكن واحد (ليس w أو x أو y) مثل stop و plan يُضاعف حرفه الأخير قبل ing أو ed.", "hint": "Test the rule with stop, plan and swim. Then think about words ending in w, x or y.", "explanation": "The statement is True. A one-syllable verb that ends in one vowel + one consonant doubles that consonant before -ing or -ed: stop → stopping, plan → planned, swim → swimming. The statement correctly excludes w, x and y, which are never doubled (snow → snowing, fix → fixed, play → played). Remember one more condition for longer verbs: they double only when the last syllable is stressed (begin → beginning, but open → opening)." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 2B spelling -ing, TB p.21", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "ambiguous", "category": "ambiguity", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The word “only” was inaccurate: doubling also applies to longer verbs stressed on the last syllable (begin → beginning). The statement was reworded to be true; the answer is True.", "reason_ar": "كلمة «only» غير دقيقة: القاعدة تنطبق أيضاً على أفعال أطول نبرها في المقطع الأخير (begin → beginning). أعدنا الصياغة لتكون صحيحة؛ الإجابة True.", "ref": "Unit 2B – Spelling rules when adding -ing, TB p.21", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "The doubling rule (CVC) applies only to short verbs.", "to": "The doubling rule (CVC) applies to short one-syllable verbs, e.g. stop → stopping, plan → planning." }, { "field": "arabic", "from": "قاعدة المضاعفة (ساكن + متحرك + ساكن) تنطبق على الأفعال القصيرة فقط.", "to": "قاعدة المضاعفة (ساكن + متحرك + ساكن) تنطبق على الأفعال القصيرة ذات المقطع الواحد مثل stop و plan." } ] }, { "kind": "misleading", "category": "error", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The old statement did not give the conditions of the rule. It now states them (one syllable, one vowel + one consonant) and the w/x/y exception (fix → fixing, play → played).", "reason_ar": "", "ref": "Unit 2B spelling rules when adding -ing, TB p.21", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "The doubling rule (CVC) applies to short one-syllable verbs, e.g. stop → stopping, plan → planning.", "to": "CVC doubling rule: a one-syllable verb ending in one vowel + one consonant (not w, x or y), e.g. stop, plan, doubles the last consonant before -ing or -ed." }, { "field": "arabic", "from": "قاعدة المضاعفة (ساكن + متحرك + ساكن) تنطبق على الأفعال القصيرة ذات المقطع الواحد مثل stop و plan.", "to": "قاعدة المضاعفة: الفعل ذو المقطع الواحد الذي ينتهي بحرف علة واحد + حرف ساكن واحد (ليس w أو x أو y) مثل stop و plan يُضاعف حرفه الأخير قبل ing أو ed." } ] } ] }, { "id": "s85", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Writing", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Writing", "unit": "Writing skills Units 1–6", "original": { "question": "Which phrase is used to start an introduction?", "options": [ "In my opinion, ...", "To sum up, ...", "For example, ..." ], "answer": "In my opinion, ...", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "أي عبارة تُستخدم لبداية المقدمة؟", "hint_ar": "المقدمة = رأيك أو مقدمة عامة.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "Which phrase is used to start an introduction?", "options": [ "In my opinion, ...", "To sum up, ...", "For example, ..." ], "answer": "In my opinion, ...", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "أي عبارة تُستخدم لبداية المقدمة؟", "hint": "An introduction often presents your general view of the topic.", "explanation": "An introduction presents the topic and often your main opinion, so “In my opinion, …” is a typical opening phrase in the study-sheet writing guide. “To sum up, …” summarizes at the end (conclusion), and “For example, …” supports a point with an example in the body." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified by grammar analysis (not in the Teacher’s Book)", "verification_code": "gram", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s86", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Writing", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Writing", "unit": "Writing skills Units 1–6", "original": { "question": "Which phrase is used in the conclusion?", "options": [ "First, ...", "In conclusion, ...", "Nowadays, ..." ], "answer": "In conclusion, ...", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "أي عبارة تُستخدم في الخاتمة؟", "hint_ar": "كلمة تعني «في الختام».", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "Which phrase is used in the conclusion?", "options": [ "First, ...", "In conclusion, ...", "Nowadays, ..." ], "answer": "In conclusion, ...", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "أي عبارة تُستخدم في الخاتمة؟", "hint": "Which phrase signals the final paragraph?", "explanation": "“In conclusion, …” tells the reader that you are finishing and summarizing your main ideas, so it belongs in the conclusion. “First, …” begins a sequence of points in the body, and “Nowadays, …” is often used to introduce a topic at the beginning." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified by grammar analysis (not in the Teacher’s Book)", "verification_code": "gram", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "hint", "category": "leak", "evidence": "src", "reason": "The hint was a translation of the answer.", "reason_ar": "التلميح كان ترجمة الإجابة.", "ref": "Study sheet: Writing Made Easy", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "كلمة تعني «في الختام».", "to": "عبارة تأتي في آخر فقرة." } ] } ] }, { "id": "s87", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Writing", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Writing", "unit": "Writing skills Units 1–6", "original": { "question": "Which word is used to give an example?", "options": [ "Therefore", "For instance", "Moreover" ], "answer": "For instance", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "أي كلمة تُستخدم لإعطاء مثال؟", "hint_ar": "= For example.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "Which word is used to give an example?", "options": [ "Therefore", "For instance", "Moreover" ], "answer": "For instance", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "أي كلمة تُستخدم لإعطاء مثال؟", "hint": "Which linking word could you replace with “for example” without changing the meaning?", "explanation": "“For instance” has the same meaning as “for example”: it introduces an example that supports your point. Many people enjoy outdoor sports. For instance, football is very popular. “Therefore” introduces a result, and “Moreover” adds another point." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified by grammar analysis (not in the Teacher’s Book)", "verification_code": "gram", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "hint", "category": "leak", "evidence": "src", "reason": "The hint was a synonym of the answer (= For example).", "reason_ar": "التلميح كان مرادف الإجابة (= For example).", "ref": "Study sheet: Writing Made Easy", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "= For example.", "to": "كلمات الربط لها وظائف: إضافة، نتيجة، مثال. أيّها للمثال؟" } ] } ] }, { "id": "s88", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Writing", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Writing", "unit": "Writing skills Units 1–6", "original": { "question": "Which word is used to show a result?", "options": [ "Therefore", "Furthermore", "Such as" ], "answer": "Therefore", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "أي كلمة تُستخدم لإظهار النتيجة؟", "hint_ar": "= So / As a result.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "Which word is used to show a result?", "options": [ "Therefore", "Furthermore", "Such as" ], "answer": "Therefore", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "أي كلمة تُستخدم لإظهار النتيجة؟", "hint": "Which word means “because of this” and introduces a consequence?", "explanation": "“Therefore” introduces a result or logical conclusion: The roads were closed; therefore, we were late. It is more formal than “so”. “Furthermore” adds another idea, and “such as” introduces examples within a sentence." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified by grammar analysis (not in the Teacher’s Book)", "verification_code": "gram", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "hint", "category": "leak", "evidence": "src", "reason": "The hint was a synonym of the answer.", "reason_ar": "التلميح كان مرادف الإجابة.", "ref": "Study sheet: Writing Made Easy", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "= So / As a result.", "to": "كلمات الربط لها وظائف: إضافة، نتيجة، مثال. أيّها للنتيجة؟" } ] } ] }, { "id": "s89", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Writing", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Writing", "unit": "Writing skills Units 1–6", "original": { "question": "Which word is used to add an idea?", "options": [ "Overall", "Moreover", "As a result" ], "answer": "Moreover", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "أي كلمة تُستخدم لإضافة فكرة؟", "hint_ar": "= Also / In addition.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "Which word is used to add an idea?", "options": [ "Overall", "Moreover", "As a result" ], "answer": "Moreover", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "أي كلمة تُستخدم لإضافة فكرة؟", "hint": "Linking words have different jobs: adding, showing a result, or summarizing.", "explanation": "“Moreover” adds an extra idea that supports what you have already said: The flat is cheap. Moreover, it is near the university. “Overall” summarizes, and “As a result” introduces a consequence." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified by grammar analysis (not in the Teacher’s Book)", "verification_code": "gram", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "hint", "category": "leak", "evidence": "src", "reason": "The hint was a synonym of the answer.", "reason_ar": "التلميح كان مرادف الإجابة.", "ref": "Study sheet: Writing Made Easy", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "= Also / In addition.", "to": "كلمات الربط لها وظائف: إضافة، نتيجة، تلخيص. أيّها للإضافة؟" } ] } ] }, { "id": "s90", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Writing", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Writing", "unit": "Writing skills Units 1–6", "original": { "question": "The body of a paragraph should be ___ sentences.", "options": [ "1–1", "2–3", "5–6" ], "answer": "2–3", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "الوسط (Body) في الكتابة يكون ___ جمل.", "hint_ar": "حسب النموذج البسيط في الصورة.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "A paragraph can contain any number of sentences.", "options": [ "True", "False" ], "answer": "True", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "الفقرة يمكن أن تحتوي على أي عدد من الجمل.", "hint": "Does the Teacher’s Book give a fixed number of sentences for a paragraph?", "explanation": "The statement is True. The Teacher’s Book (Writing skills, Unit 2) explains that a paragraph can contain any number of sentences. What makes a good paragraph is not its length but its unity: it should develop one main idea, usually introduced by a topic sentence." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Writing skills Unit 2 ex.1c, TB p.69", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": true, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "conflicts-with-textbook", "category": "error", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The original study-sheet item (the body has 2–3 sentences) contradicts the Teacher’s Book: “a paragraph can contain any number of sentences”. It was replaced with the Teacher’s Book statement.", "reason_ar": "السؤال الأصلي من الملخص (الوسط 2–3 جمل) يخالف كتاب المعلم: «a paragraph can contain any number of sentences». استبدلناه بعبارة الكتاب.", "ref": "Writing skills Unit 2 ex.1c, TB p.69", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "The body of a paragraph should be ___ sentences.", "to": "A paragraph can contain any number of sentences." }, { "field": "options", "from": "1–1 | 2–3 | 5–6", "to": "True | False" }, { "field": "answer", "from": "2–3", "to": "True" }, { "field": "arabic", "from": "الوسط (Body) في الكتابة يكون ___ جمل.", "to": "الفقرة يمكن أن تحتوي على أي عدد من الجمل." }, { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "حسب النموذج البسيط في الصورة.", "to": "هل يحدد كتاب المعلم عدداً ثابتاً لجمل الفقرة؟" } ] } ] }, { "id": "s91", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Writing", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Writing", "unit": "Writing skills Units 1–6", "original": { "question": "“To sum up” is used in the ___.", "options": [ "introduction", "body", "conclusion" ], "answer": "conclusion", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "عبارة To sum up تُستخدم في ___.", "hint_ar": "تلخيص أهم نقطة.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "“To sum up” is used in the ___.", "options": [ "introduction", "body", "conclusion" ], "answer": "conclusion", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "عبارة To sum up تُستخدم في ___.", "hint": "“To sum up” means to give a short summary of the main points.", "explanation": "“To sum up” means “to summarize” — to repeat the main points briefly at the end. That is why it is used in the conclusion: To sum up, city life has both advantages and disadvantages. It would not be used in the introduction (which presents the topic) or the body (which develops the ideas)." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified by grammar analysis (not in the Teacher’s Book)", "verification_code": "gram", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s92", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Tenses", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Tenses", "unit": "Units 1, 2, 5, 6", "original": { "question": "They ___ to the mall yesterday.", "options": [ "go", "went", "goes", "going" ], "answer": "went", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "هم ___ إلى المول أمس.", "hint_ar": "yesterday ← ماضي.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "They ___ to the mall yesterday.", "options": [ "go", "went", "goes", "going" ], "answer": "went", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "هم ___ إلى المول أمس.", "hint": "The trip to the mall is finished. Remember that “go” does not take -ed.", "explanation": "“Yesterday” requires the past simple, and “go” is irregular: go – went – gone. So: They went to the mall yesterday. “Go” and “goes” are present forms, and “going” needs an auxiliary such as “were”." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s93", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Tenses", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Tenses", "unit": "Units 1, 2, 5, 6", "original": { "question": "Sara ___ to university every day.", "options": [ "go", "went", "goes", "going" ], "answer": "goes", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "سارة ___ إلى الجامعة كل يوم.", "hint_ar": "Sara = she + every day (عادة).", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "These days, Sara ___ to university every day.", "options": [ "go", "went", "goes", "going" ], "answer": "goes", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "هذه الأيام، سارة ___ إلى الجامعة كل يوم.", "hint": "“These days” shows the present, and Sara = she.", "explanation": "“These days … every day” describes a regular habit in the present, so we use the present simple. Sara is a third-person singular subject (she), so the verb adds -es: go → goes. “Go” is for I/you/we/they, “went” is past, and “going” would need an auxiliary (is going)." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 1B present simple, TB p.13–14", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "ambiguous", "category": "ambiguity", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "“every day” can describe a past habit too, so “went” was also grammatical. “These days” was added.", "reason_ar": "", "ref": "Unit 1B present simple, TB p.13–14", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "Sara ___ to university every day.", "to": "These days, Sara ___ to university every day." }, { "field": "arabic", "from": "سارة ___ إلى الجامعة كل يوم.", "to": "هذه الأيام، سارة ___ إلى الجامعة كل يوم." } ] } ] }, { "id": "s94", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Tenses", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Tenses", "unit": "Units 1, 2, 5, 6", "original": { "question": "I am ___ to university now.", "options": [ "go", "went", "goes", "going" ], "answer": "going", "answer_index": 3, "arabic": "أنا ___ إلى الجامعة الآن.", "hint_ar": "am + ... + now ← مضارع مستمر.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "I am ___ to university now.", "options": [ "go", "went", "goes", "going" ], "answer": "going", "answer_index": 3, "arabic": "أنا ___ إلى الجامعة الآن.", "hint": "“Am” and “now” show an action in progress.", "explanation": "The present continuous describes an action in progress now, and it is formed with am/is/are + verb-ing. The sentence already has “am” and the time word “now”, so we need the -ing form: I am going to university now. “Go”, “went” and “goes” cannot follow “am”." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s95", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Tenses", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Tenses", "unit": "Units 1, 2, 5, 6", "original": { "question": "We ___ to school every day.", "options": [ "go", "goes", "going" ], "answer": "go", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "نحن ___ إلى المدرسة كل يوم.", "hint_ar": "we + عادة ← بدون s.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "We ___ to school every day.", "options": [ "go", "goes", "going" ], "answer": "go", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "نحن ___ إلى المدرسة كل يوم.", "hint": "“Every day” is a habit, and the subject is “we”.", "explanation": "“Every day” shows a habit, so we use the present simple. With I/you/we/they the verb stays in the base form without -s: We go to school every day. “Goes” is only for he/she/it, and “going” needs “are”." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s96", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Tenses", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Tenses", "unit": "Units 1, 2, 5, 6", "original": { "question": "“Went” is used with ___.", "options": [ "He / She / It only", "all pronouns", "I / You / We / They only" ], "answer": "all pronouns", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "كلمة went تُستخدم مع ___.", "hint_ar": "الماضي لا يتغير حسب الضمير.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "“Went” is used with ___.", "options": [ "He / She / It only", "all pronouns", "I / You / We / They only" ], "answer": "all pronouns", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "كلمة went تُستخدم مع ___.", "hint": "Does the past simple form change with the subject?", "explanation": "Past simple verbs have one form for every subject: I went, she went, they went. Only the verb “be” changes in the past (was/were). That is why “went” is used with all pronouns, unlike the present, where “go” becomes “goes” with he/she/it." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified by grammar analysis (not in the Teacher’s Book)", "verification_code": "gram", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s97", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Tenses", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Tenses", "unit": "Units 1, 2, 5, 6", "original": { "question": "“Going” usually comes after ___.", "options": [ "do / does", "am / is / are", "did" ], "answer": "am / is / are", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "كلمة going تأتي غالباً بعد ___.", "hint_ar": "المضارع المستمر = to be + ing.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "“Going” usually comes after ___.", "options": [ "do / does", "am / is / are", "did" ], "answer": "am / is / are", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "كلمة going تأتي غالباً بعد ___.", "hint": "The present continuous uses a form of “be” + -ing.", "explanation": "The -ing form “going” usually follows am/is/are in the present continuous: I am going, she is going, they are going. It does not follow “do/does” or “did”, which are followed by the base verb (Do you go? Did you go?)." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified by grammar analysis (not in the Teacher’s Book)", "verification_code": "gram", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s98", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Tenses", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Tenses", "unit": "Units 1, 2, 5, 6", "original": { "question": "Which time word goes with “went”?", "options": [ "every day", "last week", "now" ], "answer": "last week", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "أي كلمة زمنية تأتي مع went؟", "hint_ar": "كلمات الماضي: yesterday, last…, ago.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "Which time expression shows that we need the past simple (e.g. “went”)?", "options": [ "every day", "last week", "now" ], "answer": "last week", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "أي تعبير زمني يدل على أننا نحتاج الماضي البسيط (مثل went)؟", "hint": "Which expression points to a finished time in the past?", "explanation": "“Last week” refers to a finished period in the past, so it tells us to use the past simple: I went to Jeddah last week. “Now” goes with the present, and “every day” only shows frequency — it can appear in any tense (I go every day / I went every day as a child), so it does not signal the past by itself." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 5B past simple, TB p.36", "verification": "Verified by grammar analysis (not in the Teacher’s Book)", "verification_code": "gram", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "ambiguous", "category": "ambiguity", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "“every day” can also go with “went” (a past habit), so the old question “Which time word goes with went?” had two answers. It now asks which expression requires the past simple.", "reason_ar": "", "ref": "Unit 5B past simple, TB p.36", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "Which time word goes with “went”?", "to": "Which time expression shows that we need the past simple (e.g. “went”)?" }, { "field": "arabic", "from": "أي كلمة زمنية تأتي مع went؟", "to": "أي تعبير زمني يدل على أننا نحتاج الماضي البسيط (مثل went)؟" } ] } ] }, { "id": "s99", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Vocabulary", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Vocabulary", "unit": "Vocabulary (MTA file)", "original": { "question": "Ahmed works hard because he wants to ___ his English.", "options": [ "improve", "travel", "sleep", "drive" ], "answer": "improve", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "أحمد يعمل بجد لأنه يريد أن ___ لغته الإنجليزية.", "hint_ar": "يجعلها أفضل.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "Ahmed works hard because he wants to ___ his English.", "options": [ "improve", "travel", "sleep", "drive" ], "answer": "improve", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "أحمد يعمل بجد لأنه يريد أن ___ لغته الإنجليزية.", "hint": "He wants his English to become better.", "explanation": "“Improve” means to make something better: He works hard because he wants to improve his English. It is followed directly by its object (improve your skills). “Travel”, “sleep” and “drive” do not take “his English” as a logical object." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s100", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Vocabulary", "source_label": "Source not confirmed", "source_class": "unsure", "topic": "Vocabulary", "unit": "Vocabulary (MTA file)", "original": { "question": "I usually ___ breakfast at 7 a.m.", "options": [ "have", "go", "make", "do" ], "answer": "have", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "عادةً ___ الإفطار الساعة ٧ صباحاً.", "hint_ar": "تعبير ثابت: ___ breakfast = يتناول الإفطار.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "I usually ___ breakfast at 7 a.m.", "options": [ "have", "go", "play", "do" ], "answer": "have", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "عادةً ___ الإفطار الساعة ٧ صباحاً.", "hint": "Which verb is used in the expression “___ breakfast” (eat a meal)?", "explanation": "In English, we “have” meals: have breakfast, have lunch, have dinner. This is a fixed collocation, so “I usually have breakfast at 7 a.m.” is correct. We do not “go”, “play” or “do” breakfast." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified by grammar analysis (not in the Teacher’s Book)", "verification_code": "gram", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "ambiguous", "category": "ambiguity", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "The option “make” was also correct (“I usually make breakfast” = prepare it). It was replaced with “play”.", "reason_ar": "الخيار make صحيح أيضاً (I usually make breakfast = أحضّر الإفطار). استبدلناه بـ play.", "ref": "—", "changes": [ { "field": "options", "from": "have | go | make | do", "to": "have | go | play | do" } ] } ] }, { "id": "s101", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Vocabulary", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Vocabulary", "unit": "Vocabulary (MTA file)", "original": { "question": "What does the word “expensive” mean?", "options": [ "رخيص", "غالي", "سريع", "سهل" ], "answer": "غالي", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "ما معنى كلمة expensive؟", "hint_ar": "عكس cheap.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "What does the word “expensive” mean?", "options": [ "رخيص", "غالي", "سريع", "سهل" ], "answer": "غالي", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "ما معنى كلمة expensive؟", "hint": "The opposite of “cheap”.", "explanation": "“Expensive” means costing a lot of money («غالي»): an expensive car. Its opposite is “cheap” («رخيص»). The other options mean “fast” and “easy”, which are not related to price." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s102", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Vocabulary", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Vocabulary", "unit": "Vocabulary (MTA file)", "original": { "question": "You should study hard to pass the ___.", "options": [ "exam", "breakfast", "holiday", "traffic" ], "answer": "exam", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "يجب أن تدرس بجد لتنجح في ___.", "hint_ar": "ما الذي ننجح فيه بالدراسة؟", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "You should study hard to pass the ___.", "options": [ "exam", "breakfast", "holiday", "traffic" ], "answer": "exam", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "يجب أن تدرس بجد لتنجح في ___.", "hint": "What do you pass by studying hard?", "explanation": "We “pass an exam” when we succeed in it, and we study hard to do this. “Pass” and “fail” are the usual verbs with “exam”. Breakfast, a holiday and traffic are not things you pass by studying." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s103", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Practice questions (Units 1–6)", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Practice questions (Units 1–6)", "unit": "Units 1–6", "original": { "question": "___ you work in Riyadh?", "options": [ "Do", "Does", "Did" ], "answer": "Do", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "___ تعمل في الرياض؟", "hint_ar": "you + مضارع بفعل عادي.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "___ you work in Riyadh?", "options": [ "Do", "Does", "Are" ], "answer": "Do", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "___ تعمل في الرياض؟", "hint": "“Work” is an ordinary verb, the subject is “you”, and the sentence is in the present.", "explanation": "“Work” is an ordinary verb, so the present simple question needs “Do” or “Does”. With “you” we use “Do”: Do you work in Riyadh? “Does” is for he/she/it, and “Are” would need an -ing form (Are you working?)." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 1B do/does, TB p.13–14", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "ambiguous", "category": "ambiguity", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The option “Did” was also correct (“Did you work in Riyadh?”). It was replaced with “Are”.", "reason_ar": "الخيار Did صحيح أيضاً (Did you work in Riyadh?). استبدلناه بـ Are.", "ref": "Unit 1B, TB p.13–14", "changes": [ { "field": "options", "from": "Do | Does | Did", "to": "Do | Does | Are" } ] } ] }, { "id": "s104", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Practice questions (Units 1–6)", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Practice questions (Units 1–6)", "unit": "Units 1–6", "original": { "question": "She ___ in a bank.", "options": [ "work", "works", "working" ], "answer": "works", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "هي ___ في بنك.", "hint_ar": "she في المضارع البسيط ← s.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "She ___ in a bank.", "options": [ "work", "works", "working" ], "answer": "works", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "هي ___ في بنك.", "hint": "The subject is “she”, and the sentence describes a fact in the present.", "explanation": "The sentence states a fact about her job, so we use the present simple. With he/she/it, the verb adds -s: She works in a bank. “Work” is for I/you/we/they, and “working” needs an auxiliary (She is working)." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 1B present simple, TB p.13–14", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s105", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Practice questions (Units 1–6)", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Practice questions (Units 1–6)", "unit": "Units 1–6", "original": { "question": "I always ___ to the gym.", "options": [ "go", "goes", "going" ], "answer": "go", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "أنا دائماً ___ إلى النادي.", "hint_ar": "I + always (عادة).", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "I always ___ to the gym.", "options": [ "go", "goes", "going" ], "answer": "go", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "أنا دائماً ___ إلى النادي.", "hint": "“Always” describes a habit, and the subject is “I”.", "explanation": "Frequency adverbs like “always” and “usually” go with the present simple and come before the main verb. With “I”, the verb has no -s: I always go to the gym. “Goes” is for he/she/it, and “going” needs “am”." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s106", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Practice questions (Units 1–6)", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Practice questions (Units 1–6)", "unit": "Units 1–6", "original": { "question": "We meet ___ 5 o'clock.", "options": [ "in", "on", "at" ], "answer": "at", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "نلتقي ___ الساعة الخامسة.", "hint_ar": "مع الساعة/الوقت الدقيق.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "We meet ___ 5 o'clock.", "options": [ "in", "on", "at" ], "answer": "at", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "نلتقي ___ الساعة الخامسة.", "hint": "Which preposition do we use with clock times?", "explanation": "We use “at” with exact clock times: at 5 o’clock, at 7.30, at midnight. “On” is used with days and dates (on Monday), and “in” with months, years and parts of the day (in March, in the morning)." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 1A Focus: prepositions, TB p.13", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s107", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Practice questions (Units 1–6)", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Practice questions (Units 1–6)", "unit": "Units 1–6", "original": { "question": "My birthday is ___ March.", "options": [ "in", "on", "at" ], "answer": "in", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "عيد ميلادي ___ شهر مارس.", "hint_ar": "مع الشهور.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "My birthday is ___ March.", "options": [ "in", "on", "at" ], "answer": "in", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "عيد ميلادي ___ شهر مارس.", "hint": "Is March a day or a longer period?", "explanation": "Months take “in” because they are longer periods: My birthday is in March. If we add a day, it becomes a date and takes “on”: My birthday is on 12th March. “At” is for clock times." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 1A ex.9 in + month, TB p.12", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s108", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Practice questions (Units 1–6)", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Practice questions (Units 1–6)", "unit": "Units 1–6", "original": { "question": "Why don't we ___ a picnic?", "options": [ "organize", "organizing", "to organize" ], "answer": "organize", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "لماذا لا ___ نزهة؟", "hint_ar": "Why don't we + فعل مجرد.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "Why don't we ___ a picnic?", "options": [ "organize", "organizing", "to organize" ], "answer": "organize", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "لماذا لا ___ نزهة؟", "hint": "A suggestion with “Why don’t we …?” is followed by which verb form?", "explanation": "“Why don’t we …?” is a suggestion phrase (Unit 2A), and after the auxiliary “don’t” we use the base form of the verb: Why don’t we organize a picnic? “Organizing” follows “How about …?”, and “to organize” is not used after an auxiliary." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 2A Focus: Why don’t we + verb, TB p.19", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s109", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Practice questions (Units 1–6)", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Practice questions (Units 1–6)", "unit": "Units 1–6", "original": { "question": "How about ___ to Jeddah?", "options": [ "go", "goes", "going" ], "answer": "going", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "ما رأيك ___ إلى جدة؟", "hint_ar": "How about + ing.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "How about ___ to Jeddah?", "options": [ "go", "goes", "going" ], "answer": "going", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "ما رأيك ___ إلى جدة؟", "hint": "In suggestions, “How about” works like a preposition.", "explanation": "“How about …?” ends with the preposition “about”, so it is followed by an -ing form (or a noun): How about going to Jeddah? “Go” would follow “Why don’t we …?” or “Let’s …”, and “goes” is a present-simple form that cannot follow a preposition." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 2A Focus: How about + -ing, TB p.19", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s110", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Practice questions (Units 1–6)", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Practice questions (Units 1–6)", "unit": "Units 1–6", "original": { "question": "I ___ my friends tomorrow.", "options": [ "meet", "am meeting", "meets" ], "answer": "am meeting", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "أنا ___ أصدقائي غداً.", "hint_ar": "خطة مستقبلية مرتبة ← مضارع مستمر.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "I ___ my friends tomorrow.", "options": [ "meeting", "am meeting", "meets" ], "answer": "am meeting", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "أنا ___ أصدقائي غداً.", "hint": "“Tomorrow” is a future arrangement. Which tense do we use for fixed plans (Unit 2B)?", "explanation": "Unit 2B teaches the present continuous (am/is/are + -ing) for future plans and arrangements: I am meeting my friends tomorrow. The time word “tomorrow” shows that the action is in the future. “Meeting” alone has no auxiliary, and “meets” does not agree with “I”." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 2B present continuous for future, TB p.20", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "ambiguous", "category": "ambiguity", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "“I meet my friends tomorrow” is sometimes acceptable for timetabled events. “meet” was replaced with the incorrect “meeting”; the answer is “am meeting” (present continuous for plans).", "reason_ar": "I meet my friends tomorrow مقبولة أحياناً للمواعيد الثابتة. استبدلنا meet بـ meeting الخاطئ؛ الإجابة am meeting (المضارع المستمر للخطط).", "ref": "Unit 2B, TB p.20", "changes": [ { "field": "options", "from": "meet | am meeting | meets", "to": "meeting | am meeting | meets" } ] } ] }, { "id": "s111", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Practice questions (Units 1–6)", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Practice questions (Units 1–6)", "unit": "Units 1–6", "original": { "question": "She ___ visiting her family next week.", "options": [ "is", "are", "going to" ], "answer": "is", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "هي ___ ستزور عائلتها الأسبوع القادم.", "hint_ar": "she + ing ← نحتاج فعل to be المناسب.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "She ___ visiting her family next week.", "options": [ "is", "are", "going to" ], "answer": "is", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "هي ___ تزور عائلتها الأسبوع القادم. (خطة مستقبلية)", "hint": "The structure is be + -ing for a future plan. Which form of “be” goes with “she”?", "explanation": "The present continuous for future plans needs am/is/are before the -ing verb. With “she” we use “is”: She is visiting her family next week. “Are” does not match “she”, and “going to” cannot be followed by an -ing form (we say “going to visit”)." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 2B present continuous for future, TB p.20", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "translation", "category": "error", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The Arabic translation combined the blank with the answer (“___ will visit”).", "reason_ar": "الترجمة كانت «___ ستزور» فتجمع الفراغ مع الإجابة.", "ref": "Unit 2B, TB p.20", "changes": [ { "field": "arabic", "from": "هي ___ ستزور عائلتها الأسبوع القادم.", "to": "هي ___ تزور عائلتها الأسبوع القادم. (خطة مستقبلية)" } ] } ] }, { "id": "s112", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Practice questions (Units 1–6)", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Practice questions (Units 1–6)", "unit": "Units 1–6", "original": { "question": "That sounds like a good ___.", "options": [ "idea", "ideas", "idear" ], "answer": "idea", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "هذه تبدو ___ جيدة.", "hint_ar": "a good + اسم مفرد.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "That sounds like a good ___.", "options": [ "idea", "ideas", "idear" ], "answer": "idea", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "هذه تبدو ___ جيدة.", "hint": "After “a good”, do we need a singular or plural noun?", "explanation": "The article “a” is used only with a singular countable noun, so “a good” must be followed by a singular noun: That sounds like a good idea. “Ideas” is plural and cannot follow “a”, and “idear” is a spelling mistake (it reflects how some speakers pronounce the word)." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s113", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Practice questions (Units 1–6)", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Practice questions (Units 1–6)", "unit": "Units 1–6", "original": { "question": "This phone is ___ than that one.", "options": [ "cheap", "cheaper", "cheapest" ], "answer": "cheaper", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "هذا الجوال ___ من ذاك.", "hint_ar": "than ← مقارنة.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "This phone is ___ than that one.", "options": [ "cheap", "cheaper", "cheapest" ], "answer": "cheaper", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "هذا الجوال ___ من ذاك.", "hint": "“Than” shows a comparison, and “cheap” is a short adjective.", "explanation": "“Than that one” shows a comparison between two phones, so we need the comparative. One-syllable adjectives add -er: cheap → cheaper. “Cheap” cannot be followed by “than”, and “cheapest” is the superlative (for three or more)." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 3B comparatives, TB p.26", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s114", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Practice questions (Units 1–6)", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Practice questions (Units 1–6)", "unit": "Units 1–6", "original": { "question": "There are ___ products here.", "options": [ "less", "fewer", "more" ], "answer": "fewer", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "توجد منتجات ___ هنا.", "hint_ar": "products معدود — الإجابة حسب ورقة التوقعات.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "There are ___ products here than in the other store.", "options": [ "less", "fewer", "little" ], "answer": "fewer", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "توجد منتجات ___ هنا مما في المتجر الآخر.", "hint": "“Products” is countable, and “than” shows a comparison between two stores.", "explanation": "The sentence compares the number of products in two stores (“than in the other store”), and “products” is a plural countable noun. The comparative quantifier for countable nouns is “fewer”: There are fewer products here than in the other store. “Less” is used with uncountable nouns (less space), and “little” is not a comparative." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 3C fewer, TB p.28–29", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "ambiguous", "category": "ambiguity", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The option “more” was also correct. It was replaced with “little”.", "reason_ar": "الخيار more صحيح أيضاً. استبدلناه بـ little.", "ref": "Unit 3C, TB p.28–29", "changes": [ { "field": "options", "from": "less | fewer | more", "to": "less | fewer | little" }, { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "products معدود — الإجابة حسب ورقة التوقعات.", "to": "products اسم معدود (جمع)." } ] }, { "kind": "ambiguous", "category": "ambiguity", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "“fewer” is a comparative, but the sentence had nothing to compare with. “than in the other store” was added.", "reason_ar": "", "ref": "Unit 3C fewer, TB p.28–29", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "There are ___ products here.", "to": "There are ___ products here than in the other store." }, { "field": "arabic", "from": "توجد منتجات ___ هنا.", "to": "توجد منتجات ___ هنا مما في المتجر الآخر." } ] } ] }, { "id": "s115", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Practice questions (Units 1–6)", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Practice questions (Units 1–6)", "unit": "Units 1–6", "original": { "question": "This is ___ expensive.", "options": [ "less", "fewer", "more" ], "answer": "less", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "هذا ___ تكلفة.", "hint_ar": "expensive صفة (غير معدود) ← ليست fewer. الإجابة حسب ورقة التوقعات.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "This is ___ expensive than that one.", "options": [ "less", "fewer", "few" ], "answer": "less", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "هذا ___ تكلفةً من ذاك.", "hint": "“Expensive” is an adjective, and “than” shows a comparison.", "explanation": "“Less” can come before an adjective to form a comparison meaning “not as … as”: This is less expensive than that one (= cheaper). It is the opposite of “more expensive”. “Fewer” and “few” are quantifiers that must be followed by plural countable nouns (fewer products), so they can never come before an adjective like “expensive”." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 3C less, TB p.28–29", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "ambiguous", "category": "ambiguity", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The option “more” was also correct. It was replaced with “few”.", "reason_ar": "الخيار more صحيح أيضاً. استبدلناه بـ few.", "ref": "Unit 3C, TB p.28–29", "changes": [ { "field": "options", "from": "less | fewer | more", "to": "less | fewer | few" }, { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "expensive صفة (غير معدود) ← ليست fewer. الإجابة حسب ورقة التوقعات.", "to": "expensive صفة، و fewer / few تأتيان قبل الأسماء المعدودة فقط." } ] }, { "kind": "wording", "category": "improvement", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "A comparison (“than that one”) was added so that “less expensive” is clearly comparative.", "reason_ar": "", "ref": "Unit 3C less, TB p.28–29", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "This is ___ expensive.", "to": "This is ___ expensive than that one." }, { "field": "arabic", "from": "هذا ___ تكلفة.", "to": "هذا ___ تكلفةً من ذاك." } ] } ] }, { "id": "s116", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Practice questions (Units 1–6)", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Practice questions (Units 1–6)", "unit": "Units 1–6", "original": { "question": "My car is ___ than yours.", "options": [ "fast", "faster", "fastest" ], "answer": "faster", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "سيارتي ___ من سيارتك.", "hint_ar": "than ← er.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "My car is ___ than yours.", "options": [ "fast", "faster", "fastest" ], "answer": "faster", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "سيارتي ___ من سيارتك.", "hint": "“Than” shows a comparison, and “fast” is a short adjective.", "explanation": "The comparison with “than yours” requires the comparative form, and one-syllable adjectives add -er: fast → faster. So: My car is faster than yours. “Fast” is the basic adjective, and “fastest” is the superlative." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 3B comparatives, TB p.26", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s117", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Practice questions (Units 1–6)", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Practice questions (Units 1–6)", "unit": "Units 1–6", "original": { "question": "This is the ___ option.", "options": [ "cheap", "cheaper", "cheapest" ], "answer": "cheapest", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "هذا هو الخيار ___.", "hint_ar": "the + تفضيل.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "This is the ___ option in the shop.", "options": [ "more cheap", "cheaper than", "cheapest" ], "answer": "cheapest", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "هذا هو الخيار ___ في المحل.", "hint": "“In the shop” compares this option with all the others.", "explanation": "“In the shop” compares this option with all the options available, so we need the superlative: This is the cheapest option in the shop. Short adjectives add -est. “More cheap” is incorrect because “cheap” is a short adjective, and “cheaper than” would need a second item after “than”." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 4A superlatives, TB p.31", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "ambiguous", "category": "ambiguity", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "“the cheap option” and “the cheaper option” (of two) are grammatical. “in the shop” was added and the wrong options were changed; the answer is “cheapest”.", "reason_ar": "the cheap option و the cheaper option (بين خيارين) صحيحتان نحوياً. أضفنا in the shop وغيّرنا الخيارات الخاطئة؛ الإجابة cheapest.", "ref": "Unit 4A, TB p.31", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "This is the ___ option.", "to": "This is the ___ option in the shop." }, { "field": "options", "from": "cheap | cheaper | cheapest", "to": "more cheap | cheaper than | cheapest" }, { "field": "arabic", "from": "هذا هو الخيار ___.", "to": "هذا هو الخيار ___ في المحل." } ] } ] }, { "id": "s118", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Practice questions (Units 1–6)", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Practice questions (Units 1–6)", "unit": "Units 1–6", "original": { "question": "This is the ___ hotel.", "options": [ "more comfortable", "most comfortable", "comfortable" ], "answer": "most comfortable", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "هذا هو الفندق ___.", "hint_ar": "the + صفة طويلة ← most.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "This is the ___ hotel in the city.", "options": [ "more comfortable than", "most comfortable", "comfortablest" ], "answer": "most comfortable", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "هذا هو الفندق ___ في المدينة.", "hint": "“In the city” makes this a superlative, and “comfortable” is a long adjective.", "explanation": "“In the city” compares one hotel with all the hotels in the city, so we need the superlative. “Comfortable” is a long adjective, so it uses “most”: the most comfortable hotel. “Comfortablest” is incorrect, and “more comfortable than” is a comparative that needs a second item." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 4A superlatives, TB p.31", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "ambiguous", "category": "ambiguity", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "“the comfortable hotel” and “the more comfortable hotel” are grammatical. The wrong options were changed; the answer is “most comfortable”.", "reason_ar": "the comfortable hotel و the more comfortable hotel صحيحتان نحوياً. غيّرنا الخيارات الخاطئة؛ الإجابة most comfortable.", "ref": "Unit 4A, TB p.31", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "This is the ___ hotel.", "to": "This is the ___ hotel in the city." }, { "field": "options", "from": "more comfortable | most comfortable | comfortable", "to": "more comfortable than | most comfortable | comfortablest" }, { "field": "arabic", "from": "هذا هو الفندق ___.", "to": "هذا هو الفندق ___ في المدينة." } ] } ] }, { "id": "s119", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Practice questions (Units 1–6)", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Practice questions (Units 1–6)", "unit": "Units 1–6", "original": { "question": "Which is the ___ option?", "options": [ "good", "better", "best" ], "answer": "best", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "أي خيار هو ___ ؟", "hint_ar": "the + good في التفضيل.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "Which is the ___ option of the three?", "options": [ "most good", "better than", "best" ], "answer": "best", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "أي الخيارات الثلاثة هو ___ ؟", "hint": "“Of the three” compares more than two things, and “good” is irregular.", "explanation": "“Of the three” compares three things, so we need the superlative. “Good” is irregular: good – better – best. So: Which is the best option of the three? “Most good” is incorrect, and “better than” compares only two things." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 4A superlatives (best), TB p.31", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "ambiguous", "category": "ambiguity", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "“the better option” is correct when comparing two. “of the three” was added; the answer is “best”.", "reason_ar": "the better option صحيحة عند المقارنة بين خيارين. أضفنا of the three؛ الإجابة best.", "ref": "Unit 4A, TB p.31", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "Which is the ___ option?", "to": "Which is the ___ option of the three?" }, { "field": "options", "from": "good | better | best", "to": "most good | better than | best" }, { "field": "arabic", "from": "أي خيار هو ___ ؟", "to": "أي الخيارات الثلاثة هو ___ ؟" } ] } ] }, { "id": "s120", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Practice questions (Units 1–6)", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Practice questions (Units 1–6)", "unit": "Units 1–6", "original": { "question": "It has the ___ facilities.", "options": [ "modern", "more modern", "most modern" ], "answer": "most modern", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "فيه ___ المرافق.", "hint_ar": "the + صفة طويلة.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "It has the ___ facilities in the city.", "options": [ "modernest", "more modern than", "most modern" ], "answer": "most modern", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "فيه ___ المرافق في المدينة.", "hint": "“In the city” shows a superlative, and “modern” uses “most”.", "explanation": "“In the city” shows that we are comparing with all the facilities, so we need the superlative with “the most”: It has the most modern facilities in the city (Unit 4A). “Modern” has two syllables and normally takes “more/most”; “modernest” is not standard, and “more modern than” is a comparative." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 4A ex.5a “the most modern”, TB p.31", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "ambiguous", "category": "ambiguity", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "“the modern facilities” and “the more modern facilities” are grammatical. The wrong options were changed; the answer is “most modern”.", "reason_ar": "the modern facilities و the more modern facilities صحيحتان نحوياً. غيّرنا الخيارات الخاطئة؛ الإجابة most modern.", "ref": "Unit 4A, TB p.31", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "It has the ___ facilities.", "to": "It has the ___ facilities in the city." }, { "field": "options", "from": "modern | more modern | most modern", "to": "modernest | more modern than | most modern" }, { "field": "arabic", "from": "فيه ___ المرافق.", "to": "فيه ___ المرافق في المدينة." } ] } ] }, { "id": "s121", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Practice questions (Units 1–6)", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Practice questions (Units 1–6)", "unit": "Units 1–6", "original": { "question": "I think this is the ___ choice.", "options": [ "good", "better", "best" ], "answer": "best", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "أعتقد أن هذا هو ___ خيار.", "hint_ar": "the + تفضيل good.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "I think this is the ___ choice of all.", "options": [ "most good", "better than", "best" ], "answer": "best", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "أعتقد أن هذا ___ خيار على الإطلاق.", "hint": "“Of all” shows a superlative. “Good” is irregular.", "explanation": "“Of all” shows that this choice is compared with every other choice, so we need the superlative. The superlative of “good” is irregular: the best. So: I think this is the best choice of all. “Most good” is wrong, and “better than” is used for two things." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 4A superlatives (best), TB p.31", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "ambiguous", "category": "ambiguity", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "“the better choice” is correct for two options. “of all” was added; the answer is “best”.", "reason_ar": "the better choice صحيحة بين خيارين. أضفنا of all؛ الإجابة best.", "ref": "Unit 4A, TB p.31", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "I think this is the ___ choice.", "to": "I think this is the ___ choice of all." }, { "field": "options", "from": "good | better | best", "to": "most good | better than | best" }, { "field": "arabic", "from": "أعتقد أن هذا هو ___ خيار.", "to": "أعتقد أن هذا ___ خيار على الإطلاق." } ] } ] }, { "id": "s122", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Practice questions (Units 1–6)", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Practice questions (Units 1–6)", "unit": "Units 1–6", "original": { "question": "This is the ___ room.", "options": [ "small", "smaller", "smallest" ], "answer": "smallest", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "هذه هي ___ غرفة.", "hint_ar": "the + est.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "This is the ___ room in the house.", "options": [ "more small", "smaller than", "smallest" ], "answer": "smallest", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "هذه ___ غرفة في البيت.", "hint": "“In the house” compares all the rooms. “Small” is a short adjective.", "explanation": "“In the house” compares this room with all the others, so we need the superlative. “Small” is a one-syllable adjective, so it adds -est: the smallest room in the house (Unit 4A). “More small” is incorrect, and “smaller than” is a comparative." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 4A ex.5b “the smallest”, TB p.31", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "ambiguous", "category": "ambiguity", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "“the small room” and “the smaller room” are grammatical. The wrong options were changed; the answer is “smallest”.", "reason_ar": "the small room و the smaller room صحيحتان نحوياً. غيّرنا الخيارات الخاطئة؛ الإجابة smallest.", "ref": "Unit 4A, TB p.31", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "This is the ___ room.", "to": "This is the ___ room in the house." }, { "field": "options", "from": "small | smaller | smallest", "to": "more small | smaller than | smallest" }, { "field": "arabic", "from": "هذه هي ___ غرفة.", "to": "هذه ___ غرفة في البيت." } ] } ] }, { "id": "s123", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Practice questions (Units 1–6)", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Practice questions (Units 1–6)", "unit": "Units 1–6", "original": { "question": "I ___ to Dubai last year.", "options": [ "go", "went", "gone" ], "answer": "went", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "أنا ___ إلى دبي السنة الماضية.", "hint_ar": "last year ← V2.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "I ___ to Dubai last year.", "options": [ "go", "went", "gone" ], "answer": "went", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "أنا ___ إلى دبي السنة الماضية.", "hint": "“Last year” is past, and “go” is irregular.", "explanation": "“Last year” requires the past simple, and the past of “go” is irregular: go – went – gone. So: I went to Dubai last year. “Go” is present, and “gone” is the past participle, which needs “have” (I have gone)." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 5B ex.5 went, TB p.37", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s124", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Practice questions (Units 1–6)", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Practice questions (Units 1–6)", "unit": "Units 1–6", "original": { "question": "She ___ her job in 2020.", "options": [ "leave", "leaves", "left" ], "answer": "left", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "هي ___ وظيفتها في ٢٠٢٠.", "hint_ar": "in 2020 ← ماضي leave.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "She ___ her job in 2020.", "options": [ "leave", "leaves", "left" ], "answer": "left", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "هي ___ وظيفتها في ٢٠٢٠.", "hint": "“In 2020” is a finished past time, and “leave” is irregular.", "explanation": "“In 2020” is a finished past time, so we need the past simple. “Leave” is irregular: leave – left – left. So: She left her job in 2020. “Leave” and “leaves” are present forms." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 5B ex.5 left, TB p.37", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s125", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Practice questions (Units 1–6)", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Practice questions (Units 1–6)", "unit": "Units 1–6", "original": { "question": "After I finished school, I ___ work.", "options": [ "start", "started", "starts" ], "answer": "started", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "بعد أن أنهيت المدرسة، ___ العمل.", "hint_ar": "finished ماضي ← الثاني ماضي.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "After I finished school, I ___ work.", "options": [ "start", "started", "starts" ], "answer": "started", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "بعد أن أنهيت المدرسة، ___ العمل.", "hint": "The first clause (finished) is past. The second event happened after it.", "explanation": "Both events happened in the past, one after the other, so both verbs are in the past simple: After I finished school, I started work. “Start” is regular, so it adds -ed. “Start” and “starts” are present forms and do not match the past time clause." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 5C after + past simple, TB p.40", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s126", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Practice questions (Units 1–6)", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Practice questions (Units 1–6)", "unit": "Units 1–6", "original": { "question": "When did they ___?", "options": [ "arrive", "arrives", "arriving" ], "answer": "arrive", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "متى ___ هم؟", "hint_ar": "did + فعل مجرد.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "When did they ___?", "options": [ "arrive", "arrives", "arriving" ], "answer": "arrive", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "متى ___ هم؟", "hint": "After “did” in a question, which verb form follows?", "explanation": "In past simple questions, “did” carries the past tense, so the main verb is in the base form: When did they arrive? “Arrives” has the present -s, and “arriving” is an -ing form; neither can follow “did”." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 6A Did … + verb, TB p.42", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s127", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Practice questions (Units 1–6)", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Practice questions (Units 1–6)", "unit": "Units 1–6", "original": { "question": "What did you ___ yesterday?", "options": [ "do", "did", "does" ], "answer": "do", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "ماذا ___ أمس؟", "hint_ar": "did + V1 (لا يتكرر الماضي).", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "What did you ___ yesterday?", "options": [ "do", "did", "does" ], "answer": "do", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "ماذا ___ أمس؟", "hint": "“Did” is already the auxiliary. The main verb also happens to be “do”.", "explanation": "“What did you do yesterday?” contains two forms of “do”. The first, “did”, is the auxiliary that makes the past question; the second, “do”, is the main verb (meaning “perform an activity”) in its base form. “Did” cannot be repeated as the main verb, and “does” is present." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 6A Did … + verb, TB p.42", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s128", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Practice questions (Units 1–6)", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Practice questions (Units 1–6)", "unit": "Units 1–6", "original": { "question": "Did you ___ to school yesterday?", "options": [ "went", "go", "going" ], "answer": "go", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "هل ___ إلى المدرسة أمس؟", "hint_ar": "Did + V1.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "Did you ___ to school yesterday?", "options": [ "went", "go", "going" ], "answer": "go", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "هل ___ إلى المدرسة أمس؟", "hint": "“Did” already carries the past. Which form of “go” is left for the main verb?", "explanation": "Past simple questions follow the pattern Did + subject + base verb: Did you go to school yesterday? Because “did” already shows the past, the main verb cannot be “went”. “Going” is also wrong after “did”." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 6A Did … + verb, TB p.42", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s129", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Practice questions (Units 1–6)", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Practice questions (Units 1–6)", "unit": "Units 1–6", "original": { "question": "She ___ happy yesterday.", "options": [ "were", "was", "did" ], "answer": "was", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "هي ___ سعيدة أمس.", "hint_ar": "she + ماضي to be.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "She ___ happy yesterday.", "options": [ "were", "was", "did" ], "answer": "was", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "هي ___ سعيدة أمس.", "hint": "“Happy” is an adjective and “yesterday” is past. Which form of “be” goes with “she”?", "explanation": "An adjective like “happy” follows the verb “be”. “Yesterday” requires the past, and with “she” the past form of “be” is “was”: She was happy yesterday. “Were” is for you/we/they, and “did” is not used before an adjective." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 6A was, TB p.42", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s130", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Practice questions (Units 1–6)", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Practice questions (Units 1–6)", "unit": "Units 1–6", "original": { "question": "They ___ students in 1960.", "options": [ "was", "were", "did" ], "answer": "were", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "هم ___ طلاباً في ١٩٦٠.", "hint_ar": "they + ماضي to be.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "They ___ students in 1960.", "options": [ "was", "were", "did" ], "answer": "were", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "هم ___ طلاباً في ١٩٦٠.", "hint": "“In 1960” is past and “students” is a noun. Which form of “be” goes with “they”?", "explanation": "“Students” is a noun describing “they”, so the verb is “be”, and “in 1960” requires the past. With “they” the past form is “were”: They were students in 1960. “Was” is singular, and “did” is used with ordinary verbs." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 6A were, TB p.42", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s131", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Practice questions (Units 1–6)", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Practice questions (Units 1–6)", "unit": "Units 1–6", "original": { "question": "The negative of “They lived in Riyadh.” is “They didn't live in Riyadh.”", "options": [ "True", "False" ], "answer": "True", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "نفي «They lived in Riyadh» هو «They didn't live in Riyadh».", "hint_ar": "didn't + V1.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "The negative of “They lived in Riyadh.” is “They didn't live in Riyadh.”", "options": [ "True", "False" ], "answer": "True", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "نفي «They lived in Riyadh» هو «They didn't live in Riyadh».", "hint": "Check the auxiliary and the form of the main verb in the negative sentence.", "explanation": "The statement is True. To make a past simple sentence negative, we add “didn’t” and change the main verb back to the base form: They lived → They didn’t live. The past tense is now shown by “didn’t”, so “lived” loses its -ed." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 6A didn’t + verb, TB p.42", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s132", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Practice questions (Units 1–6)", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Practice questions (Units 1–6)", "unit": "Units 1–6", "original": { "question": "___ you visit Jeddah last year?", "options": [ "Did", "Was", "Were" ], "answer": "Did", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "___ زرت جدة السنة الماضية؟", "hint_ar": "visit فعل عادي في الماضي.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "___ you visit Jeddah last year?", "options": [ "Did", "Was", "Were" ], "answer": "Did", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "___ زرت جدة السنة الماضية؟", "hint": "“Visit” is an ordinary verb and “last year” is past.", "explanation": "“Visit” is an ordinary verb, and “last year” requires the past, so the question uses “Did” + subject + base verb: Did you visit Jeddah last year? “Was” and “Were” are forms of “be”; they are used with adjectives, nouns or places (Were you in Jeddah last year?), not with a base verb." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 6A Did …?, TB p.42", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s133", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Practice questions (Units 1–6)", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Practice questions (Units 1–6)", "unit": "Units 1–6", "original": { "question": "___ the roads busy then?", "options": [ "Did", "Was", "Were" ], "answer": "Were", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "___ الطرق مزدحمة وقتها؟", "hint_ar": "roads جمع + busy صفة.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "___ the roads busy then?", "options": [ "Did", "Was", "Were" ], "answer": "Were", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "___ الطرق مزدحمة وقتها؟", "hint": "“Roads” is plural, “busy” is an adjective, and “then” refers to the past.", "explanation": "“Busy” is an adjective, so the verb is “be”. “Then” refers to the past, and “the roads” is plural, so we need “were”: Were the roads busy then? (Unit 6A). “Was” is singular, and “Did” is used with ordinary verbs (Did the roads have …?)." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 6A ex.6a “Were the roads busy then?”, TB p.43", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s134", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Practice questions (Units 1–6)", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Practice questions (Units 1–6)", "unit": "Units 1–6", "original": { "question": "The Olympic Games were in Tokyo in 1960.", "options": [ "True", "False" ], "answer": "False", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "الألعاب الأولمبية أقيمت في طوكيو عام ١٩٦٠. (حسب القطعة)", "hint_ar": "القطعة تذكر سنة مختلفة (1964).", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "Read: “The Olympic Games were held in Tokyo in 1964. It was a very important event for Japan. The bullet train (Shinkansen) was introduced and it took only four hours from Tokyo to Osaka. Life in Japan after the war was not easy, but the country developed quickly. Takeshi Honda was one of the engineers who worked on the bullet train project.” — The Olympic Games were in Tokyo in 1960.", "options": [ "True", "False" ], "answer": "False", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "الألعاب الأولمبية أقيمت في طوكيو عام ١٩٦٠. (حسب القطعة)", "hint": "Compare the year in the statement with the year in the passage.", "explanation": "The statement is False. The passage says, “The Olympic Games were held in Tokyo in 1964”, so the year 1960 is wrong. In true/false reading questions, check each detail — names, numbers and dates — against the text." }, "passage": "“The Olympic Games were held in Tokyo in 1964. It was a very important event for Japan. The bullet train (Shinkansen) was introduced and it took only four hours from Tokyo to Osaka. Life in Japan after the war was not easy, but the country developed quickly. Takeshi Honda was one of the engineers who worked on the bullet train project.”", "textbook_ref": "Unit 6A ex.2a, TB p.42", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "missing-passage", "category": "error", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The question depended on a passage that was not included, and the hint gave the answer away. The passage from the study sheet was added.", "reason_ar": "السؤال يعتمد على قطعة لم تكن مكتوبة، والتلميح كان يكشف الإجابة. أضفنا القطعة من الملخص.", "ref": "Unit 6A ex.2a, TB p.42", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "The Olympic Games were in Tokyo in 1960.", "to": "Read: “The Olympic Games were held in Tokyo in 1964. It was a very important event for Japan. The bullet train (Shinkansen) was introduced and it took only four hours from Tokyo to Osaka. Life in Japan after the war was not easy, but the country developed quickly. Takeshi Honda was one of the engineers who worked on the bullet train project.” — The Olympic Games were in Tokyo in 1960." }, { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "القطعة تذكر سنة مختلفة (1964).", "to": "قارن السنة في العبارة بالسنة في القطعة." } ] } ] }, { "id": "s135", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Practice questions (Units 1–6)", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Practice questions (Units 1–6)", "unit": "Units 1–6", "original": { "question": "The bullet train took four hours.", "options": [ "True", "False" ], "answer": "True", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "القطار السريع استغرق أربع ساعات. (حسب القطعة)", "hint_ar": "القطعة: only four hours from Tokyo to Osaka.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "Read: “The Olympic Games were held in Tokyo in 1964. It was a very important event for Japan. The bullet train (Shinkansen) was introduced and it took only four hours from Tokyo to Osaka. Life in Japan after the war was not easy, but the country developed quickly. Takeshi Honda was one of the engineers who worked on the bullet train project.” — The bullet train took four hours.", "options": [ "True", "False" ], "answer": "True", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "القطار السريع استغرق أربع ساعات. (حسب القطعة)", "hint": "Look for the journey time from Tokyo to Osaka in the passage.", "explanation": "The statement is True. The passage says the bullet train “took only four hours from Tokyo to Osaka”. The statement paraphrases this information, which is common in reading questions." }, "passage": "“The Olympic Games were held in Tokyo in 1964. It was a very important event for Japan. The bullet train (Shinkansen) was introduced and it took only four hours from Tokyo to Osaka. Life in Japan after the war was not easy, but the country developed quickly. Takeshi Honda was one of the engineers who worked on the bullet train project.”", "textbook_ref": "Unit 6A ex.2b, TB p.42", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "missing-passage", "category": "error", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The passage was added; the hint had quoted the answer.", "reason_ar": "أضفنا القطعة، وكان التلميح يقتبس الإجابة.", "ref": "Unit 6A ex.2b, TB p.42", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "The bullet train took four hours.", "to": "Read: “The Olympic Games were held in Tokyo in 1964. It was a very important event for Japan. The bullet train (Shinkansen) was introduced and it took only four hours from Tokyo to Osaka. Life in Japan after the war was not easy, but the country developed quickly. Takeshi Honda was one of the engineers who worked on the bullet train project.” — The bullet train took four hours." }, { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "القطعة: only four hours from Tokyo to Osaka.", "to": "ابحث في القطعة عن مدة الرحلة من طوكيو إلى أوساكا." } ] } ] }, { "id": "s136", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Practice questions (Units 1–6)", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Practice questions (Units 1–6)", "unit": "Units 1–6", "original": { "question": "Life after the war was easy.", "options": [ "True", "False" ], "answer": "False", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "الحياة بعد الحرب كانت سهلة. (حسب القطعة)", "hint_ar": "القطعة: life in Japan after the war was not easy.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "Read: “The Olympic Games were held in Tokyo in 1964. It was a very important event for Japan. The bullet train (Shinkansen) was introduced and it took only four hours from Tokyo to Osaka. Life in Japan after the war was not easy, but the country developed quickly. Takeshi Honda was one of the engineers who worked on the bullet train project.” — Life after the war was easy.", "options": [ "True", "False" ], "answer": "False", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "الحياة بعد الحرب كانت سهلة. (حسب القطعة)", "hint": "Find the sentence about life after the war.", "explanation": "The statement is False. The passage says, “Life in Japan after the war was not easy”. The statement says the opposite, so it does not match the text." }, "passage": "“The Olympic Games were held in Tokyo in 1964. It was a very important event for Japan. The bullet train (Shinkansen) was introduced and it took only four hours from Tokyo to Osaka. Life in Japan after the war was not easy, but the country developed quickly. Takeshi Honda was one of the engineers who worked on the bullet train project.”", "textbook_ref": "Unit 6A ex.2c, TB p.42", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "missing-passage", "category": "error", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The passage was added; the hint had quoted the answer.", "reason_ar": "أضفنا القطعة، وكان التلميح يقتبس الإجابة.", "ref": "Unit 6A ex.2c, TB p.42", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "Life after the war was easy.", "to": "Read: “The Olympic Games were held in Tokyo in 1964. It was a very important event for Japan. The bullet train (Shinkansen) was introduced and it took only four hours from Tokyo to Osaka. Life in Japan after the war was not easy, but the country developed quickly. Takeshi Honda was one of the engineers who worked on the bullet train project.” — Life after the war was easy." }, { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "القطعة: life in Japan after the war was not easy.", "to": "ابحث في القطعة عن وصف الحياة بعد الحرب." } ] } ] }, { "id": "s137", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Practice questions (Units 1–6)", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Practice questions (Units 1–6)", "unit": "Units 1–6", "original": { "question": "What is the main idea of the Tokyo text?", "options": [ "Riyadh's history", "A travel plan", "Japan's development", "Shopping centre" ], "answer": "Japan's development", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "ما الفكرة الرئيسية لقطعة طوكيو؟", "hint_ar": "البلد تطور بسرعة بعد الحرب.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "Read: “The Olympic Games were held in Tokyo in 1964. It was a very important event for Japan. The bullet train (Shinkansen) was introduced and it took only four hours from Tokyo to Osaka. Life in Japan after the war was not easy, but the country developed quickly. Takeshi Honda was one of the engineers who worked on the bullet train project.” — What is the main idea of the text?", "options": [ "Riyadh's history", "A travel plan", "Japan's development", "Shopping centre" ], "answer": "Japan's development", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "ما الفكرة الرئيسية للقطعة؟", "hint": "Which country is the passage about, and what happened to it?", "explanation": "The main idea is the general topic that connects all the sentences. The passage mentions the Olympic Games, the bullet train, difficult life after the war and fast development — all about Japan’s development. Riyadh, travel plans and shopping centres are not mentioned at all." }, "passage": "“The Olympic Games were held in Tokyo in 1964. It was a very important event for Japan. The bullet train (Shinkansen) was introduced and it took only four hours from Tokyo to Osaka. Life in Japan after the war was not easy, but the country developed quickly. Takeshi Honda was one of the engineers who worked on the bullet train project.”", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified by grammar analysis (not in the Teacher’s Book)", "verification_code": "gram", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "missing-passage", "category": "error", "evidence": "src", "reason": "The question depended on a passage that was not included. The passage was added as in the study sheet.", "reason_ar": "السؤال يعتمد على قطعة لم تكن مكتوبة. أضفنا القطعة كما في الملخص.", "ref": "Study sheet: Reading (Tokyo passage)", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "What is the main idea of the Tokyo text?", "to": "Read: “The Olympic Games were held in Tokyo in 1964. It was a very important event for Japan. The bullet train (Shinkansen) was introduced and it took only four hours from Tokyo to Osaka. Life in Japan after the war was not easy, but the country developed quickly. Takeshi Honda was one of the engineers who worked on the bullet train project.” — What is the main idea of the text?" }, { "field": "arabic", "from": "ما الفكرة الرئيسية لقطعة طوكيو؟", "to": "ما الفكرة الرئيسية للقطعة؟" }, { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "البلد تطور بسرعة بعد الحرب.", "to": "عن أي بلد تتكلم القطعة، وماذا حدث له؟" } ] } ] }, { "id": "s138", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Practice questions (Units 1–6)", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Practice questions (Units 1–6)", "unit": "Units 1–6", "original": { "question": "How did people travel between cities (in Japan)?", "options": [ "By car", "By plane", "By train", "By bus" ], "answer": "By train", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "كيف كان الناس يتنقلون بين المدن (في اليابان)؟", "hint_ar": "The bullet train.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "Read: “The Olympic Games were held in Tokyo in 1964. It was a very important event for Japan. The bullet train (Shinkansen) was introduced and it took only four hours from Tokyo to Osaka. Life in Japan after the war was not easy, but the country developed quickly. Takeshi Honda was one of the engineers who worked on the bullet train project.” — How did people travel between cities?", "options": [ "By car", "By plane", "By train", "By bus" ], "answer": "By train", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "كيف كان الناس يتنقلون بين المدن؟ (حسب القطعة)", "hint": "Which form of transport does the passage mention?", "explanation": "The passage mentions only one form of transport: the bullet train, which went from Tokyo to Osaka in four hours. So the answer is “By train”. Cars, planes and buses are not mentioned, so we cannot choose them from the text." }, "passage": "“The Olympic Games were held in Tokyo in 1964. It was a very important event for Japan. The bullet train (Shinkansen) was introduced and it took only four hours from Tokyo to Osaka. Life in Japan after the war was not easy, but the country developed quickly. Takeshi Honda was one of the engineers who worked on the bullet train project.”", "textbook_ref": "Unit 6A ex.4b bullet train, TB p.42", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "missing-passage", "category": "error", "evidence": "src", "reason": "The passage was added.", "reason_ar": "أضفنا القطعة.", "ref": "Study sheet: Reading + Unit 6A, TB p.42", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "How did people travel between cities (in Japan)?", "to": "Read: “The Olympic Games were held in Tokyo in 1964. It was a very important event for Japan. The bullet train (Shinkansen) was introduced and it took only four hours from Tokyo to Osaka. Life in Japan after the war was not easy, but the country developed quickly. Takeshi Honda was one of the engineers who worked on the bullet train project.” — How did people travel between cities?" }, { "field": "arabic", "from": "كيف كان الناس يتنقلون بين المدن (في اليابان)؟", "to": "كيف كان الناس يتنقلون بين المدن؟ (حسب القطعة)" }, { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "The bullet train.", "to": "ابحث في القطعة عن وسيلة النقل التي ذُكرت." } ] } ] }, { "id": "s139", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Practice questions (Units 1–6)", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Practice questions (Units 1–6)", "unit": "Units 1–6", "original": { "question": "Choose the correct meaning: skyscraper", "options": [ "طريق", "ناطحة سحاب", "حديقة" ], "answer": "ناطحة سحاب", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "اختر المعنى الصحيح: skyscraper", "hint_ar": "sky = سماء.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "Choose the correct meaning: skyscraper", "options": [ "طريق", "ناطحة سحاب", "حديقة" ], "answer": "ناطحة سحاب", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "اختر المعنى الصحيح: skyscraper", "hint": "Break the word into two parts: sky + scraper.", "explanation": "A “skyscraper” («ناطحة سحاب») is a very tall building. The word combines “sky” and “scraper” (something that scrapes or touches), because the building seems to touch the sky. The other options mean “road” and “garden/park”." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 6 opener skyscraper, TB p.41", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s140", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Practice questions (Units 1–6)", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Practice questions (Units 1–6)", "unit": "Units 1–6", "original": { "question": "There is a lot of ___ in the city.", "options": [ "pollution", "population", "develop" ], "answer": "pollution", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "يوجد الكثير من ___ في المدينة.", "hint_ar": "شيء سيء في الهواء.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "There is a lot of ___ in the city.", "options": [ "pollution", "population", "develop" ], "answer": "pollution", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "يوجد الكثير من ___ في المدينة.", "hint": "Which noun is something bad in the air of a city?", "explanation": "“Pollution” is uncountable, so it fits “a lot of ___”, and it describes something harmful in the city’s air or water. “Population” is the number of people, which we describe as “large”, not “a lot of population”, and “develop” is a verb, so it cannot follow “a lot of”." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s141", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Practice questions (Units 1–6)", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Practice questions (Units 1–6)", "unit": "Units 1–6", "original": { "question": "People use public ___ in the city.", "options": [ "transport", "building", "centre" ], "answer": "transport", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "الناس يستخدمون ___ العامة في المدينة.", "hint_ar": "المواصلات.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "People use public ___ in the city.", "options": [ "transport", "building", "centre" ], "answer": "transport", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "الناس يستخدمون ___ العامة في المدينة.", "hint": "Buses and trains are examples of what?", "explanation": "“Public transport” is the system of buses, trains and other vehicles that everyone can use, and it is uncountable: People use public transport in the city. “Building” and “centre” are countable nouns that would need an article or plural form here, and they do not describe a way of travelling." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "hint", "category": "leak", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "The hint was a translation of the answer.", "reason_ar": "التلميح كان ترجمة الإجابة.", "ref": "—", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "المواصلات.", "to": "كيف يتنقل الناس بالحافلات والقطارات؟" } ] } ] }, { "id": "s142", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Practice questions (Units 1–6)", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Practice questions (Units 1–6)", "unit": "Units 1–6", "original": { "question": "Choose the odd one out: bus – train – hotel – car", "options": [ "bus", "train", "hotel", "car" ], "answer": "hotel", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "اختر الكلمة المختلفة: bus – train – hotel – car", "hint_ar": "ثلاث منها وسائل نقل.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "Choose the odd one out: bus – train – hotel – car", "options": [ "bus", "train", "hotel", "car" ], "answer": "hotel", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "اختر الكلمة المختلفة: bus – train – hotel – car", "hint": "Three of the words are ways to travel.", "explanation": "“Odd one out” questions ask you to find the word that does not belong to the same group. Bus, train and car are all forms of transport, but a hotel is a place where you stay, so “hotel” is the odd one out." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s143", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Auxiliary verbs", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Auxiliary verbs", "unit": "Unit 1 / Unit 6", "original": { "question": "I ___ a new phone.", "options": [ "have", "has", "is" ], "answer": "have", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "أنا ___ جوال جديد.", "hint_ar": "I = AM – DO – WAS – HAVE", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "I ___ a new phone.", "options": [ "have", "has", "is" ], "answer": "have", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "أنا ___ جوال جديد.", "hint": "The verb shows possession, and the subject is “I”.", "explanation": "To express possession in the present simple, “I” takes “have”: I have a new phone. “Has” is only for he/she/it, and “is” would describe the subject rather than show possession." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "hint", "category": "leak", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "The hint wrote out the answer.", "reason_ar": "التلميح كان يكتب الإجابة.", "ref": "—", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "I = AM – DO – WAS – HAVE", "to": "الملكية مع I." } ] } ] }, { "id": "s144", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Auxiliary verbs", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Auxiliary verbs", "unit": "Unit 1 / Unit 6", "original": { "question": "He ___ a doctor.", "options": [ "am", "is", "are" ], "answer": "is", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "هو ___ طبيب.", "hint_ar": "he + to be في المضارع.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "He ___ a doctor.", "options": [ "am", "is", "are" ], "answer": "is", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "هو ___ طبيب.", "hint": "“A doctor” is a noun. Which present form of “be” goes with “he”?", "explanation": "“A doctor” is a noun describing his job, so the verb is “be”. With “he” the present form is “is”: He is a doctor. “Am” is only for “I”, and “are” is for you/we/they." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s145", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Auxiliary verbs", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Auxiliary verbs", "unit": "Unit 1 / Unit 6", "original": { "question": "They ___ at home now.", "options": [ "is", "are", "were" ], "answer": "are", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "هم ___ في البيت الآن.", "hint_ar": "now ← مضارع.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "They ___ at home now.", "options": [ "is", "are", "were" ], "answer": "are", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "هم ___ في البيت الآن.", "hint": "“Now” shows the present, and the subject is “they”.", "explanation": "“Now” shows the present, “at home” is a place, and the subject “they” is plural, so the verb is “are”: They are at home now. “Is” is singular and “were” is past." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s146", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Auxiliary verbs", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Auxiliary verbs", "unit": "Unit 1 / Unit 6", "original": { "question": "She ___ a car.", "options": [ "have", "has", "do" ], "answer": "has", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "هي ___ سيارة.", "hint_ar": "she ← ملكية بـ has.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "She ___ a car.", "options": [ "have", "has", "do" ], "answer": "has", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "هي ___ سيارة.", "hint": "The verb shows possession with a third-person singular subject.", "explanation": "Possession in the present simple uses “has” with he/she/it: She has a car. “Have” is for I/you/we/they, and “do” is an auxiliary, not a verb of possession." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "hint", "category": "leak", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "The hint wrote out the answer.", "reason_ar": "التلميح كان يكتب الإجابة.", "ref": "—", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "she ← ملكية بـ has.", "to": "الملكية مع she (مفرد غائب)." } ] } ] }, { "id": "s147", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Auxiliary verbs", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Auxiliary verbs", "unit": "Unit 1 / Unit 6", "original": { "question": "___ it rain yesterday?", "options": [ "Do", "Did", "Does" ], "answer": "Did", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "___ أمطرت أمس؟", "hint_ar": "yesterday + فعل عادي.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "___ it rain yesterday?", "options": [ "Do", "Did", "Does" ], "answer": "Did", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "___ أمطرت أمس؟", "hint": "“Yesterday” is past and “rain” is an ordinary verb.", "explanation": "“Rain” is an ordinary verb, and “yesterday” requires the past simple, so the question uses “Did”: Did it rain yesterday? “Do” and “Does” are present auxiliaries. (Note: with weather verbs, “it” is an empty subject: It rained.)" }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 6A Did …?, TB p.42", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s148", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Auxiliary verbs", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Auxiliary verbs", "unit": "Unit 1 / Unit 6", "original": { "question": "We ___ tired yesterday.", "options": [ "was", "were", "is" ], "answer": "were", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "نحن ___ متعبين أمس.", "hint_ar": "we + yesterday.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "We ___ tired yesterday.", "options": [ "was", "were", "is" ], "answer": "were", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "نحن ___ متعبين أمس.", "hint": "“Tired” is an adjective and “yesterday” is past. Which form of “be” goes with “we”?", "explanation": "“Tired” is an adjective, so the verb is “be”, and “yesterday” requires the past. With “we” the past form is “were”: We were tired yesterday. “Was” is for I/he/she/it, and “is” is present." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s149", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Auxiliary verbs", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Auxiliary verbs", "unit": "Unit 1 / Unit 6", "original": { "question": "Which sentence is correct?", "options": [ "Did you went?", "Did you go?" ], "answer": "Did you go?", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "أي جملة صحيحة؟", "hint_ar": "بعد DID يرجع الفعل لأصله.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "Which sentence is correct?", "options": [ "Did you went?", "Did you go?" ], "answer": "Did you go?", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "أي جملة صحيحة؟", "hint": "After “did”, which verb form do we use?", "explanation": "This question is excluded because it is an exact duplicate of s24. The correct sentence is “Did you go?”: after “did” the verb stays in the base form." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Not scored (excluded)", "verification_code": "excluded", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "excluded", "exclusion_kind": "duplicate", "exclusion_reason": "Exact duplicate of s24.", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s150", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Auxiliary verbs", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Auxiliary verbs", "unit": "Unit 1 / Unit 6", "original": { "question": "It ___ a big engine.", "options": [ "have", "has", "is" ], "answer": "has", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "هي ___ محرك كبير.", "hint_ar": "it ← has.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "It ___ a big engine.", "options": [ "have", "has", "is" ], "answer": "has", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "هي (السيارة) ___ محرك كبير.", "hint": "“It” (the car) owns the engine. Which form of “have” goes with “it”?", "explanation": "Here “it” refers to a car, and “have” shows that the car has a part. With he/she/it the present form is “has”: It has a big engine. “Have” is for I/you/we/they, and “is” would need an adjective or noun phrase describing the car." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "translation", "category": "error", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "The hint wrote out the answer, and the translation did not say what “it” refers to.", "reason_ar": "التلميح كان يكتب الإجابة، والترجمة لم توضح على ماذا تعود it.", "ref": "—", "changes": [ { "field": "arabic", "from": "هي ___ محرك كبير.", "to": "هي (السيارة) ___ محرك كبير." }, { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "it ← has.", "to": "الملكية مع it (مفرد غائب)." } ] } ] }, { "id": "s151", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Tenses", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Tenses", "unit": "Units 1, 2, 5, 6", "original": { "question": "___ she happy yesterday?", "options": [ "Do", "Was", "Did" ], "answer": "Was", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "___ هي سعيدة أمس؟", "hint_ar": "وصف (happy) في الماضي.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "___ she happy yesterday?", "options": [ "Do", "Was", "Did" ], "answer": "Was", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "___ هي سعيدة أمس؟", "hint": "“Happy” is an adjective and “yesterday” is past.", "explanation": "Because “happy” is an adjective, the question is formed with “be”, not with “do”. In the past, the form for she is “was”, and in questions it comes before the subject: Was she happy yesterday? “Did she happy” is wrong because there is no ordinary verb, and “Do” is present." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 6A Was …?, TB p.42", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s152", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Tenses", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Tenses", "unit": "Units 1, 2, 5, 6", "original": { "question": "___ you study English every day?", "options": [ "Do", "Does", "Did" ], "answer": "Do", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "___ تدرس الإنجليزية كل يوم؟", "hint_ar": "عادة في المضارع + you.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "___ you study English every day nowadays?", "options": [ "Do", "Does", "Did" ], "answer": "Do", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "___ تدرس الإنجليزية كل يوم هذه الأيام؟", "hint": "“Nowadays” shows the present, and the subject is “you”.", "explanation": "“Nowadays” shows that we are talking about present habits, so we need the present simple. Questions with ordinary verbs use “Do” with I/you/we/they: Do you study English every day nowadays? “Does” is for he/she/it, and “Did” would make a past question, which conflicts with “nowadays”." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 1B do/does, TB p.13–14", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "ambiguous", "category": "ambiguity", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "“every day” does not fix the tense, so “Did” was also grammatical. “nowadays” was added.", "reason_ar": "", "ref": "Unit 1B do/does, TB p.13–14", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "___ you study English every day?", "to": "___ you study English every day nowadays?" }, { "field": "arabic", "from": "___ تدرس الإنجليزية كل يوم؟", "to": "___ تدرس الإنجليزية كل يوم هذه الأيام؟" } ] } ] }, { "id": "s153", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Tenses", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Tenses", "unit": "Units 1, 2, 5, 6", "original": { "question": "They ___ football last Friday.", "options": [ "did played", "were play", "played" ], "answer": "played", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "هم ___ كرة القدم الجمعة الماضية.", "hint_ar": "جملة مثبتة في الماضي ← الفعل + ed فقط.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "They ___ football last Friday.", "options": [ "did played", "were play", "played" ], "answer": "played", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "هم ___ كرة القدم الجمعة الماضية.", "hint": "This is an affirmative sentence in the past.", "explanation": "In an affirmative past simple sentence, regular verbs just add -ed; we do not use “did”: They played football last Friday. “Did played” wrongly adds an auxiliary to a positive statement (and marks the past twice), and “were play” mixes “be” with a base verb." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 5B past simple, TB p.36", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s154", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Tenses", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Tenses", "unit": "Units 1, 2, 5, 6", "original": { "question": "___ he visit his friend yesterday?", "options": [ "Does", "Did", "Were" ], "answer": "Did", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "___ زار صديقه أمس؟", "hint_ar": "سؤال عن فعل في الماضي.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "___ he visit his friend yesterday?", "options": [ "Does", "Did", "Were" ], "answer": "Did", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "___ زار صديقه أمس؟", "hint": "“Yesterday” is past and “visit” is an ordinary verb.", "explanation": "Questions about past actions with ordinary verbs use “Did” + subject + base verb: Did he visit his friend yesterday? “Does” is present, and “Were” is used with adjectives, nouns or -ing forms, not with “visit”." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 6A Did …?, TB p.42", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s155", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Tenses", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Tenses", "unit": "Units 1, 2, 5, 6", "original": { "question": "We ___ very tired after the exam.", "options": [ "did", "were", "do" ], "answer": "were", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "نحن ___ متعبين جداً بعد الاختبار.", "hint_ar": "حالة (tired) في الماضي + we.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "We ___ very tired after the exam.", "options": [ "did", "were", "do" ], "answer": "were", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "نحن ___ متعبين جداً بعد الاختبار.", "hint": "“Tired” is an adjective; the time is after the exam (past).", "explanation": "“Tired” is an adjective that describes how we felt, so the verb is “be”. The exam is finished, so we use the past: We were very tired after the exam. “Did” and “do” are used with ordinary verbs, not with adjectives." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 6A were, TB p.42", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s156", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Tenses", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Tenses", "unit": "Units 1, 2, 5, 6", "original": { "question": "She didn't ___ her homework.", "options": [ "finished", "finishes", "finish" ], "answer": "finish", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "هي لم ___ واجبها.", "hint_ar": "بعد didn't يأتي الفعل الأساسي.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "She didn't ___ her homework.", "options": [ "finished", "finishes", "finish" ], "answer": "finish", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "هي لم ___ واجبها.", "hint": "Which option has no tense ending at all?", "explanation": "In past simple negatives, “didn’t” carries the past tense, so the main verb stays in the base form: She didn’t finish her homework. “Finished” would mark the past twice, and “finishes” has the present -s." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 6A didn’t + verb, TB p.42", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s157", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Tenses", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Tenses", "unit": "Units 1, 2, 5, 6", "original": { "question": "___ they go to university every day?", "options": [ "Do", "Were", "Does" ], "answer": "Do", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "___ يذهبون إلى الجامعة كل يوم؟", "hint_ar": "عادة في المضارع + they.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "___ they go to university every day?", "options": [ "Do", "Were", "Does" ], "answer": "Do", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "___ يذهبون إلى الجامعة كل يوم؟", "hint": "“Every day” describes a present habit, and the subject is “they”.", "explanation": "“Every day” shows a habit, which is expressed in the present simple. Questions with ordinary verbs use “Do” with they: Do they go to university every day? “Does” is singular, and “Were” is a form of “be” that cannot be followed by the base verb “go”." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 1B do/does, TB p.13–14", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s158", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Tenses", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Tenses", "unit": "Units 1, 2, 5, 6", "original": { "question": "He ___ English last night.", "options": [ "study", "studied", "did studied" ], "answer": "studied", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "هو ___ الإنجليزية الليلة الماضية.", "hint_ar": "جملة مثبتة في الماضي.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "He ___ English last night.", "options": [ "study", "studied", "did studied" ], "answer": "studied", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "هو ___ الإنجليزية الليلة الماضية.", "hint": "This is an affirmative sentence about “last night”.", "explanation": "“Last night” requires the past simple, and in an affirmative sentence regular verbs add -ed. “Study” ends in consonant + y, so y changes to i: studied. So: He studied English last night. “Did studied” is wrong in a normal positive statement, and “study” is present." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 5B past simple, TB p.36", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s159", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Tenses", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Tenses", "unit": "Units 1, 2, 5, 6", "original": { "question": "Which sentence is correct?", "options": [ "I did played.", "I played." ], "answer": "I played.", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "أي جملة صحيحة؟", "hint_ar": "في الجملة المثبتة لا نستخدم did.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "Which sentence is correct?", "options": [ "I did played.", "I played." ], "answer": "I played.", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "أي جملة صحيحة؟", "hint": "Can “did” be followed by a past-tense verb?", "explanation": "“I played.” is correct: in a normal affirmative past simple sentence, a regular verb simply takes -ed. “I did played” is always wrong, because after “did” the main verb must be in the base form. Note that “did” can appear in an affirmative sentence for emphasis — “I did play!” (= I really played) — but even then the verb is “play”, not “played”." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 5B past simple, TB p.36", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s160", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Tenses", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Tenses", "unit": "Units 1, 2, 5, 6", "original": { "question": "Which sentence is correct?", "options": [ "She didn't watched.", "She didn't watch." ], "answer": "She didn't watch.", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "أي جملة صحيحة؟", "hint_ar": "didn't + فعل أساسي.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "Which sentence is correct?", "options": [ "She didn't watched.", "She didn't watch." ], "answer": "She didn't watch.", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "أي جملة صحيحة؟", "hint": "Count how many times each sentence shows the past tense.", "explanation": "“She didn’t watch.” is correct. The negative auxiliary “didn’t” already carries the past tense, so the main verb must be in the base form. “She didn’t watched” marks the past twice, which is a very common learner error." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 6A didn’t + verb, TB p.42", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s161", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Tenses", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Tenses", "unit": "Units 1, 2, 5, 6", "original": { "question": "Which sentence is correct?", "options": [ "Does she likes coffee?", "Does she like coffee?" ], "answer": "Does she like coffee?", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "أي جملة صحيحة؟", "hint_ar": "does + فعل بدون s.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "Which sentence is correct?", "options": [ "Does she likes coffee?", "Does she like coffee?" ], "answer": "Does she like coffee?", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "أي جملة صحيحة؟", "hint": "After “does”, does the main verb keep its -s?", "explanation": "“Does she like coffee?” is correct. In present simple questions with he/she/it, the -s moves from the main verb to the auxiliary (do → does), so the main verb returns to its base form. “Does she likes” shows the third person twice, which is incorrect. The same applies in negatives: She doesn’t like coffee." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 1B do/does, TB p.13–14", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s162", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Tenses", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Tenses", "unit": "Units 1, 2, 5, 6", "original": { "question": "We add -ed to regular verbs only in affirmative past sentences.", "options": [ "True", "False" ], "answer": "True", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "نضيف ed للفعل المنتظم في الجملة المثبتة في الماضي فقط.", "hint_ar": "في السؤال والنفي نستخدم did بدلاً منها.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "In past simple negatives and questions with did, the main verb does not take -ed (e.g. She didn’t watch. / Did you watch?).", "options": [ "True", "False" ], "answer": "True", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "في نفي وأسئلة الماضي البسيط مع did، لا يأخذ الفعل الرئيسي ed (مثل She didn’t watch / Did you watch?).", "hint": "Look at the examples: “She didn’t watch.” and “Did you watch?”. Where is the past tense shown?", "explanation": "The statement is True. In past simple negatives and questions with “did”, the auxiliary carries the past tense, so the main verb stays in the base form: She didn’t watch; Did you watch? In affirmative sentences, by contrast, regular verbs take -ed (She watched). One exception to remember: subject questions do not use “did”, so the verb keeps -ed (Who watched the match?)." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 5B / 6A, TB p.36, 42", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "ambiguous", "category": "ambiguity", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The original statement was absolute, and -ed is also added in other tenses (has played). It was limited to the past simple; the answer is True.", "reason_ar": "العبارة الأصلية مطلقة، و ed تُضاف أيضاً في أزمنة أخرى (has played). حدّدناها بالماضي البسيط؛ الإجابة True.", "ref": "Unit 5B / 6A, TB p.36, 42", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "We add -ed to regular verbs only in affirmative past sentences.", "to": "In the past simple, we add -ed to regular verbs only in affirmative sentences." }, { "field": "arabic", "from": "نضيف ed للفعل المنتظم في الجملة المثبتة في الماضي فقط.", "to": "في الماضي البسيط، نضيف ed للفعل المنتظم في الجملة المثبتة فقط." } ] }, { "kind": "misleading", "category": "error", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The old statement (“-ed only in affirmative sentences”) is not always true: subject questions keep -ed (Who watched it?). It now states the accurate rule for negatives and questions with “did”. The answer is still True.", "reason_ar": "", "ref": "Unit 6A past simple negatives and questions, TB p.42", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "In the past simple, we add -ed to regular verbs only in affirmative sentences.", "to": "In past simple negatives and questions with did, the main verb does not take -ed (e.g. She didn’t watch. / Did you watch?)." }, { "field": "arabic", "from": "في الماضي البسيط، نضيف ed للفعل المنتظم في الجملة المثبتة فقط.", "to": "في نفي وأسئلة الماضي البسيط مع did، لا يأخذ الفعل الرئيسي ed (مثل She didn’t watch / Did you watch?)." } ] } ] }, { "id": "s163", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Tenses", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Tenses", "unit": "Units 1, 2, 5, 6", "original": { "question": "was / were are used with ___.", "options": [ "أفعال عادية مثل play", "الوصف والحالة والمكان في الماضي", "المستقبل" ], "answer": "الوصف والحالة والمكان في الماضي", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "was / were تُستخدم مع ___.", "hint_ar": "هي ماضي am / is / are.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "was / were are used with ___.", "options": [ "ordinary verbs like play", "descriptions, states and places in the past", "the future" ], "answer": "descriptions, states and places in the past", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "was / were تُستخدم مع ___.", "hint": "“Was/were” are past forms of am/is/are. What kinds of words follow “be”?", "explanation": "“Was” and “were” are the past forms of “be”, so they are used for descriptions, states and places in the past — wherever “be” is used: with descriptions (She was tired), states (They were happy), jobs (He was a teacher) and places (We were at home). Ordinary verbs like “play” use “did” in questions and negatives (Did you play?), not “was/were”. And “was/were” refer to the past, not the future." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 6A was/were, TB p.42", "verification": "Verified by grammar analysis (not in the Teacher’s Book)", "verification_code": "gram", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": true, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "language", "category": "improvement", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "The options were in Arabic although the question is a grammar question, not a translation exercise. They were rewritten in English with the same meaning.", "reason_ar": "", "ref": "Unit 6A was/were, TB p.42", "changes": [ { "field": "options", "from": "أفعال عادية مثل play | الوصف والحالة والمكان في الماضي | المستقبل", "to": "ordinary verbs like play | descriptions, states and places in the past | the future" }, { "field": "answer", "from": "الوصف والحالة والمكان في الماضي", "to": "descriptions, states and places in the past" } ] } ] }, { "id": "s164", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: General grammar", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "General grammar", "unit": "Foundation (general grammar)", "original": { "question": "I want ___ learn.", "options": [ "to", "for", "at" ], "answer": "to", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "أريد ___ أتعلم.", "hint_ar": "want + to + فعل.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "I want ___ learn.", "options": [ "to", "for", "at" ], "answer": "to", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "أريد ___ أتعلم.", "hint": "Which small word introduces a verb after “want”?", "explanation": "The verb “want” is followed by the to-infinitive (to + base verb): I want to learn; She wants to travel. “For” and “at” are prepositions; they cannot introduce a base verb, so “I want for learn” and “I want at learn” are incorrect." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s165", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: General grammar", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "General grammar", "unit": "Foundation (general grammar)", "original": { "question": "I enjoy ___.", "options": [ "read", "reading", "to read" ], "answer": "reading", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "أستمتع بـ ___.", "hint_ar": "enjoy يأتي بعده فعل + ing.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "I enjoy ___.", "options": [ "read", "reading", "to read" ], "answer": "reading", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "أستمتع بـ ___.", "hint": "Some verbs, like “enjoy”, are followed by a specific verb form.", "explanation": "Some verbs must be followed by the -ing form (gerund), and “enjoy” is one of them: I enjoy reading; She enjoys swimming. Other common examples are “finish” and “mind”. “I enjoy read” has no correct verb form, and “I enjoy to read” is a frequent mistake because many other verbs (want, hope) take “to”." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s166", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: General grammar", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "General grammar", "unit": "Foundation (general grammar)", "original": { "question": "She runs ___.", "options": [ "quick", "quickly", "quicker than" ], "answer": "quickly", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "هي تجري ___.", "hint_ar": "نصف الفعل بظرف (ly).", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "She runs ___.", "options": [ "quick", "quickly", "quicker than" ], "answer": "quickly", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "هي تجري ___.", "hint": "The missing word describes how she runs (the verb).", "explanation": "The missing word describes how she runs, so it modifies a verb and must be an adverb. Most adverbs of manner are formed with adjective + -ly: quick → quickly. “Quick” is an adjective (She is a quick runner), and “quicker than” would need a comparison with another person." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s167", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: General grammar", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "General grammar", "unit": "Foundation (general grammar)", "original": { "question": "The car ___ repaired.", "options": [ "was", "did", "has" ], "answer": "was", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "السيارة ___ إصلاحها. (مبني للمجهول)", "hint_ar": "المبني للمجهول = to be + التصريف الثالث.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "The car ___ repaired.", "options": [ "was", "did", "has" ], "answer": "was", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "السيارة ___ إصلاحها. (مبني للمجهول)", "hint": "This sentence is in the passive voice.", "explanation": "This question is excluded because the passive voice (be + past participle) is not a grammar focus in Units 1–6. For reference, the answer is “was”: The car was repaired (someone repaired it). “Did” and “has” would need different structures." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Not scored (excluded)", "verification_code": "excluded", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "excluded", "exclusion_kind": "out-of-scope", "exclusion_reason": "Tests the passive voice, which is not a grammar focus in Units 1–6 (checked against the Teacher’s Book text for Units 1–6 stored in this project).", "exclusion_reason_ar": "المبني للمجهول (passive): غير موجود في أي وحدة من كتاب Level 2.", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s168", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: General grammar", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "General grammar", "unit": "Foundation (general grammar)", "original": { "question": "I ___ finished.", "options": [ "have", "did", "am" ], "answer": "have", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "أنا ___ انتهيت. (مضارع تام)", "hint_ar": "Present perfect = have / has + V3.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "I ___ finished.", "options": [ "have", "did", "am" ], "answer": "have", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "أنا ___ انتهيت. (مضارع تام)", "hint": "Which auxiliary forms the present perfect?", "explanation": "This question is excluded for two reasons. The present perfect (have/has + past participle) is not taught in Units 1–6, and “I am finished” is also acceptable informal English, so two options can be correct. The intended answer was “have” (I have finished)." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Not scored (excluded)", "verification_code": "excluded", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "excluded", "exclusion_kind": "out-of-scope", "exclusion_reason": "Tests the present perfect, which is not a grammar focus in Units 1–6 (the Unit 5 notes mention it only to contrast it with the past simple). The item is also ambiguous: “I am finished” is acceptable English.", "exclusion_reason_ar": "المضارع التام (present perfect): غير موجود في أي وحدة من كتاب Level 2.", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s169", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: General grammar", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "General grammar", "unit": "Foundation (general grammar)", "original": { "question": "If I study, I ___ pass.", "options": [ "will", "would", "did" ], "answer": "will", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "إذا درست، ___ أنجح.", "hint_ar": "الشرط الأول: If + مضارع، will + فعل.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "If I study, I ___ pass.", "options": [ "will", "would", "did" ], "answer": "will", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "إذا درست، ___ أنجح.", "hint": "This is a first conditional: If + present, … + future.", "explanation": "This question is excluded because conditional sentences and “will” are not taught in Units 1–6. For reference, the first conditional uses If + present simple, will + base verb: If I study, I will pass." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Not scored (excluded)", "verification_code": "excluded", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "excluded", "exclusion_kind": "out-of-scope", "exclusion_reason": "Tests conditional sentences with “will”, which are not a grammar focus in Units 1–6.", "exclusion_reason_ar": "الجمل الشرطية و will: غير موجودة في أي وحدة من كتاب Level 2.", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s170", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: General grammar", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "General grammar", "unit": "Foundation (general grammar)", "original": { "question": "The man ___ lives here is kind.", "options": [ "who", "which", "what" ], "answer": "who", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "الرجل ___ يسكن هنا لطيف.", "hint_ar": "ضمير وصل للعاقل.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "The man ___ lives here is kind.", "options": [ "who", "which", "what" ], "answer": "who", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "الرجل ___ يسكن هنا لطيف.", "hint": "Which relative pronoun refers to a person?", "explanation": "This question is excluded because relative clauses are not a grammar focus in Units 1–6. For reference, “who” refers to people (The man who lives here is kind) and “which” refers to things; “what” is not a relative pronoun in this position." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Not scored (excluded)", "verification_code": "excluded", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "excluded", "exclusion_kind": "out-of-scope", "exclusion_reason": "Tests relative pronouns (who / which), which are not a grammar focus in Units 1–6.", "exclusion_reason_ar": "ضمائر الوصل (who / which): غير موجودة في أي وحدة من كتاب Level 2.", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s171", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: General grammar", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "General grammar", "unit": "Foundation (general grammar)", "original": { "question": "He said that he ___ tired.", "options": [ "is", "was", "be" ], "answer": "was", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "قال إنه ___ متعباً. (كلام منقول)", "hint_ar": "في الكلام المنقول يرجع الزمن للماضي.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "He said that he ___ tired.", "options": [ "is", "was", "be" ], "answer": "was", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "قال إنه ___ متعباً. (كلام منقول)", "hint": "This is reported speech after a past reporting verb.", "explanation": "This question is excluded. Reported speech is not taught in Units 1–6, and “He said that he is tired” is also acceptable when he is still tired, so the item has two possible answers. The intended answer was “was” (backshift after “said”)." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Not scored (excluded)", "verification_code": "excluded", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "excluded", "exclusion_kind": "out-of-scope", "exclusion_reason": "Tests reported speech, which is not a grammar focus in Units 1–6. The item is also ambiguous: “He said that he is tired” is acceptable if he is still tired.", "exclusion_reason_ar": "الكلام المنقول (reported speech): غير موجود في أي وحدة من كتاب Level 2.", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s172", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: General grammar", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "General grammar", "unit": "Foundation (general grammar)", "original": { "question": "Wash your hands ___ eating.", "options": [ "before", "after", "until" ], "answer": "before", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "اغسل يديك ___ الأكل.", "hint_ar": "منطقياً: متى نغسل اليدين؟", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "Wash your hands ___ eating.", "options": [ "before", "for", "until" ], "answer": "before", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "اغسل يديك ___ الأكل.", "hint": "When should you wash your hands — at what point in relation to eating?", "explanation": "“Before” shows that one action happens earlier than another, and it can be followed by an -ing form: Wash your hands before eating. Hygiene requires washing your hands before you eat. “For eating” and “until eating” do not express the right time relationship." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "ambiguous", "category": "ambiguity", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "The option “after” was also correct (“Wash your hands after eating”). It was replaced with “for”.", "reason_ar": "الخيار after صحيح أيضاً (Wash your hands after eating). استبدلناه بـ for.", "ref": "—", "changes": [ { "field": "options", "from": "before | after | until", "to": "before | for | until" } ] } ] }, { "id": "s173", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: General grammar", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "General grammar", "unit": "Foundation (general grammar)", "original": { "question": "I stayed home ___ I was sick.", "options": [ "but", "because", "so" ], "answer": "because", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "بقيت في البيت ___ كنت مريضاً.", "hint_ar": "سبب.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "I stayed home ___ I was sick.", "options": [ "but", "because", "so" ], "answer": "because", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "بقيت في البيت ___ كنت مريضاً.", "hint": "The second part explains the reason for staying home.", "explanation": "“Because” introduces the reason for something: I stayed home because I was sick. Being sick is the cause, and staying home is the result. “But” introduces a contrast, and “so” introduces a result (I was sick, so I stayed home — note that the clauses are reversed)." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Writing skills Unit 3 linking words (because), TB p.70", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s174", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: General grammar", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "General grammar", "unit": "Foundation (general grammar)", "original": { "question": "Ali is ___ tall ___ Omar.", "options": [ "as / as", "more / than", "the / of" ], "answer": "as / as", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "علي طويل ___ عمر. (مساواة)", "hint_ar": "للتساوي نستخدم ... .", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "Ali is ___ tall ___ Omar. (the same height)", "options": [ "as / as", "more / than", "the / of" ], "answer": "as / as", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "علي طويل ___ عمر. (مساواة)", "hint": "The two boys are the same height. Which pattern shows equality?", "explanation": "To say two things are equal, we use “as + adjective + as”: Ali is as tall as Omar (they are the same height). The negative form shows a difference: Ali is not as tall as Omar. “More … than” is used with long adjectives to show a difference, and “the … of” is a superlative pattern." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "poorly-written", "category": "error", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "The idea of equality appeared only in the Arabic translation. It was added to the English.", "reason_ar": "كلمة «مساواة» كانت في الترجمة العربية فقط. أضفناها للإنجليزي.", "ref": "—", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "Ali is ___ tall ___ Omar.", "to": "Ali is ___ tall ___ Omar. (the same height)" } ] } ] }, { "id": "s175", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: General grammar", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "General grammar", "unit": "Foundation (general grammar)", "original": { "question": "It's ___ expensive. I can't buy it.", "options": [ "too", "enough", "very much" ], "answer": "too", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "إنه غالٍ ___ . لا أستطيع شراءه.", "hint_ar": "أكثر من اللازم.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "It's ___ expensive. I can't buy it.", "options": [ "too", "enough", "very much" ], "answer": "too", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "إنه غالٍ ___ . لا أستطيع شراءه.", "hint": "The price is more than the speaker can pay.", "explanation": "This question is excluded because “too / enough” is a grammar point outside Units 1–6 (the earlier review recorded it in Unit 10). For reference, “too + adjective” means more than is acceptable, so “It’s too expensive. I can’t buy it.” is correct." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Not scored (excluded)", "verification_code": "excluded", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "excluded", "exclusion_kind": "out-of-scope", "exclusion_reason": "Tests too / enough as a grammar point. The earlier review recorded it as Unit 10 (TB p.62); that page is outside the Units 1–6 text stored in the project, so the unit number is not re-verified here. Question p44 stays active because it tests the vocabulary word “slim”, with “enough” only as context.", "exclusion_reason_ar": "too / enough: قواعد الوحدة 10 (TB p.62).", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s176", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: General grammar", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "General grammar", "unit": "Foundation (general grammar)", "original": { "question": "He is tall ___ to play basketball.", "options": [ "too", "enough", "as" ], "answer": "enough", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "هو طويل ___ ليلعب كرة السلة.", "hint_ar": "بالقدر الكافي — وتأتي بعد الصفة.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "He is tall ___ to play basketball.", "options": [ "too", "enough", "as" ], "answer": "enough", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "هو طويل ___ ليلعب كرة السلة.", "hint": "He has the height that is needed. This word comes after the adjective.", "explanation": "This question is excluded because “too / enough” is a grammar point outside Units 1–6 (recorded in Unit 10 by the earlier review). For reference, “enough” comes after an adjective: tall enough to play. Question p44 (“slim enough”) stays active because it tests the vocabulary word “slim”, not the grammar of “enough”." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Not scored (excluded)", "verification_code": "excluded", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "excluded", "exclusion_kind": "out-of-scope", "exclusion_reason": "Tests too / enough as a grammar point. The earlier review recorded it as Unit 10 (TB p.62); that page is outside the Units 1–6 text stored in the project, so the unit number is not re-verified here. Question p44 stays active because it tests the vocabulary word “slim”.", "exclusion_reason_ar": "too / enough: قواعد الوحدة 10 (TB p.62).", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s177", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: General grammar", "source_label": "Source not confirmed", "source_class": "unsure", "topic": "General grammar", "unit": "Foundation (general grammar)", "original": { "question": "I have ___ money. (positive sentence)", "options": [ "some", "any", "many" ], "answer": "some", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "لدي ___ مال. (جملة مثبتة)", "hint_ar": "في المثبت نستخدم some، و any في النفي والسؤال.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "I have ___ money. (positive sentence)", "options": [ "some", "any", "many" ], "answer": "some", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "لدي ___ مال. (جملة مثبتة)", "hint": "The sentence is positive, and “money” is uncountable.", "explanation": "“Some” is used in positive sentences with uncountable nouns and plural countable nouns: I have some money; I have some friends. “Any” is mainly used in negatives and questions (I don’t have any money), and “many” is only for countable nouns, so “many money” is wrong." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified by grammar analysis (not in the Teacher’s Book)", "verification_code": "gram", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "hint", "category": "leak", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "The hint wrote out the answer.", "reason_ar": "التلميح كان يكتب الإجابة.", "ref": "—", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "في المثبت نستخدم some، و any في النفي والسؤال.", "to": "انتبه لنوع الجملة (مثبتة) ونوع الاسم (money غير معدود)." } ] } ] }, { "id": "s178", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: General grammar", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "General grammar", "unit": "Foundation (general grammar)", "original": { "question": "There ___ two books.", "options": [ "is", "are", "am" ], "answer": "are", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "يوجد ___ كتابان.", "hint_ar": "There is للمفرد و There ___ للجمع.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "There ___ two books.", "options": [ "is", "are", "am" ], "answer": "are", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "يوجد ___ كتابان.", "hint": "“Two books” is plural.", "explanation": "“There is / There are” tells us that something exists. We use “There is” with singular or uncountable nouns (There is a book; There is some milk) and “There are” with plural nouns. “Two books” is plural, so: There are two books. “Am” is never used with “there”." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s179", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: General grammar", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "General grammar", "unit": "Foundation (general grammar)", "original": { "question": "I was sleeping ___ he called.", "options": [ "when", "while", "during" ], "answer": "when", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "كنت نائماً ___ اتصل.", "hint_ar": "حدث قصير قطع حدثاً مستمراً.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "I was sleeping ___ he called.", "options": [ "when", "while", "during" ], "answer": "when", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "كنت نائماً ___ اتصل.", "hint": "A short action interrupted a longer action in progress.", "explanation": "This question is excluded because the past continuous is not a grammar focus in Units 1–6. For reference, “when” introduces a short action that interrupts a longer one: I was sleeping when he called." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Not scored (excluded)", "verification_code": "excluded", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "excluded", "exclusion_kind": "out-of-scope", "exclusion_reason": "Tests the past continuous (was sleeping), which is not a grammar focus in Units 1–6.", "exclusion_reason_ar": "الماضي المستمر (was sleeping): غير موجود في أي وحدة من كتاب Level 2.", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s180", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: General grammar", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "General grammar", "unit": "Foundation (general grammar)", "original": { "question": "I ___ study tomorrow.", "options": [ "will", "did", "was" ], "answer": "will", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "أنا ___ أدرس غداً.", "hint_ar": "tomorrow ← مستقبل.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "I ___ study tomorrow.", "options": [ "will", "did", "was" ], "answer": "will", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "أنا ___ أدرس غداً.", "hint": "“Tomorrow” is in the future.", "explanation": "This question is excluded because “will” is not taught in Units 1–6; Unit 2 uses the present continuous for future plans (I am studying tomorrow). The intended answer was “will”." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Not scored (excluded)", "verification_code": "excluded", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "excluded", "exclusion_kind": "out-of-scope", "exclusion_reason": "Tests the future with “will”, which is not a grammar focus in Units 1–6 (Unit 2 uses the present continuous for future plans).", "exclusion_reason_ar": "المستقبل بـ will: غير موجود في كتاب Level 2 (الوحدة 2 تستخدم المضارع المستمر للمستقبل، والوحدة 8 be going to).", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s181", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: General grammar", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "General grammar", "unit": "Foundation (general grammar)", "original": { "question": "I am going ___ travel.", "options": [ "to", "for", "at" ], "answer": "to", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "أنا سوف ___ أسافر.", "hint_ar": "going + ___ + فعل.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "I am going ___ travel.", "options": [ "to", "for", "at" ], "answer": "to", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "أنا سوف ___ أسافر.", "hint": "“Going” is followed by an infinitive in this structure.", "explanation": "This question is excluded because “be going to” is taught later in the course (recorded as Unit 8 in the earlier review), outside Units 1–6. For reference: I am going to travel." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Not scored (excluded)", "verification_code": "excluded", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "excluded", "exclusion_kind": "out-of-scope", "exclusion_reason": "Tests “be going to”. The earlier review recorded it as Unit 8 (TB p.51); that page is outside the Units 1–6 text stored in the project, so the unit number is not re-verified here. It is not a grammar focus in Units 1–6.", "exclusion_reason_ar": "be going to: قواعد الوحدة 8 (TB p.51).", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s182", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: General grammar", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "General grammar", "unit": "Foundation (general grammar)", "original": { "question": "You ___ study.", "options": [ "should", "shoulds", "should to" ], "answer": "should", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "أنت ___ تدرس. (نصيحة)", "hint_ar": "بعد should يأتي الفعل الأساسي مباشرة.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "You ___ study.", "options": [ "should", "shoulds", "should to" ], "answer": "should", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "أنت ___ تدرس. (نصيحة)", "hint": "A modal verb is followed directly by the base verb.", "explanation": "This question is excluded because “should” belongs to the modal verbs unit (recorded as Unit 7), outside Units 1–6. For reference, modal verbs take no -s and no “to”: You should study." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Not scored (excluded)", "verification_code": "excluded", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "excluded", "exclusion_kind": "out-of-scope", "exclusion_reason": "Tests “should”. The earlier review recorded it in Unit 7 (modals, TB p.45); that page is outside the Units 1–6 text stored in the project. It is not a grammar focus in Units 1–6.", "exclusion_reason_ar": "should: من قواعد الوحدة 7 (Modals: can, must, need to, should، TB p.45).", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s183", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: General grammar", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "General grammar", "unit": "Foundation (general grammar)", "original": { "question": "___ apple", "options": [ "A", "An", "The" ], "answer": "An", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "اختر أداة التنكير: ___ apple", "hint_ar": "apple تبدأ بحرف علة.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "Choose the indefinite article: ___ apple", "options": [ "A", "An", "The" ], "answer": "An", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "اختر أداة التنكير: ___ apple", "hint": "Choose by the first sound of the next word, not only by its first letter.", "explanation": "The indefinite article is “a” or “an”, and the choice depends on the first sound of the next word, not its spelling. “Apple” begins with a vowel sound, so we say “an apple”. Spelling can mislead: “an hour” (silent h, vowel sound) but “a university” (begins with a /j/ “yoo” sound). “The” is the definite article, which the question excludes." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified by grammar analysis (not in the Teacher’s Book)", "verification_code": "gram", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "ambiguous", "category": "ambiguity", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "Without the word “indefinite”, “The apple” was also correct.", "reason_ar": "بدون كلمة indefinite كانت The apple صحيحة أيضاً.", "ref": "—", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "___ apple", "to": "Choose the indefinite article: ___ apple" } ] } ] }, { "id": "s184", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: General grammar", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "General grammar", "unit": "Foundation (general grammar)", "original": { "question": "This is ___ car.", "options": [ "my", "me", "I" ], "answer": "my", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "هذه سيارتي.", "hint_ar": "صفة ملكية.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "This is ___ car.", "options": [ "my", "me", "I" ], "answer": "my", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "هذه ___ سيارة.", "hint": "The word before “car” shows who owns it.", "explanation": "A possessive adjective (my, your, his, her, our, their) comes before a noun to show who owns it: This is my car. “Me” is an object pronoun used after verbs and prepositions (Help me), and “I” is a subject pronoun used before verbs (I drive)." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "leak", "category": "leak", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "The Arabic translation («هذه سيارتي») gave the answer “my”.", "reason_ar": "The Arabic translation («هذه سيارتي») gave the answer “my”.", "ref": "—", "changes": [ { "field": "arabic", "from": "هذه سيارتي.", "to": "هذه ___ سيارة." } ] } ] }, { "id": "s185", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: General grammar", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "General grammar", "unit": "Foundation (general grammar)", "original": { "question": "She is ___ now.", "options": [ "study", "studying", "studies" ], "answer": "studying", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "هي ___ الآن. (تدرس)", "hint_ar": "is + ing ← مضارع مستمر.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "She is ___ now.", "options": [ "study", "studying", "studies" ], "answer": "studying", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "هي ___ الآن. (تدرس)", "hint": "“Is” + “now” shows an action in progress.", "explanation": "The present continuous (am/is/are + verb-ing) describes an action happening at the moment of speaking. The sentence has “is” and “now”, so we need “studying”: She is studying now. “Study” and “studies” cannot follow “is”." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s186", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: General grammar", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "General grammar", "unit": "Foundation (general grammar)", "original": { "question": "Where ___ you live?", "options": [ "do", "does", "are" ], "answer": "do", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "أين ___ تسكن؟", "hint_ar": "you + فعل عادي (live).", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "Where ___ you live?", "options": [ "do", "does", "are" ], "answer": "do", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "أين ___ تسكن؟", "hint": "“Live” is an ordinary verb, and the subject is “you”.", "explanation": "Wh- questions in the present simple follow the order: question word + do/does + subject + base verb. With “you” we use “do”: Where do you live? “Does” is for he/she/it (Where does she live?), and “are” cannot be followed by the base verb “live”." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s187", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: General grammar", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "General grammar", "unit": "Foundation (general grammar)", "original": { "question": "I was ___ when he called.", "options": [ "sleep", "sleeping", "slept" ], "answer": "sleeping", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "كنت ___ عندما اتصل.", "hint_ar": "الماضي المستمر = was/were + ing.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "I was ___ when he called.", "options": [ "sleep", "sleeping", "slept" ], "answer": "sleeping", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "كنت ___ عندما اتصل.", "hint": "This is the past continuous: was/were + -ing.", "explanation": "This question is excluded because the past continuous is not a grammar focus in Units 1–6. For reference, the past continuous is was/were + -ing: I was sleeping when he called." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Not scored (excluded)", "verification_code": "excluded", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "excluded", "exclusion_kind": "out-of-scope", "exclusion_reason": "Tests the past continuous (was sleeping), which is not a grammar focus in Units 1–6.", "exclusion_reason_ar": "الماضي المستمر (was sleeping): غير موجود في أي وحدة من كتاب Level 2.", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s188", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Writing", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Writing", "unit": "Writing skills Units 1–6", "original": { "question": "The three parts of a short paragraph are ___.", "options": [ "Introduction – Body – Conclusion", "Title – Picture – Caption", "Question – Answer – Example" ], "answer": "Introduction – Body – Conclusion", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "الأجزاء الثلاثة للفقرة القصيرة هي ___.", "hint_ar": "البداية، الوسط، الخاتمة.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "The three parts of a short paragraph are ___.", "options": [ "Introduction – Body – Conclusion", "Title – Picture – Caption", "Question – Answer – Example" ], "answer": "Introduction – Body – Conclusion", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "الأجزاء الثلاثة للفقرة القصيرة هي ___.", "hint": "A paragraph has a beginning, a middle and an end.", "explanation": "A short paragraph or essay has three parts (Writing skills, Unit 2): the introduction presents the topic, the body develops the ideas with details or examples, and the conclusion summarizes or closes the text. The other options describe parts of a picture caption or a question-and-answer exercise." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Writing skills Unit 2 ex.6 introduction / body / conclusion, TB p.69", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s189", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Writing", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Writing", "unit": "Writing skills Units 1–6", "original": { "question": "In the Body we write ___ ideas with examples.", "options": [ "1", "2–3", "10" ], "answer": "2–3", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "في الوسط (Body) نكتب ___ أفكار مع أمثلة.", "hint_ar": "حسب النموذج المختصر.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "In the Body we write ___ ideas with examples.", "options": [ "1", "2–3", "10" ], "answer": "2–3", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "في الوسط (Body) نكتب ___ أفكار مع أمثلة.", "hint": "This comes from the study sheet’s short paragraph model.", "explanation": "This question is excluded because its rule (“write 2–3 ideas in the body”) comes only from the study sheet, and the Teacher’s Book says a paragraph has no fixed number of sentences (TB p.69). The study sheet’s answer was “2–3”, but it should be treated as a suggestion, not a rule." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Not scored (excluded)", "verification_code": "excluded", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "excluded", "exclusion_kind": "unverifiable", "exclusion_reason": "“Write 2–3 ideas in the body” is a rule from the writing study sheet only; the Teacher’s Book says a paragraph has no fixed number of sentences (TB p.69).", "exclusion_reason_ar": "«نكتب في الوسط 2–3 أفكار» قاعدة من ملخص الكتابة فقط، وكتاب المعلم يقول إن الفقرة ليس لها عدد ثابت من الجمل (TB p.69).", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s190", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Writing", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Writing", "unit": "Writing skills Units 1–6", "original": { "question": "“In conclusion, learning English is very important.” belongs to the ___.", "options": [ "introduction", "body", "conclusion" ], "answer": "conclusion", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "جملة «In conclusion, learning English is very important» تكون في ___.", "hint_ar": "كلمة In conclusion.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "“In conclusion, learning English is very important.” belongs to the ___.", "options": [ "introduction", "body", "conclusion" ], "answer": "conclusion", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "جملة «In conclusion, learning English is very important» تكون في ___.", "hint": "Where do we put the sentence that closes the paragraph?", "explanation": "The sentence begins with “In conclusion”, a phrase that signals the end of a text, and it restates the main point (learning English is important). So it belongs in the conclusion. The introduction presents the topic and the body develops it with examples." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Writing skills Unit 2 ex.6, TB p.69", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "hint", "category": "leak", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The hint wrote out the answer.", "reason_ar": "التلميح كان يكتب الإجابة.", "ref": "Writing skills Unit 2, TB p.69", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "كلمة In conclusion.", "to": "أين نضع الجملة التي تختم الفقرة؟" } ] } ] }, { "id": "s191", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Unit 1: Events", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Unit 1: Events", "unit": "Unit 1", "original": { "question": "What does “spectacular” mean?", "options": [ "Traditional", "Spectacular (مُبهر)", "Difficult" ], "answer": "Spectacular (مُبهر)", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "ما معنى كلمة spectacular؟", "hint_ar": "مثال الصورة: The festival is spectacular.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "What does “spectacular” mean?", "options": [ "تقليدي", "مُبهر / مذهل", "صعب" ], "answer": "مُبهر / مذهل", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "ما معنى كلمة spectacular؟", "hint": "The word was used to describe the fireworks at a festival (Unit 1A).", "explanation": "“Spectacular” («مُبهر / مذهل») means very impressive and exciting to look at. In Unit 1A, it describes a fireworks display at a festival. The other options mean “traditional” («تقليدي») and “difficult” («صعب»)." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 1A spectacular, TB p.11", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": true, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "poorly-written", "category": "error", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The correct option contained the English word itself (Spectacular), which gave the answer away.", "reason_ar": "الخيار الصحيح كان يحتوي على الكلمة نفسها (Spectacular) فيكشف الإجابة.", "ref": "Unit 1A transcript 1.1, TB p.11", "changes": [ { "field": "options", "from": "Traditional | Spectacular (مُبهر) | Difficult", "to": "تقليدي | مُبهر / مذهل | صعب" }, { "field": "answer", "from": "Spectacular (مُبهر)", "to": "مُبهر / مذهل" } ] } ] }, { "id": "s192", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Unit 1: Events", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Unit 1: Events", "unit": "Unit 1", "original": { "question": "Does he ___ festivals?", "options": [ "celebrates", "celebrate", "celebrating" ], "answer": "celebrate", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "هل هو ___ بالمهرجانات؟", "hint_ar": "بعد Does يرجع الفعل لأصله.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "Does he ___ festivals?", "options": [ "celebrates", "celebrate", "celebrating" ], "answer": "celebrate", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "هل هو ___ بالمهرجانات؟", "hint": "The -s is already on “Does”. Should the main verb have it too?", "explanation": "In present simple questions, “Does” already shows the third person singular, so the main verb is in the base form: Does he celebrate festivals? “Celebrates” repeats the -s, and “celebrating” needs a form of “be”." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 1B do/does, TB p.13–14", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s193", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Unit 1: Events", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Unit 1: Events", "unit": "Unit 1", "original": { "question": "The festival takes place ___ September.", "options": [ "on", "in", "from" ], "answer": "in", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "المهرجان يُقام ___ سبتمبر.", "hint_ar": "مع الشهور.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "The festival takes place ___ September.", "options": [ "on", "in", "from" ], "answer": "in", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "المهرجان يُقام ___ سبتمبر.", "hint": "September is a month.", "explanation": "Months take the preposition “in”: The festival takes place in September. If a specific date is given, we use “on” (on 5th September). “From” would need an end point (from September to October)." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 1A ex.9 in + month, TB p.12", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s194", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Unit 1: Events", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Unit 1: Events", "unit": "Unit 1", "original": { "question": "She ___ festivals every year.", "options": [ "celebrate", "celebrates", "celebrating" ], "answer": "celebrates", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "هي ___ بالمهرجانات كل سنة.", "hint_ar": "she + عادة ← s.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "She ___ festivals every year.", "options": [ "celebrate", "celebrates", "celebrating" ], "answer": "celebrates", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "هي ___ بالمهرجانات كل سنة.", "hint": "“Every year” is a habit, and the subject is “she”.", "explanation": "“Every year” describes a repeated action, so we use the present simple. With she, the verb adds -s: She celebrates festivals every year. “Celebrate” is for I/you/we/they, and “celebrating” needs “is”." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 1B present simple, TB p.13–14", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s195", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Unit 1: Events", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Unit 1: Events", "unit": "Unit 1", "original": { "question": "Does he ___ English?", "options": [ "speaks", "speak", "speaking" ], "answer": "speak", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "هل هو ___ الإنجليزية؟", "hint_ar": "Does + V1.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "Does he ___ English?", "options": [ "speaks", "speak", "speaking" ], "answer": "speak", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "هل هو ___ الإنجليزية؟", "hint": "Compare “He speaks English.” with the question form. What happens to “speaks”?", "explanation": "After the auxiliary “Does”, the main verb is always in its base form: Does he speak English? “Speaks” keeps the -s wrongly, and “speaking” would need “Is” (Is he speaking English?)." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 1B do/does, TB p.13–14", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s196", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Unit 1: Events", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Unit 1: Events", "unit": "Unit 1", "original": { "question": "A person who sings is a ___.", "options": [ "singer", "festival", "parade" ], "answer": "singer", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "الشخص الذي يغني هو ___.", "hint_ar": "عائلة الكلمة: sing ← ___ (شخص).", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "A person who sings is a ___.", "options": [ "singer", "festival", "parade" ], "answer": "singer", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "الشخص الذي يغني هو ___.", "hint": "Which suffix turns a verb into a person who does it?", "explanation": "Word families (Unit 1A) show how words are formed from the same root. Adding -er to a verb often makes a noun for the person who does the action: sing → singer, dance → dancer, teach → teacher. A festival and a parade are events, not people." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 1A ex.6 word families (singer), TB p.12", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s197", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Unit 1: Events", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Unit 1: Events", "unit": "Unit 1", "original": { "question": "The fireworks are ___. They look amazing.", "options": [ "traditional", "spectacular", "massive" ], "answer": "spectacular", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "الألعاب النارية ___. تبدو مذهلة.", "hint_ar": "look amazing ← مبهرة.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "The fireworks are ___. They look amazing.", "options": [ "ugly", "spectacular", "boring" ], "answer": "spectacular", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "الألعاب النارية ___. تبدو مذهلة.", "hint": "The second sentence praises the fireworks.", "explanation": "The second sentence (“They look amazing”) tells us the adjective must be very positive. “Spectacular” means very impressive to look at, so it fits. “Ugly” and “boring” are negative and would contradict the second sentence." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 1A spectacular fireworks, TB p.11", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "ambiguous", "category": "ambiguity", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "“traditional” and “massive” could also describe fireworks that “look amazing”. They were replaced with “ugly” and “boring”.", "reason_ar": "traditional و massive يمكن أن تصفا ألعاباً نارية «تبدو مذهلة» أيضاً. استبدلناهما بـ ugly و boring.", "ref": "Unit 1A transcript 1.1, TB p.11", "changes": [ { "field": "options", "from": "traditional | spectacular | massive", "to": "ugly | spectacular | boring" }, { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "look amazing ← مبهرة.", "to": "الجملة الثانية تمدح الألعاب النارية." } ] } ] }, { "id": "s198", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Unit 1: Events", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Unit 1: Events", "unit": "Unit 1", "original": { "question": "We say “___ 4 July” but “___ July”.", "options": [ "in / on", "on / in", "at / in" ], "answer": "on / in", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "نقول «___ 4 July» لكن «___ July».", "hint_ar": "تاريخ محدد ← on، الشهر وحده ← in.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "We say “___ 4 July” but “___ July”.", "options": [ "in / on", "on / in", "at / in" ], "answer": "on / in", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "نقول «___ 4 July» لكن «___ July».", "hint": "A full date is treated like a day; a month alone is a longer period.", "explanation": "A full date (4 July) refers to one particular day, so it takes “on”: on 4 July. A month by itself is a longer period, so it takes “in”: in July. The order in the sentence is therefore “on / in”." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 1A ex.8a 4th July / ex.9, TB p.12", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s199", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Unit 1: Events", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Unit 1: Events", "unit": "Unit 1", "original": { "question": "A person who dances is a ___.", "options": [ "dance", "dancer", "dancing" ], "answer": "dancer", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "الشخص الذي يرقص هو ___.", "hint_ar": "Person ← er.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "A person who dances is a ___.", "options": [ "dance", "dancer", "dancing" ], "answer": "dancer", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "الشخص الذي يرقص هو ___.", "hint": "A person who does an action often takes the suffix -er.", "explanation": "The person who dances is a “dancer” (verb + -er). In the same word family, “dance” is the verb or the activity (Let’s dance), and “dancing” is the activity used as a noun (Dancing is fun)." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 1A ex.6 dancer, TB p.12", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s200", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Unit 1: Events", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Unit 1: Events", "unit": "Unit 1", "original": { "question": "The activity of singing is ___.", "options": [ "song", "singer", "singing" ], "answer": "singing", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "نشاط الغناء هو ___.", "hint_ar": "Activity ← ing.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "The activity of singing is ___.", "options": [ "song", "singer", "singing" ], "answer": "singing", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "نشاط الغناء هو ___.", "hint": "The activity (not the person) is formed with -ing.", "explanation": "The name of an activity is often the -ing form of the verb: singing, dancing, swimming. So the activity of singing is “singing”. A “singer” is the person, and a “song” is the piece of music that is sung." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 1A ex.6 singing, TB p.12", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s201", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Unit 1: Events", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Unit 1: Events", "unit": "Unit 1", "original": { "question": "How do we read “25th December”?", "options": [ "the twenty-five of December", "the twenty-fifth of December", "the twenty-fiveth December" ], "answer": "the twenty-fifth of December", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "كيف نقرأ «25th December»؟", "hint_ar": "نستخدم الرقم الترتيبي + of.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "How do we read “25th December”?", "options": [ "the twenty-five of December", "the twenty-fifth of December", "the twenty-fiveth December" ], "answer": "the twenty-fifth of December", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "كيف نقرأ «25th December»؟", "hint": "Dates use ordinal numbers (first, second, third …).", "explanation": "In English we read dates with ordinal numbers (first, second, third, fourth … twenty-fifth). In British English we usually say “the twenty-fifth of December” (Unit 1A). “Twenty-five” is a cardinal number, and “twenty-fiveth” is misspelled." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 1A dates “the first of May”, TB p.12", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s202", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Unit 1: Events", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Unit 1: Events", "unit": "Unit 1", "original": { "question": "“Independence Day” means ___.", "options": [ "عيد الشكر", "يوم الاستقلال", "ذكرى سنوية" ], "answer": "يوم الاستقلال", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "Independence Day تعني ___.", "hint_ar": "independent = مستقل.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "“Independence Day” means ___.", "options": [ "عيد الشكر", "يوم الاستقلال", "ذكرى سنوية" ], "answer": "يوم الاستقلال", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "Independence Day تعني ___.", "hint": "Unit 1 mentions this holiday on 4 July in the USA.", "explanation": "“Independence Day” («يوم الاستقلال») is a national holiday that celebrates the day a country became independent. Unit 1A describes American Independence Day on 4 July. The other options mean Thanksgiving («عيد الشكر») and anniversary («ذكرى سنوية»)." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 1A American Independence Day, TB p.11", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "hint", "category": "leak", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The hint was a translation of the answer.", "reason_ar": "التلميح كان ترجمة الإجابة.", "ref": "Unit 1A, TB p.11", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "independent = مستقل.", "to": "ورد في الوحدة 1 عن 4 يوليو في أمريكا." } ] } ] }, { "id": "s203", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Unit 1: Events", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Unit 1: Events", "unit": "Unit 1", "original": { "question": "“Patriotic” means ___.", "options": [ "وطني / محب للوطن", "ملوّن", "ضخم جداً" ], "answer": "وطني / محب للوطن", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "كلمة patriotic تعني ___.", "hint_ar": "متعلقة بالوطن والعلم.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "“Patriotic” means ___.", "options": [ "وطني / محب للوطن", "ملوّن", "ضخم جداً" ], "answer": "وطني / محب للوطن", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "كلمة patriotic تعني ___.", "hint": "Unit 1 used this word to describe the music at the 4 July celebration.", "explanation": "“Patriotic” («وطني / محب للوطن») describes a feeling of love and support for your country. In Unit 1A, patriotic music is played on Independence Day. The other options mean “colourful” («ملوّن») and “massive” («ضخم جداً»)." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 1A patriotic music, TB p.11", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "hint", "category": "leak", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The hint was a translation of the answer.", "reason_ar": "التلميح كان ترجمة الإجابة.", "ref": "Unit 1A transcript 1.1, TB p.11", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "متعلقة بالوطن والعلم.", "to": "وصفت بها الموسيقى في احتفال 4 يوليو (الوحدة 1)." } ] } ] }, { "id": "s204", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Tenses", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Tenses", "unit": "Units 1, 2, 5, 6", "original": { "question": "“She doesn't work here.” is a ___ sentence.", "options": [ "affirmative (إثبات)", "negative (نفي)", "question (سؤال)" ], "answer": "negative (نفي)", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "جملة «She doesn't work here» جملة ___.", "hint_ar": "ابحث عن كلمة نفي.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "“She doesn't work here.” is a ___ sentence.", "options": [ "affirmative", "negative", "question" ], "answer": "negative", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "جملة «She doesn't work here» جملة ___.", "hint": "Look closely at the auxiliary: does it contain “not”?", "explanation": "The sentence contains “doesn’t” (does not), which makes it negative. Present simple negatives with he/she/it follow the pattern: subject + doesn’t + base verb. An affirmative sentence would be “She works here”, and a question would be “Does she work here?”." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified by grammar analysis (not in the Teacher’s Book)", "verification_code": "gram", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": true, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "language", "category": "improvement", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "Arabic glosses were removed from the English options (the Arabic stays in the translation).", "reason_ar": "", "ref": "—", "changes": [ { "field": "options", "from": "affirmative (إثبات) | negative (نفي) | question (سؤال)", "to": "affirmative | negative | question" }, { "field": "answer", "from": "negative (نفي)", "to": "negative" } ] } ] }, { "id": "s205", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Tenses", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Tenses", "unit": "Units 1, 2, 5, 6", "original": { "question": "“Did they play football?” is a ___ sentence.", "options": [ "affirmative (إثبات)", "negative (نفي)", "question (سؤال)" ], "answer": "question (سؤال)", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "جملة «Did they play football?» جملة ___.", "hint_ar": "تبدأ بفعل مساعد وتنتهي بـ ؟", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "“Did they play football?” is a ___ sentence.", "options": [ "affirmative", "negative", "question" ], "answer": "question", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "جملة «Did they play football?» جملة ___.", "hint": "How does the sentence start and end?", "explanation": "The sentence starts with the auxiliary “Did” before the subject and ends with a question mark, so it is a question. A past affirmative version would be “They played football”, and a negative would be “They didn’t play football”." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified by grammar analysis (not in the Teacher’s Book)", "verification_code": "gram", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": true, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "language", "category": "improvement", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "Arabic glosses were removed from the English options (the Arabic stays in the translation).", "reason_ar": "", "ref": "—", "changes": [ { "field": "options", "from": "affirmative (إثبات) | negative (نفي) | question (سؤال)", "to": "affirmative | negative | question" }, { "field": "answer", "from": "question (سؤال)", "to": "question" } ] } ] }, { "id": "s206", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Tenses", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Tenses", "unit": "Units 1, 2, 5, 6", "original": { "question": "“They play football.” is a ___ sentence.", "options": [ "affirmative (إثبات)", "negative (نفي)", "question (سؤال)" ], "answer": "affirmative (إثبات)", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "جملة «They play football.» جملة ___.", "hint_ar": "لا نفي ولا سؤال.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "“They play football.” is a ___ sentence.", "options": [ "affirmative", "negative", "question" ], "answer": "affirmative", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "جملة «They play football.» جملة ___.", "hint": "Is there a negative word or a question mark?", "explanation": "“They play football.” is affirmative: it states something positively, with no negative word (not, don’t) and no question form. The negative is “They don’t play football”, and the question is “Do they play football?”." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified by grammar analysis (not in the Teacher’s Book)", "verification_code": "gram", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": true, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "language", "category": "improvement", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "Arabic glosses were removed from the English options (the Arabic stays in the translation).", "reason_ar": "", "ref": "—", "changes": [ { "field": "options", "from": "affirmative (إثبات) | negative (نفي) | question (سؤال)", "to": "affirmative | negative | question" }, { "field": "answer", "from": "affirmative (إثبات)", "to": "affirmative" } ] } ] }, { "id": "s207", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Tenses", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Tenses", "unit": "Units 1, 2, 5, 6", "original": { "question": "He ___ swim well.", "options": [ "can't", "doesn't can", "don't" ], "answer": "can't", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "هو ___ السباحة جيداً. (لا يستطيع)", "hint_ar": "نفي القدرة.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "He ___ swim well.", "options": [ "can't", "doesn't can", "don't" ], "answer": "can't", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "هو ___ السباحة جيداً. (لا يستطيع)", "hint": "This sentence expresses inability.", "explanation": "This question is excluded because can/can’t is taught in Unit 7, outside Units 1–6. For reference, “can’t” + base verb expresses inability: He can’t swim well; “doesn’t can” is never correct." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Not scored (excluded)", "verification_code": "excluded", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "excluded", "exclusion_kind": "out-of-scope", "exclusion_reason": "Tests can / can’t. The earlier review recorded modals in Unit 7 (TB p.45), outside the Units 1–6 text stored in the project. It is not a grammar focus in Units 1–6.", "exclusion_reason_ar": "can / can’t: من قواعد الوحدة 7 (TB p.45).", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s208", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Tenses", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Tenses", "unit": "Units 1, 2, 5, 6", "original": { "question": "We ___ go tomorrow.", "options": [ "won't", "didn't", "aren't" ], "answer": "won't", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "نحن ___ نذهب غداً. (لن)", "hint_ar": "tomorrow + نفي المستقبل.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "We ___ go tomorrow.", "options": [ "won't", "didn't", "aren't" ], "answer": "won't", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "نحن ___ نذهب غداً. (لن)", "hint": "“Tomorrow” + negative future.", "explanation": "This question is excluded because “will / won’t” is not taught in Units 1–6. For reference, “won’t” (will not) + base verb is the negative future: We won’t go tomorrow." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Not scored (excluded)", "verification_code": "excluded", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "excluded", "exclusion_kind": "out-of-scope", "exclusion_reason": "Tests the future with “will / won’t”, which is not a grammar focus in Units 1–6.", "exclusion_reason_ar": "المستقبل بـ will / won’t: غير موجود في كتاب Level 2.", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s209", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Tenses", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Tenses", "unit": "Units 1, 2, 5, 6", "original": { "question": "The negative of “I like English.” is ___.", "options": [ "I not like English.", "I don't like English.", "I doesn't like English." ], "answer": "I don't like English.", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "نفي جملة «I like English» هو ___.", "hint_ar": "I + don't.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "The negative of “I like English.” is ___.", "options": [ "I not like English.", "I don't like English.", "I doesn't like English." ], "answer": "I don't like English.", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "نفي جملة «I like English» هو ___.", "hint": "Which negative auxiliary goes with “I” in the present simple?", "explanation": "Present simple negatives use don’t/doesn’t + base verb. With I/you/we/they the auxiliary is “don’t”: I don’t like English. “I not like” has no auxiliary, and “doesn’t” is only for he/she/it." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 1B don’t, TB p.13–14", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s210", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Tenses", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Tenses", "unit": "Units 1, 2, 5, 6", "original": { "question": "The question form of “She works here.” is ___.", "options": [ "Does she works here?", "Does she work here?", "Do she work here?" ], "answer": "Does she work here?", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "صيغة السؤال من «She works here» هي ___.", "hint_ar": "Does + she + V1؟", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "The question form of “She works here.” is ___.", "options": [ "Does she works here?", "Does she work here?", "Do she work here?" ], "answer": "Does she work here?", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "صيغة السؤال من «She works here» هي ___.", "hint": "Present questions with “she” use an auxiliary. What happens to the main verb?", "explanation": "To make a question from “She works here”, we add “Does” before the subject and return the verb to its base form: Does she work here? “Does she works” keeps the -s twice, and “Do she” uses the wrong auxiliary for a third-person singular subject." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 1B does questions, TB p.13–14", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s211", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Tenses", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Tenses", "unit": "Units 1, 2, 5, 6", "original": { "question": "The question form of “He can swim.” is ___.", "options": [ "Does he can swim?", "Can he swim?", "Is he can swim?" ], "answer": "Can he swim?", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "صيغة السؤال من «He can swim» هي ___.", "hint_ar": "نقدم can قبل الفاعل.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "The question form of “He can swim.” is ___.", "options": [ "Does he can swim?", "Can he swim?", "Is he can swim?" ], "answer": "Can he swim?", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "صيغة السؤال من «He can swim» هي ___.", "hint": "With a modal verb, how do we make a question?", "explanation": "This question is excluded because “can” is taught in Unit 7, outside Units 1–6. For reference, modal verbs make questions by moving before the subject: Can he swim? We never add “do/does” to a modal." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Not scored (excluded)", "verification_code": "excluded", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "excluded", "exclusion_kind": "out-of-scope", "exclusion_reason": "Tests “can”. The earlier review recorded modals in Unit 7 (TB p.45), outside the Units 1–6 text stored in the project. It is not a grammar focus in Units 1–6.", "exclusion_reason_ar": "can: من قواعد الوحدة 7 (TB p.45).", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s212", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Spelling & pronunciation", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Spelling & pronunciation", "unit": "Foundation (Unit 2: -ing spelling)", "original": { "question": "In the word “know”, the silent letter is ___.", "options": [ "k", "n", "w" ], "answer": "k", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "في كلمة know، الحرف الذي لا يُنطق هو ___.", "hint_ar": "تُنطق «نو».", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "In the word “know”, the silent letter is ___.", "options": [ "k", "n", "w" ], "answer": "k", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "في كلمة know، الحرف الذي لا يُنطق هو ___.", "hint": "Some words begin with a pair of consonants where only one is pronounced (kn-, wr-, gn-, ps-).", "explanation": "A silent letter is written but not pronounced. In words beginning with kn-, the k is silent: know is pronounced /nəʊ/, the same as “no”. Other examples: knife, knee, knock, knowledge. The n is pronounced, and the w is part of the vowel spelling “ow”." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified by grammar analysis (not in the Teacher’s Book)", "verification_code": "gram", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s213", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Spelling & pronunciation", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Spelling & pronunciation", "unit": "Foundation (Unit 2: -ing spelling)", "original": { "question": "In the word “write”, the silent letter is ___.", "options": [ "w", "r", "t" ], "answer": "w", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "في كلمة write، الحرف الذي لا يُنطق هو ___.", "hint_ar": "تُنطق «رايت».", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "In the word “write”, the silent letter is ___.", "options": [ "w", "r", "t" ], "answer": "w", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "في كلمة write، الحرف الذي لا يُنطق هو ___.", "hint": "Words that start with wr- have a silent letter.", "explanation": "When a word begins with wr-, the w is silent: write is pronounced /raɪt/, like “right”. Other examples: wrong, wrap, wrist, writer. The r and t are both pronounced." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified by grammar analysis (not in the Teacher’s Book)", "verification_code": "gram", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s214", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Spelling & pronunciation", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Spelling & pronunciation", "unit": "Foundation (Unit 2: -ing spelling)", "original": { "question": "In the word “climb”, the silent letter is ___.", "options": [ "c", "l", "b" ], "answer": "b", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "في كلمة climb، الحرف الذي لا يُنطق هو ___.", "hint_ar": "تُنطق «كلايم».", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "In the word “climb”, the silent letter is ___.", "options": [ "c", "l", "b" ], "answer": "b", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "في كلمة climb، الحرف الذي لا يُنطق هو ___.", "hint": "When the letter m is followed by b at the end of a word, one of them is not pronounced.", "explanation": "When a word ends in -mb, the b is silent: climb is pronounced /klaɪm/. Other examples: thumb, comb, bomb, lamb. Note that the c and l in “climb” are pronounced." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified by grammar analysis (not in the Teacher’s Book)", "verification_code": "gram", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s215", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Spelling & pronunciation", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Spelling & pronunciation", "unit": "Foundation (Unit 2: -ing spelling)", "original": { "question": "In the word “hour”, the silent letter is ___.", "options": [ "h", "o", "r" ], "answer": "h", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "في كلمة hour، الحرف الذي لا يُنطق هو ___.", "hint_ar": "تُنطق «آور».", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "In the word “hour”, the silent letter is ___.", "options": [ "h", "o", "r" ], "answer": "h", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "في كلمة hour، الحرف الذي لا يُنطق هو ___.", "hint": "Does this word start with a consonant sound or a vowel sound? Compare “an hour”.", "explanation": "In “hour”, the h is silent, so the word starts with a vowel sound /aʊə/. That is why we say “an hour”, not “a hour”. A few other words also have a silent initial h: honest, honour, heir. The o and r are part of the pronunciation." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified by grammar analysis (not in the Teacher’s Book)", "verification_code": "gram", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s216", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Spelling & pronunciation", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Spelling & pronunciation", "unit": "Foundation (Unit 2: -ing spelling)", "original": { "question": "In the word “talk”, the silent letter is ___.", "options": [ "t", "l", "k" ], "answer": "l", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "في كلمة talk، الحرف الذي لا يُنطق هو ___.", "hint_ar": "تُنطق «توك».", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "In the word “talk”, the silent letter is ___.", "options": [ "t", "l", "k" ], "answer": "l", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "في كلمة talk، الحرف الذي لا يُنطق هو ___.", "hint": "In words like walk, talk and half, one consonant before the final sound is not pronounced.", "explanation": "In “talk”, the l is silent: it is pronounced /tɔːk/. The same pattern appears in walk, chalk, half and calm. The t and k are pronounced." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified by grammar analysis (not in the Teacher’s Book)", "verification_code": "gram", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s217", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Spelling & pronunciation", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Spelling & pronunciation", "unit": "Foundation (Unit 2: -ing spelling)", "original": { "question": "In the word “listen”, the silent letter is ___.", "options": [ "l", "s", "t" ], "answer": "t", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "في كلمة listen، الحرف الذي لا يُنطق هو ___.", "hint_ar": "تُنطق «لِسن».", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "In the word “listen”, the silent letter is ___.", "options": [ "l", "s", "t" ], "answer": "t", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "في كلمة listen، الحرف الذي لا يُنطق هو ___.", "hint": "In some words, a t between s and another sound is not pronounced (castle, whistle).", "explanation": "In “listen”, the t is silent: it is pronounced /ˈlɪsn/. The same happens in castle, fasten and whistle, where t comes after s. The l and s are pronounced." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified by grammar analysis (not in the Teacher’s Book)", "verification_code": "gram", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s218", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Spelling & pronunciation", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Spelling & pronunciation", "unit": "Foundation (Unit 2: -ing spelling)", "original": { "question": "In the word “sign”, the silent letter is ___.", "options": [ "s", "g", "n" ], "answer": "g", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "في كلمة sign، الحرف الذي لا يُنطق هو ___.", "hint_ar": "تُنطق «ساين».", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "In the word “sign”, the silent letter is ___.", "options": [ "s", "g", "n" ], "answer": "g", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "في كلمة sign، الحرف الذي لا يُنطق هو ___.", "hint": "When a word ends in -gn, one of the two letters is not pronounced.", "explanation": "In “sign”, the g is silent: it is pronounced /saɪn/, like “sine”. Other examples: design, foreign, campaign. Interestingly, the g is pronounced in related words such as “signature” and “signal”." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified by grammar analysis (not in the Teacher’s Book)", "verification_code": "gram", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s219", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Spelling & pronunciation", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Spelling & pronunciation", "unit": "Foundation (Unit 2: -ing spelling)", "original": { "question": "In the word “psychology”, the silent letter is ___.", "options": [ "p", "s", "y" ], "answer": "p", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "في كلمة psychology، الحرف الذي لا يُنطق هو ___.", "hint_ar": "تُنطق «سايكولوجي».", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "In the word “psychology”, the silent letter is ___.", "options": [ "p", "s", "y" ], "answer": "p", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "في كلمة psychology، الحرف الذي لا يُنطق هو ___.", "hint": "Words from Greek beginning with ps- have a silent first letter.", "explanation": "In words that begin with ps- (from Greek), the p is silent: psychology is pronounced /saɪˈkɒlədʒi/. Other examples: psychologist, psychiatrist. The s and y are pronounced." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified by grammar analysis (not in the Teacher’s Book)", "verification_code": "gram", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s220", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Spelling & pronunciation", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Spelling & pronunciation", "unit": "Foundation (Unit 2: -ing spelling)", "original": { "question": "In the word “science”, the silent letter is ___.", "options": [ "s", "c", "n" ], "answer": "c", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "في كلمة science، الحرف الذي لا يُنطق هو ___.", "hint_ar": "تُنطق «ساينس».", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "In the word “science”, the silent letter is ___.", "options": [ "s", "c", "n" ], "answer": "c", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "في كلمة science، الحرف الذي لا يُنطق هو ___.", "hint": "In “sc” before e or i, the two letters make one sound.", "explanation": "When “sc” comes before e, i or y, it is pronounced /s/, so the c is silent: science /ˈsaɪəns/. Other examples: scene, scissors, muscle. The s and n are pronounced." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified by grammar analysis (not in the Teacher’s Book)", "verification_code": "gram", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s221", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Spelling & pronunciation", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Spelling & pronunciation", "unit": "Foundation (Unit 2: -ing spelling)", "original": { "question": "In the word “night”, the silent letters are ___.", "options": [ "gh", "ni", "ht" ], "answer": "gh", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "في كلمة night، الحروف التي لا تُنطق هي ___.", "hint_ar": "تُنطق «نايت».", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "In the word “night”, the silent letters are ___.", "options": [ "gh", "ni", "ht" ], "answer": "gh", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "في كلمة night، الحروف التي لا تُنطق هي ___.", "hint": "The letters -igh- often make a long “i” sound. Which letters are not pronounced?", "explanation": "In the spelling -igh-, the letters gh are silent and the i has a long sound /aɪ/: night /naɪt/, light, right, high. So the silent letters in “night” are “gh”. The options “ni” and “ht” are wrong because the n, the i (as a long vowel) and the t are all pronounced." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified by grammar analysis (not in the Teacher’s Book)", "verification_code": "gram", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s222", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Spelling & pronunciation", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Spelling & pronunciation", "unit": "Foundation (Unit 2: -ing spelling)", "original": { "question": "In the word “Wednesday”, the silent letter is ___.", "options": [ "W", "d", "y" ], "answer": "d", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "في كلمة Wednesday، الحرف الذي لا يُنطق هو ___.", "hint_ar": "تُنطق «وِنزداي».", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "In the word “Wednesday”, the silent letter is ___.", "options": [ "W", "d", "y" ], "answer": "d", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "في كلمة Wednesday، الحرف الذي لا يُنطق هو ___.", "hint": "Say the days of the week aloud. In this one, a consonant in the middle disappears.", "explanation": "In “Wednesday”, the first d is silent, and the word is usually pronounced /ˈwenzdeɪ/ (two syllables: WENZ-day). The W at the beginning and the y at the end are part of the pronunciation. This silent letter comes from the word’s history (Woden’s day)." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified by grammar analysis (not in the Teacher’s Book)", "verification_code": "gram", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s223", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Spelling & pronunciation", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Spelling & pronunciation", "unit": "Foundation (Unit 2: -ing spelling)", "original": { "question": "In the word “guitar”, the silent letter is ___.", "options": [ "g", "u", "r" ], "answer": "u", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "في كلمة guitar، الحرف الذي لا يُنطق هو ___.", "hint_ar": "تُنطق «قيتار».", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "In the word “guitar”, the silent letter is ___.", "options": [ "g", "u", "r" ], "answer": "u", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "في كلمة guitar، الحرف الذي لا يُنطق هو ___.", "hint": "After g, this letter sometimes only shows that the g is “hard”, as in guest.", "explanation": "In “guitar”, the u is silent: the word is pronounced /ɡɪˈtɑː/. The u is there to show that the g is “hard” (/ɡ/), not soft like in “giraffe”. Other examples: guest, guess, guide." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified by grammar analysis (not in the Teacher’s Book)", "verification_code": "gram", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s224", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Spelling & pronunciation", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Spelling & pronunciation", "unit": "Foundation (Unit 2: -ing spelling)", "original": { "question": "The letter E is usually silent at the end of words like “make” and “time”.", "options": [ "True", "False" ], "answer": "True", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "حرف E غالباً لا يُنطق في نهاية كلمات مثل make و time.", "hint_ar": "make تُنطق «ميك».", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "The letter E is usually silent at the end of words like “make” and “time”.", "options": [ "True", "False" ], "answer": "True", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "حرف E غالباً لا يُنطق في نهاية كلمات مثل make و time.", "hint": "Compare “mak” and “make”, “tim” and “time”. Do you hear the final letter?", "explanation": "The statement is True. In words like make, time and home, the final e is not pronounced. Its job is to make the vowel before it “long” — it says its alphabet name: mat → mate, tim → time. This is often called the “magic e” or “silent e”." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified by grammar analysis (not in the Teacher’s Book)", "verification_code": "gram", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s225", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Spelling & pronunciation", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Spelling & pronunciation", "unit": "Foundation (Unit 2: -ing spelling)", "original": { "question": "Which word has a silent “k”?", "options": [ "kind", "knife", "kick" ], "answer": "knife", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "أي كلمة فيها حرف k لا يُنطق؟", "hint_ar": "تبدأ بـ kn.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "Which word has a silent “k”?", "options": [ "kind", "knife", "kick" ], "answer": "knife", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "أي كلمة فيها حرف k لا يُنطق؟", "hint": "Look for a word that starts with kn-.", "explanation": "In words beginning with kn-, the k is silent. “Knife” is pronounced /naɪf/. In “kind” and “kick”, the k is pronounced normally, because it is not followed by n." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified by grammar analysis (not in the Teacher’s Book)", "verification_code": "gram", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s226", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Spelling & pronunciation", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Spelling & pronunciation", "unit": "Foundation (Unit 2: -ing spelling)", "original": { "question": "Which word has a silent “b”?", "options": [ "thumb", "bad", "table" ], "answer": "thumb", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "أي كلمة فيها حرف b لا يُنطق؟", "hint_ar": "الحرف b بعد m في آخر الكلمة.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "Which word has a silent “b”?", "options": [ "thumb", "bad", "table" ], "answer": "thumb", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "أي كلمة فيها حرف b لا يُنطق؟", "hint": "Look for a word that ends in -mb.", "explanation": "When a word ends in -mb, the b is silent: thumb /θʌm/. In “bad” and “table”, the b is pronounced because it is not after m at the end of the word." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified by grammar analysis (not in the Teacher’s Book)", "verification_code": "gram", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s227", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: General grammar", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "General grammar", "unit": "Foundation (general grammar)", "original": { "question": "There ___ a car.", "options": [ "is", "are", "am" ], "answer": "is", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "___ سيارة.", "hint_ar": "مفرد ← There is.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "There ___ a car.", "options": [ "is", "are", "am" ], "answer": "is", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "___ سيارة.", "hint": "“A car” is singular.", "explanation": "We use “There is” with a singular noun to say that something exists: There is a car. “There are” is used with plural nouns (There are two cars), and “am” is never used with “there”." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s228", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: General grammar", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "General grammar", "unit": "Foundation (general grammar)", "original": { "question": "There ___ many students.", "options": [ "is", "are", "be" ], "answer": "are", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "___ طلاب كثيرون.", "hint_ar": "جمع ← There are.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "There ___ many students.", "options": [ "is", "are", "be" ], "answer": "are", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "___ طلاب كثيرون.", "hint": "“Many students” is plural.", "explanation": "“Students” is a plural noun, so we use “There are”: There are many students. “There is” is for singular or uncountable nouns, and “be” is the base form, which is not used here." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "hint", "category": "leak", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "The hint wrote out the answer.", "reason_ar": "التلميح كان يكتب الإجابة.", "ref": "—", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "جمع ← There are.", "to": "students جمع." } ] } ] }, { "id": "s229", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: General grammar", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "General grammar", "unit": "Foundation (general grammar)", "original": { "question": "I have ___ books.", "options": [ "much", "many", "a little" ], "answer": "many", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "لدي كتب ___ .", "hint_ar": "books معدود.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "I have ___ books.", "options": [ "much", "many", "a little" ], "answer": "many", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "لدي كتب ___ .", "hint": "“Books” is plural and countable.", "explanation": "“Many” is used with plural countable nouns: I have many books. “Much” and “a little” are used with uncountable nouns (much money, a little time), so they cannot go before “books”. In positive sentences “a lot of books” is also common." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s230", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: General grammar", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "General grammar", "unit": "Foundation (general grammar)", "original": { "question": "I drink ___ water.", "options": [ "many", "much", "a few" ], "answer": "much", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "أشرب ماء ___ .", "hint_ar": "water غير معدود.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "I don’t drink ___ water.", "options": [ "many", "much", "a few" ], "answer": "much", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "لا أشرب ___ ماء.", "hint": "“Water” is uncountable and the sentence is negative.", "explanation": "“Water” is uncountable, so we use “much” (not “many”), and “much” is most natural in negative sentences and questions: I don’t drink much water. “Many” is for countable nouns, and “a few” is for countable plurals in positive sentences." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified by grammar analysis (not in the Teacher’s Book)", "verification_code": "gram", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "unnatural", "category": "error", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "“I drink much water” is unnatural in an affirmative sentence (we say “a lot of”). The sentence was made negative, where “much” is natural; the answer is “much”.", "reason_ar": "«I drink much water» غير طبيعية في الجملة المثبتة (يقال a lot of). جعلنا الجملة منفية حيث much طبيعية؛ الإجابة much.", "ref": "—", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "I drink ___ water.", "to": "I don’t drink ___ water." }, { "field": "arabic", "from": "أشرب ماء ___ .", "to": "لا أشرب ___ ماء." } ] } ] }, { "id": "s231", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: General grammar", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "General grammar", "unit": "Foundation (general grammar)", "original": { "question": "Do you have ___ books?", "options": [ "some", "any", "a" ], "answer": "any", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "هل لديك ___ كتب؟", "hint_ar": "في السؤال والنفي.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "Do you have ___ books?", "options": [ "much", "any", "a" ], "answer": "any", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "هل لديك ___ كتب؟", "hint": "This is a question with a plural noun.", "explanation": "“Any” is used in questions and negatives with plural countable nouns and uncountable nouns: Do you have any books? “Much” is only for uncountable nouns, and “a” cannot be used with a plural noun like “books”." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "ambiguous", "category": "ambiguity", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "“Do you have some books?” is also acceptable. “some” was replaced with “much”.", "reason_ar": "Do you have some books? مقبولة أيضاً. استبدلنا some بـ much.", "ref": "—", "changes": [ { "field": "options", "from": "some | any | a", "to": "much | any | a" } ] } ] }, { "id": "s232", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: General grammar", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "General grammar", "unit": "Foundation (general grammar)", "original": { "question": "___ university", "options": [ "a", "an", "the" ], "answer": "a", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "اختر الأداة: ___ university", "hint_ar": "university تبدأ بصوت «يو» (ساكن) ← a. (وفي الصورة: the university للشيء المعروف)", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "Choose the indefinite article: ___ university", "options": [ "a", "an", "the" ], "answer": "a", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "اختر الأداة: ___ university", "hint": "Say the word aloud. Does it begin with a vowel sound or a consonant sound?", "explanation": "“University” begins with the letter u, but the first sound is /j/ (“yoo”), which is a consonant sound. The article depends on the sound, so we say “a university”, just like “a uniform” and “a European country”. “An” is used before vowel sounds (an umbrella, an hour)." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified by grammar analysis (not in the Teacher’s Book)", "verification_code": "gram", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "ambiguous", "category": "ambiguity", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "Without the word “indefinite”, “the university” was also correct.", "reason_ar": "بدون كلمة indefinite كانت the university صحيحة أيضاً.", "ref": "—", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "___ university", "to": "Choose the indefinite article: ___ university" } ] } ] }, { "id": "s233", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: General grammar", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "General grammar", "unit": "Foundation (general grammar)", "original": { "question": "study → ___ (He / She / It)", "options": [ "studys", "studies", "studyes" ], "answer": "studies", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "study مع He / She / It تصبح ___", "hint_ar": "y قبلها ساكن ← ies.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "study → ___ (He / She / It)", "options": [ "studys", "studies", "studyes" ], "answer": "studies", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "study مع He / She / It تصبح ___", "hint": "“Study” ends in a consonant + y. What happens before the -s ending?", "explanation": "With he/she/it, most verbs add -s. When a verb ends in a consonant + y, we change the y to i and add -es: study → studies, try → tries, carry → carries. If a vowel comes before the y, we just add -s (play → plays)." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s234", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: General grammar", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "General grammar", "unit": "Foundation (general grammar)", "original": { "question": "watch → ___ (He / She / It)", "options": [ "watchs", "watches", "watchies" ], "answer": "watches", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "watch مع He / She / It تصبح ___", "hint_ar": "ينتهي بـ ch ← es.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "watch → ___ (He / She / It)", "options": [ "watchs", "watches", "watchies" ], "answer": "watches", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "watch مع He / She / It تصبح ___", "hint": "Verbs ending in -ch, -sh, -s, -x or -o take a longer ending.", "explanation": "Verbs ending in -ch, -sh, -s, -x or -o add -es with he/she/it, because an extra syllable is needed to pronounce them: watch → watches, wash → washes, fix → fixes, go → goes. “Watchs” is hard to pronounce and wrong, and “watchies” adds an unnecessary i." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s235", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: General grammar", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "General grammar", "unit": "Foundation (general grammar)", "original": { "question": "I know ___. (he)", "options": [ "he", "him", "his" ], "answer": "him", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "أنا أعرفه. (he كمفعول به)", "hint_ar": "ضمير المفعول به.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "I know ___. (he)", "options": [ "he", "him", "his" ], "answer": "him", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "أنا أعرف ___ . (he كمفعول به)", "hint": "The pronoun comes after the verb “know”. Which form is used for objects?", "explanation": "After a verb, we use an object pronoun. The object form of “he” is “him”: I know him. “He” is the subject form (He knows me), and “his” is a possessive (his car)." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "leak", "category": "leak", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "The Arabic translation («أنا أعرفه») gave the answer “him”.", "reason_ar": "The Arabic translation («أنا أعرفه») gave the answer “him”.", "ref": "—", "changes": [ { "field": "arabic", "from": "أنا أعرفه. (he كمفعول به)", "to": "أنا أعرف ___ . (he كمفعول به)" } ] } ] }, { "id": "s236", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: General grammar", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "General grammar", "unit": "Foundation (general grammar)", "original": { "question": "This is ___ phone. (he)", "options": [ "him", "his", "he" ], "answer": "his", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "هذا جواله. (صفة ملكية لـ he)", "hint_ar": "صفة الملكية.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "This is ___ phone. (he)", "options": [ "him", "his", "he" ], "answer": "his", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "هذا جوال ___ . (صفة الملكية من he)", "hint": "The pronoun comes before a noun (phone) and shows ownership.", "explanation": "Before a noun, we use a possessive adjective to show who owns it. The possessive adjective of “he” is “his”: This is his phone. “Him” is an object pronoun (I called him), and “he” is a subject pronoun." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "leak", "category": "leak", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "The Arabic translation («هذا جواله») gave the answer “his”.", "reason_ar": "The Arabic translation («هذا جواله») gave the answer “his”.", "ref": "—", "changes": [ { "field": "arabic", "from": "هذا جواله. (صفة ملكية لـ he)", "to": "هذا جوال ___ . (صفة الملكية من he)" } ] } ] }, { "id": "s237", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: General grammar", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "General grammar", "unit": "Foundation (general grammar)", "original": { "question": "I help ___. (they)", "options": [ "they", "their", "them" ], "answer": "them", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "أنا أساعدهم.", "hint_ar": "ضمير المفعول به لـ they.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "I help ___. (they)", "options": [ "they", "their", "them" ], "answer": "them", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "أنا أساعد ___ . (they كمفعول به)", "hint": "The pronoun comes after the verb “help”. Which form is the object?", "explanation": "After a verb, we need an object pronoun. The object form of “they” is “them”: I help them. “They” is the subject form, and “their” is a possessive adjective that must be followed by a noun (their house)." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "leak", "category": "leak", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "The Arabic translation («أنا أساعدهم») gave the answer “them”.", "reason_ar": "The Arabic translation («أنا أساعدهم») gave the answer “them”.", "ref": "—", "changes": [ { "field": "arabic", "from": "أنا أساعدهم.", "to": "أنا أساعد ___ . (they كمفعول به)" } ] } ] }, { "id": "s238", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: General grammar", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "General grammar", "unit": "Foundation (general grammar)", "original": { "question": "He drives ___.", "options": [ "quick", "quickly" ], "answer": "quickly", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "هو يقود ___ .", "hint_ar": "نصف الفعل ← ظرف.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "He drives ___.", "options": [ "quick", "quickly" ], "answer": "quickly", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "هو يقود ___ .", "hint": "The missing word describes how he drives (the verb).", "explanation": "The missing word tells us how he drives, so it describes a verb and must be an adverb: He drives quickly. Many adverbs are formed by adding -ly to an adjective. “Quick” is an adjective and describes nouns (a quick driver)." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s239", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: General grammar", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "General grammar", "unit": "Foundation (general grammar)", "original": { "question": "He is a ___ driver.", "options": [ "quick", "quickly" ], "answer": "quick", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "هو سائق ___ .", "hint_ar": "نصف الاسم ← صفة.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "He is a ___ driver.", "options": [ "quick", "quickly" ], "answer": "quick", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "هو سائق ___ .", "hint": "The missing word describes a noun (driver).", "explanation": "The missing word describes the noun “driver”, so it must be an adjective, which comes before the noun: He is a quick driver. “Quickly” is an adverb and describes verbs (He drives quickly). Compare s238 to see the difference." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s240", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: General grammar", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "General grammar", "unit": "Foundation (general grammar)", "original": { "question": "I was late, ___ I ran.", "options": [ "because", "so", "but" ], "answer": "so", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "تأخرت، ___ ركضت.", "hint_ar": "نتيجة.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "I was late, ___ I ran.", "options": [ "because", "so", "but" ], "answer": "so", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "تأخرت، ___ ركضت.", "hint": "Being late is the cause; running is the result.", "explanation": "Being late is the cause and running is the result, so we use “so”, which introduces a result: I was late, so I ran. “Because” would introduce the reason (I ran because I was late), and “but” shows a contrast." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Writing skills Unit 3 linking words (so), TB p.70", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s241", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: General grammar", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "General grammar", "unit": "Foundation (general grammar)", "original": { "question": "I am tired, ___ I study.", "options": [ "but", "so", "and" ], "answer": "but", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "أنا متعب، ___ أدرس.", "hint_ar": "تناقض.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "I am tired, ___ I still study for my exam.", "options": [ "but", "so", "or" ], "answer": "but", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "أنا متعب، ___ ما زلت أذاكر لاختباري.", "hint": "Being tired and still studying are opposite ideas.", "explanation": "The two ideas contrast with each other: you might expect a tired person to rest, but the speaker still studies. “But” introduces a contrast, and the word “still” reinforces it: I am tired, but I still study for my exam. “So” would mean being tired is the reason for studying, which is not logical, and “or” offers a choice between two options." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Writing skills Unit 3 linking words (but), TB p.70", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "ambiguous", "category": "ambiguity", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The option “and” was grammatically acceptable (“I am tired, and I study”). It was replaced with “or”.", "reason_ar": "الخيار and مقبول نحوياً (I am tired, and I study). استبدلناه بـ or.", "ref": "Writing skills Unit 3, TB p.70", "changes": [ { "field": "options", "from": "but | so | and", "to": "but | so | or" } ] }, { "kind": "ambiguous", "category": "ambiguity", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The contrast between “tired” and “study” was weak, so “so” could be argued for. “still … for my exam” makes the contrast clear; the answer is “but”.", "reason_ar": "", "ref": "Writing skills Unit 3 linking words, TB p.70", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "I am tired, ___ I study.", "to": "I am tired, ___ I still study for my exam." }, { "field": "arabic", "from": "أنا متعب، ___ أدرس.", "to": "أنا متعب، ___ ما زلت أذاكر لاختباري." } ] } ] }, { "id": "s242", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: General grammar", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "General grammar", "unit": "Foundation (general grammar)", "original": { "question": "___ are my books. (near, plural)", "options": [ "This", "These", "Those" ], "answer": "These", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "___ كتبي. (قريبة، جمع)", "hint_ar": "جمع قريب.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "___ are my books. (near, plural)", "options": [ "This", "These", "Those" ], "answer": "These", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "___ كتبي. (قريبة، جمع)", "hint": "Near + plural.", "explanation": "Demonstratives show distance and number: this (near, singular), these (near, plural), that (far, singular), those (far, plural). The books are near and plural, so: These are my books. “This” is singular, and “those” is for things that are far." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified by grammar analysis (not in the Teacher’s Book)", "verification_code": "gram", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s243", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: General grammar", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "General grammar", "unit": "Foundation (general grammar)", "original": { "question": "___ is his car. (far, singular)", "options": [ "This", "That", "Those" ], "answer": "That", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "___ سيارته. (بعيدة، مفرد)", "hint_ar": "مفرد بعيد.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "___ is his car. (far, singular)", "options": [ "This", "That", "Those" ], "answer": "That", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "___ سيارته. (بعيدة، مفرد)", "hint": "Far + singular.", "explanation": "The car is far away and singular, so we use “that”: That is his car. “This” is for something near, and “those” is the plural form (Those are his cars)." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified by grammar analysis (not in the Teacher’s Book)", "verification_code": "gram", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s244", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: General grammar", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "General grammar", "unit": "Foundation (general grammar)", "original": { "question": "She likes ___ read.", "options": [ "to", "for", "at" ], "answer": "to", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "هي تحب ___ تقرأ.", "hint_ar": "Infinitive = to + فعل.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "She likes ___ read.", "options": [ "to", "for", "at" ], "answer": "to", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "هي تحب ___ تقرأ.", "hint": "After “like”, an infinitive can follow.", "explanation": "The verb “like” can be followed by a to-infinitive or an -ing form: She likes to read / She likes reading (both are correct). “For” and “at” are prepositions; they cannot be followed by a base verb like “read”." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s245", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: General grammar", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "General grammar", "unit": "Foundation (general grammar)", "original": { "question": "___ the door. (imperative)", "options": [ "Open", "Opens", "Opening" ], "answer": "Open", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "___ الباب. (أمر)", "hint_ar": "الأمر يبدأ بالفعل الأساسي بدون فاعل.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "___ the door. (imperative)", "options": [ "Open", "Opens", "Opening" ], "answer": "Open", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "___ الباب. (أمر)", "hint": "A command (imperative) starts with which verb form?", "explanation": "An imperative is used to give a command or instruction. It begins with the base form of the verb and normally has no subject: Open the door. Sit down. “Opens” has the third-person -s, and “Opening” is an -ing form, so neither can start a command." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified by grammar analysis (not in the Teacher’s Book)", "verification_code": "gram", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s246", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: General grammar", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "General grammar", "unit": "Foundation (general grammar)", "original": { "question": "big → ___ (comparative)", "options": [ "biger", "bigger", "more big" ], "answer": "bigger", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "صيغة المقارنة من big هي ___", "hint_ar": "ساكن + متحرك + ساكن ← نضاعف.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "big → ___ (comparative)", "options": [ "biger", "bigger", "more big" ], "answer": "bigger", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "صيغة المقارنة من big هي ___", "hint": "“Big” is one syllable and ends in consonant–vowel–consonant.", "explanation": "“Big” is a one-syllable adjective ending in consonant–vowel–consonant (b-i-g), so we double the final consonant before adding -er: bigger. The same rule gives hot → hotter and thin → thinner. “Biger” forgets to double, and “more big” is wrong because short adjectives use -er." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 3B comparatives (bigger), TB p.26", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s247", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: General grammar", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "General grammar", "unit": "Foundation (general grammar)", "original": { "question": "How ___ books do you have?", "options": [ "much", "many" ], "answer": "many", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "كم كتاباً لديك؟", "hint_ar": "معدود.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "How ___ books do you have?", "options": [ "much", "many" ], "answer": "many", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "كم كتاباً لديك؟", "hint": "“Books” is countable.", "explanation": "“How many” is used with plural countable nouns: How many books do you have? “How much” is used with uncountable nouns: How much money do you have? Because “books” is countable, “much” is wrong." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified by grammar analysis (not in the Teacher’s Book)", "verification_code": "gram", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s248", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: General grammar", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "General grammar", "unit": "Foundation (general grammar)", "original": { "question": "She ___ going. (negative, present continuous)", "options": [ "isn't", "doesn't", "didn't" ], "answer": "isn't", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "هي ___ ذاهبة. (نفي مضارع مستمر)", "hint_ar": "am/is/are + not + V-ing.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "She ___ going. (negative, present continuous)", "options": [ "isn't", "doesn't", "didn't" ], "answer": "isn't", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "هي ___ ذاهبة. (نفي مضارع مستمر)", "hint": "The present continuous negative is be + not + -ing. Which form goes with “she”?", "explanation": "The present continuous negative is am/is/are + not + verb-ing. With “she” we use “isn’t” (is not): She isn’t going. “Doesn’t” and “didn’t” are used with base verbs in the present and past simple (She doesn’t go), not with -ing forms." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 2B ’m not / isn’t + -ing, TB p.20", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s249", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: General grammar", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "General grammar", "unit": "Foundation (general grammar)", "original": { "question": "___ you going?", "options": [ "Do", "Are", "Did" ], "answer": "Are", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "هل أنت ذاهب؟", "hint_ar": "Am / Is / Are + فاعل + V-ing؟", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "___ you going?", "options": [ "Do", "Are", "Did" ], "answer": "Are", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "هل أنت ذاهب؟", "hint": "Present continuous questions put a form of “be” first. Which one goes with “you”?", "explanation": "Present continuous questions are made by putting am/is/are before the subject: Are you going? Is she going? With “you” we use “Are”. “Do” and “Did” are auxiliaries for the simple tenses and are followed by the base verb (Do you go?), not by -ing." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 2B Are you …ing?, TB p.20", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "hint", "category": "leak", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The hint wrote out the answer.", "reason_ar": "التلميح كان يكتب الإجابة.", "ref": "Unit 2B, TB p.20", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "Am / Is / Are + فاعل + V-ing؟", "to": "المضارع المستمر: فعل to be + الفاعل + ing." } ] } ] }, { "id": "s250", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Tenses", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Tenses", "unit": "Units 1, 2, 5, 6", "original": { "question": "The opposite of happy is ___.", "options": [ "big", "sad", "hot", "new" ], "answer": "sad", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "عكس كلمة happy هو ___.", "hint_ar": "شعور عكس السعادة.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "The opposite of happy is ___.", "options": [ "big", "sad", "hot", "new" ], "answer": "sad", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "عكس كلمة happy هو ___.", "hint": "Think of the feeling that is the opposite of happiness.", "explanation": "“Sad” is the opposite (antonym) of “happy”: both describe feelings. The other options are adjectives too, but they have their own opposites: big ↔ small, hot ↔ cold, new ↔ old." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s251", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Tenses", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Tenses", "unit": "Units 1, 2, 5, 6", "original": { "question": "Which time word goes with Future Simple?", "options": [ "yesterday", "next week", "every day" ], "answer": "next week", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "أي كلمة زمنية تأتي مع المستقبل البسيط؟", "hint_ar": "will + verb.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "Which time word goes with Future Simple?", "options": [ "yesterday", "next week", "every day" ], "answer": "next week", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "أي كلمة زمنية تأتي مع المستقبل البسيط؟", "hint": "Which time expression refers to the future?", "explanation": "This question is excluded because the future simple with “will” is not taught in Units 1–6. For reference, “next week” refers to the future, “yesterday” to the past, and “every day” to habits." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Not scored (excluded)", "verification_code": "excluded", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "excluded", "exclusion_kind": "out-of-scope", "exclusion_reason": "Tests the future simple with “will”, which is not a grammar focus in Units 1–6.", "exclusion_reason_ar": "Future Simple (will): غير موجود في كتاب Level 2.", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s252", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Tenses", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Tenses", "unit": "Units 1, 2, 5, 6", "original": { "question": "Which time word goes with Present Continuous?", "options": [ "right now", "last year", "usually" ], "answer": "right now", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "أي كلمة زمنية تأتي مع المضارع المستمر؟", "hint_ar": "am / is / are + ing.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "Which time word goes with Present Continuous?", "options": [ "right now", "last year", "usually" ], "answer": "right now", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "أي كلمة زمنية تأتي مع المضارع المستمر؟", "hint": "The present continuous describes actions happening at this moment.", "explanation": "The present continuous (am/is/are + -ing) describes actions in progress at the moment of speaking, so it often goes with “now”, “right now” or “at the moment”: I am studying right now. “Last year” refers to the past, and “usually” describes habits (present simple)." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified by grammar analysis (not in the Teacher’s Book)", "verification_code": "gram", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s253", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Tenses", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Tenses", "unit": "Units 1, 2, 5, 6", "original": { "question": "Which time word goes with Present Simple?", "options": [ "ago", "sometimes", "tomorrow" ], "answer": "sometimes", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "أي كلمة زمنية تأتي مع المضارع البسيط؟", "hint_ar": "عادات وتكرار.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "Which time word goes with Present Simple?", "options": [ "ago", "sometimes", "tomorrow" ], "answer": "sometimes", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "أي كلمة زمنية تأتي مع المضارع البسيط؟", "hint": "The present simple is used for habits and how often things happen.", "explanation": "The present simple describes habits and routines, so it often goes with frequency adverbs such as always, usually, sometimes and never: I sometimes walk to work. “Ago” is used with the past simple (two days ago), and “tomorrow” refers to the future." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified by grammar analysis (not in the Teacher’s Book)", "verification_code": "gram", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s254", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Tenses", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Tenses", "unit": "Units 1, 2, 5, 6", "original": { "question": "She ___ travel. (future)", "options": [ "will", "is", "did" ], "answer": "will", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "هي ___ تسافر. (مستقبل)", "hint_ar": "will + verb.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "She ___ travel. (future)", "options": [ "will", "is", "did" ], "answer": "will", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "هي ___ تسافر. (مستقبل)", "hint": "This sentence uses the future with “will”.", "explanation": "This question is excluded because “will” is not taught in Units 1–6. For reference: She will travel. (Units 1–6 use the present continuous for plans: She is travelling next week.)" }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Not scored (excluded)", "verification_code": "excluded", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "excluded", "exclusion_kind": "out-of-scope", "exclusion_reason": "Tests the future with “will”, which is not a grammar focus in Units 1–6.", "exclusion_reason_ar": "المستقبل بـ will: غير موجود في كتاب Level 2.", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s255", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Tenses", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Tenses", "unit": "Units 1, 2, 5, 6", "original": { "question": "They ___ last week.", "options": [ "travel", "traveled", "will travel" ], "answer": "traveled", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "هم ___ الأسبوع الماضي.", "hint_ar": "last week ← ماضي.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "They ___ last week.", "options": [ "travel", "travelled", "will travel" ], "answer": "travelled", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "هم ___ الأسبوع الماضي.", "hint": "“Last week” is past. Check the spelling of the past form.", "explanation": "“Last week” requires the past simple, so the answer is “travelled”. British English, used in the Teacher’s Book, doubles the l before -ed (travel → travelled); American English uses “traveled”. Both spellings are correct in their own variety, so this is not a spelling error. “Will travel” is future and does not match “last week”." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 5C, TB p.40", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": true, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "variant", "category": "improvement", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The Teacher’s Book uses the British spelling “travelled”. (American “traveled” is also correct; this is a variant, not an error.)", "reason_ar": "الكتاب يستخدم الإملاء البريطاني travelled.", "ref": "Unit 5C, TB p.40", "changes": [ { "field": "options", "from": "travel | traveled | will travel", "to": "travel | travelled | will travel" }, { "field": "answer", "from": "traveled", "to": "travelled" } ] } ] }, { "id": "s256", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: General grammar", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "General grammar", "unit": "Foundation (general grammar)", "original": { "question": "There ___ an apple.", "options": [ "is", "are" ], "answer": "is", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "___ تفاحة.", "hint_ar": "مفرد.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "There ___ an apple.", "options": [ "is", "are" ], "answer": "is", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "___ تفاحة.", "hint": "“An apple” is singular.", "explanation": "“An apple” is one thing (singular), so we use “There is”: There is an apple. “There are” is for plural nouns (There are three apples)." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s257", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: General grammar", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "General grammar", "unit": "Foundation (general grammar)", "original": { "question": "There ___ students in the class.", "options": [ "is", "are" ], "answer": "are", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "___ طلاب في الفصل.", "hint_ar": "جمع.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "There ___ students in the class.", "options": [ "is", "are" ], "answer": "are", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "___ طلاب في الفصل.", "hint": "“Students” is plural.", "explanation": "“Students” is plural, so we use “There are”: There are students in the class. “There is” is used with singular or uncountable nouns." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s258", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: General grammar", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "General grammar", "unit": "Foundation (general grammar)", "original": { "question": "There aren't ___ cars.", "options": [ "some", "any", "a" ], "answer": "any", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "لا توجد ___ سيارات.", "hint_ar": "نفي.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "There aren't ___ cars.", "options": [ "some", "any", "a" ], "answer": "any", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "لا توجد ___ سيارات.", "hint": "The sentence is negative.", "explanation": "In negative sentences we use “any” with plural and uncountable nouns: There aren’t any cars. “Some” is typical of positive sentences (There are some cars), and “a” cannot go before a plural noun." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s259", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: General grammar", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "General grammar", "unit": "Foundation (general grammar)", "original": { "question": "She has ___ books.", "options": [ "some", "any" ], "answer": "some", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "لديها ___ كتب.", "hint_ar": "إثبات.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "She has ___ books.", "options": [ "some", "any" ], "answer": "some", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "لديها ___ كتب.", "hint": "The sentence is positive.", "explanation": "In positive sentences we use “some” with plural and uncountable nouns: She has some books. “Any” is mainly used in negatives and questions: She doesn’t have any books / Does she have any books?" }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s260", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: General grammar", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "General grammar", "unit": "Foundation (general grammar)", "original": { "question": "___ hour", "options": [ "a", "an" ], "answer": "an", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "اختر الأداة: ___ hour", "hint_ar": "h لا تُنطق ← تبدأ بصوت متحرك.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "___ hour", "options": [ "a", "an" ], "answer": "an", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "اختر الأداة: ___ hour", "hint": "Is the first letter of this word pronounced?", "explanation": "The h in “hour” is silent, so the word begins with a vowel sound. Because the choice between “a” and “an” depends on sound, not spelling, we say “an hour”. Compare: a house (the h is pronounced)." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified by grammar analysis (not in the Teacher’s Book)", "verification_code": "gram", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s261", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: General grammar", "source_label": "Source not confirmed", "source_class": "unsure", "topic": "General grammar", "unit": "Foundation (general grammar)", "original": { "question": "The book is ___ the table.", "options": [ "in", "on", "at" ], "answer": "on", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "الكتاب ___ الطاولة.", "hint_ar": "على سطح.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "The book is ___ the table.", "options": [ "in", "on", "at" ], "answer": "on", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "الكتاب ___ الطاولة.", "hint": "The book is touching the top surface of the table.", "explanation": "“On” describes a position touching a surface: The book is on the table. “In” means inside something (in the box), and “at” refers to a point or location (at the door)." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified by grammar analysis (not in the Teacher’s Book)", "verification_code": "gram", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s262", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: General grammar", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "General grammar", "unit": "Foundation (general grammar)", "original": { "question": "I am ___ home.", "options": [ "in", "on", "at" ], "answer": "at", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "أنا ___ البيت.", "hint_ar": "نقطة محددة: ___ home.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "I am ___ home.", "options": [ "in", "on", "at" ], "answer": "at", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "أنا ___ البيت.", "hint": "This is a fixed expression with “home”.", "explanation": "“At home” is a fixed expression meaning in your house: I am at home. We do not say “in home” or “on home”. Note also that we say “go home” (no preposition) when we describe movement." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s263", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: General grammar", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "General grammar", "unit": "Foundation (general grammar)", "original": { "question": "She is ___ a car.", "options": [ "in", "on", "at" ], "answer": "in", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "هي ___ السيارة.", "hint_ar": "داخل مكان.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "She is ___ a car.", "options": [ "in", "on", "at" ], "answer": "in", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "هي ___ السيارة.", "hint": "She is inside a small vehicle.", "explanation": "We use “in” for cars and taxis because you sit inside a small, enclosed space: She is in a car. For larger public vehicles where you can stand or walk, we usually use “on”: on a bus, on a train, on a plane." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s264", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: General grammar", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "General grammar", "unit": "Foundation (general grammar)", "original": { "question": "I like ___. (her)", "options": [ "she", "her", "hers" ], "answer": "her", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "أنا أحبها. (her كمفعول به)", "hint_ar": "ضمير المفعول به لـ she.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "I like ___. (she)", "options": [ "she", "her", "hers" ], "answer": "her", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "أنا أحب ___ . (she كمفعول به)", "hint": "The pronoun comes after the verb “like”. Which form of “she” is used as an object?", "explanation": "After a verb, we use an object pronoun. The object form of “she” is “her”: I like her. “She” is the subject form, and “hers” is a possessive pronoun that replaces a noun (The book is hers)." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "leak", "category": "leak", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "The English cue “(her)” was the answer itself, and the translation («أنا أحبها») also gave it. The cue now gives the subject pronoun “she”, like s235.", "reason_ar": "The English cue “(her)” was the answer itself, and the translation («أنا أحبها») also gave it. The cue now gives the subject pronoun “she”, like s235.", "ref": "—", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "I like ___. (her)", "to": "I like ___. (she)" }, { "field": "arabic", "from": "أنا أحبها. (her كمفعول به)", "to": "أنا أحب ___ . (she كمفعول به)" } ] } ] }, { "id": "s265", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: General grammar", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "General grammar", "unit": "Foundation (general grammar)", "original": { "question": "Join ___. (we)", "options": [ "we", "us", "our" ], "answer": "us", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "انضم إلينا.", "hint_ar": "ضمير المفعول به لـ we.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "Join ___. (we)", "options": [ "we", "us", "our" ], "answer": "us", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "انضم إلى ___ . (we كمفعول به)", "hint": "The pronoun comes after the verb “join”. Which form of “we” is the object?", "explanation": "After the verb “join” we need an object pronoun. The object form of “we” is “us”: Join us! “We” is the subject form, and “our” is a possessive adjective that must come before a noun (our team)." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified by grammar analysis (not in the Teacher’s Book)", "verification_code": "gram", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "leak", "category": "leak", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "The Arabic translation («انضم إلينا») gave the answer “us”.", "reason_ar": "The Arabic translation («انضم إلينا») gave the answer “us”.", "ref": "—", "changes": [ { "field": "arabic", "from": "انضم إلينا.", "to": "انضم إلى ___ . (we كمفعول به)" } ] } ] }, { "id": "s266", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: General grammar", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "General grammar", "unit": "Foundation (general grammar)", "original": { "question": "This is ___ house. (we)", "options": [ "us", "our", "we" ], "answer": "our", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "هذا بيتنا.", "hint_ar": "صفة ملكية.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "This is ___ house. (we)", "options": [ "us", "our", "we" ], "answer": "our", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "هذا بيت ___ . (صفة الملكية من we)", "hint": "The pronoun comes before a noun (house) and shows ownership.", "explanation": "Before the noun “house” we need a possessive adjective. The possessive adjective of “we” is “our”: This is our house. “Us” is an object pronoun (Visit us), and “we” is a subject pronoun." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "leak", "category": "leak", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "The Arabic translation («هذا بيتنا») gave the answer “our”.", "reason_ar": "The Arabic translation («هذا بيتنا») gave the answer “our”.", "ref": "—", "changes": [ { "field": "arabic", "from": "هذا بيتنا.", "to": "هذا بيت ___ . (صفة الملكية من we)" } ] } ] }, { "id": "s267", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: General grammar", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "General grammar", "unit": "Foundation (general grammar)", "original": { "question": "Which noun is countable?", "options": [ "money", "information", "apple", "time" ], "answer": "apple", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "أي اسم معدود؟", "hint_ar": "يمكن جمعه بـ s.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "Which noun is countable?", "options": [ "money", "information", "apple", "water" ], "answer": "apple", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "أي اسم معدود؟", "hint": "Which noun can be made plural with -s and counted?", "explanation": "A countable noun has a singular and a plural form and can be used with numbers: one apple, two apples. “Money”, “information” and “water” are uncountable in English: we say “some money”, “a piece of information” and “a glass of water”, not “two moneys”, “informations” or “waters”." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified by grammar analysis (not in the Teacher’s Book)", "verification_code": "gram", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "ambiguous", "category": "ambiguity", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "“time” is sometimes countable (three times). It was replaced with “water”.", "reason_ar": "time تُعدّ أحياناً (three times). استبدلناها بـ water.", "ref": "—", "changes": [ { "field": "options", "from": "money | information | apple | time", "to": "money | information | apple | water" } ] } ] }, { "id": "s268", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: General grammar", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "General grammar", "unit": "Foundation (general grammar)", "original": { "question": "I have ___ time.", "options": [ "many", "much" ], "answer": "much", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "لدي وقت ___ .", "hint_ar": "time غير معدود.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "I don’t have ___ time.", "options": [ "many", "much" ], "answer": "much", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "ليس لدي وقت ___ .", "hint": "“Time” is uncountable and the sentence is negative.", "explanation": "“Time” (meaning an amount of time) is uncountable, so it takes “much”, which is natural in negative sentences: I don’t have much time. “Many” is used with plural countable nouns (many hours)." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "unnatural", "category": "error", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "“I have much time” is unnatural in an affirmative sentence. The sentence was made negative; the answer is “much”.", "reason_ar": "«I have much time» غير طبيعية في المثبت. جعلناها منفية؛ الإجابة much.", "ref": "—", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "I have ___ time.", "to": "I don’t have ___ time." }, { "field": "arabic", "from": "لدي وقت ___ .", "to": "ليس لدي وقت ___ ." } ] } ] }, { "id": "s269", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: General grammar", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "General grammar", "unit": "Foundation (general grammar)", "original": { "question": "She speaks ___.", "options": [ "clear", "clearly" ], "answer": "clearly", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "هي تتحدث ___ .", "hint_ar": "ظرف يصف الفعل.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "She speaks ___.", "options": [ "clear", "clearly" ], "answer": "clearly", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "هي تتحدث ___ .", "hint": "The word describes how she speaks.", "explanation": "The missing word describes how she speaks, so it modifies the verb “speaks” and must be an adverb: She speaks clearly. “Clear” is an adjective that describes nouns (a clear voice)." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s270", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: General grammar", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "General grammar", "unit": "Foundation (general grammar)", "original": { "question": "They work ___.", "options": [ "hard", "hardly", "hardy" ], "answer": "hard", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "هم يعملون بجد.", "hint_ar": "ظرف شاذ — نفس شكل الصفة.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "They work ___.", "options": [ "hard", "hardly", "hardy" ], "answer": "hard", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "هم يعملون ___ .", "hint": "This adverb has the same form as its adjective. Be careful: one option means “almost not”.", "explanation": "“Hard” is one of the few adverbs with the same form as the adjective: a hard worker (adjective) / They work hard (adverb). Be careful with “hardly”: it is not the adverb of “hard” — it means “almost not” (They hardly work = they do very little work). “Hardy” is an adjective meaning strong and able to survive difficult conditions." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "leak", "category": "leak", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "The Arabic translation («بجد») told the student that the meaning was “hard”, not “hardly”, which is what the question tests.", "reason_ar": "The Arabic translation («بجد») told the student that the meaning was “hard”, not “hardly”, which is what the question tests.", "ref": "—", "changes": [ { "field": "arabic", "from": "هم يعملون بجد.", "to": "هم يعملون ___ ." } ] } ] }, { "id": "s271", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: General grammar", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "General grammar", "unit": "Foundation (general grammar)", "original": { "question": "This phone is ___ expensive.", "options": [ "more", "most", "er" ], "answer": "more", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "هذا الجوال ___ غلاءً.", "hint_ar": "صفة طويلة + مقارنة.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "This phone is ___ expensive than that one.", "options": [ "more", "most", "er" ], "answer": "more", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "هذا الجوال ___ غلاءً من ذاك.", "hint": "“Expensive” is a long adjective, and “than” shows a comparison.", "explanation": "“Than that one” shows a comparison, and “expensive” is a long adjective (three syllables), so the comparative is formed with “more”: This phone is more expensive than that one. “Most” is for superlatives, and “-er” is added only to short adjectives (cheaper)." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 3B more expensive, TB p.26", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "ambiguous", "category": "ambiguity", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "Without “than”, it was not clear that the sentence was a comparison. “than that one” was added.", "reason_ar": "بدون than لم يكن واضحاً أنها مقارنة. أضفنا than that one.", "ref": "Unit 3B, TB p.26", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "This phone is ___ expensive.", "to": "This phone is ___ expensive than that one." }, { "field": "arabic", "from": "هذا الجوال ___ غلاءً.", "to": "هذا الجوال ___ غلاءً من ذاك." } ] } ] }, { "id": "s272", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: General grammar", "source_label": "Source not confirmed", "source_class": "unsure", "topic": "General grammar", "unit": "Foundation (general grammar)", "original": { "question": "He is ___. (tall, comparative)", "options": [ "taller", "more tall", "tallest" ], "answer": "taller", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "هو ___ . (أطول)", "hint_ar": "صفة قصيرة + er.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "He is ___. (tall, comparative)", "options": [ "taller", "more tall", "tallest" ], "answer": "taller", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "هو ___ . (صيغة المقارنة من tall)", "hint": "“Tall” is a short adjective. How do short adjectives form the comparative?", "explanation": "The question asks for the comparative of “tall”. One-syllable adjectives add -er: tall → taller (He is taller than his brother). “More tall” is incorrect for a short adjective, and “tallest” is the superlative (the tallest in the class)." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 3B comparatives, TB p.26", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "leak", "category": "leak", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "The Arabic translation («أطول») gave the answer.", "reason_ar": "The Arabic translation («أطول») gave the answer.", "ref": "—", "changes": [ { "field": "arabic", "from": "هو ___ . (أطول)", "to": "هو ___ . (صيغة المقارنة من tall)" } ] } ] }, { "id": "s273", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: General grammar", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "General grammar", "unit": "Foundation (general grammar)", "original": { "question": "___ book is this? (لمن)", "options": [ "Who", "Whose", "Which" ], "answer": "Whose", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "___ هذا الكتاب؟ (لمن)", "hint_ar": "السؤال عن الملكية.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "___ book is this? (asking about the owner)", "options": [ "Who", "Whose", "Which" ], "answer": "Whose", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "___ هذا الكتاب؟ (السؤال عن صاحب الكتاب)", "hint": "The question asks who owns the book.", "explanation": "“Whose” asks about the owner of something and is followed by a noun: Whose book is this? — It’s Ali’s. “Who” asks about a person (Who is that?), and “Which” asks someone to choose from a limited group." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified by grammar analysis (not in the Teacher’s Book)", "verification_code": "gram", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "poorly-written", "category": "error", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "The English question contained an Arabic word.", "reason_ar": "السؤال الإنجليزي كان يحتوي على كلمة عربية «(لمن)».", "ref": "—", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "___ book is this? (لمن)", "to": "___ book is this? (asking about the owner)" } ] }, { "kind": "leak", "category": "leak", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "The Arabic translation («لمن») was the direct translation of “Whose”.", "reason_ar": "The Arabic translation («لمن») was the direct translation of “Whose”.", "ref": "—", "changes": [ { "field": "arabic", "from": "___ هذا الكتاب؟ (لمن)", "to": "___ هذا الكتاب؟ (السؤال عن صاحب الكتاب)" } ] } ] }, { "id": "s274", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: General grammar", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "General grammar", "unit": "Foundation (general grammar)", "original": { "question": "___ car? (أي واحدة)", "options": [ "Which", "What", "Who" ], "answer": "Which", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "___ سيارة؟ (أي واحدة)", "hint_ar": "الاختيار بين أشياء.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "___ car do you want, the red one or the blue one?", "options": [ "Which", "What", "Who" ], "answer": "Which", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "___ سيارة تريد، الحمراء أم الزرقاء؟", "hint": "The speaker gives a limited choice: the red one or the blue one.", "explanation": "“Which” is used when the speaker chooses from a known, limited set of options: Which car do you want, the red one or the blue one? “What” is used for open questions where the possible answers are not limited (What car do you drive?). In informal speech “what” is sometimes heard here, but “which” is the correct choice when the options are stated." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified by grammar analysis (not in the Teacher’s Book)", "verification_code": "gram", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "ambiguous", "category": "ambiguity", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "“What car?” was also correct. A specific choice was added so that “Which” is the only answer.", "reason_ar": "What car? صحيحة أيضاً. أضفنا اختياراً محدداً لتصبح Which الإجابة الوحيدة.", "ref": "—", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "___ car? (أي واحدة)", "to": "___ car do you want, the red one or the blue one?" }, { "field": "arabic", "from": "___ سيارة؟ (أي واحدة)", "to": "___ سيارة تريد، الحمراء أم الزرقاء؟" } ] } ] }, { "id": "s275", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: General grammar", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "General grammar", "unit": "Foundation (general grammar)", "original": { "question": "___ are you late?", "options": [ "Why", "Where", "Who" ], "answer": "Why", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "___ أنت متأخر؟", "hint_ar": "السؤال عن السبب.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "___ are you late?", "options": [ "Why", "Where", "Who" ], "answer": "Why", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "___ أنت متأخر؟", "hint": "The question asks for a reason.", "explanation": "“Why” asks for a reason, and the answer often begins with “because”: Why are you late? — Because the traffic was heavy. “Where” asks about a place, and “Who” asks about a person." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s276", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: General grammar", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "General grammar", "unit": "Foundation (general grammar)", "original": { "question": "___ be noisy! (negative imperative)", "options": [ "Not", "Don't", "No" ], "answer": "Don't", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "___ تكن مزعجاً! (نهي)", "hint_ar": "النهي = Don't + فعل.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "___ be noisy! (negative imperative)", "options": [ "Not", "Don't", "No" ], "answer": "Don't", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "___ تكن مزعجاً! (نهي)", "hint": "A negative command uses a negative auxiliary + base verb.", "explanation": "Negative imperatives (telling someone not to do something) are formed with “Don’t” + base verb: Don’t be noisy! Don’t touch that! This is true even with the verb “be”. “Not be” and “No be” are incorrect." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified by grammar analysis (not in the Teacher’s Book)", "verification_code": "gram", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "hint", "category": "leak", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "The hint wrote out the answer.", "reason_ar": "التلميح كان يكتب الإجابة.", "ref": "—", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "النهي = Don't + فعل.", "to": "النهي: فعل مساعد منفي + الفعل الأساسي." } ] } ] }, { "id": "s277", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: General grammar", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "General grammar", "unit": "Foundation (general grammar)", "original": { "question": "I want ___ study.", "options": [ "to", "for" ], "answer": "to", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "أريد ___ أدرس.", "hint_ar": "want + to + فعل.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "I want ___ study.", "options": [ "to", "for" ], "answer": "to", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "أريد ___ أدرس.", "hint": "“Want” and “study” are both verbs. Which word links them?", "explanation": "The verb “want” is followed by “to” + base verb (the to-infinitive): I want to study; He wants to go home. “For” is a preposition and cannot introduce a verb here." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s278", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: General grammar", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "General grammar", "unit": "Foundation (general grammar)", "original": { "question": "It is easy ___ learn.", "options": [ "to", "for", "at" ], "answer": "to", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "من السهل ___ تتعلم.", "hint_ar": "Infinitive.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "It is easy ___ learn.", "options": [ "to", "for", "at" ], "answer": "to", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "من السهل ___ تتعلم.", "hint": "After “It is + adjective”, use an infinitive.", "explanation": "The structure “It is + adjective + to + base verb” gives an opinion about an action: It is easy to learn; It is important to sleep well. “For” and “at” are prepositions and cannot introduce the verb “learn”." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s279", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: General grammar", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "General grammar", "unit": "Foundation (general grammar)", "original": { "question": "I can't swim. “can't” means ___.", "options": [ "can", "cannot", "could" ], "answer": "cannot", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "كلمة can't تعني ___.", "hint_ar": "can't = ...", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "I can't swim. “can't” means ___.", "options": [ "can", "cannot", "could" ], "answer": "cannot", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "كلمة can't تعني ___.", "hint": "“Can’t” is a contraction. What is its full form?", "explanation": "This question is excluded because can/can’t is taught in Unit 7, outside Units 1–6. For reference, “can’t” is the contraction of “cannot” (usually written as one word)." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Not scored (excluded)", "verification_code": "excluded", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "excluded", "exclusion_kind": "out-of-scope", "exclusion_reason": "Tests can / can’t. The earlier review recorded modals in Unit 7 (TB p.45), outside the Units 1–6 text stored in the project. It is not a grammar focus in Units 1–6.", "exclusion_reason_ar": "can / can’t: من قواعد الوحدة 7 (TB p.45).", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s280", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Unit 6: Now & Then", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Unit 6: Now & Then", "unit": "Unit 6", "original": { "question": "What ___ the city like?", "options": [ "did", "was", "were" ], "answer": "was", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "كيف ___ المدينة؟", "hint_ar": "city مفرد + ماضي to be.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "What ___ the city like?", "options": [ "did", "was", "were" ], "answer": "was", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "كيف ___ المدينة؟", "hint": "“City” is singular, and the question is about the past.", "explanation": "“What + was/were + subject + like?” asks for a description in the past (Unit 6A). “The city” is singular, so we use “was”: What was the city like? “Were” is plural, and “did” is not used in this pattern because “like” here is a preposition, not a verb." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 6A ex.6b “What was the city like?”, TB p.43", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s281", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Unit 6: Now & Then", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Unit 6: Now & Then", "unit": "Unit 6", "original": { "question": "He ___ have a car in the past.", "options": [ "didn't", "wasn't", "weren't" ], "answer": "didn't", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "هو ___ يملك سيارة في الماضي.", "hint_ar": "have فعل عادي ← نفيه بـ didn't.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "He ___ have a car in the past.", "options": [ "didn't", "wasn't", "weren't" ], "answer": "didn't", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "هو ___ يملك سيارة في الماضي.", "hint": "“Have” here means own — it is an ordinary verb, not “be”.", "explanation": "“Have” (meaning own) is an ordinary verb, so its past negative is made with “didn’t” + base verb: He didn’t have a car in the past (Unit 6A). “Wasn’t” and “weren’t” are negatives of “be” and cannot be followed by another main verb." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 6A ex.3d didn’t have, TB p.42", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "hint", "category": "leak", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The hint wrote out the answer.", "reason_ar": "التلميح كان يكتب الإجابة.", "ref": "Unit 6A, TB p.42", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "have فعل عادي ← نفيه بـ didn't.", "to": "have هنا فعل عادي (يملك)، وليس to be." } ] } ] }, { "id": "s282", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Unit 6: Now & Then", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Unit 6: Now & Then", "unit": "Unit 6", "original": { "question": "We ___ to Jeddah last year.", "options": [ "didn't go", "doesn't go", "aren't go" ], "answer": "didn't go", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "نحن ___ إلى جدة السنة الماضية.", "hint_ar": "last year ← ماضي.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "We ___ to Jeddah last year.", "options": [ "didn't go", "doesn't go", "aren't go" ], "answer": "didn't go", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "نحن ___ إلى جدة السنة الماضية.", "hint": "“Last year” is past. Which negative auxiliary is used in the past simple?", "explanation": "“Last year” requires the past simple, and past negatives with ordinary verbs use “didn’t” + base verb: We didn’t go to Jeddah last year. “Doesn’t go” is present and singular, and “aren’t go” mixes “be” with a base verb." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 6A didn’t + verb, TB p.42", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s283", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Unit 6: Now & Then", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Unit 6: Now & Then", "unit": "Unit 6", "original": { "question": "She ___ her friend at a party.", "options": [ "meets", "met", "meeting" ], "answer": "met", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "هي ___ صديقتها في حفلة.", "hint_ar": "ماضي meet شاذ.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "She ___ her friend at a party last summer.", "options": [ "meets", "met", "meeting" ], "answer": "met", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "هي ___ صديقتها في حفلة الصيف الماضي.", "hint": "“Last summer” is past, and “meet” is irregular.", "explanation": "“Last summer” requires the past simple. “Meet” is irregular: meet – met – met. So: She met her friend at a party last summer (Unit 6B). “Meets” is present, and “meeting” needs an auxiliary." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 6B transcript 6.2 “We met at a party in the summer”, TB p.43", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "ambiguous", "category": "ambiguity", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "Without a time expression, “meets” was also correct.", "reason_ar": "بدون كلمة زمنية كان meets صحيحاً أيضاً.", "ref": "Unit 6B transcript 6.2, TB p.43", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "She ___ her friend at a party.", "to": "She ___ her friend at a party last summer." }, { "field": "arabic", "from": "هي ___ صديقتها في حفلة.", "to": "هي ___ صديقتها في حفلة الصيف الماضي." } ] } ] }, { "id": "s284", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Unit 6: Now & Then", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Unit 6: Now & Then", "unit": "Unit 6", "original": { "question": "Did they ___ TV every day?", "options": [ "watched", "watch", "watching" ], "answer": "watch", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "هل كانوا ___ التلفاز كل يوم؟", "hint_ar": "Did + V1.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "Did they ___ TV every day?", "options": [ "watched", "watch", "watching" ], "answer": "watch", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "هل كانوا ___ التلفاز كل يوم؟", "hint": "In a “Did” question, the main verb does not show the past.", "explanation": "In past simple questions, the auxiliary “Did” shows the past, so the main verb is in the base form: Did they watch TV every day? “Watched” would mark the past twice, and “watching” needs “were”." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 6A Did … + verb, TB p.42", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s285", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Unit 6: Now & Then", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Unit 6: Now & Then", "unit": "Unit 6", "original": { "question": "I ___ born in 1990.", "options": [ "were", "was", "did" ], "answer": "was", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "أنا ___ في ١٩٩٠.", "hint_ar": "born ← I + ماضي to be.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "I ___ born in 1990.", "options": [ "were", "was", "did" ], "answer": "was", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "أنا ___ في ١٩٩٠.", "hint": "“Born” is used with a past form of “be”. Which one goes with “I”?", "explanation": "In English we say “be born”, so the verb we need is a form of “be”. Birth is in the past, and with “I” the past of “be” is “was”: I was born in 1990. “Were” is for you/we/they, and “did” is not used with “born”." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 5B ex.3b was born, TB p.36", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s286", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Unit 6: Now & Then", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Unit 6: Now & Then", "unit": "Unit 6", "original": { "question": "The negative of “She had a car.” is ___.", "options": [ "She didn't had a car.", "She didn't have a car.", "She hadn't a car." ], "answer": "She didn't have a car.", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "نفي جملة «She had a car» هو ___.", "hint_ar": "didn't + V1 (have).", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "The negative of “She had a car.” is ___.", "options": [ "She didn’t had a car.", "She didn’t have a car.", "She wasn’t have a car." ], "answer": "She didn’t have a car.", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "نفي جملة «She had a car» هو ___.", "hint": "After “didn’t”, which verb form follows?", "explanation": "To make “She had a car” negative, we use “didn’t” + base verb: She didn’t have a car. “Didn’t had” marks the past twice, and “wasn’t have” uses the wrong auxiliary, because “have” (own) is an ordinary verb, not a form of “be”." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 6A ex.3d didn’t have, TB p.42", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": true, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "ambiguous", "category": "ambiguity", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "“She hadn’t a car” is old-fashioned British English but correct. It was replaced with the incorrect “She wasn’t have a car”.", "reason_ar": "«She hadn’t a car» صيغة بريطانية قديمة لكنها صحيحة. استبدلناها بـ She wasn’t have a car الخاطئة.", "ref": "Unit 6A, TB p.42", "changes": [ { "field": "options", "from": "She didn't had a car. | She didn't have a car. | She hadn't a car.", "to": "She didn’t had a car. | She didn’t have a car. | She wasn’t have a car." }, { "field": "answer", "from": "She didn't have a car.", "to": "She didn’t have a car." } ] } ] }, { "id": "s287", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Unit 6: Now & Then", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Unit 6: Now & Then", "unit": "Unit 6", "original": { "question": "The negative of “I went to the park.” is ___.", "options": [ "I didn't go to the park.", "I didn't went to the park.", "I wasn't go to the park." ], "answer": "I didn't go to the park.", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "نفي جملة «I went to the park» هو ___.", "hint_ar": "didn't + V1.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "The negative of “I went to the park.” is ___.", "options": [ "I didn't go to the park.", "I didn't went to the park.", "I wasn't go to the park." ], "answer": "I didn't go to the park.", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "نفي جملة «I went to the park» هو ___.", "hint": "After “didn’t”, use the base form of “go”.", "explanation": "The past simple negative is didn’t + base verb, so “I went to the park” becomes “I didn’t go to the park.” “Didn’t went” is a common mistake, and “wasn’t go” mixes “be” with an ordinary verb." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 6A didn’t + verb, TB p.42", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s288", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Unit 6: Now & Then", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Unit 6: Now & Then", "unit": "Unit 6", "original": { "question": "Make a question: people / have / Did / cars?", "options": [ "Did people have cars?", "People did have cars?", "Did have people cars?" ], "answer": "Did people have cars?", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "كوّن سؤالاً: people / have / Did / cars?", "hint_ar": "Did + فاعل + V1؟", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "Make a question: people / have / Did / cars?", "options": [ "Did people have cars?", "People did have cars?", "Did have people cars?" ], "answer": "Did people have cars?", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "كوّن سؤالاً: people / have / Did / cars?", "hint": "Past questions: auxiliary + subject + base verb + rest.", "explanation": "Yes/no questions in the past simple follow the order: Did + subject + base verb + rest. So the words make: Did people have cars? (Unit 6A). “People did have cars?” is statement order, and “Did have people cars?” puts the verb before the subject." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 6A ex.4d “Did lots of families own a car?”, TB p.42", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s289", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Unit 6: Now & Then", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Unit 6: Now & Then", "unit": "Unit 6", "original": { "question": "Make a question: you / meet / How / did / him?", "options": [ "How you did meet him?", "How did you meet him?", "Did how you meet him?" ], "answer": "How did you meet him?", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "كوّن سؤالاً: you / meet / How / did / him?", "hint_ar": "أداة السؤال + did + فاعل + فعل.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "Make a question: you / meet / How / did / him?", "options": [ "How you did meet him?", "How did you meet him?", "Did how you meet him?" ], "answer": "How did you meet him?", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "كوّن سؤالاً: you / meet / How / did / him?", "hint": "Wh- questions: question word + auxiliary + subject + base verb.", "explanation": "Wh- questions in the past simple follow the order: question word + did + subject + base verb + rest. So: How did you meet him? (Unit 6B). “How you did meet him?” puts the subject before the auxiliary, and “Did how you meet him?” puts the question word in the wrong place." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 6B transcript 6.2 “How did you meet Sara?”, TB p.43", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s290", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Unit 6: Now & Then", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Unit 6: Now & Then", "unit": "Unit 6", "original": { "question": "I'm not sure, but I ___ he was there.", "options": [ "think", "knows", "thinking" ], "answer": "think", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "لست متأكداً، لكن ___ أنه كان هناك.", "hint_ar": "I + فعل مضارع بدون s.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "I'm not sure, but I ___ he was there.", "options": [ "think", "knows", "thinking" ], "answer": "think", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "لست متأكداً، لكن ___ أنه كان هناك.", "hint": "After “I”, the present simple verb has no -s.", "explanation": "The phrase “I’m not sure, but I think …” lets you give an opinion while showing uncertainty (Unit 6 C21). With “I”, the present simple verb has no -s: I think. “Knows” has the third-person -s, and “thinking” would need “am” (and “think” is not normally used in the continuous with this meaning)." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 6 C21 “I think …”, TB p.80", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s291", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Unit 6: Now & Then", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Unit 6: Now & Then", "unit": "Unit 6", "original": { "question": "___. I'll check.", "options": [ "Let me think", "Just a moment", "That's amazing" ], "answer": "Just a moment", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "___ . سأتحقق.", "hint_ar": "لحظة من فضلك.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "___. I'll check.", "options": [ "You’re welcome", "Just a moment", "That’s amazing" ], "answer": "Just a moment", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "___ . سأتحقق.", "hint": "Which phrase asks the listener to wait briefly before you check something?", "explanation": "“Just a moment.” asks the other person to wait for a short time, for example while you check information or think (Unit 6 C21 phrases). It fits naturally before “I’ll check.” “You’re welcome” is the reply to “Thank you”, and “That’s amazing” expresses admiration, so neither fits the situation." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 6 C21 “Just a moment”, TB p.80", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "ambiguous", "category": "ambiguity", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "“Let me think” and “Just a moment” are both “time to think” phrases. “Let me think” was replaced with “Perhaps”, and the hint had translated the answer.", "reason_ar": "Let me think و Just a moment كلاهما من عبارات «وقت للتفكير». استبدلنا Let me think بـ Perhaps، والتلميح كان ترجمة الإجابة.", "ref": "Unit 6 C21, TB p.80", "changes": [ { "field": "options", "from": "Let me think | Just a moment | That's amazing", "to": "Perhaps | Just a moment | That’s amazing" }, { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "لحظة من فضلك.", "to": "عبارة تطلب بها وقتاً قصيراً قبل أن تجيب." } ] }, { "kind": "ambiguous", "category": "ambiguity", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "“Perhaps. I’ll check.” is also a natural reply, so the item had two answers. “Perhaps” was replaced with “You’re welcome”.", "reason_ar": "", "ref": "Unit 6 C21, TB p.80", "changes": [ { "field": "options", "from": "Perhaps | Just a moment | That’s amazing", "to": "You’re welcome | Just a moment | That’s amazing" } ] } ] }, { "id": "s292", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Unit 6: Now & Then", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Unit 6: Now & Then", "unit": "Unit 6", "original": { "question": "___ did you meet your friend?", "options": [ "What", "How", "Where" ], "answer": "How", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "___ قابلت صديقك؟", "hint_ar": "حسب الورقة: السؤال عن الطريقة (كيف تعرفت عليه).", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "___ did you meet your friend?", "options": [ "What", "How", "Who" ], "answer": "How", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "___ قابلت صديقك؟", "hint": "The question asks about the way two people first met.", "explanation": "“How did you meet your friend?” asks about the way or the circumstances in which you met (for example, at university or through a friend), as in Unit 6B: “How did you meet Sara?” — “We met at university.” “What did you meet” and “Who did you meet your friend” are not grammatical questions." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 6B transcript 6.2 “How did you meet Sara?”, TB p.43", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "ambiguous", "category": "ambiguity", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "“Where did you meet your friend?” was also correct. “Where” was replaced with “Who”.", "reason_ar": "Where did you meet your friend? صحيحة أيضاً. استبدلنا Where بـ Who.", "ref": "Unit 6B transcript 6.2, TB p.43", "changes": [ { "field": "options", "from": "What | How | Where", "to": "What | How | Who" } ] } ] }, { "id": "s293", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Unit 6: Now & Then", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Unit 6: Now & Then", "unit": "Unit 6", "original": { "question": "Oh, ___? That's great!", "options": [ "really", "let me think", "perhaps" ], "answer": "really", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "أوه، ___ ؟ هذا رائع!", "hint_ar": "تعبير عن الاهتمام والتفاجؤ.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "Oh, ___? That's great!", "options": [ "really", "let me think", "perhaps" ], "answer": "really", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "أوه، ___ ؟ هذا رائع!", "hint": "Which word shows interest and surprise when someone tells you news?", "explanation": "“Really?” is a short response that shows interest and surprise, and it encourages the speaker to continue (Unit 6B: “Oh, really?” / “Oh, yeah?”). It fits with “That’s great!”. “Let me think” asks for thinking time, and “perhaps” shows uncertainty, so they don’t respond to news." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 6B ex.4a “Oh, yeah?” / “Really?”, TB p.43", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s294", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Unit 6: Now & Then", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Unit 6: Now & Then", "unit": "Unit 6", "original": { "question": "I ___ a designer.", "options": [ "am", "was", "were" ], "answer": "am", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "أنا ___ مصمم.", "hint_ar": "الآن (مضارع) مع I.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "A: What do you do? B: I ___ a designer.", "options": [ "am", "was", "were" ], "answer": "am", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "أ: ماذا تعمل؟ ب: أنا ___ مصمم.", "hint": "The question “What do you do?” asks about your job now.", "explanation": "“What do you do?” is a present simple question that asks about your job now. So the answer uses the present of “be” with “I”: I am a designer (Unit 6B). “Was” would talk about a past job, and “were” does not go with “I”." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 6B transcript 6.2 “I’m a designer”, TB p.43", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "ambiguous", "category": "ambiguity", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "Without context, “was” was also correct.", "reason_ar": "بدون سياق كان was صحيحاً أيضاً.", "ref": "Unit 6B transcript 6.2, TB p.43", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "I ___ a designer.", "to": "A: What do you do? B: I ___ a designer." }, { "field": "arabic", "from": "أنا ___ مصمم.", "to": "أ: ماذا تعمل؟ ب: أنا ___ مصمم." } ] } ] }, { "id": "s295", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Unit 6: Now & Then", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Unit 6: Now & Then", "unit": "Unit 6", "original": { "question": "Japan developed quickly.", "options": [ "True", "False" ], "answer": "True", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "اليابان تطورت بسرعة. (حسب القطعة)", "hint_ar": "القطعة: the country developed quickly.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "Read: “The Olympic Games were held in Tokyo in 1964. It was a very important event for Japan. The bullet train (Shinkansen) was introduced and it took only four hours from Tokyo to Osaka. Life in Japan after the war was not easy, but the country developed quickly. Takeshi Honda was one of the engineers who worked on the bullet train project.” — Japan developed quickly.", "options": [ "True", "False" ], "answer": "True", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "اليابان تطورت بسرعة. (حسب القطعة)", "hint": "Read the sentence about the war in the passage.", "explanation": "The statement is True. The passage says, “Life in Japan after the war was not easy, but the country developed quickly.” The word “but” introduces the positive development after the difficult period." }, "passage": "“The Olympic Games were held in Tokyo in 1964. It was a very important event for Japan. The bullet train (Shinkansen) was introduced and it took only four hours from Tokyo to Osaka. Life in Japan after the war was not easy, but the country developed quickly. Takeshi Honda was one of the engineers who worked on the bullet train project.”", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "missing-passage", "category": "error", "evidence": "src", "reason": "The passage was added; the hint had quoted the answer.", "reason_ar": "أضفنا القطعة، وكان التلميح يقتبس الإجابة.", "ref": "Study sheet: Reading (Tokyo passage)", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "Japan developed quickly.", "to": "Read: “The Olympic Games were held in Tokyo in 1964. It was a very important event for Japan. The bullet train (Shinkansen) was introduced and it took only four hours from Tokyo to Osaka. Life in Japan after the war was not easy, but the country developed quickly. Takeshi Honda was one of the engineers who worked on the bullet train project.” — Japan developed quickly." }, { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "القطعة: the country developed quickly.", "to": "اقرأ آخر جملة عن الحرب في القطعة." } ] } ] }, { "id": "s296", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Unit 6: Now & Then", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Unit 6: Now & Then", "unit": "Unit 6", "original": { "question": "Takeshi Honda worked on the bullet train.", "options": [ "True", "False" ], "answer": "True", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "تاكيشي هوندا عمل على مشروع القطار السريع. (حسب القطعة)", "hint_ar": "القطعة: one of the engineers who worked on the bullet train project.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "Read: “The Olympic Games were held in Tokyo in 1964. It was a very important event for Japan. The bullet train (Shinkansen) was introduced and it took only four hours from Tokyo to Osaka. Life in Japan after the war was not easy, but the country developed quickly. Takeshi Honda was one of the engineers who worked on the bullet train project.” — Takeshi Honda worked on the bullet train.", "options": [ "True", "False" ], "answer": "True", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "تاكيشي هوندا عمل على مشروع القطار السريع. (حسب القطعة)", "hint": "Read the last sentence of the passage.", "explanation": "The statement is True. The last sentence of the passage says, “Takeshi Honda was one of the engineers who worked on the bullet train project.” The statement expresses the same information in a shorter form." }, "passage": "“The Olympic Games were held in Tokyo in 1964. It was a very important event for Japan. The bullet train (Shinkansen) was introduced and it took only four hours from Tokyo to Osaka. Life in Japan after the war was not easy, but the country developed quickly. Takeshi Honda was one of the engineers who worked on the bullet train project.”", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "missing-passage", "category": "error", "evidence": "src", "reason": "The passage was added; the hint had quoted the answer.", "reason_ar": "أضفنا القطعة، وكان التلميح يقتبس الإجابة.", "ref": "Study sheet: Reading (Tokyo passage)", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "Takeshi Honda worked on the bullet train.", "to": "Read: “The Olympic Games were held in Tokyo in 1964. It was a very important event for Japan. The bullet train (Shinkansen) was introduced and it took only four hours from Tokyo to Osaka. Life in Japan after the war was not easy, but the country developed quickly. Takeshi Honda was one of the engineers who worked on the bullet train project.” — Takeshi Honda worked on the bullet train." }, { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "القطعة: one of the engineers who worked on the bullet train project.", "to": "اقرأ الجملة الأخيرة في القطعة." } ] } ] }, { "id": "s297", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Unit 6: Now & Then", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Unit 6: Now & Then", "unit": "Unit 6", "original": { "question": "The city has ___ a lot.", "options": [ "changed", "building", "traffic" ], "answer": "changed", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "المدينة ___ كثيراً.", "hint_ar": "تغيّرت.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "The city ___ a lot between 1970 and 2020.", "options": [ "changed", "building", "traffic" ], "answer": "changed", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "المدينة ___ كثيراً بين ١٩٧٠ و٢٠٢٠.", "hint": "The time is a finished period in the past, so we need a past verb.", "explanation": "“Between 1970 and 2020” is a finished period in the past, so the past simple is correct: The city changed a lot. “Change” is regular, so it adds -d. “Building” and “traffic” are nouns (or an -ing form), not past-tense verbs, so the sentence would have no verb. Note: with “in the last 50 years” (a period up to now), British English normally uses the present perfect (has changed), which is outside Units 1–6." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 5B past simple, TB p.36", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "out-of-scope-structure", "category": "error", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "The sentence used the present perfect (has changed), which is not in Units 1–6, and the hint translated the answer. It was changed to the past simple; the answer is “changed”.", "reason_ar": "الجملة كانت بالمضارع التام (has changed) وهو ليس في الوحدات 1–6، والتلميح كان ترجمة الإجابة. جعلناها بالماضي البسيط؛ الإجابة changed.", "ref": "—", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "The city has ___ a lot.", "to": "The city ___ a lot in the last 50 years." }, { "field": "arabic", "from": "المدينة ___ كثيراً.", "to": "المدينة ___ كثيراً في آخر ٥٠ سنة." }, { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "تغيّرت.", "to": "نحتاج فعلاً؛ الخياران الآخران ليسا أفعالاً في الماضي." } ] }, { "kind": "misleading", "category": "error", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "With “in the last 50 years” (a period up to now), British English normally uses the present perfect (has changed), so the past simple was questionable. The time expression is now a finished past period, where the past simple is correct.", "reason_ar": "", "ref": "Unit 5B past simple, TB p.36", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "The city ___ a lot in the last 50 years.", "to": "The city ___ a lot between 1970 and 2020." }, { "field": "arabic", "from": "المدينة ___ كثيراً في آخر ٥٠ سنة.", "to": "المدينة ___ كثيراً بين ١٩٧٠ و٢٠٢٠." } ] } ] }, { "id": "s298", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Unit 6: Now & Then", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Unit 6: Now & Then", "unit": "Unit 6", "original": { "question": "There are tall ___ in the city.", "options": [ "buildings", "transport", "pollution" ], "answer": "buildings", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "توجد ___ عالية في المدينة.", "hint_ar": "مبانٍ.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "There are tall ___ in the city.", "options": [ "buildings", "transport", "pollution" ], "answer": "buildings", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "توجد ___ عالية في المدينة.", "hint": "We need a plural noun for something that can be tall.", "explanation": "“Tall” describes things with height, and “There are” needs a plural noun, so “buildings” fits: There are tall buildings in the city. “Transport” and “pollution” are uncountable nouns; they cannot follow “There are” in this way and cannot be “tall”." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "hint", "category": "leak", "evidence": "src", "reason": "The hint was a translation of the answer.", "reason_ar": "التلميح كان ترجمة الإجابة.", "ref": "—", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "مبانٍ.", "to": "نحتاج اسماً جمعاً لشيء يمكن أن يكون tall." } ] } ] }, { "id": "s299", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Unit 6: Now & Then", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Unit 6: Now & Then", "unit": "Unit 6", "original": { "question": "The ___ was heavy yesterday.", "options": [ "traffic", "neighbourhood", "building" ], "answer": "traffic", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "___ كان شديداً أمس.", "hint_ar": "زحام.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "The ___ was heavy yesterday.", "options": [ "traffic", "neighbourhood", "building" ], "answer": "traffic", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "___ كان شديداً أمس.", "hint": "What can be “heavy” on the roads?", "explanation": "“Heavy traffic” is a common collocation meaning a lot of vehicles on the roads: The traffic was heavy yesterday. A neighbourhood is an area where people live, and a building is a structure; neither is described as “heavy” in this way." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "hint", "category": "leak", "evidence": "src", "reason": "The hint was a translation of the answer.", "reason_ar": "التلميح كان ترجمة الإجابة.", "ref": "—", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "زحام.", "to": "ما الذي يكون heavy في الطريق؟" } ] } ] }, { "id": "s300", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Unit 6: Now & Then", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Unit 6: Now & Then", "unit": "Unit 6", "original": { "question": "My ___ is near the city centre.", "options": [ "neighbourhood", "traffic", "pollution" ], "answer": "neighbourhood", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "___ قريب من وسط المدينة.", "hint_ar": "الحي السكني.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "My ___ is near the city centre.", "options": [ "neighbourhood", "traffic", "pollution" ], "answer": "neighbourhood", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "___ قريب من وسط المدينة.", "hint": "The area where you live in a city.", "explanation": "A “neighbourhood” is the area of a town or city where you live, so it can be near the city centre: My neighbourhood is near the city centre. “Traffic” and “pollution” are not places where you live." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "hint", "category": "leak", "evidence": "src", "reason": "The hint was a translation of the answer.", "reason_ar": "التلميح كان ترجمة الإجابة.", "ref": "—", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "الحي السكني.", "to": "المكان الذي تسكن فيه داخل المدينة." } ] } ] }, { "id": "s301", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Unit 6: Now & Then", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Unit 6: Now & Then", "unit": "Unit 6", "original": { "question": "A: How did you meet Sara? B: We met at ___.", "options": [ "university", "designer", "sport" ], "answer": "university", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "أ: كيف تعرفت على سارة؟ ب: تقابلنا في ___.", "hint_ar": "مكان.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "A: How did you meet Sara? B: We met at ___.", "options": [ "university", "designer", "sport" ], "answer": "university", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "أ: كيف تعرفت على سارة؟ ب: تقابلنا في ___.", "hint": "We need a place where they met.", "explanation": "The question “How did you meet Sara?” asks about the circumstances, and B answers with a place: We met at university (Unit 6B). “At university” (no article) is the usual expression for studying there. “Designer” is a job, and “sport” is an activity." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 6B transcript 6.2 “We met at university”, TB p.43", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s302", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Unit 6: Now & Then", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Unit 6: Now & Then", "unit": "Unit 6", "original": { "question": "A: What do you do? B: I'm a ___.", "options": [ "designer", "university", "sport" ], "answer": "designer", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "أ: ماذا تعمل؟ ب: أنا ___.", "hint_ar": "مهنة.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "A: What do you do? B: I'm a ___.", "options": [ "designer", "university", "sport" ], "answer": "designer", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "أ: ماذا تعمل؟ ب: أنا ___.", "hint": "“What do you do?” asks about someone’s job.", "explanation": "“What do you do?” means “What is your job?”, so the answer must be a job: I’m a designer (Unit 6B). Jobs take “a/an” after “I’m”. “University” is a place, and “sport” is an activity." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 6B transcript 6.2 “I’m a designer”, TB p.43", "verification": "Verified in the Teacher’s Book", "verification_code": "tb", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s303", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Unit 6: Now & Then", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Unit 6: Now & Then", "unit": "Unit 6", "original": { "question": "Ibn Battuta was born in ___.", "options": [ "Egypt", "Morocco", "India", "China" ], "answer": "Morocco", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "وُلد ابن بطوطة في ___. (من نموذج الكتابة)", "hint_ar": "born in 1304 in ...", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "According to the writing model, Ibn Battuta was born in ___.", "options": [ "Egypt", "Morocco", "India", "China" ], "answer": "Morocco", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "حسب نموذج الكتابة، وُلد ابن بطوطة في ___.", "hint": "Read the first sentences of the writing model about Ibn Battuta.", "explanation": "The study-sheet writing model says, “He was born in 1304 in Morocco”, and this matches standard historical accounts (he was born in Tangier). Egypt, India and China are countries he travelled to later, which the model also mentions — read carefully to separate the birthplace from the places he visited." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified by grammar analysis (not in the Teacher’s Book)", "verification_code": "gram", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "source", "category": "improvement", "evidence": "src", "reason": "The Ibn Battuta text is from the study-sheet writing model, not the Teacher’s Book (it does not appear in the Units 1–6 text). The source is now named in the question. The birthplace (Morocco) agrees with standard historical accounts.", "reason_ar": "", "ref": "Study sheet: Writing model (Ibn Battuta)", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "Ibn Battuta was born in ___.", "to": "According to the writing model, Ibn Battuta was born in ___." }, { "field": "arabic", "from": "وُلد ابن بطوطة في ___. (من نموذج الكتابة)", "to": "حسب نموذج الكتابة، وُلد ابن بطوطة في ___." } ] } ] }, { "id": "s304", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Unit 6: Now & Then", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Unit 6: Now & Then", "unit": "Unit 6", "original": { "question": "Ibn Battuta visited more than ___ countries.", "options": [ "14", "40", "100" ], "answer": "40", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "زار ابن بطوطة أكثر من ___ دولة.", "hint_ar": "من نموذج الكتابة.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "According to the writing model, how many countries did Ibn Battuta visit?", "options": [ "about 14", "more than 40", "more than 100" ], "answer": "more than 40", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "حسب نموذج الكتابة، كم دولة زار ابن بطوطة؟", "hint": "Find the sentence in the writing model that gives the number of countries.", "explanation": "The writing model says, “He visited more than 40 countries.” This figure comes from the model text; historians usually describe his journeys as covering about 40 present-day countries. “About 14” and “more than 100” do not match the text." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified by grammar analysis (not in the Teacher’s Book)", "verification_code": "gram", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": true, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "ambiguous", "category": "ambiguity", "evidence": "src", "reason": "With the stem “more than ___ countries”, the option 14 was also true (more than 40 is also more than 14). The question now asks for the number given in the writing model.", "reason_ar": "", "ref": "Study sheet: Writing model (Ibn Battuta)", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "Ibn Battuta visited more than ___ countries.", "to": "According to the writing model, how many countries did Ibn Battuta visit?" }, { "field": "options", "from": "14 | 40 | 100", "to": "about 14 | more than 40 | more than 100" }, { "field": "answer", "from": "40", "to": "more than 40" }, { "field": "arabic", "from": "زار ابن بطوطة أكثر من ___ دولة.", "to": "حسب نموذج الكتابة، كم دولة زار ابن بطوطة؟" } ] } ] }, { "id": "s305", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Reading", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Reading", "unit": "Unit 6", "original": { "question": "Where does Ahmed work?", "options": [ "At a school", "At a hospital", "At a hotel", "At a restaurant" ], "answer": "At a hospital", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "أين يعمل أحمد؟ (Ahmed lives in Riyadh. He works at a hospital…)", "hint_ar": "ابحث عن كلمة works في القطعة.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "Read: “Ahmed lives in Riyadh. He works at a hospital. He goes to work by car. He enjoys his job because he likes helping people. On weekends, he usually visits his family or goes to the gym.” — Where does Ahmed work?", "options": [ "At a school", "At a hospital", "At a hotel", "At a restaurant" ], "answer": "At a hospital", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "أين يعمل أحمد؟ (حسب القطعة)", "hint": "Find the sentence with “works” in the passage.", "explanation": "The passage says directly, “He works at a hospital.” This is a detail question: find the key word from the question (work) in the text and read the sentence around it. A school, a hotel and a restaurant are not mentioned." }, "passage": "“Ahmed lives in Riyadh. He works at a hospital. He goes to work by car. He enjoys his job because he likes helping people. On weekends, he usually visits his family or goes to the gym.”", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "missing-passage", "category": "error", "evidence": "src", "reason": "The passage was not included in the question. It was added in full from the study sheet.", "reason_ar": "القطعة لم تكن مكتوبة في السؤال. أضفناها كاملة من ملخص Reading Strategy.", "ref": "Study sheet: Reading Comprehension Strategy", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "Where does Ahmed work?", "to": "Read: “Ahmed lives in Riyadh. He works at a hospital. He goes to work by car. He enjoys his job because he likes helping people. On weekends, he usually visits his family or goes to the gym.” — Where does Ahmed work?" }, { "field": "arabic", "from": "أين يعمل أحمد؟ (Ahmed lives in Riyadh. He works at a hospital…)", "to": "أين يعمل أحمد؟ (حسب القطعة)" } ] } ] }, { "id": "s306", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Reading", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Reading", "unit": "Unit 6", "original": { "question": "How does Ahmed go to work?", "options": [ "By bus", "By car", "On foot" ], "answer": "By car", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "كيف يذهب أحمد إلى العمل؟ (He goes to work by car…)", "hint_ar": "He goes to work by ...", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "Read: “Ahmed lives in Riyadh. He works at a hospital. He goes to work by car. He enjoys his job because he likes helping people. On weekends, he usually visits his family or goes to the gym.” — How does Ahmed go to work?", "options": [ "By bus", "By car", "On foot" ], "answer": "By car", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "كيف يذهب أحمد إلى العمل؟ (حسب القطعة)", "hint": "Find the sentence that says how Ahmed goes to work.", "explanation": "The passage states, “He goes to work by car.” We use “by” + transport without an article (by car, by bus), but “on foot” for walking. Buses and walking are not mentioned in the text." }, "passage": "“Ahmed lives in Riyadh. He works at a hospital. He goes to work by car. He enjoys his job because he likes helping people. On weekends, he usually visits his family or goes to the gym.”", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified by grammar analysis (not in the Teacher’s Book)", "verification_code": "gram", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "missing-passage", "category": "error", "evidence": "src", "reason": "The passage was added; the hint had quoted the answer.", "reason_ar": "أضفنا القطعة، وكان التلميح يقتبس الإجابة.", "ref": "Study sheet: Reading Comprehension Strategy", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "How does Ahmed go to work?", "to": "Read: “Ahmed lives in Riyadh. He works at a hospital. He goes to work by car. He enjoys his job because he likes helping people. On weekends, he usually visits his family or goes to the gym.” — How does Ahmed go to work?" }, { "field": "arabic", "from": "كيف يذهب أحمد إلى العمل؟ (He goes to work by car…)", "to": "كيف يذهب أحمد إلى العمل؟ (حسب القطعة)" }, { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "He goes to work by ...", "to": "ابحث عن جملة He goes to work في القطعة." } ] } ] }, { "id": "s307", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Reading", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Reading", "unit": "Unit 6", "original": { "question": "Why does Ahmed enjoy his job?", "options": [ "Because he likes helping people", "Because it is near", "Because of the money" ], "answer": "Because he likes helping people", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "لماذا يستمتع أحمد بعمله؟", "hint_ar": "ابحث عن because في القطعة.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "Read: “Ahmed lives in Riyadh. He works at a hospital. He goes to work by car. He enjoys his job because he likes helping people. On weekends, he usually visits his family or goes to the gym.” — Why does Ahmed enjoy his job?", "options": [ "Because he likes helping people", "Because it is near", "Because of the money" ], "answer": "Because he likes helping people", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "لماذا يستمتع أحمد بعمله؟ (حسب القطعة)", "hint": "Find the reason given after “because” in the passage.", "explanation": "The passage says, “He enjoys his job because he likes helping people.” “Why” questions usually ask for a reason, so look for “because” in the text. The distance to work and the money are not mentioned, so those options have no evidence." }, "passage": "“Ahmed lives in Riyadh. He works at a hospital. He goes to work by car. He enjoys his job because he likes helping people. On weekends, he usually visits his family or goes to the gym.”", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified by grammar analysis (not in the Teacher’s Book)", "verification_code": "gram", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "missing-passage", "category": "error", "evidence": "src", "reason": "The passage was added.", "reason_ar": "أضفنا القطعة.", "ref": "Study sheet: Reading Comprehension Strategy", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "Why does Ahmed enjoy his job?", "to": "Read: “Ahmed lives in Riyadh. He works at a hospital. He goes to work by car. He enjoys his job because he likes helping people. On weekends, he usually visits his family or goes to the gym.” — Why does Ahmed enjoy his job?" }, { "field": "arabic", "from": "لماذا يستمتع أحمد بعمله؟", "to": "لماذا يستمتع أحمد بعمله؟ (حسب القطعة)" } ] } ] }, { "id": "s308", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Reading", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Reading", "unit": "Unit 6", "original": { "question": "In reading, the first step is to ___.", "options": [ "read the questions first", "read every word slowly", "guess the answer" ], "answer": "read the questions first", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "في القراءة، أول خطوة هي ___.", "hint_ar": "لتعرف ماذا تبحث عنه.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "According to the study-sheet reading strategy, what should you do first?", "options": [ "read the questions first", "read every word slowly", "guess the answer" ], "answer": "read the questions first", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "حسب استراتيجية القراءة في الملخص، ماذا تفعل أولاً؟", "hint": "The study sheet’s strategy helps you know what to look for before you read.", "explanation": "The study-sheet reading strategy says: read the questions first, so that you know what information to look for when you read the passage. It is a useful exam technique, not a fixed grammatical rule — some readers prefer to skim the text quickly first. Reading every word slowly wastes time, and guessing ignores the text." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified by grammar analysis (not in the Teacher’s Book)", "verification_code": "gram", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "misleading", "category": "improvement", "evidence": "src", "reason": "A reading strategy was presented as a universal rule. The question now names the study-sheet strategy as its source.", "reason_ar": "", "ref": "Study sheet: Reading Comprehension Strategy", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "In reading, the first step is to ___.", "to": "According to the study-sheet reading strategy, what should you do first?" }, { "field": "arabic", "from": "في القراءة، أول خطوة هي ___.", "to": "حسب استراتيجية القراءة في الملخص، ماذا تفعل أولاً؟" } ] } ] }, { "id": "s309", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Reading", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Reading", "unit": "Unit 6", "original": { "question": "“Which is NOT mentioned?” asks for something ___ in the text.", "options": [ "مذكور", "غير مذكور" ], "answer": "غير مذكور", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "سؤال «Which is NOT mentioned?» يبحث عن شيء ___ في القطعة.", "hint_ar": "انتبه لكلمة NOT.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "“Which is NOT mentioned?” asks for something ___ in the text.", "options": [ "mentioned", "not mentioned" ], "answer": "not mentioned", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "سؤال «Which is NOT mentioned?» يبحث عن شيء ___ في القطعة.", "hint": "Pay attention to the word NOT in the question.", "explanation": "In a “Which is NOT mentioned?” question, three options appear in the text and one does not. Your task is to find the one that is not mentioned. Students often lose marks by choosing an option that is in the text, so always underline NOT." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified by grammar analysis (not in the Teacher’s Book)", "verification_code": "gram", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": true, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "language", "category": "improvement", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "The options were in Arabic although this is a reading-strategy question. They were rewritten in English.", "reason_ar": "", "ref": "Study sheet: Reading Comprehension Strategy", "changes": [ { "field": "options", "from": "مذكور | غير مذكور", "to": "mentioned | not mentioned" }, { "field": "answer", "from": "غير مذكور", "to": "not mentioned" } ] } ] }, { "id": "s310", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Reading", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Reading", "unit": "Unit 6", "original": { "question": "The answer is in the passage, not in your head.", "options": [ "True", "False" ], "answer": "True", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "الإجابة موجودة في النص، وليست في عقلك.", "hint_ar": "القاعدة الذهبية للقراءة.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "In reading-comprehension questions, you should base your answer on the passage, not on your own background knowledge.", "options": [ "True", "False" ], "answer": "True", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "في أسئلة فهم المقروء، اعتمد في إجابتك على النص، لا على معلوماتك السابقة.", "hint": "Where should the evidence for your answer come from?", "explanation": "The statement is True. In reading-comprehension questions, the correct answer must be supported by the passage. Your general knowledge can help you understand the topic, but if the text says something different, the text decides the answer." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "misleading", "category": "improvement", "evidence": "src", "reason": "The slogan “The answer is in the passage, not in your head” was rewritten as a clear statement about reading-comprehension questions.", "reason_ar": "", "ref": "Study sheet: Reading Comprehension Strategy", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "The answer is in the passage, not in your head.", "to": "In reading-comprehension questions, you should base your answer on the passage, not on your own background knowledge." }, { "field": "arabic", "from": "الإجابة موجودة في النص، وليست في عقلك.", "to": "في أسئلة فهم المقروء، اعتمد في إجابتك على النص، لا على معلوماتك السابقة." } ] } ] }, { "id": "s311", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Tenses", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Tenses", "unit": "Units 1, 2, 5, 6", "original": { "question": "She ___ to school every day.", "options": [ "go", "goes", "went" ], "answer": "goes", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "هي ___ إلى المدرسة كل يوم.", "hint_ar": "she + every day.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "Nowadays, she ___ to school every day.", "options": [ "go", "goes", "went" ], "answer": "goes", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "هذه الأيام، هي ___ إلى المدرسة كل يوم.", "hint": "“Nowadays … every day” describes a present habit, and the subject is “she”.", "explanation": "“Nowadays” and “every day” show a present habit, so we use the present simple. With he/she/it, “go” adds -es: Nowadays, she goes to school every day. “Go” is the form for I/you/we/they, and “went” is past, which conflicts with “nowadays”." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "Unit 1B present simple, TB p.13–14", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "ambiguous", "category": "ambiguity", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "“every day” can describe a past habit, so “went” was also grammatical. “Nowadays” was added.", "reason_ar": "", "ref": "Unit 1B present simple, TB p.13–14", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "She ___ to school every day.", "to": "Nowadays, she ___ to school every day." }, { "field": "arabic", "from": "هي ___ إلى المدرسة كل يوم.", "to": "هذه الأيام، هي ___ إلى المدرسة كل يوم." } ] } ] }, { "id": "s312", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Tenses", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Tenses", "unit": "Units 1, 2, 5, 6", "original": { "question": "She ___ yesterday.", "options": [ "go", "goes", "went" ], "answer": "went", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "هي ___ أمس.", "hint_ar": "yesterday.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "She ___ yesterday.", "options": [ "go", "goes", "went" ], "answer": "went", "answer_index": 2, "arabic": "هي ___ أمس.", "hint": "“Yesterday” tells you the tense. Which option is the irregular past form?", "explanation": "“Yesterday” requires the past simple, and the past of “go” is irregular: went. So: She went yesterday. “Go” and “goes” are present forms." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified by grammar analysis (not in the Teacher’s Book)", "verification_code": "gram", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s313", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Tenses", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Tenses", "unit": "Units 1, 2, 5, 6", "original": { "question": "Did she ___ to the gym?", "options": [ "go", "went", "goes" ], "answer": "go", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "هل ___ إلى النادي؟", "hint_ar": "Did + الفعل الأصلي.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "Did she ___ to the gym?", "options": [ "go", "went", "goes" ], "answer": "go", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "هل ___ إلى النادي؟", "hint": "Which form of “go” do we use when “Did” starts the question?", "explanation": "In past simple questions, “Did” shows the past, so the main verb is in the base form: Did she go to the gym? “Went” would mark the past twice, and “goes” has the present -s." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s314", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Tenses", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Tenses", "unit": "Units 1, 2, 5, 6", "original": { "question": "She didn't ___ to the gym.", "options": [ "go", "went", "goes" ], "answer": "go", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "هي لم ___ إلى النادي.", "hint_ar": "Didn't + الفعل الأصلي.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "She didn't ___ to the gym.", "options": [ "go", "went", "goes" ], "answer": "go", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "هي لم ___ إلى النادي.", "hint": "Two of these options show the tense or person again after “didn’t”. Which one does not?", "explanation": "In past simple negatives, “didn’t” shows the past, so the main verb is in the base form: She didn’t go to the gym. “Didn’t went” and “didn’t goes” are common mistakes." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s315", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Tenses", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Tenses", "unit": "Units 1, 2, 5, 6", "original": { "question": "Which sentence is correct?", "options": [ "She wents to school.", "She went to school." ], "answer": "She went to school.", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "أي جملة صحيحة؟", "hint_ar": "went لا تأخذ s أبداً.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "Which sentence is correct?", "options": [ "She wents to school.", "She went to school." ], "answer": "She went to school.", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "أي جملة صحيحة؟", "hint": "Past simple forms never take the third-person -s.", "explanation": "“She went to school.” is correct. The third-person -s is used only in the present simple (she goes). In the past simple, the verb has one form for every subject, so “wents” does not exist." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified by grammar analysis (not in the Teacher’s Book)", "verification_code": "gram", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s316", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Tenses", "source_label": "From leaked exam material", "source_class": "leak", "topic": "Tenses", "unit": "Units 1, 2, 5, 6", "original": { "question": "He ___ to work at 8 o'clock.", "options": [ "go", "goes" ], "answer": "goes", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "هو ___ إلى العمل الساعة ٨.", "hint_ar": "he في المضارع.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "He ___ to work at 8 o'clock.", "options": [ "go", "goes" ], "answer": "goes", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "هو ___ إلى العمل الساعة ٨.", "hint": "A routine (at 8 o’clock) and the subject “he”.", "explanation": "This sentence describes a daily routine, so we use the present simple. With he/she/it, verbs ending in -o add -es: go → goes. So: He goes to work at 8 o’clock. “Go” is used with I/you/we/they." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified against the original source and by grammar analysis", "verification_code": "src", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [] }, { "id": "s317", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Writing", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Writing", "unit": "Writing skills Units 1–6", "original": { "question": "An easier way to write “communication” is ___.", "options": [ "talk to people", "good chance", "try new things" ], "answer": "talk to people", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "طريقة أسهل لكتابة communication هي ___.", "hint_ar": "التواصل = التحدث مع الناس.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "In a simple paragraph, which phrase can replace “communicating with people”?", "options": [ "talking to people", "getting a good chance", "trying new things" ], "answer": "talking to people", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "في فقرة بسيطة، أي عبارة يمكن أن تحل محل «communicating with people»؟", "hint": "Which simple phrase has the same meaning as “communicating with people”?", "explanation": "The study-sheet writing tip suggests replacing difficult words with simpler phrases. “Communicating with people” means exchanging information and ideas with them, and the simplest everyday equivalent is “talking to people”. “Getting a good chance” is a simple way to express “opportunity”, and “trying new things” expresses “gaining experience”." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified by grammar analysis (not in the Teacher’s Book)", "verification_code": "gram", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": true, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "note", "category": "improvement", "evidence": "src", "reason": "The pairing comes from the writing study sheet; it is a simplification, not a translation.", "reason_ar": "الربط مأخوذ من ملخص الكتابة كما هو، لكنه تبسيط وليس ترجمة.", "ref": "Study sheet: Writing", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "التواصل = التحدث مع الناس.", "to": "راجع جدول «الكلمة الصعبة والبديل الأسهل» في ملخص الكتابة." }, { "field": "note (old Arabic)", "from": "", "to": "هذه عبارة مبسطة من ملخص الكتابة لتسهيل التعبير، وليست مرادفاً دقيقاً لـ communication (تواصل)." } ] }, { "kind": "misleading", "category": "error", "evidence": "src", "reason": "The old item treated “talk to people” as an easier way to write the noun “communication”, which is not an accurate equivalence (noun vs verb phrase). It now pairs phrases with the same meaning and grammar.", "reason_ar": "", "ref": "Study sheet: Writing", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "An easier way to write “communication” is ___.", "to": "In a simple paragraph, which phrase can replace “communicating with people”?" }, { "field": "options", "from": "talk to people | good chance | try new things", "to": "talking to people | getting a good chance | trying new things" }, { "field": "answer", "from": "talk to people", "to": "talking to people" }, { "field": "arabic", "from": "طريقة أسهل لكتابة communication هي ___.", "to": "في فقرة بسيطة، أي عبارة يمكن أن تحل محل «communicating with people»؟" }, { "field": "note (old Arabic)", "from": "هذه عبارة مبسطة من ملخص الكتابة لتسهيل التعبير، وليست مرادفاً دقيقاً لـ communication (تواصل).", "to": "" } ] } ] }, { "id": "s318", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Writing", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Writing", "unit": "Writing skills Units 1–6", "original": { "question": "An easier way to write “opportunity” is ___.", "options": [ "learn new things", "good chance", "talk to people" ], "answer": "good chance", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "طريقة أسهل لكتابة opportunity هي ___.", "hint_ar": "فرصة = ...", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "An easier way to write “opportunity” is ___.", "options": [ "learn new things", "good chance", "talk to people" ], "answer": "good chance", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "طريقة أسهل لكتابة opportunity هي ___.", "hint": "Which simple phrase is closest to the meaning of “opportunity”?", "explanation": "An “opportunity” («فرصة») is a situation that makes it possible to do something good, and “a good chance” has almost the same meaning: This job is a good chance / a great opportunity. The other phrases are simple replacements for “knowledge” (learn new things) and “communication” (talk to people)." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified by grammar analysis (not in the Teacher’s Book)", "verification_code": "gram", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": false, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "note", "category": "improvement", "evidence": "src", "reason": "The pairing comes from the writing study sheet.", "reason_ar": "الربط مأخوذ من ملخص الكتابة كما هو.", "ref": "Study sheet: Writing", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "فرصة = ...", "to": "راجع جدول «الكلمة الصعبة والبديل الأسهل» في ملخص الكتابة." }, { "field": "note (old Arabic)", "from": "", "to": "هذه عبارة مبسطة من ملخص الكتابة. opportunity تعني «فرصة»." } ] }, { "kind": "note", "category": "improvement", "evidence": "src", "reason": "The Arabic note was replaced by the English explanation.", "reason_ar": "", "ref": "Study sheet: Writing", "changes": [ { "field": "note (old Arabic)", "from": "هذه عبارة مبسطة من ملخص الكتابة. opportunity تعني «فرصة».", "to": "" } ] } ] }, { "id": "s319", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Writing", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Writing", "unit": "Writing skills Units 1–6", "original": { "question": "An easier way to write “knowledge” is ___.", "options": [ "learn new things", "try new things", "good chance" ], "answer": "learn new things", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "طريقة أسهل لكتابة knowledge هي ___.", "hint_ar": "المعرفة = تعلّم أشياء جديدة.", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "In a simple paragraph, which phrase can replace “gaining knowledge”?", "options": [ "learning new things", "trying new things", "getting a good chance" ], "answer": "learning new things", "answer_index": 0, "arabic": "في فقرة بسيطة، أي عبارة يمكن أن تحل محل «gaining knowledge»؟", "hint": "Which simple phrase means getting new information and skills?", "explanation": "“Gaining knowledge” means getting new information and understanding, so the simple phrase “learning new things” expresses the same idea: University helps me learn new things. “Trying new things” is about experience, and “getting a good chance” is about opportunity." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified by grammar analysis (not in the Teacher’s Book)", "verification_code": "gram", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": true, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "note", "category": "improvement", "evidence": "src", "reason": "The pairing comes from the writing study sheet; it is a simplification, not a translation.", "reason_ar": "الربط مأخوذ من ملخص الكتابة كما هو، لكنه تبسيط وليس ترجمة.", "ref": "Study sheet: Writing", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "المعرفة = تعلّم أشياء جديدة.", "to": "راجع جدول «الكلمة الصعبة والبديل الأسهل» في ملخص الكتابة." }, { "field": "note (old Arabic)", "from": "", "to": "هذه عبارة مبسطة من ملخص الكتابة، وليست مرادفاً: knowledge اسم يعني «معرفة»، و learn new things عبارة فعلية." } ] }, { "kind": "misleading", "category": "error", "evidence": "src", "reason": "The old item treated “learn new things” as an easier way to write the noun “knowledge”, which is not an accurate equivalence. It now pairs phrases with the same meaning and grammar.", "reason_ar": "", "ref": "Study sheet: Writing", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "An easier way to write “knowledge” is ___.", "to": "In a simple paragraph, which phrase can replace “gaining knowledge”?" }, { "field": "options", "from": "learn new things | try new things | good chance", "to": "learning new things | trying new things | getting a good chance" }, { "field": "answer", "from": "learn new things", "to": "learning new things" }, { "field": "arabic", "from": "طريقة أسهل لكتابة knowledge هي ___.", "to": "في فقرة بسيطة، أي عبارة يمكن أن تحل محل «gaining knowledge»؟" }, { "field": "note (old Arabic)", "from": "هذه عبارة مبسطة من ملخص الكتابة، وليست مرادفاً: knowledge اسم يعني «معرفة»، و learn new things عبارة فعلية.", "to": "" } ] } ] }, { "id": "s320", "source_type": "img", "source_file": "Study-sheet images (Downloads/١اختبار)", "source_ref": "Section: Writing", "source_label": "AI-generated", "source_class": "ai", "topic": "Writing", "unit": "Writing skills Units 1–6", "original": { "question": "An easier way to write “experience” is ___.", "options": [ "talk to people", "try new things", "good chance" ], "answer": "try new things", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "طريقة أسهل لكتابة experience هي ___.", "hint_ar": "التجربة = ...", "note_ar": "" }, "current": { "question": "In a simple paragraph, which phrase can replace “gaining new experiences”?", "options": [ "talking to people", "trying new things", "getting a good chance" ], "answer": "trying new things", "answer_index": 1, "arabic": "في فقرة بسيطة، أي عبارة يمكن أن تحل محل «gaining new experiences»؟", "hint": "Which simple phrase describes doing things you have not done before?", "explanation": "“Gaining new experiences” means doing or living through things that are new to you, and the simple phrase “trying new things” expresses the same idea: Travelling helps me try new things. “Talking to people” replaces “communicating”, and “getting a good chance” replaces “opportunity”." }, "passage": "", "textbook_ref": "", "verification": "Verified by grammar analysis (not in the Teacher’s Book)", "verification_code": "gram", "answer_changed": false, "answer_reworded": true, "status": "active", "exclusion_kind": "", "exclusion_reason": "", "exclusion_reason_ar": "", "corrections": [ { "kind": "note", "category": "improvement", "evidence": "src", "reason": "The pairing comes from the writing study sheet; it is a simplification, not a translation.", "reason_ar": "الربط مأخوذ من ملخص الكتابة كما هو، لكنه تبسيط وليس ترجمة.", "ref": "Study sheet: Writing", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "التجربة = ...", "to": "راجع جدول «الكلمة الصعبة والبديل الأسهل» في ملخص الكتابة." }, { "field": "note (old Arabic)", "from": "", "to": "هذه عبارة مبسطة من ملخص الكتابة، وليست مرادفاً: experience تعني «تجربة / خبرة»." } ] }, { "kind": "misleading", "category": "error", "evidence": "src", "reason": "The old item treated “try new things” as an easier way to write the noun “experience”, which is not an accurate equivalence. It now pairs phrases with the same meaning and grammar.", "reason_ar": "", "ref": "Study sheet: Writing", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "An easier way to write “experience” is ___.", "to": "In a simple paragraph, which phrase can replace “gaining new experiences”?" }, { "field": "options", "from": "talk to people | try new things | good chance", "to": "talking to people | trying new things | getting a good chance" }, { "field": "answer", "from": "try new things", "to": "trying new things" }, { "field": "arabic", "from": "طريقة أسهل لكتابة experience هي ___.", "to": "في فقرة بسيطة، أي عبارة يمكن أن تحل محل «gaining new experiences»؟" }, { "field": "note (old Arabic)", "from": "هذه عبارة مبسطة من ملخص الكتابة، وليست مرادفاً: experience تعني «تجربة / خبرة».", "to": "" } ] } ] } ], "vocabulary": [ { "id": "w1", "word": "event", "arabic": "فعالية / مناسبة", "unit": 1, "original_arabic": "حدث / فعالية", "original_unit": 1, "pos": "noun", "definition": "something planned that people go to, such as a festival, a concert or a ceremony", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 1, 2" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: appears in the Unit 1 text", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [ { "kind": "improvement", "category": "improvement", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "Optional improvement: the Arabic «حدث» can also be read as a verb (“happened”) and could be confused with “take place”. «فعالية / مناسبة» is clearer.", "reason_ar": "«حدث» تُقرأ أيضاً فعلاً (حَدَثَ) فتلتبس مع take place «يحدث / يُقام».", "ref": "Unit 1, TB p.10", "changes": [ { "field": "meaning / unit", "from": "حدث / فعالية / Unit 1", "to": "فعالية / مناسبة / Unit 1" } ] } ] }, { "id": "w2", "word": "festival", "arabic": "مهرجان", "unit": 1, "original_arabic": "مهرجان", "original_unit": 1, "pos": "noun", "definition": "a special time of celebration, often with music, food and performances", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 1, 2" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: appears in the Unit 1 text", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w3", "word": "celebration", "arabic": "احتفال", "unit": 1, "original_arabic": "احتفال", "original_unit": 1, "pos": "noun", "definition": "a party or special event to show that a day or achievement is important", "source": { "label": "Study sheets", "detail": "Appears in the study-sheet images" }, "unit_check": "Not in the Teacher’s Book Units 1–6 text; unit kept from the original word list", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w4", "word": "celebrate", "arabic": "يحتفل", "unit": 1, "original_arabic": "يحتفل", "original_unit": 1, "pos": "verb", "definition": "to do something enjoyable for a special day or achievement", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 1" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: appears in the Unit 1 text", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w5", "word": "parade", "arabic": "موكب استعراضي", "unit": 1, "original_arabic": "موكب استعراضي", "original_unit": 1, "pos": "noun", "definition": "a public procession of people, bands or vehicles moving through the streets", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 1" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: appears in the Unit 1 text", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w6", "word": "fireworks", "arabic": "ألعاب نارية", "unit": 1, "original_arabic": "ألعاب نارية", "original_unit": 1, "pos": "noun", "definition": "small explosive devices that make bright colours and loud noises in the sky", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 1" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: appears in the Unit 1 text", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w7", "word": "costume", "arabic": "زي (مثل الزي الوطني أو التنكري)", "unit": 1, "original_arabic": "زي / ملابس تنكرية", "original_unit": 1, "pos": "noun", "definition": "the clothes typical of a country or period (national costume), or clothes worn to look like someone else", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 1" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: appears in the Unit 1 text", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [ { "kind": "translation", "category": "error", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The Teacher’s Book uses “national costumes”, not only fancy-dress costumes.", "reason_ar": "في الكتاب: national costumes (الزي الوطني)، وليست «ملابس تنكرية» فقط.", "ref": "Unit 1A transcript 1.1, TB p.11", "changes": [ { "field": "meaning / unit", "from": "زي / ملابس تنكرية / Unit 1", "to": "زي (مثل الزي الوطني أو التنكري) / Unit 1" } ] } ] }, { "id": "w8", "word": "traditional", "arabic": "تقليدي", "unit": 1, "original_arabic": "تقليدي", "original_unit": 1, "pos": "adjective", "definition": "following customs or ways of doing things that have existed for a long time", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 1, 2, 4" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: appears in the Unit 1 text", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w9", "word": "tradition", "arabic": "تقليد", "unit": 1, "original_arabic": "تقليد", "original_unit": 1, "pos": "noun", "definition": "a custom or belief passed from one generation to the next", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 1" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: appears in the Unit 1 text", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w10", "word": "spectacular", "arabic": "مذهل / مبهر", "unit": 1, "original_arabic": "مذهل / مبهر", "original_unit": 1, "pos": "adjective", "definition": "very impressive and exciting to look at", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 1" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: appears in the Unit 1 text", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w11", "word": "massive", "arabic": "ضخم جداً", "unit": 1, "original_arabic": "ضخم جداً", "original_unit": 1, "pos": "adjective", "definition": "extremely large", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 1" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: appears in the Unit 1 text", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w12", "word": "colourful", "arabic": "ملوّن", "unit": 1, "original_arabic": "ملوّن", "original_unit": 1, "pos": "adjective", "definition": "having many bright colours (American spelling: colorful)", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 1" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: appears in the Unit 1 text", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w13", "word": "patriotic", "arabic": "وطني", "unit": 1, "original_arabic": "وطني", "original_unit": 1, "pos": "adjective", "definition": "showing love and support for your country", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 1" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: appears in the Unit 1 text", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w14", "word": "flag", "arabic": "علم", "unit": 1, "original_arabic": "علم", "original_unit": 1, "pos": "noun", "definition": "a piece of cloth with a design that represents a country or organization", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 1" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: appears in the Unit 1 text", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w15", "word": "crowd", "arabic": "جمهور / حشد", "unit": 1, "original_arabic": "جمهور / حشد", "original_unit": 1, "pos": "noun", "definition": "a large number of people together in one place", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 1" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: appears in the Unit 1 text", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w16", "word": "venue", "arabic": "مكان إقامة الفعالية", "unit": 1, "original_arabic": "مكان إقامة الفعالية", "original_unit": 1, "pos": "noun", "definition": "the place where an event such as a concert, match or conference happens", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 1" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: appears in the Unit 1 text", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w17", "word": "take place", "arabic": "يحدث / يُقام", "unit": 1, "original_arabic": "يحدث / يُقام", "original_unit": 1, "pos": "verb", "definition": "to happen, especially as planned (The festival takes place in May)", "source": { "label": "Study sheets", "detail": "Appears in the study-sheet images" }, "unit_check": "Not in the Teacher’s Book Units 1–6 text; unit kept from the original word list", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w18", "word": "gather", "arabic": "يجتمع", "unit": 1, "original_arabic": "يجتمع", "original_unit": 1, "pos": "verb", "definition": "to come together in a group", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 1" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: appears in the Unit 1 text", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w19", "word": "anniversary", "arabic": "ذكرى سنوية", "unit": 1, "original_arabic": "ذكرى سنوية", "original_unit": 1, "pos": "noun", "definition": "the date each year on which an important event happened in the past", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 1" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: appears in the Unit 1 text", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w20", "word": "favourite", "arabic": "مفضّل", "unit": 1, "original_arabic": "مفضّل", "original_unit": 1, "pos": "adjective", "definition": "liked more than all others (American spelling: favorite)", "source": { "label": "Study sheets", "detail": "Appears in the study-sheet images" }, "unit_check": "Not in the Teacher’s Book Units 1–6 text; unit kept from the original word list", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w21", "word": "plan", "arabic": "خطة / يخطط", "unit": 2, "original_arabic": "خطة / يخطط", "original_unit": 2, "pos": "noun / verb", "definition": "an arrangement for doing something in the future (noun), or to decide how to do it (verb)", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 1, 2, 4" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: appears in the Unit 2 text", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [ { "kind": "pos", "category": "error", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The meaning «خطة / يخطط» covers a noun and a verb, but the part of speech said “noun” only. It is now “noun / verb” (Unit 2 uses both: make plans, plan an event).", "reason_ar": "The meaning «خطة / يخطط» covers a noun and a verb, but the part of speech said “noun” only. It is now “noun / verb” (Unit 2 uses both: make plans, plan an event).", "ref": "Unit 2, TB p.17–21", "changes": [ { "field": "part of speech", "from": "noun", "to": "noun / verb" } ] } ] }, { "id": "w22", "word": "book", "arabic": "يحجز", "unit": 2, "original_arabic": "يحجز", "original_unit": 2, "pos": "verb", "definition": "to arrange in advance to have a room, seat or ticket", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: appears in the Unit 2 text", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w23", "word": "busy", "arabic": "مشغول", "unit": 2, "original_arabic": "مشغول", "original_unit": 2, "pos": "adjective", "definition": "having a lot to do; not free", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 1, 2, 5, 6" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: appears in the Unit 2 text", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w24", "word": "ceremony", "arabic": "حفل / مراسم", "unit": 2, "original_arabic": "حفل / مراسم", "original_unit": 2, "pos": "noun", "definition": "a formal public event, such as a wedding or a graduation", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 1, 2" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: appears in the Unit 2 text", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w25", "word": "graduation", "arabic": "التخرّج", "unit": 2, "original_arabic": "التخرّج", "original_unit": 2, "pos": "noun", "definition": "the ceremony or moment when you complete your university or school studies", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 2" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: appears in the Unit 2 text", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w26", "word": "get married", "arabic": "يتزوج", "unit": 5, "original_arabic": "يتزوج", "original_unit": 2, "pos": "verb", "definition": "to become husband and wife", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 5" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: appears in the Unit 5 text", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [ { "kind": "unit", "category": "error", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "“get married” is a Unit 5 life event, not a Unit 2 word.", "reason_ar": "get married من أحداث الحياة في الوحدة 5 وليست في الوحدة 2.", "ref": "Unit 5A ex.1c, TB p.35", "changes": [ { "field": "meaning / unit", "from": "يتزوج / Unit 2", "to": "يتزوج / Unit 5" } ] } ] }, { "id": "w27", "word": "participants", "arabic": "المشاركون", "unit": 2, "original_arabic": "المشاركون", "original_unit": 2, "pos": "noun", "definition": "the people who take part in an activity or event", "source": { "label": "Source not confirmed", "detail": "Not found in the Teacher’s Book, the study sheets or the MTA file; the meaning is linguistically correct" }, "unit_check": "Not in the Teacher’s Book Units 1–6 text; unit kept from the original word list", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w28", "word": "prize", "arabic": "جائزة", "unit": 2, "original_arabic": "جائزة", "original_unit": 2, "pos": "noun", "definition": "something you receive for winning a competition or doing very well", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 5" }, "unit_check": "Unit kept from the original word list (not verified): the word appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 5, not Unit 2", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w29", "word": "quiz", "arabic": "مسابقة / اختبار قصير", "unit": 2, "original_arabic": "مسابقة / اختبار قصير", "original_unit": 2, "pos": "noun", "definition": "a game or short test in which people answer questions", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 2" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: appears in the Unit 2 text", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w30", "word": "record", "arabic": "يسجّل", "unit": 2, "original_arabic": "يسجّل", "original_unit": 2, "pos": "verb", "definition": "to store sound or pictures so they can be played later, or to write information down", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 2" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: appears in the Unit 2 text", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w31", "word": "rent", "arabic": "يستأجر", "unit": 2, "original_arabic": "يستأجر", "original_unit": 2, "pos": "verb", "definition": "to pay money regularly to use a house, car or other item that belongs to someone else", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 2" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: appears in the Unit 2 text", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w32", "word": "noticeboard", "arabic": "لوحة إعلانات", "unit": 2, "original_arabic": "لوحة إعلانات", "original_unit": 2, "pos": "noun", "definition": "a board on a wall where notices and announcements are posted", "source": { "label": "Source not confirmed", "detail": "Not found in the Teacher’s Book, the study sheets or the MTA file; the meaning is linguistically correct" }, "unit_check": "Not in the Teacher’s Book Units 1–6 text; unit kept from the original word list", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w33", "word": "flip chart", "arabic": "لوحة ورقية للشرح", "unit": 2, "original_arabic": "لوحة ورقية للشرح", "original_unit": 2, "pos": "noun", "definition": "a stand with large sheets of paper used to write on during a presentation", "source": { "label": "Source not confirmed", "detail": "Not found in the Teacher’s Book, the study sheets or the MTA file; the meaning is linguistically correct" }, "unit_check": "Not in the Teacher’s Book Units 1–6 text; unit kept from the original word list", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w34", "word": "layout", "arabic": "تصميم / ترتيب", "unit": 2, "original_arabic": "تصميم / ترتيب", "original_unit": 2, "pos": "noun", "definition": "the way the parts of something (a page, a room, an event) are arranged", "source": { "label": "Source not confirmed", "detail": "Not found in the Teacher’s Book, the study sheets or the MTA file; the meaning is linguistically correct" }, "unit_check": "Not in the Teacher’s Book Units 1–6 text; unit kept from the original word list", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w35", "word": "clarify", "arabic": "يوضّح", "unit": 2, "original_arabic": "يوضّح", "original_unit": 2, "pos": "verb", "definition": "to make something clearer or easier to understand", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 2" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: appears in the Unit 2 text", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w36", "word": "match", "arabic": "يطابق", "unit": 2, "original_arabic": "يطابق", "original_unit": 2, "pos": "verb", "definition": "to put together things that go together or are the same", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 3, 5" }, "unit_check": "Unit kept from the original word list (not verified): the word appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 3, 5, not Unit 2", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w37", "word": "maybe", "arabic": "ربما", "unit": 2, "original_arabic": "ربما", "original_unit": 2, "pos": "adverb", "definition": "perhaps; possibly", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 2" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: appears in the Unit 2 text", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w38", "word": "another", "arabic": "آخر / إضافي", "unit": 2, "original_arabic": "آخر / إضافي", "original_unit": 2, "pos": "determiner", "definition": "one more, or a different one", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 2, 3, 5" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: appears in the Unit 2 text", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w39", "word": "barbecue", "arabic": "حفلة شواء", "unit": 2, "original_arabic": "حفلة شواء", "original_unit": 2, "pos": "noun", "definition": "an outdoor meal where food is cooked over a fire or grill", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 2" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: appears in the Unit 2 text", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w40", "word": "picnic", "arabic": "نزهة", "unit": 2, "original_arabic": "نزهة", "original_unit": 2, "pos": "noun", "definition": "a meal eaten outdoors, for example in a park", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 2" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: appears in the Unit 2 text", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w41", "word": "invitation", "arabic": "دعوة", "unit": 2, "original_arabic": "دعوة", "original_unit": 2, "pos": "noun", "definition": "a request (spoken or written) asking someone to come to an event", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 1, 2" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: appears in the Unit 2 text", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w42", "word": "invite", "arabic": "يدعو", "unit": 2, "original_arabic": "يدعو", "original_unit": 2, "pos": "verb", "definition": "to ask someone to come to an event", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 1, 2" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: appears in the Unit 2 text", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w43", "word": "prepare", "arabic": "يُحضّر", "unit": 2, "original_arabic": "يُحضّر", "original_unit": 2, "pos": "verb", "definition": "to make something ready, or to get ready for something", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 1, 2, 4" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: appears in the Unit 2 text", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w44", "word": "product", "arabic": "منتج", "unit": 3, "original_arabic": "منتج", "original_unit": 3, "pos": "noun", "definition": "something that is made or grown in order to be sold", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 1, 3" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: appears in the Unit 3 text", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w45", "word": "feature", "arabic": "خاصية / ميزة", "unit": 3, "original_arabic": "خاصية / ميزة", "original_unit": 3, "pos": "noun", "definition": "an important part or characteristic of a product", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 3" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: appears in the Unit 3 text", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w46", "word": "price", "arabic": "سعر", "unit": 3, "original_arabic": "سعر", "original_unit": 3, "pos": "noun", "definition": "the amount of money you must pay to buy something", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 3, 4" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: appears in the Unit 3 text", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w47", "word": "amount", "arabic": "كمية / مقدار", "unit": 3, "original_arabic": "كمية / مقدار", "original_unit": 3, "pos": "noun", "definition": "a quantity of something", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 3, 6" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: appears in the Unit 3 text", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w48", "word": "battery life", "arabic": "عمر البطارية", "unit": 3, "original_arabic": "عمر البطارية", "original_unit": 3, "pos": "noun", "definition": "how long a device can work before its battery needs charging", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 3" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: appears in the Unit 3 text", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w49", "word": "screen", "arabic": "شاشة", "unit": 3, "original_arabic": "شاشة", "original_unit": 3, "pos": "noun", "definition": "the flat surface of a TV, computer or phone where pictures and text appear", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 3" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: appears in the Unit 3 text", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w50", "word": "display", "arabic": "عَرْض / شاشة العرض في الجهاز", "unit": 3, "original_arabic": "عرض / شاشة", "original_unit": 3, "pos": "noun", "definition": "the screen of a device (display size), or a show of something for people to look at (a fireworks display)", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 1, 3" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: appears in the Unit 3 text", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [ { "kind": "translation", "category": "error", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The translation «عرض / شاشة» overlapped with “screen” (شاشة) in “Which word means screen?”.", "reason_ar": "الترجمة «عرض / شاشة» تتداخل مع screen «شاشة» في سؤال «أي كلمة تعني شاشة؟».", "ref": "Unit 3B, TB p.26", "changes": [ { "field": "meaning / unit", "from": "عرض / شاشة / Unit 3", "to": "عرض / Unit 3" } ] }, { "kind": "translation", "category": "ambiguity", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "“display” and “width” (Unit 4) were both translated «عرض», which mixes two different meanings. “display” now shows its Unit 3 meaning (a device’s screen, as in “display size”) and its general meaning (a show, as in “fireworks display”); the quiz never offers “display” and “screen” together.", "reason_ar": "“display” and “width” (Unit 4) were both translated «عرض», which mixes two different meanings. “display” now shows its Unit 3 meaning (a device’s screen, as in “display size”) and its general meaning (a show, as in “fireworks display”); the quiz never offers “display” and “screen” together.", "ref": "Unit 3B display size, TB p.26; Unit 1 fireworks display, TB p.11", "changes": [ { "field": "meaning / unit", "from": "عرض / Unit 3", "to": "عَرْض / شاشة العرض في الجهاز / Unit 3" } ] } ] }, { "id": "w51", "word": "brand", "arabic": "علامة تجارية", "unit": 3, "original_arabic": "علامة تجارية", "original_unit": 3, "pos": "noun", "definition": "the name of a product or company that makes it", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 3" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: appears in the Unit 3 text", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w52", "word": "account", "arabic": "حساب", "unit": 3, "original_arabic": "حساب", "original_unit": 3, "pos": "noun", "definition": "a personal arrangement with a bank or an online service that you log in to", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 3" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: appears in the Unit 3 text", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w53", "word": "app", "arabic": "تطبيق", "unit": 3, "original_arabic": "تطبيق", "original_unit": 3, "pos": "noun", "definition": "a program that you download onto a phone or tablet", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 3" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: appears in the Unit 3 text", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w54", "word": "cable", "arabic": "كابل / سلك", "unit": 3, "original_arabic": "كابل / سلك", "original_unit": 3, "pos": "noun", "definition": "a wire that connects or charges electronic devices", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 3" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: appears in the Unit 3 text", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w55", "word": "charge", "arabic": "يشحن", "unit": 3, "original_arabic": "يشحن", "original_unit": 3, "pos": "verb", "definition": "to put electricity into a battery", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 3" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: appears in the Unit 3 text", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w56", "word": "compact", "arabic": "صغير الحجم", "unit": 3, "original_arabic": "صغير الحجم", "original_unit": 3, "pos": "adjective", "definition": "small in size and taking up little space", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 3" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: appears in the Unit 3 text", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w57", "word": "bright", "arabic": "ساطع / مشرق", "unit": 3, "original_arabic": "ساطع / مشرق", "original_unit": 3, "pos": "adjective", "definition": "full of light, or (of colours) strong and clear", "source": { "label": "Source not confirmed", "detail": "Not found in the Teacher’s Book, the study sheets or the MTA file; the meaning is linguistically correct" }, "unit_check": "Not in the Teacher’s Book Units 1–6 text; unit kept from the original word list", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w58", "word": "folding", "arabic": "قابل للطي", "unit": 3, "original_arabic": "قابل للطي", "original_unit": 3, "pos": "adjective", "definition": "able to be folded so that it becomes smaller", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 3" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: appears in the Unit 3 text", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w59", "word": "flash drive", "arabic": "ذاكرة فلاش", "unit": 3, "original_arabic": "ذاكرة فلاش", "original_unit": 3, "pos": "noun", "definition": "a small device that stores computer files and plugs into a USB port", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 3" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: appears in the Unit 3 text", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w60", "word": "headphones", "arabic": "سماعات رأس", "unit": 3, "original_arabic": "سماعات رأس", "original_unit": 3, "pos": "noun", "definition": "a device worn over or in the ears to listen to sound privately", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 3" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: appears in the Unit 3 text", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w61", "word": "hairdryer", "arabic": "مجفف شعر", "unit": 3, "original_arabic": "مجفف شعر", "original_unit": 3, "pos": "noun", "definition": "an electric device that blows hot air to dry hair", "source": { "label": "MTA file", "detail": "Appears in the MTA Revision file" }, "unit_check": "Not in the Teacher’s Book Units 1–6 text; unit kept from the original word list", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w62", "word": "handbag", "arabic": "حقيبة يد", "unit": 3, "original_arabic": "حقيبة يد", "original_unit": 3, "pos": "noun", "definition": "a small bag used to carry personal things such as a wallet and keys", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 3" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: appears in the Unit 3 text", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w63", "word": "waterproof", "arabic": "مقاوم للماء", "unit": 3, "original_arabic": "مقاوم للماء", "original_unit": 3, "pos": "adjective", "definition": "not letting water in", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 3" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: appears in the Unit 3 text", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w64", "word": "comfortable", "arabic": "مريح", "unit": 3, "original_arabic": "مريح", "original_unit": 3, "pos": "adjective", "definition": "making you feel physically relaxed", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 3, 4" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: appears in the Unit 3 text", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w65", "word": "portable", "arabic": "سهل الحمل", "unit": 3, "original_arabic": "سهل الحمل", "original_unit": 3, "pos": "adjective", "definition": "light and small enough to carry easily", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 3" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: appears in the Unit 3 text", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w66", "word": "stylish", "arabic": "أنيق", "unit": 3, "original_arabic": "أنيق", "original_unit": 3, "pos": "adjective", "definition": "fashionable and attractive", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 3" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: appears in the Unit 3 text", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w67", "word": "expensive", "arabic": "غالي", "unit": 3, "original_arabic": "غالي", "original_unit": 3, "pos": "adjective", "definition": "costing a lot of money", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 3, 4" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: appears in the Unit 3 text", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w68", "word": "cheap", "arabic": "رخيص", "unit": 3, "original_arabic": "رخيص", "original_unit": 3, "pos": "adjective", "definition": "costing little money", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 3, 4" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: appears in the Unit 3 text", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w69", "word": "furniture", "arabic": "أثاث", "unit": 4, "original_arabic": "أثاث", "original_unit": 4, "pos": "noun", "definition": "things such as chairs, tables and beds used in a room (uncountable)", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 4" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: appears in the Unit 4 text", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w70", "word": "chair", "arabic": "كرسي", "unit": 4, "original_arabic": "كرسي", "original_unit": 4, "pos": "noun", "definition": "a seat for one person, with a back", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 4" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: appears in the Unit 4 text", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w71", "word": "desk", "arabic": "مكتب (طاولة الدراسة)", "unit": 4, "original_arabic": "مكتب", "original_unit": 4, "pos": "noun", "definition": "a table used for studying or working, often with drawers", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 4" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: appears in the Unit 4 text", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [ { "kind": "translation", "category": "error", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "«مكتب» alone can also mean an office (room).", "reason_ar": "«مكتب» وحدها قد تعني الغرفة (office).", "ref": "Unit 4A, TB p.31", "changes": [ { "field": "meaning / unit", "from": "مكتب / Unit 4", "to": "مكتب (طاولة الدراسة) / Unit 4" } ] } ] }, { "id": "w72", "word": "shelf", "arabic": "رف", "unit": 4, "original_arabic": "رف", "original_unit": 4, "pos": "noun", "definition": "a flat board fixed to a wall or inside a cupboard for putting things on", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 4" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: appears in the Unit 4 text", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w73", "word": "bookcase", "arabic": "خزانة كتب", "unit": 4, "original_arabic": "خزانة كتب", "original_unit": 4, "pos": "noun", "definition": "a piece of furniture with shelves for books", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 4" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: appears in the Unit 4 text", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w74", "word": "drawer", "arabic": "درج", "unit": 4, "original_arabic": "درج", "original_unit": 4, "pos": "noun", "definition": "a box-shaped part of a piece of furniture that slides in and out", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 4" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: appears in the Unit 4 text", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w75", "word": "changing room", "arabic": "غرفة قياس الملابس", "unit": 4, "original_arabic": "غرفة قياس الملابس", "original_unit": 4, "pos": "noun", "definition": "a room in a shop where you try on clothes", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 4" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: appears in the Unit 4 text", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w76", "word": "washbasin", "arabic": "حوض غسيل", "unit": 4, "original_arabic": "حوض غسيل", "original_unit": 4, "pos": "noun", "definition": "a small sink for washing your hands and face", "source": { "label": "MTA file", "detail": "Appears in the MTA Revision file" }, "unit_check": "Not in the Teacher’s Book Units 1–6 text; unit kept from the original word list", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w77", "word": "toilet", "arabic": "مرحاض", "unit": 4, "original_arabic": "مرحاض", "original_unit": 4, "pos": "noun", "definition": "a bowl that you sit on to get rid of body waste, or the room that contains it", "source": { "label": "Source not confirmed", "detail": "Not found in the Teacher’s Book, the study sheets or the MTA file; the meaning is linguistically correct" }, "unit_check": "Not in the Teacher’s Book Units 1–6 text; unit kept from the original word list", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w78", "word": "shower", "arabic": "دش / يستحم", "unit": 4, "original_arabic": "دش / يستحم", "original_unit": 4, "pos": "noun / verb", "definition": "a device that sprays water on your body (noun), or to wash yourself in one (verb)", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 3" }, "unit_check": "Unit kept from the original word list (not verified): the word appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 3, not Unit 4", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [ { "kind": "pos", "category": "error", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The meaning «دش / يستحم» covers a noun and a verb, but the part of speech said “noun” only. It is now “noun / verb” (the Teacher’s Book uses the verb: “when I shower”, Unit 3).", "reason_ar": "The meaning «دش / يستحم» covers a noun and a verb, but the part of speech said “noun” only. It is now “noun / verb” (the Teacher’s Book uses the verb: “when I shower”, Unit 3).", "ref": "Unit 3A transcript, TB p.24", "changes": [ { "field": "part of speech", "from": "noun", "to": "noun / verb" } ] } ] }, { "id": "w79", "word": "storage", "arabic": "تخزين", "unit": 4, "original_arabic": "تخزين", "original_unit": 4, "pos": "noun", "definition": "space for keeping things until they are needed", "source": { "label": "MTA file", "detail": "Appears in the MTA Revision file" }, "unit_check": "Not in the Teacher’s Book Units 1–6 text; unit kept from the original word list", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w80", "word": "width", "arabic": "العَرْض (المقاس من جانب إلى جانب)", "unit": 4, "original_arabic": "عرض", "original_unit": 4, "pos": "noun", "definition": "the measurement of something from side to side", "source": { "label": "MTA file", "detail": "Appears in the MTA Revision file" }, "unit_check": "Not in the Teacher’s Book Units 1–6 text; unit kept from the original word list", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [ { "kind": "translation", "category": "ambiguity", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "“width” and “display” were both translated «عرض». “width” now says it is the measurement from side to side.", "reason_ar": "“width” and “display” were both translated «عرض». “width” now says it is the measurement from side to side.", "ref": "—", "changes": [ { "field": "meaning / unit", "from": "عرض / Unit 4", "to": "العَرْض (المقاس من جانب إلى جانب) / Unit 4" } ] } ] }, { "id": "w81", "word": "adjustable", "arabic": "قابل للتعديل", "unit": 4, "original_arabic": "قابل للتعديل", "original_unit": 4, "pos": "adjective", "definition": "able to be changed to suit different needs", "source": { "label": "MTA file", "detail": "Appears in the MTA Revision file" }, "unit_check": "Not in the Teacher’s Book Units 1–6 text; unit kept from the original word list", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w82", "word": "available", "arabic": "متوفر", "unit": 4, "original_arabic": "متوفر", "original_unit": 4, "pos": "adjective", "definition": "able to be bought, used or reached", "source": { "label": "MTA file", "detail": "Appears in the MTA Revision file" }, "unit_check": "Not in the Teacher’s Book Units 1–6 text; unit kept from the original word list", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w83", "word": "suitable", "arabic": "مناسب", "unit": 4, "original_arabic": "مناسب", "original_unit": 4, "pos": "adjective", "definition": "right or appropriate for a particular purpose", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 4" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: appears in the Unit 4 text", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w84", "word": "natural", "arabic": "طبيعي", "unit": 4, "original_arabic": "طبيعي", "original_unit": 4, "pos": "adjective", "definition": "existing in nature; not made by people", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 4" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: appears in the Unit 4 text", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w85", "word": "budget", "arabic": "ميزانية", "unit": 4, "original_arabic": "ميزانية", "original_unit": 4, "pos": "noun", "definition": "the amount of money available to spend on something", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 4" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: appears in the Unit 4 text", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w86", "word": "proposal", "arabic": "مقترح", "unit": 4, "original_arabic": "مقترح", "original_unit": 4, "pos": "noun", "definition": "a formal plan or suggestion", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 4" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: appears in the Unit 4 text", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w87", "word": "solution", "arabic": "حل", "unit": 4, "original_arabic": "حل", "original_unit": 4, "pos": "noun", "definition": "a way of solving a problem", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 3, 4" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: appears in the Unit 4 text", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w88", "word": "try on", "arabic": "يجرب ارتداء الملابس", "unit": 4, "original_arabic": "يجرب ارتداء الملابس", "original_unit": 4, "pos": "verb", "definition": "to put on clothes to see if they fit or look good", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 4" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: appears in the Unit 4 text", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w89", "word": "cosy", "arabic": "مريح ودافئ", "unit": 4, "original_arabic": "مريح ودافئ", "original_unit": 4, "pos": "adjective", "definition": "warm, comfortable and pleasant (American spelling: cozy)", "source": { "label": "Study sheets", "detail": "Appears in the study-sheet images" }, "unit_check": "Not in the Teacher’s Book Units 1–6 text; unit kept from the original word list", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w90", "word": "modern", "arabic": "حديث", "unit": 4, "original_arabic": "حديث", "original_unit": 4, "pos": "adjective", "definition": "new and using the latest ideas or style", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 3, 4, 5, 6" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: appears in the Unit 4 text", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w91", "word": "cheapest", "arabic": "الأرخص", "unit": 4, "original_arabic": "الأرخص", "original_unit": 4, "pos": "adjective", "definition": "costing the least money of all", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 3, 4" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: appears in the Unit 4 text", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w92", "word": "best", "arabic": "الأفضل", "unit": 4, "original_arabic": "الأفضل", "original_unit": 4, "pos": "adjective", "definition": "better than all others", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 1, 2, 3, 4, 6" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: appears in the Unit 4 text", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w93", "word": "life events", "arabic": "أحداث الحياة", "unit": 5, "original_arabic": "أحداث الحياة", "original_unit": 5, "pos": "noun", "definition": "important things that happen in a person’s life, such as graduating or getting married", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 5" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: appears in the Unit 5 text", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w94", "word": "achievement", "arabic": "إنجاز", "unit": 5, "original_arabic": "إنجاز", "original_unit": 5, "pos": "noun", "definition": "something good that you succeed in doing after effort", "source": { "label": "Study sheets", "detail": "Appears in the study-sheet images" }, "unit_check": "Not in the Teacher’s Book Units 1–6 text; unit kept from the original word list", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w95", "word": "academic", "arabic": "أكاديمي / دراسي", "unit": 5, "original_arabic": "أكاديمي / دراسي", "original_unit": 5, "pos": "adjective", "definition": "related to studying and education", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 5" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: appears in the Unit 5 text", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w96", "word": "ambition", "arabic": "طموح", "unit": 5, "original_arabic": "طموح", "original_unit": 5, "pos": "noun", "definition": "a strong wish to achieve something", "source": { "label": "Study sheets", "detail": "Appears in the study-sheet images" }, "unit_check": "Not in the Teacher’s Book Units 1–6 text; unit kept from the original word list", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w97", "word": "graduate", "arabic": "يتخرّج", "unit": 5, "original_arabic": "يتخرّج", "original_unit": 5, "pos": "verb", "definition": "to complete a university or school course successfully", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 5" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: appears in the Unit 5 text", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w98", "word": "get a job", "arabic": "يحصل على وظيفة", "unit": 5, "original_arabic": "يحصل على وظيفة", "original_unit": 5, "pos": "verb", "definition": "to start working in a paid position", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 5" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: appears in the Unit 5 text", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w99", "word": "change jobs", "arabic": "يغيّر وظيفته", "unit": 5, "original_arabic": "يغيّر وظيفته", "original_unit": 5, "pos": "verb", "definition": "to leave one job and start another", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 5" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: appears in the Unit 5 text", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w100", "word": "have a baby", "arabic": "يُرزق بطفل", "unit": 5, "original_arabic": "يُرزق بطفل", "original_unit": 5, "pos": "verb", "definition": "to give birth to a child; to become a parent", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 5" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: appears in the Unit 5 text", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w101", "word": "get a driving licence", "arabic": "يحصل على رخصة قيادة", "unit": 5, "original_arabic": "يحصل على رخصة قيادة", "original_unit": 5, "pos": "verb", "definition": "to pass the test that gives you legal permission to drive", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 5" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: appears in the Unit 5 text", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w102", "word": "retire", "arabic": "يتقاعد", "unit": 5, "original_arabic": "يتقاعد", "original_unit": 5, "pos": "verb", "definition": "to stop working, usually because of age", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 5" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: appears in the Unit 5 text", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w103", "word": "high school", "arabic": "المدرسة الثانوية", "unit": 5, "original_arabic": "المدرسة الثانوية", "original_unit": 5, "pos": "noun", "definition": "a school for students aged about 14 to 18", "source": { "label": "Study sheets", "detail": "Appears in the study-sheet images" }, "unit_check": "Not in the Teacher’s Book Units 1–6 text; unit kept from the original word list", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w104", "word": "university degree", "arabic": "شهادة جامعية", "unit": 5, "original_arabic": "شهادة جامعية", "original_unit": 5, "pos": "noun", "definition": "the qualification you receive after completing a university course", "source": { "label": "Study sheets", "detail": "Appears in the study-sheet images" }, "unit_check": "Not in the Teacher’s Book Units 1–6 text; unit kept from the original word list", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w105", "word": "military service", "arabic": "الخدمة العسكرية", "unit": 5, "original_arabic": "الخدمة العسكرية", "original_unit": 5, "pos": "noun", "definition": "a period of time serving in the army or armed forces", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 5" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: appears in the Unit 5 text", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w106", "word": "lifestyle", "arabic": "نمط الحياة", "unit": 6, "original_arabic": "نمط الحياة", "original_unit": 5, "pos": "noun", "definition": "the way a person or group lives", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 6" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: appears in the Unit 6 text", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [ { "kind": "unit", "category": "error", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The word appears in Unit 6, not Unit 5.", "reason_ar": "وردت في الوحدة 6 وليس 5.", "ref": "Unit 6, TB p.42", "changes": [ { "field": "meaning / unit", "from": "نمط الحياة / Unit 5", "to": "نمط الحياة / Unit 6" } ] } ] }, { "id": "w107", "word": "standard of living", "arabic": "مستوى المعيشة", "unit": 6, "original_arabic": "مستوى المعيشة", "original_unit": 5, "pos": "noun", "definition": "the level of money, comfort and goods that people have", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 6" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: appears in the Unit 6 text", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [ { "kind": "unit", "category": "error", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The phrase appears in the Tokyo passage in Unit 6, not Unit 5.", "reason_ar": "وردت في قطعة طوكيو في الوحدة 6 وليس 5.", "ref": "Unit 6A ex.4e, TB p.42", "changes": [ { "field": "meaning / unit", "from": "مستوى المعيشة / Unit 5", "to": "مستوى المعيشة / Unit 6" } ] } ] }, { "id": "w108", "word": "wealthy", "arabic": "ثري", "unit": 5, "original_arabic": "ثري", "original_unit": 5, "pos": "adjective", "definition": "rich; having a lot of money", "source": { "label": "Study sheets", "detail": "Appears in the study-sheet images" }, "unit_check": "Not in the Teacher’s Book Units 1–6 text; unit kept from the original word list", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w109", "word": "fail", "arabic": "يفشل / يرسب", "unit": 5, "original_arabic": "يفشل / يرسب", "original_unit": 5, "pos": "verb", "definition": "to not succeed, or to not pass an exam", "source": { "label": "Study sheets", "detail": "Appears in the study-sheet images" }, "unit_check": "Not in the Teacher’s Book Units 1–6 text; unit kept from the original word list", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w110", "word": "give up", "arabic": "يتوقف عن / يستسلم", "unit": 5, "original_arabic": "يستسلم / يتخلى عن", "original_unit": 5, "pos": "verb", "definition": "to stop doing something, or to stop trying", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 5" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: appears in the Unit 5 text", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [ { "kind": "translation", "category": "error", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The Teacher’s Book explains “give up” as “stopping”.", "reason_ar": "الكتاب يشرح give up بمعنى stopping.", "ref": "Unit 5C ex.8b, TB p.39", "changes": [ { "field": "meaning / unit", "from": "يستسلم / يتخلى عن / Unit 5", "to": "يتوقف عن / يستسلم / Unit 5" } ] } ] }, { "id": "w111", "word": "encourage", "arabic": "يشجّع", "unit": 5, "original_arabic": "يشجّع", "original_unit": 5, "pos": "verb", "definition": "to give someone confidence or support to do something", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 1, 2, 4, 5, 6" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: appears in the Unit 5 text", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w112", "word": "adapt", "arabic": "يتأقلم", "unit": 5, "original_arabic": "يتأقلم", "original_unit": 5, "pos": "verb", "definition": "to change in order to deal with a new situation", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 3" }, "unit_check": "Unit kept from the original word list (not verified): the word appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 3, not Unit 5", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w113", "word": "before", "arabic": "قبل", "unit": 5, "original_arabic": "قبل", "original_unit": 5, "pos": "adverb", "definition": "earlier than a particular time or event", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 1, 2, 3, 5, 6" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: appears in the Unit 5 text", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w114", "word": "after", "arabic": "بعد", "unit": 5, "original_arabic": "بعد", "original_unit": 5, "pos": "adverb", "definition": "later than a particular time or event", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 1, 2, 3, 5, 6" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: appears in the Unit 5 text", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w115", "word": "then", "arabic": "ثم", "unit": 5, "original_arabic": "ثم", "original_unit": 5, "pos": "adverb", "definition": "next; after that", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: appears in the Unit 5 text", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w116", "word": "ago", "arabic": "منذ (مدة مضت)", "unit": 5, "original_arabic": "منذ", "original_unit": 5, "pos": "adverb", "definition": "used after a period of time to show how far back in the past something happened (two years ago)", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 5, 6" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: appears in the Unit 5 text", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [ { "kind": "improvement", "category": "improvement", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "Optional improvement: the translation «منذ» was clarified to show that “ago” follows the length of time; «قبل» is avoided so it is not confused with “before”.", "reason_ar": "الترجمة السابقة كانت «منذ» فقط؛ وضّحنا أنها تأتي بعد المدة. ولا نستخدم «قبل» حتى لا تلتبس مع before.", "ref": "Unit 5B, TB p.36", "changes": [ { "field": "meaning / unit", "from": "منذ / Unit 5", "to": "منذ (مدة مضت) / Unit 5" } ] } ] }, { "id": "w117", "word": "now", "arabic": "الآن", "unit": 6, "original_arabic": "الآن", "original_unit": 6, "pos": "adverb", "definition": "at the present moment", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: appears in the Unit 6 text", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w118", "word": "in the past", "arabic": "في الماضي", "unit": 6, "original_arabic": "في الماضي", "original_unit": 6, "pos": "phrase", "definition": "at an earlier time", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 6" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: appears in the Unit 6 text", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w119", "word": "nowadays", "arabic": "هذه الأيام / في عصرنا", "unit": 6, "original_arabic": "في الوقت الحاضر", "original_unit": 6, "pos": "adverb", "definition": "these days; at the present time, compared with the past", "source": { "label": "Study sheets", "detail": "Appears in the study-sheet images" }, "unit_check": "Not in the Teacher’s Book Units 1–6 text; unit kept from the original word list", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [ { "kind": "improvement", "category": "improvement", "evidence": "src", "reason": "Optional improvement: «في الوقت الحاضر» is very close to “now” (الآن), which gave the vocabulary item two possible answers.", "reason_ar": "«في الوقت الحاضر» قريبة جداً من now «الآن» فيصبح للسؤال إجابتان.", "ref": "Study sheet: City life", "changes": [ { "field": "meaning / unit", "from": "في الوقت الحاضر / Unit 6", "to": "هذه الأيام / في عصرنا / Unit 6" } ] } ] }, { "id": "w120", "word": "abroad", "arabic": "في الخارج (خارج البلد)", "unit": 6, "original_arabic": "في الخارج", "original_unit": 6, "pos": "adverb", "definition": "in or to a foreign country", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 6" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: appears in the Unit 6 text", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [ { "kind": "translation", "category": "error", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "“abroad” and “outside” had the same translation («في الخارج»).", "reason_ar": "abroad و outside كانتا بنفس الترجمة «في الخارج».", "ref": "Unit 6A, TB p.43", "changes": [ { "field": "meaning / unit", "from": "في الخارج / Unit 6", "to": "في الخارج (خارج البلد) / Unit 6" } ] } ] }, { "id": "w121", "word": "air conditioning", "arabic": "تكييف الهواء", "unit": 6, "original_arabic": "تكييف الهواء", "original_unit": 6, "pos": "noun", "definition": "a system that keeps the air in a building cool and dry", "source": { "label": "Study sheets", "detail": "Appears in the study-sheet images" }, "unit_check": "Not in the Teacher’s Book Units 1–6 text; unit kept from the original word list", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w122", "word": "better off", "arabic": "أفضل حالاً", "unit": 6, "original_arabic": "أفضل حالاً", "original_unit": 6, "pos": "adjective", "definition": "in a better situation, especially with more money", "source": { "label": "Study sheets", "detail": "Appears in the study-sheet images" }, "unit_check": "Not in the Teacher’s Book Units 1–6 text; unit kept from the original word list", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w123", "word": "drama", "arabic": "مسرحية / دراما", "unit": 6, "original_arabic": "مسرحية / دراما", "original_unit": 6, "pos": "noun", "definition": "a play for the theatre, TV or radio", "source": { "label": "Study sheets", "detail": "Appears in the study-sheet images" }, "unit_check": "Not in the Teacher’s Book Units 1–6 text; unit kept from the original word list", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w124", "word": "building", "arabic": "مبنى", "unit": 6, "original_arabic": "مبنى", "original_unit": 6, "pos": "noun", "definition": "a structure with walls and a roof, such as a house or an office block", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 5" }, "unit_check": "Unit kept from the original word list (not verified): the word appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 5, not Unit 6", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w125", "word": "skyscraper", "arabic": "ناطحة سحاب", "unit": 6, "original_arabic": "ناطحة سحاب", "original_unit": 6, "pos": "noun", "definition": "a very tall building in a city", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 6" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: appears in the Unit 6 text", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w126", "word": "highway", "arabic": "طريق سريع", "unit": 6, "original_arabic": "طريق سريع", "original_unit": 6, "pos": "noun", "definition": "a main road for fast travel between cities", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 6" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: appears in the Unit 6 text", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w127", "word": "traffic", "arabic": "حركة المرور / الزحام", "unit": 6, "original_arabic": "حركة المرور / الزحام", "original_unit": 6, "pos": "noun", "definition": "the vehicles moving along the roads", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 6" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: appears in the Unit 6 text", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w128", "word": "pollution", "arabic": "تلوث", "unit": 6, "original_arabic": "تلوث", "original_unit": 6, "pos": "noun", "definition": "damage to air, water or land caused by harmful substances", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 6" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: appears in the Unit 6 text", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w129", "word": "city life", "arabic": "الحياة في المدينة", "unit": 6, "original_arabic": "الحياة في المدينة", "original_unit": 6, "pos": "noun", "definition": "the way of living in a city", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 6" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: appears in the Unit 6 text", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w130", "word": "countryside", "arabic": "الريف", "unit": 6, "original_arabic": "الريف", "original_unit": 6, "pos": "noun", "definition": "land outside towns and cities, with fields and farms", "source": { "label": "Study sheets", "detail": "Appears in the study-sheet images" }, "unit_check": "Not in the Teacher’s Book Units 1–6 text; unit kept from the original word list", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w131", "word": "nearby", "arabic": "قريب", "unit": 6, "original_arabic": "قريب", "original_unit": 6, "pos": "adjective", "definition": "close; not far away", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 3, 5" }, "unit_check": "Unit kept from the original word list (not verified): the word appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 3, 5, not Unit 6", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w132", "word": "outside", "arabic": "خارجاً / خارج المبنى", "unit": 6, "original_arabic": "في الخارج", "original_unit": 6, "pos": "adverb", "definition": "not inside a building; in the open air", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 3" }, "unit_check": "Unit kept from the original word list (not verified): the word appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 3, not Unit 6", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [ { "kind": "translation", "category": "error", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "Distinguished from “abroad”.", "reason_ar": "تمييزها عن abroad.", "ref": "—", "changes": [ { "field": "meaning / unit", "from": "في الخارج / Unit 6", "to": "خارجاً / خارج المبنى / Unit 6" } ] } ] }, { "id": "w133", "word": "rapidly", "arabic": "بسرعة", "unit": 6, "original_arabic": "بسرعة", "original_unit": 6, "pos": "adverb", "definition": "very quickly", "source": { "label": "Study sheets", "detail": "Appears in the study-sheet images" }, "unit_check": "Not in the Teacher’s Book Units 1–6 text; unit kept from the original word list", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w134", "word": "rebuild", "arabic": "يعيد البناء", "unit": 6, "original_arabic": "يعيد البناء", "original_unit": 6, "pos": "verb", "definition": "to build something again after it has been damaged or destroyed", "source": { "label": "Study sheets", "detail": "Appears in the study-sheet images" }, "unit_check": "Not in the Teacher’s Book Units 1–6 text; unit kept from the original word list", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w135", "word": "reduced", "arabic": "مُخفَّض / أقل", "unit": 6, "original_arabic": "منخفض / مخفّض", "original_unit": 6, "pos": "adjective", "definition": "made smaller or less", "source": { "label": "Study sheets", "detail": "Appears in the study-sheet images" }, "unit_check": "Not in the Teacher’s Book Units 1–6 text; unit kept from the original word list", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [ { "kind": "translation", "category": "error", "evidence": "src", "reason": "“reduced” means “made less”.", "reason_ar": "reduced تعني «جُعل أقل».", "ref": "—", "changes": [ { "field": "meaning / unit", "from": "منخفض / مخفّض / Unit 6", "to": "مُخفَّض / أقل / Unit 6" } ] } ] }, { "id": "w136", "word": "recently", "arabic": "مؤخراً", "unit": 6, "original_arabic": "مؤخراً", "original_unit": 6, "pos": "adverb", "definition": "not long ago", "source": { "label": "Study sheets", "detail": "Appears in the study-sheet images" }, "unit_check": "Not in the Teacher’s Book Units 1–6 text; unit kept from the original word list", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w137", "word": "previous", "arabic": "سابق", "unit": 6, "original_arabic": "سابق", "original_unit": 6, "pos": "adjective", "definition": "happening or existing before", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 1, 4" }, "unit_check": "Unit kept from the original word list (not verified): the word appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 1, 4, not Unit 6", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w138", "word": "progress", "arabic": "تقدّم", "unit": 6, "original_arabic": "تقدّم", "original_unit": 6, "pos": "noun", "definition": "movement towards improvement or a goal", "source": { "label": "Study sheets", "detail": "Appears in the study-sheet images" }, "unit_check": "Not in the Teacher’s Book Units 1–6 text; unit kept from the original word list", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w139", "word": "improve", "arabic": "يحسّن / يتحسن", "unit": 6, "original_arabic": "يحسّن / يتحسن", "original_unit": 6, "pos": "verb", "definition": "to make something better, or to become better", "source": { "label": "Study sheets", "detail": "Appears in the study-sheet images" }, "unit_check": "Not in the Teacher’s Book Units 1–6 text; unit kept from the original word list", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w140", "word": "change", "arabic": "يتغيّر / يغيّر", "unit": 6, "original_arabic": "يتغيّر / يغيّر", "original_unit": 6, "pos": "verb", "definition": "to become different, or to make something different", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 5" }, "unit_check": "Unit kept from the original word list (not verified): the word appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 5, not Unit 6", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w141", "word": "buildings", "arabic": "مبانٍ", "unit": 6, "original_arabic": "مبانٍ", "original_unit": 6, "pos": "noun", "definition": "structures with walls and a roof (plural of “building”)", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 1, 4, 5, 6" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: appears in the Unit 6 text", "status": "excluded", "exclusion_reason": "“buildings” duplicates “building” in the Unit 6 word list.", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w142", "word": "roads", "arabic": "طرق", "unit": 6, "original_arabic": "طرق", "original_unit": 6, "pos": "noun", "definition": "surfaces that vehicles travel on (plural of “road”)", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 6" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: appears in the Unit 6 text", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w143", "word": "transport", "arabic": "مواصلات", "unit": 6, "original_arabic": "مواصلات", "original_unit": 6, "pos": "noun", "definition": "vehicles and systems used for travelling, such as buses and trains", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 6" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: appears in the Unit 6 text", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w144", "word": "neighbourhood", "arabic": "حي سكني", "unit": 6, "original_arabic": "حي سكني", "original_unit": 6, "pos": "noun", "definition": "an area of a town where people live (American spelling: neighborhood)", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 1" }, "unit_check": "Unit kept from the original word list (not verified): the word appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 1, not Unit 6", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w145", "word": "facilities", "arabic": "مرافق", "unit": 6, "original_arabic": "مرافق", "original_unit": 6, "pos": "noun", "definition": "buildings and services provided for people, such as hospitals and sports centres", "source": { "label": "Study sheets", "detail": "Appears in the study-sheet images" }, "unit_check": "Not in the Teacher’s Book Units 1–6 text; unit kept from the original word list", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w146", "word": "park", "arabic": "حديقة", "unit": 6, "original_arabic": "حديقة", "original_unit": 6, "pos": "noun", "definition": "a public area of grass and trees in a town", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 2" }, "unit_check": "Unit kept from the original word list (not verified): the word appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 2, not Unit 6", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w147", "word": "shopping centre", "arabic": "مركز تسوق", "unit": 6, "original_arabic": "مركز تسوق", "original_unit": 6, "pos": "noun", "definition": "a building or area with many shops (American English: mall)", "source": { "label": "Study sheets", "detail": "Appears in the study-sheet images" }, "unit_check": "Not in the Teacher’s Book Units 1–6 text; unit kept from the original word list", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w148", "word": "population", "arabic": "عدد السكان", "unit": 6, "original_arabic": "عدد السكان", "original_unit": 6, "pos": "noun", "definition": "the number of people who live in a place", "source": { "label": "Study sheets", "detail": "Appears in the study-sheet images" }, "unit_check": "Not in the Teacher’s Book Units 1–6 text; unit kept from the original word list", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [] }, { "id": "w149", "word": "develop", "arabic": "يطوّر / يتطوّر", "unit": 6, "original_arabic": "يتطور", "original_unit": 6, "pos": "verb", "definition": "to grow or change into something bigger or more advanced, or to make something do this", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 2" }, "unit_check": "Unit kept from the original word list (not verified): the word appears in the Teacher’s Book text of Unit 2, not Unit 6", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": false, "corrections": [ { "kind": "translation", "category": "error", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "“develop” can be transitive or intransitive.", "reason_ar": "develop تأتي متعدياً ولازماً.", "ref": "—", "changes": [ { "field": "meaning / unit", "from": "يتطور / Unit 6", "to": "يطوّر / يتطوّر / Unit 6" } ] } ] }, { "id": "w150", "word": "flammable", "arabic": "قابل للاشتعال", "unit": 1, "original_arabic": "", "original_unit": "", "pos": "adjective", "definition": "easily set on fire", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Unit 1C ex.5d, TB p.15" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: added from the Teacher’s Book answer key (Unit 1C ex.5d, TB p.15)", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": true, "corrections": [ { "kind": "added", "category": "improvement", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "Added from the Teacher’s Book.", "reason_ar": "", "ref": "Unit 1C ex.5d, TB p.15", "changes": [] } ] }, { "id": "w151", "word": "humorous", "arabic": "فكاهي / مضحك", "unit": 1, "original_arabic": "", "original_unit": "", "pos": "adjective", "definition": "funny; making people laugh", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Unit 1C ex.5e, TB p.15" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: added from the Teacher’s Book answer key (Unit 1C ex.5e, TB p.15)", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": true, "corrections": [ { "kind": "added", "category": "improvement", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "Added from the Teacher’s Book.", "reason_ar": "", "ref": "Unit 1C ex.5e, TB p.15", "changes": [] } ] }, { "id": "w152", "word": "raise money", "arabic": "يجمع المال", "unit": 1, "original_arabic": "", "original_unit": "", "pos": "verb", "definition": "to collect money for a purpose, for example for charity", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Unit 1C ex.5b, TB p.15" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: added from the Teacher’s Book answer key (Unit 1C ex.5b, TB p.15)", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": true, "corrections": [ { "kind": "added", "category": "improvement", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "Added from the Teacher’s Book.", "reason_ar": "", "ref": "Unit 1C ex.5b, TB p.15", "changes": [] } ] }, { "id": "w153", "word": "make fun of", "arabic": "يسخر من", "unit": 1, "original_arabic": "", "original_unit": "", "pos": "verb", "definition": "to laugh at someone or something in an unkind way", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Unit 1C ex.5f, TB p.15" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: added from the Teacher’s Book answer key (Unit 1C ex.5f, TB p.15)", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": true, "corrections": [ { "kind": "added", "category": "improvement", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "Added from the Teacher’s Book.", "reason_ar": "", "ref": "Unit 1C ex.5f, TB p.15", "changes": [] } ] }, { "id": "w154", "word": "suggestion", "arabic": "اقتراح", "unit": 2, "original_arabic": "", "original_unit": "", "pos": "noun", "definition": "an idea or plan that you offer for others to consider", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Unit 2A – Suggestions, TB p.19" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: added from the Teacher’s Book answer key (Unit 2A – Suggestions, TB p.19)", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": true, "corrections": [ { "kind": "added", "category": "improvement", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "Added from the Teacher’s Book.", "reason_ar": "", "ref": "Unit 2A – Suggestions, TB p.19", "changes": [] } ] }, { "id": "w155", "word": "decline", "arabic": "يعتذر عن / يرفض بأدب", "unit": 2, "original_arabic": "", "original_unit": "", "pos": "verb", "definition": "to say politely that you will not accept an invitation or offer", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Unit 2B – Invitations, TB p.21" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: added from the Teacher’s Book answer key (Unit 2B – Invitations, TB p.21)", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": true, "corrections": [ { "kind": "added", "category": "improvement", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "Added from the Teacher’s Book.", "reason_ar": "", "ref": "Unit 2B – Invitations, TB p.21", "changes": [] } ] }, { "id": "w156", "word": "versatile", "arabic": "متعدد الاستخدامات", "unit": 3, "original_arabic": "", "original_unit": "", "pos": "adjective", "definition": "having many different uses", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Unit 3A ex.4g, TB p.25" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: added from the Teacher’s Book answer key (Unit 3A ex.4g, TB p.25)", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": true, "corrections": [ { "kind": "added", "category": "improvement", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "Added from the Teacher’s Book.", "reason_ar": "", "ref": "Unit 3A ex.4g, TB p.25", "changes": [] } ] }, { "id": "w157", "word": "responsive", "arabic": "سريع الاستجابة", "unit": 3, "original_arabic": "", "original_unit": "", "pos": "adjective", "definition": "reacting quickly and correctly (a responsive screen)", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Unit 3A ex.4f, TB p.25" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: added from the Teacher’s Book answer key (Unit 3A ex.4f, TB p.25)", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": true, "corrections": [ { "kind": "added", "category": "improvement", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "Added from the Teacher’s Book.", "reason_ar": "", "ref": "Unit 3A ex.4f, TB p.25", "changes": [] } ] }, { "id": "w158", "word": "slim", "arabic": "نحيف / رفيع", "unit": 3, "original_arabic": "", "original_unit": "", "pos": "adjective", "definition": "thin in an attractive way", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Unit 3A ex.4d, TB p.25" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: added from the Teacher’s Book answer key (Unit 3A ex.4d, TB p.25)", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": true, "corrections": [ { "kind": "added", "category": "improvement", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "Added from the Teacher’s Book.", "reason_ar": "", "ref": "Unit 3A ex.4d, TB p.25", "changes": [] } ] }, { "id": "w159", "word": "light", "arabic": "خفيف الوزن", "unit": 3, "original_arabic": "", "original_unit": "", "pos": "adjective", "definition": "not heavy", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Unit 3A ex.4c, TB p.25" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: added from the Teacher’s Book answer key (Unit 3A ex.4c, TB p.25)", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": true, "corrections": [ { "kind": "added", "category": "improvement", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "Added from the Teacher’s Book.", "reason_ar": "", "ref": "Unit 3A ex.4c, TB p.25", "changes": [] } ] }, { "id": "w160", "word": "robust", "arabic": "متين / قوي التحمل", "unit": 4, "original_arabic": "", "original_unit": "", "pos": "adjective", "definition": "strong and unlikely to break", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Unit 4A transcript 4.1, TB p.31" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: added from the Teacher’s Book answer key (Unit 4A transcript 4.1, TB p.31)", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": true, "corrections": [ { "kind": "added", "category": "improvement", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "Added from the Teacher’s Book.", "reason_ar": "", "ref": "Unit 4A transcript 4.1, TB p.31", "changes": [] } ] }, { "id": "w161", "word": "quotation", "arabic": "عرض سعر", "unit": 4, "original_arabic": "", "original_unit": "", "pos": "noun", "definition": "a statement of how much a job or product will cost", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Unit 4A Sizes and prices ex.1b, TB p.31" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: added from the Teacher’s Book answer key (Unit 4A Sizes and prices ex.1b, TB p.31)", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": true, "corrections": [ { "kind": "added", "category": "improvement", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "Added from the Teacher’s Book.", "reason_ar": "", "ref": "Unit 4A Sizes and prices ex.1b, TB p.31", "changes": [] } ] }, { "id": "w162", "word": "commission", "arabic": "تكليف رسمي بعمل", "unit": 5, "original_arabic": "", "original_unit": "", "pos": "noun", "definition": "an official request to do a piece of work, such as designing a building", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Unit 5C ex.8a, TB p.39" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: added from the Teacher’s Book answer key (Unit 5C ex.8a, TB p.39)", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": true, "corrections": [ { "kind": "added", "category": "improvement", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "Added from the Teacher’s Book.", "reason_ar": "", "ref": "Unit 5C ex.8a, TB p.39", "changes": [] } ] }, { "id": "w163", "word": "break", "arabic": "فرصة", "unit": 5, "original_arabic": "", "original_unit": "", "pos": "noun", "definition": "a chance or opportunity that leads to success (a lucky break)", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Unit 5C ex.8c (a lucky break), TB p.39" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: added from the Teacher’s Book answer key (Unit 5C ex.8c (a lucky break), TB p.39)", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": true, "corrections": [ { "kind": "added", "category": "improvement", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "Added from the Teacher’s Book.", "reason_ar": "", "ref": "Unit 5C ex.8c (a lucky break), TB p.39", "changes": [] } ] }, { "id": "w164", "word": "turning point", "arabic": "نقطة تحوّل", "unit": 5, "original_arabic": "", "original_unit": "", "pos": "noun", "definition": "a moment when an important change happens", "source": { "label": "Teacher’s Book", "detail": "Unit 5C transcript 5.6, TB p.39" }, "unit_check": "Confirmed: added from the Teacher’s Book answer key (Unit 5C transcript 5.6, TB p.39)", "status": "active", "exclusion_reason": "", "added": true, "corrections": [ { "kind": "added", "category": "improvement", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "Added from the Teacher’s Book.", "reason_ar": "", "ref": "Unit 5C transcript 5.6, TB p.39", "changes": [] } ] } ], "corrections": [ { "id": "p6", "kind": "ambiguous", "category": "ambiguity", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "Without context, “liked” (past) was also grammatical. A present-habit sentence was added, so only “like” fits.", "reason_ar": "", "ref": "Unit 1B present simple, TB p.13–14", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "I ___ comedy shows.", "to": "I ___ comedy shows. I watch one every weekend." }, { "field": "arabic", "from": "أنا ___ البرامج الكوميدية.", "to": "أنا ___ البرامج الكوميدية. أشاهد واحداً كل نهاية أسبوع." } ], "q": "I ___ comedy shows. I watch one every weekend.", "from": "like", "to": "like" }, { "id": "p7", "kind": "ambiguous", "category": "ambiguity", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "Without a time expression, the past “liked / didn’t” was also grammatical. “These days” was added, so only the present “likes / doesn’t” fits.", "reason_ar": "", "ref": "Unit 1B present simple, TB p.13–14", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "Mona ___ Chinese food, but she ___ like Italian food.", "to": "These days, Mona ___ Chinese food, but she ___ like Italian food." }, { "field": "arabic", "from": "منى ___ الأكل الصيني، لكنها ___ تحب الأكل الإيطالي.", "to": "هذه الأيام، منى ___ الأكل الصيني، لكنها ___ تحب الأكل الإيطالي." } ], "q": "These days, Mona ___ Chinese food, but she ___ like Italian food.", "from": "likes / doesn’t", "to": "likes / doesn’t" }, { "id": "p9", "kind": "ambiguous", "category": "ambiguity", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "Without a time expression, both “Do” and “Did” were correct. “these days” was added, so only “Do” fits.", "reason_ar": "", "ref": "Unit 1B do/does questions, TB p.13–14", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "___ they like comedy shows?", "to": "___ they like comedy shows these days?" }, { "field": "arabic", "from": "___ هم يحبون البرامج الكوميدية؟", "to": "___ هم يحبون البرامج الكوميدية هذه الأيام؟" } ], "q": "___ they like comedy shows these days?", "from": "Do", "to": "Do" }, { "id": "p16", "kind": "ambiguous", "category": "ambiguity", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "The option “less” was also grammatical (“There’s less money in my wallet” = less than before). It was replaced with “many”, which is wrong here; the answer is still “a little”, as in the source.", "reason_ar": "الخيار less صحيح نحوياً أيضاً (There’s less money in my wallet = أقل من قبل). استبدلناه بـ many الخاطئ هنا؛ الإجابة a little كما في الملف.", "ref": "Unit 3C – little, less; few, fewer, TB p.28–29", "changes": [ { "field": "options", "from": "a few | less | a little", "to": "a few | many | a little" } ], "q": "There’s ___ money in my wallet.", "from": "a little", "to": "a little" }, { "id": "p30", "kind": "ambiguous", "category": "ambiguity", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "Without a time expression, both “don’t” and “didn’t” were correct. “last night” was added so that “didn’t” (the source answer) is the only correct option.", "reason_ar": "بدون كلمة زمنية كانت don’t و didn’t صحيحتين معاً. أضفنا last night لتصبح didn’t الإجابة الوحيدة (وهي إجابة الملف).", "ref": "Unit 6A – Past simple: negatives, TB p.42", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "I ___ enjoy the play.", "to": "I ___ enjoy the play last night." }, { "field": "arabic", "from": "أنا ___ أستمتع بالمسرحية.", "to": "أنا ___ أستمتع بالمسرحية ليلة أمس." } ], "q": "I ___ enjoy the play last night.", "from": "didn’t", "to": "didn’t" }, { "id": "p32", "kind": "ambiguous", "category": "ambiguity", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The option “when” was also correct (“I got a job when I left school”). It was replaced with “while”; the answer is still “after”, as in the source.", "reason_ar": "الخيار when صحيح أيضاً (I got a job when I left school). استبدلناه بـ while؛ الإجابة after كما في الملف.", "ref": "Unit 5C – Using time markers, TB p.40", "changes": [ { "field": "options", "from": "when | before | after", "to": "while | before | after" } ], "q": "I got a job working for an export company ___ I left school.", "from": "after", "to": "after" }, { "id": "p32", "kind": "ambiguous", "category": "ambiguity", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "Both “before” and “after” were logically possible. A context sentence was added (the speaker did not work as a student), so only “after” fits.", "reason_ar": "", "ref": "Unit 5C time markers, TB p.40", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "I got a job working for an export company ___ I left school.", "to": "I didn’t work while I was a student. I got a job working for an export company ___ I left school." }, { "field": "arabic", "from": "حصلت على وظيفة في شركة تصدير ___ تركت المدرسة.", "to": "لم أعمل وأنا طالب. حصلت على وظيفة في شركة تصدير ___ تركت المدرسة." } ], "q": "I didn’t work while I was a student. I got a job working for an export company ___ I left school.", "from": "after", "to": "after" }, { "id": "p33", "kind": "ambiguous", "category": "ambiguity", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "Other time markers could be argued for. A context sentence was added (the PE teacher was the coach), so only “when” (during school) fits. “when I was at school” is the Teacher’s Book example.", "reason_ar": "", "ref": "Unit 5C Focus, TB p.40", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "I took tennis lessons ___ I was at school.", "to": "I took tennis lessons ___ I was at school. My PE teacher was my coach." }, { "field": "arabic", "from": "أخذت دروس تنس ___ كنت في المدرسة.", "to": "أخذت دروس تنس ___ كنت في المدرسة. كان معلم الرياضة هو مدربي." } ], "q": "I took tennis lessons ___ I was at school. My PE teacher was my coach.", "from": "when", "to": "when" }, { "id": "p36", "kind": "poorly-written", "category": "error", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The English question did not say what was being judged (only the Arabic translation asked “Is the reply correct?”). The question was added; the answer is False because the correct reply is “Yes, they did.”", "reason_ar": "السؤال الإنجليزي لم يذكر ماذا نحكم عليه (الترجمة العربية فقط كانت تقول «هل الرد صحيح؟»). أضفنا السؤال؛ الإجابة False لأن الرد الصحيح Yes, they did.", "ref": "Unit 6A – Did …? short answers, TB p.42", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "A: Did they have a party? B: Yes, they have.", "to": "A: Did they have a party? B: Yes, they have. — Is B’s short answer correct?" } ], "q": "A: Did they have a party? B: Yes, they have. — Is B’s short answer correct?", "from": "False", "to": "False" }, { "id": "p36", "kind": "translation", "category": "error", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The Arabic translation («نعم، لديهم») hid the wrong English auxiliary that the question is testing. The reply is now kept in English.", "reason_ar": "The Arabic translation («نعم، لديهم») hid the wrong English auxiliary that the question is testing. The reply is now kept in English.", "ref": "Unit 6A Did …? short answers, TB p.42", "changes": [ { "field": "arabic", "from": "أ: هل أقاموا حفلة؟ ب: نعم، لديهم. (هل الرد صحيح؟)", "to": "أ: هل أقاموا حفلة؟ ب: Yes, they have. — هل رد (ب) القصير صحيح؟" } ], "q": "A: Did they have a party? B: Yes, they have. — Is B’s short answer correct?", "from": "False", "to": "False" }, { "id": "p45", "kind": "hint", "category": "leak", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "The hint translated the answer.", "reason_ar": "التلميح كان يترجم الإجابة.", "ref": "—", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "صفة تصف منظمة «مُخطط/مصمم لها بشكل جيد».", "to": "أي صفة تناسب «منظمة» وليس «شخصاً» أو «طعاماً»؟" } ], "q": "In ___ organizations, the ability to change and remain dynamic is a key ingredient of continued competitiveness.", "from": "Well-designed", "to": "Well-designed" }, { "id": "p46", "kind": "hint", "category": "leak", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "The hint gave the meaning of the answer directly.", "reason_ar": "التلميح كان يذكر معنى الإجابة مباشرة.", "ref": "—", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "ماذا تفعل قبل الحصول على وظيفة؟ تبحث.", "to": "ما الذي تفعله عندما تريد وظيفة ولم تجدها بعد؟" } ], "q": "The first step in a job ___ is to prepare an up-to-date CV.", "from": "Search", "to": "Search" }, { "id": "p47", "kind": "hint", "category": "leak", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "The hint pointed to the answer through the prefix im-.", "reason_ar": "التلميح كان يدل على الإجابة بالبادئة im-.", "ref": "—", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "ابحث عن الكلمة التي تبدأ ببادئة نفي (im-).", "to": "ثلاث كلمات معناها قريب من «مناسب»، وواحدة معناها العكس." } ], "q": "All the following are synonyms of the word suitable except:", "from": "Improper", "to": "Improper" }, { "id": "p57", "kind": "wording", "category": "improvement", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "“The Egyptian cotton” is an unnatural use of “the” with a general uncountable noun. “The” was removed; the answer “The best” did not change.", "reason_ar": "«The Egyptian cotton» استخدام غير طبيعي لـ the مع اسم غير معدود عام. حذفنا The؛ الإجابة The best لم تتغير.", "ref": "Unit 4A – Superlative adjectives, TB p.31", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "The Egyptian cotton is ___ in the world.", "to": "Egyptian cotton is ___ in the world." }, { "field": "arabic", "from": "القطن المصري هو ___ في العالم.", "to": "القطن المصري ___ في العالم." } ], "q": "Egyptian cotton is ___ in the world.", "from": "The best", "to": "The best" }, { "id": "p59", "kind": "poorly-written", "category": "error", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The stem began with “I ___” and every option also began with “I” (“I I’d like to try”). “I” was removed from the stem. The Teacher’s Book sentence is “I’d like to try these jeans on.”", "reason_ar": "السؤال كان «I ___» والخيارات تبدأ بـ I فتتكرر (I I’d like to try). حذفنا I من السؤال. الجملة في الكتاب: I’d like to try these jeans on.", "ref": "Unit 4B – transcript 4.3, TB p.33", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "I ___ these jeans on.", "to": "___ these jeans on." } ], "q": "___ these jeans on.", "from": "I'd like to try", "to": "I'd like to try" }, { "id": "p60", "kind": "hint", "category": "leak", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The hint wrote out the answer (Did + base verb).", "reason_ar": "التلميح كان يكتب الإجابة (Did + فعل مجرد).", "ref": "Unit 6A, TB p.43", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "سؤال ماضي بفعل عادي: Did + فعل مجرد.", "to": "سؤال عن الماضي، و go فعل عادي وليس صفة أو مكاناً." } ], "q": "How ___ you ___ to university yesterday?", "from": "Did / go", "to": "Did / go" }, { "id": "p64", "kind": "hint", "category": "leak", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The hint gave the root of the answer word (showroom).", "reason_ar": "التلميح كان يذكر أصل الكلمة (showroom).", "ref": "Unit 3C, TB p.27", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "الكلمة مشتقة من «صالة العرض» showroom.", "to": "تذكّر نوعي المتسوقين في الوحدة 3: واحد يبدأ بالمحل وينتهي بالإنترنت، والآخر بالعكس." } ], "q": "___ is a person who visits physical stores to check out products in person but then makes his / her actual purchases online.", "from": "A showroomer", "to": "A showroomer" }, { "id": "p65", "kind": "hint", "category": "leak", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The hint translated the name of the device.", "reason_ar": "التلميح كان يترجم اسم الجهاز.", "ref": "Unit 3A transcript 3.1, TB p.24", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "جهاز «يتتبع» النشاط.", "to": "جهاز من الوحدة 3 يُلبس على المعصم ويعدّ خطواتك." } ], "q": "___ is a wearable electronic device or a software application that monitors one's physical fitness and daily physical activity.", "from": "An activity tracker", "to": "An activity tracker" }, { "id": "p67", "kind": "hint", "category": "leak", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "The hint gave the root of the answer word (adjust).", "reason_ar": "التلميح كان يذكر أصل الكلمة (adjust).", "ref": "—", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "قابل للتعديل (adjust = يعدّل).", "to": "خاصية تسمح لك بتغيير الارتفاع بنفسك. انتبه أيضاً لـ a / an." } ], "q": "The office chair has ___ height feature that allows users to customize it to their comfort level.", "from": "An adjustable", "to": "An adjustable" }, { "id": "p70", "kind": "hint", "category": "leak", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "The hint translated the answer.", "reason_ar": "التلميح كان يترجم الإجابة.", "ref": "—", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "انتبه: adapt (يتأقلم) غير adopt (يتبنّى).", "to": "انتبه: كلمتان متشابهتان في الشكل، واحدة فقط معناها التعوّد على وضع جديد." } ], "q": "Mona has ___ to college life quite easily.", "from": "Adapted", "to": "Adapted" }, { "id": "p74", "kind": "wrong-key", "category": "error", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "The source highlights “A noun” (highlight checked). But in “asked to supply a portfolio”, “supply” is a verb: it follows the infinitive “to” and takes an object (a portfolio). The correct answer is “A verb”.", "reason_ar": "الملف الأصلي يظلل A noun (تحققنا من التظليل). لكن supply في «asked to supply a portfolio» فعل: جاءت بعد to وبعدها مفعول به (a portfolio). الإجابة الصحيحة A verb.", "ref": "Grammar analysis (to + base verb + object)", "changes": [ { "field": "answer", "from": "A noun", "to": "A verb" }, { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "ارجع لإجابة ملف المراجعة.", "to": "انظر إلى الكلمة التي قبلها (to) والكلمة التي بعدها (a portfolio)." }, { "field": "note (old Arabic)", "from": "ملاحظة: مفتاح الإجابة في الملف يقول noun، مع أن supply هنا بعد to تعمل كفعل قواعدياً. التزمنا بإجابة الملف.", "to": "" } ], "q": "What is the part of speech of supply in: Each applicant is asked to supply a portfolio of work at interview.", "from": "A noun", "to": "A verb" }, { "id": "p77", "kind": "spelling", "category": "error", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The furniture item is “chest of drawers” (plural “drawers”). The answer itself did not change.", "reason_ar": "اسم القطعة chest of drawers بالجمع (drawers). الإجابة نفسها لم تتغير.", "ref": "Unit 4A – furniture: drawers, TB p.31", "changes": [ { "field": "options", "from": "Cooker | Washbasin | Washing machine | Chest of drawer", "to": "Cooker | Washbasin | Washing machine | Chest of drawers" }, { "field": "answer", "from": "Chest of drawer", "to": "Chest of drawers" } ], "q": "She bought a ___ to provide more storage space.", "from": "Chest of drawer", "to": "Chest of drawers" }, { "id": "p79", "kind": "hint", "category": "leak", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The hint gave the plural of the answer (criteria).", "reason_ar": "التلميح كان يكتب جمع الإجابة (criteria).", "ref": "Unit 4 C21, TB p.79", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "جمعها criteria.", "to": "من مهارة Critical thinking في الوحدة 4 (جمعها غير منتظم)." } ], "q": "Which of the following words refers to a standard that helps you make a decision, some are more important than others?", "from": "Criterion", "to": "Criterion" }, { "id": "p79", "kind": "poorly-written", "category": "error", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The stem mixed singular and plural (“a standard …, some are more important than others”). The extra clause was removed. The Arabic translation also contained the direct translation of the answer («معيار») and was reworded.", "reason_ar": "The stem mixed singular and plural (“a standard …, some are more important than others”). The extra clause was removed. The Arabic translation also contained the direct translation of the answer («معيار») and was reworded.", "ref": "Unit 4 C21 critical thinking: criteria, TB p.79", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "Which of the following words refers to a standard that helps you make a decision, some are more important than others?", "to": "Which word refers to a standard that helps you make a decision?" }, { "field": "arabic", "from": "أي كلمة تعني «معيار» يساعدك على اتخاذ القرار؟", "to": "أي كلمة تشير إلى أساس تحكم به على الخيارات لتتخذ قراراً؟" } ], "q": "Which word refers to a standard that helps you make a decision?", "from": "Criterion", "to": "Criterion" }, { "id": "p83", "kind": "hint", "category": "leak", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "The hint translated the answer.", "reason_ar": "التلميح كان يترجم الإجابة.", "ref": "—", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "صفحتك الشخصية/الملف الشخصي.", "to": "الصفحة التي فيها صورتك ومعلوماتك." } ], "q": "You can update your Facebook ___.", "from": "Profile", "to": "Profile" }, { "id": "p89", "kind": "translation", "category": "error", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The Arabic translation was incomplete and did not mention getting married.", "reason_ar": "الترجمة كانت ناقصة ولا تذكر الزواج.", "ref": "Unit 5A – Life events: get married, TB p.35", "changes": [ { "field": "arabic", "from": "بعد أن تخرّج علي، ___ .", "to": "بعد أن تخرّج علي، ___ (تزوّج)." } ], "q": "After Ali graduated, he ___ married.", "from": "Got", "to": "Got" }, { "id": "p100", "kind": "hint", "category": "leak", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The hint translated the answer.", "reason_ar": "التلميح كان يترجم الإجابة.", "ref": "Unit 4A, TB p.31", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "كلمة تعني «سكن».", "to": "مكان يسكن فيه الطلاب." } ], "q": "In my first year, I shared a flat with three others in students' ___ which was perfect.", "from": "Accommodation", "to": "Accommodation" }, { "id": "p102", "kind": "ambiguous", "category": "ambiguity", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "The option “The cheap” was grammatical (“We stayed in the cheap hotel” = the known cheap hotel). It was replaced with “The most cheap”, which is wrong; the answer is still “The cheapest”, as in the source.", "reason_ar": "الخيار The cheap صحيح نحوياً (We stayed in the cheap hotel = الفندق الرخيص المعروف). استبدلناه بـ The most cheap الخاطئ؛ الإجابة The cheapest كما في الملف.", "ref": "Unit 4A – Superlative adjectives, TB p.31", "changes": [ { "field": "options", "from": "Cheap | The cheap | The cheapest | Cheaper", "to": "Cheap | The most cheap | The cheapest | Cheaper" } ], "q": "We stayed in ___ hotel in the town.", "from": "The cheapest", "to": "The cheapest" }, { "id": "p103", "kind": "wrong-key", "category": "error", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The source highlights “True” (highlight checked), but the Teacher’s Book says explicitly “false – Life wasn’t easy”, and the passage itself says “Life in Japan after the war was not easy”. The passage was added to the question, and the options became “Yes, they did / No, they didn’t” because the question starts with “Did”.", "reason_ar": "الملف الأصلي يظلل True (تحققنا من التظليل)، لكن كتاب المعلم يقول صراحة: false – Life wasn’t easy، والقطعة نفسها تقول Life in Japan after the war was not easy. أضفنا القطعة للسؤال، وجعلنا الخيارات Yes, they did / No, they didn’t لأن السؤال بصيغة Did.", "ref": "Unit 6A ex.2c & ex.4c, TB p.42", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "Did people have an easy life after the war in 1945?", "to": "Read: “The Olympic Games were held in Tokyo in 1964. It was a very important event for Japan. The bullet train (Shinkansen) was introduced and it took only four hours from Tokyo to Osaka. Life in Japan after the war was not easy, but the country developed quickly. Takeshi Honda was one of the engineers who worked on the bullet train project.” — Did people have an easy life after the war in 1945?" }, { "field": "options", "from": "True | False", "to": "Yes, they did. | No, they didn’t." }, { "field": "answer", "from": "True", "to": "No, they didn’t." }, { "field": "arabic", "from": "هل عاش الناس حياة سهلة بعد الحرب في ١٩٤٥؟ (من قطعة القراءة)", "to": "هل عاش الناس حياة سهلة بعد الحرب في ١٩٤٥؟ (من قطعة طوكيو)" }, { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "سؤال من قطعة القراءة في الملف — راجع إجابة الملف.", "to": "ابحث في القطعة عن وصف الحياة بعد الحرب." }, { "field": "note (old Arabic)", "from": "هذا السؤال مرتبط بقطعة قراءة؛ الإجابة حسب مفتاح الملف.", "to": "" } ], "q": "Read: “The Olympic Games were held in Tokyo in 1964. It was a very important event for Japan. The bullet train (Shinkansen) was introduced and it took only four hours from Tokyo to Osaka. Life in Japan after the war was not easy, but the country developed quickly. Takeshi Honda was one of the engineers who worked on the bullet train project.” — Did people have an easy life after the war in 1945?", "from": "True", "to": "No, they didn’t." }, { "id": "p107", "kind": "hint", "category": "leak", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The hint translated the word.", "reason_ar": "التلميح كان يترجم الكلمة.", "ref": "Unit 3A ex.4a, TB p.25", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "مضغوط/صغير الحجم.", "to": "فكّر في وصف جهاز يدخل في جيب الجاكيت." } ], "q": "Compact means ___.", "from": "Small", "to": "Small" }, { "id": "p108", "kind": "hint", "category": "leak", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The hint was a literal translation of the answer.", "reason_ar": "التلميح كان ترجمة الإجابة حرفياً.", "ref": "Unit 3A ex.4g, TB p.25", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "متعددة الاستخدامات.", "to": "خضار تُستخدم بأكثر من طريقة." } ], "q": "This ___ vegetable can be eaten raw or cooked.", "from": "Versatile", "to": "Versatile" }, { "id": "p109", "kind": "hint", "category": "leak", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The hint translated the word “waterproof”.", "reason_ar": "التلميح كان يترجم كلمة waterproof.", "ref": "Unit 3A, TB p.24", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "waterproof = مقاوم للماء.", "to": "أي جهاز تأخذه معك عند الغطس؟ (الوحدة 3)" } ], "q": "A ___ can capture images and videos under water.", "from": "Waterproof digital camera", "to": "Waterproof digital camera" }, { "id": "p110", "kind": "hint", "category": "leak", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The hint gave the root of the answer word (quantity).", "reason_ar": "التلميح كان يذكر أصل الكلمة (quantity).", "ref": "Unit 4 C21, TB p.79", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "من كلمة quantity (كمية).", "to": "أي نوع يجيب عن أسئلة How many / How much؟" } ], "q": "Which type of research relies on facts, numbers and statistics?", "from": "Quantitative", "to": "Quantitative" }, { "id": "p112", "kind": "hint", "category": "leak", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The hint translated the answer.", "reason_ar": "التلميح كان يترجم الإجابة.", "ref": "Unit 5C ex.8b, TB p.39", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "فعل مركب يعني «يستسلم/يترك».", "to": "فعل مركب (phrasal verb). انتبه: أحد الخيارات معناه العكس تماماً." } ], "q": "If you ___ doing something, it means you stop doing it.", "from": "Give up", "to": "Give up" }, { "id": "p113", "kind": "hint", "category": "leak", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The hint did not explain the difference between “little” and “a little”.", "reason_ar": "التلميح لم يشرح الفرق بين little و a little.", "ref": "Unit 3C – little, less, TB p.28–29", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "time غير معدود، والجملة مثبتة بلا مقارنة.", "to": "time غير معدود، والجملة مثبتة بلا مقارنة. تذكّر: الكلمة بدون a معناها «قليل لا يكفي»، ومع a معناها «قليل لكنه موجود»." } ], "q": "She has ___ time to spare.", "from": "Little", "to": "Little" }, { "id": "p114", "kind": "ambiguous", "category": "ambiguity", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "“wood table” (noun used as a modifier) is also acceptable English, so “Wood” was a second correct answer. It was replaced with “Woody”; the answer is still “Wooden”.", "reason_ar": "", "ref": "Writing skills Unit 4 wooden, TB p.71", "changes": [ { "field": "options", "from": "Wooding | Wood | Wooded | Wooden", "to": "Wooding | Woody | Wooded | Wooden" } ], "q": "There is a small, round ___ table in the room.", "from": "Wooden", "to": "Wooden" }, { "id": "p115", "kind": "wrong-key", "category": "error", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "The stored answer “A noun” was wrong: “supply” follows the infinitive “to” and takes an object, so it is a verb (same as p74). The answer was corrected; the question stays excluded as a duplicate of p74.", "reason_ar": "", "ref": "Grammar analysis (to + base verb + object)", "changes": [ { "field": "answer", "from": "A noun", "to": "A verb" }, { "field": "note (old Arabic)", "from": "ملاحظة: مفتاح الإجابة في الملف يقول noun، مع أن supply هنا بعد to تعمل كفعل قواعدياً. التزمنا بإجابة الملف.", "to": "" } ], "q": "What is the part of speech of supply in: Each applicant is asked to supply a portfolio of work at interview.", "from": "A noun", "to": "A verb" }, { "id": "p117", "kind": "hint", "category": "leak", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The hint translated the answer.", "reason_ar": "التلميح كان يترجم الإجابة.", "ref": "Unit 4B transcript 4.3, TB p.33", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "مقاس الملابس.", "to": "ما الذي يسألك عنه البائع قبل أن تجرّب الملابس؟" } ], "q": "This jacket is just my ___.", "from": "Size", "to": "Size" }, { "id": "p118", "kind": "hint", "category": "leak", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "The hint translated the answer.", "reason_ar": "التلميح كان يترجم الإجابة.", "ref": "—", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "ذكي (وليس أنيق).", "to": "smart لها أكثر من معنى؛ هنا المقصود بيت يتحكم في نفسه، لا مظهره." } ], "q": "A smart home is equipped with lighting, heating and electronic devices controlled remotely by the internet. What is the meaning of smart?", "from": "Intelligent", "to": "Intelligent" }, { "id": "p119", "kind": "hint", "category": "leak", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "The hint gave the root of the answer word (wealth).", "reason_ar": "التلميح كان يذكر أصل الكلمة (wealth).", "ref": "—", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "من wealth (ثروة).", "to": "صفة تصف الأغنياء." } ], "q": "When you have a lot of money and possessions, you’re ___.", "from": "Wealthy", "to": "Wealthy" }, { "id": "p123", "kind": "hint", "category": "leak", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The hint was a literal translation of the name.", "reason_ar": "التلميح كان يترجم الاسم حرفياً.", "ref": "Unit 6A ex.4b, TB p.42", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "قطار سرعته مثل «الرصاصة».", "to": "ورد في قطعة طوكيو (الوحدة 6): الرحلة من طوكيو إلى أوساكا في أربع ساعات." } ], "q": "Which of the following is a high-speed form of transportation in Japan?", "from": "Bullet train", "to": "Bullet train" }, { "id": "p124", "kind": "hint", "category": "leak", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The hint translated the answer.", "reason_ar": "التلميح كان يترجم الإجابة.", "ref": "Unit 6A ex.4e, TB p.42", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "«مستوى» المعيشة.", "to": "ورد في قطعة طوكيو: Was the ___ better in the 1960s?" } ], "q": "What phrase refers to the general level of wealth, comfort, and necessities available to a person or group?", "from": "Standard of living", "to": "Standard of living" }, { "id": "p125", "kind": "hint", "category": "leak", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "The hint was a translation of the answer.", "reason_ar": "التلميح كان ترجمة الإجابة.", "ref": "—", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "خُفِّض/قُلِّل.", "to": "خياران يبدآن بـ re- (من جديد)، وواحد عكس المطلوب." } ], "q": "What is the best synonym for “made smaller or less”?", "from": "Reduced", "to": "Reduced" }, { "id": "p128", "kind": "hint", "category": "leak", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "The hint was a translation of the answer.", "reason_ar": "التلميح كان ترجمة الإجابة.", "ref": "—", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "«استجواب» وليس مقابلة.", "to": "ليست مقابلة عادية؛ أسئلة رسمية في قسم الشرطة." } ], "q": "What is the term for a formal questioning, often used by police?", "from": "Interrogation", "to": "Interrogation" }, { "id": "s40", "kind": "hint", "category": "leak", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The hint wrote out the answer and mixed in “WAS” (a past form).", "reason_ar": "التلميح كان يكتب الإجابة ويخلط معها WAS (ماضي).", "ref": "Unit 1B, TB p.13–14", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "احفظها: HE / SHE / IT = IS – DOES – WAS – HAS.", "to": "مع المفرد الغائب في المضارع: فعل to be خاص به، والأفعال المساعدة تأخذ s." } ], "q": "With He / She / It in the present we use ___.", "from": "is – does – has", "to": "is – does – has" }, { "id": "s41", "kind": "poorly-written", "category": "error", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The stem said “(very few …)”, which gave away the answer “few”.", "reason_ar": "السؤال كان يكتب «(very few …)» فيكشف الإجابة few.", "ref": "Unit 3C, TB p.28–29", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "I have ___ friends. (very few, negative meaning)", "to": "I have ___ friends. (not many — negative meaning)" }, { "field": "arabic", "from": "لدي ___ أصدقاء. (قليلون جداً — معنى سلبي)", "to": "لدي ___ أصدقاء. (ليسوا كثيرين — معنى سلبي)" } ], "q": "I have ___ friends. (not many — negative meaning)", "from": "few", "to": "few" }, { "id": "s52", "kind": "hint", "category": "leak", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The hint was a translation of the answer.", "reason_ar": "التلميح كان ترجمة الإجابة.", "ref": "Unit 6 opener, TB p.41", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "ناطحة سحاب.", "to": "ورد في وصف صورة دبي في بداية الوحدة 6." } ], "q": "A very tall building in a city is called a ___.", "from": "skyscraper", "to": "skyscraper" }, { "id": "s54", "kind": "hint", "category": "leak", "evidence": "src", "reason": "The previous hint (from the word “people”) was linguistically inaccurate.", "reason_ar": "التلميح السابق (من كلمة people) غير دقيق لغوياً.", "ref": "Study sheet: City life", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "من كلمة people تقريباً.", "to": "تُستخدم مع الأرقام: The ___ of the city is 5 million." } ], "q": "“Population” means ___.", "from": "عدد السكان", "to": "عدد السكان" }, { "id": "s69", "kind": "hint", "category": "leak", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The hint wrote the beginning of the answer (“Let me …”).", "reason_ar": "التلميح كان يكتب بداية الإجابة («دعني …»).", "ref": "Unit 6 C21, TB p.80", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "«دعني ...»", "to": "عبارة تطلب بها مهلة قصيرة قبل الإجابة." } ], "q": "Which phrase do we use when we need time to think?", "from": "Let me think.", "to": "Let me think." }, { "id": "s70", "kind": "hint", "category": "leak", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The hint was a translation of the answer.", "reason_ar": "التلميح كان ترجمة الإجابة.", "ref": "Unit 6 C21, TB p.80", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "not sure = غير متأكد.", "to": "عبارة تعترف فيها أنك لا تعرف بالضبط، ثم تعطي رأيك." } ], "q": "Which phrase shows you are NOT sure of the answer?", "from": "I'm not sure, but ...", "to": "I'm not sure, but ..." }, { "id": "s73", "kind": "translation", "category": "error", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The Arabic translation added “in the third person”, which is not in the English sentence.", "reason_ar": "الترجمة أضافت «وبصيغة الغائب» وهي غير موجودة في الجملة الإنجليزية.", "ref": "Unit 6C, TB p.44", "changes": [ { "field": "arabic", "from": "المقال الصحفي يُكتب بزمن ___ وبصيغة الغائب.", "to": "المقال الصحفي يُكتب بزمن ___." } ], "q": "A newspaper article is written in the ___.", "from": "past tense", "to": "past tense" }, { "id": "s73", "kind": "misleading", "category": "error", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The old statement said newspaper articles are written in the past tense, which is not true in general (news often uses the present). It is now limited to the Unit 6 task: an article about a famous person’s life.", "reason_ar": "", "ref": "Unit 6 writing: a newspaper article, TB p.41", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "A newspaper article is written in the ___.", "to": "A newspaper article about a famous person’s life (Unit 6 writing) is mainly written in the ___." }, { "field": "arabic", "from": "المقال الصحفي يُكتب بزمن ___.", "to": "المقال الصحفي عن حياة شخص مشهور (كتابة الوحدة 6) يُكتب غالباً بزمن ___." } ], "q": "A newspaper article about a famous person’s life (Unit 6 writing) is mainly written in the ___.", "from": "past tense", "to": "past tense" }, { "id": "s84", "kind": "ambiguous", "category": "ambiguity", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The word “only” was inaccurate: doubling also applies to longer verbs stressed on the last syllable (begin → beginning). The statement was reworded to be true; the answer is True.", "reason_ar": "كلمة «only» غير دقيقة: القاعدة تنطبق أيضاً على أفعال أطول نبرها في المقطع الأخير (begin → beginning). أعدنا الصياغة لتكون صحيحة؛ الإجابة True.", "ref": "Unit 2B – Spelling rules when adding -ing, TB p.21", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "The doubling rule (CVC) applies only to short verbs.", "to": "The doubling rule (CVC) applies to short one-syllable verbs, e.g. stop → stopping, plan → planning." }, { "field": "arabic", "from": "قاعدة المضاعفة (ساكن + متحرك + ساكن) تنطبق على الأفعال القصيرة فقط.", "to": "قاعدة المضاعفة (ساكن + متحرك + ساكن) تنطبق على الأفعال القصيرة ذات المقطع الواحد مثل stop و plan." } ], "q": "The doubling rule (CVC) applies to short one-syllable verbs, e.g. stop → stopping, plan → planning.", "from": "True", "to": "True" }, { "id": "s84", "kind": "misleading", "category": "error", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The old statement did not give the conditions of the rule. It now states them (one syllable, one vowel + one consonant) and the w/x/y exception (fix → fixing, play → played).", "reason_ar": "", "ref": "Unit 2B spelling rules when adding -ing, TB p.21", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "The doubling rule (CVC) applies to short one-syllable verbs, e.g. stop → stopping, plan → planning.", "to": "CVC doubling rule: a one-syllable verb ending in one vowel + one consonant (not w, x or y), e.g. stop, plan, doubles the last consonant before -ing or -ed." }, { "field": "arabic", "from": "قاعدة المضاعفة (ساكن + متحرك + ساكن) تنطبق على الأفعال القصيرة ذات المقطع الواحد مثل stop و plan.", "to": "قاعدة المضاعفة: الفعل ذو المقطع الواحد الذي ينتهي بحرف علة واحد + حرف ساكن واحد (ليس w أو x أو y) مثل stop و plan يُضاعف حرفه الأخير قبل ing أو ed." } ], "q": "CVC doubling rule: a one-syllable verb ending in one vowel + one consonant (not w, x or y), e.g. stop, plan, doubles the last consonant before -ing or -ed.", "from": "True", "to": "True" }, { "id": "s86", "kind": "hint", "category": "leak", "evidence": "src", "reason": "The hint was a translation of the answer.", "reason_ar": "التلميح كان ترجمة الإجابة.", "ref": "Study sheet: Writing Made Easy", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "كلمة تعني «في الختام».", "to": "عبارة تأتي في آخر فقرة." } ], "q": "Which phrase is used in the conclusion?", "from": "In conclusion, ...", "to": "In conclusion, ..." }, { "id": "s87", "kind": "hint", "category": "leak", "evidence": "src", "reason": "The hint was a synonym of the answer (= For example).", "reason_ar": "التلميح كان مرادف الإجابة (= For example).", "ref": "Study sheet: Writing Made Easy", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "= For example.", "to": "كلمات الربط لها وظائف: إضافة، نتيجة، مثال. أيّها للمثال؟" } ], "q": "Which word is used to give an example?", "from": "For instance", "to": "For instance" }, { "id": "s88", "kind": "hint", "category": "leak", "evidence": "src", "reason": "The hint was a synonym of the answer.", "reason_ar": "التلميح كان مرادف الإجابة.", "ref": "Study sheet: Writing Made Easy", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "= So / As a result.", "to": "كلمات الربط لها وظائف: إضافة، نتيجة، مثال. أيّها للنتيجة؟" } ], "q": "Which word is used to show a result?", "from": "Therefore", "to": "Therefore" }, { "id": "s89", "kind": "hint", "category": "leak", "evidence": "src", "reason": "The hint was a synonym of the answer.", "reason_ar": "التلميح كان مرادف الإجابة.", "ref": "Study sheet: Writing Made Easy", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "= Also / In addition.", "to": "كلمات الربط لها وظائف: إضافة، نتيجة، تلخيص. أيّها للإضافة؟" } ], "q": "Which word is used to add an idea?", "from": "Moreover", "to": "Moreover" }, { "id": "s90", "kind": "conflicts-with-textbook", "category": "error", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The original study-sheet item (the body has 2–3 sentences) contradicts the Teacher’s Book: “a paragraph can contain any number of sentences”. It was replaced with the Teacher’s Book statement.", "reason_ar": "السؤال الأصلي من الملخص (الوسط 2–3 جمل) يخالف كتاب المعلم: «a paragraph can contain any number of sentences». استبدلناه بعبارة الكتاب.", "ref": "Writing skills Unit 2 ex.1c, TB p.69", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "The body of a paragraph should be ___ sentences.", "to": "A paragraph can contain any number of sentences." }, { "field": "options", "from": "1–1 | 2–3 | 5–6", "to": "True | False" }, { "field": "answer", "from": "2–3", "to": "True" }, { "field": "arabic", "from": "الوسط (Body) في الكتابة يكون ___ جمل.", "to": "الفقرة يمكن أن تحتوي على أي عدد من الجمل." }, { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "حسب النموذج البسيط في الصورة.", "to": "هل يحدد كتاب المعلم عدداً ثابتاً لجمل الفقرة؟" } ], "q": "A paragraph can contain any number of sentences.", "from": "2–3", "to": "True" }, { "id": "s93", "kind": "ambiguous", "category": "ambiguity", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "“every day” can describe a past habit too, so “went” was also grammatical. “These days” was added.", "reason_ar": "", "ref": "Unit 1B present simple, TB p.13–14", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "Sara ___ to university every day.", "to": "These days, Sara ___ to university every day." }, { "field": "arabic", "from": "سارة ___ إلى الجامعة كل يوم.", "to": "هذه الأيام، سارة ___ إلى الجامعة كل يوم." } ], "q": "These days, Sara ___ to university every day.", "from": "goes", "to": "goes" }, { "id": "s98", "kind": "ambiguous", "category": "ambiguity", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "“every day” can also go with “went” (a past habit), so the old question “Which time word goes with went?” had two answers. It now asks which expression requires the past simple.", "reason_ar": "", "ref": "Unit 5B past simple, TB p.36", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "Which time word goes with “went”?", "to": "Which time expression shows that we need the past simple (e.g. “went”)?" }, { "field": "arabic", "from": "أي كلمة زمنية تأتي مع went؟", "to": "أي تعبير زمني يدل على أننا نحتاج الماضي البسيط (مثل went)؟" } ], "q": "Which time expression shows that we need the past simple (e.g. “went”)?", "from": "last week", "to": "last week" }, { "id": "s100", "kind": "ambiguous", "category": "ambiguity", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "The option “make” was also correct (“I usually make breakfast” = prepare it). It was replaced with “play”.", "reason_ar": "الخيار make صحيح أيضاً (I usually make breakfast = أحضّر الإفطار). استبدلناه بـ play.", "ref": "—", "changes": [ { "field": "options", "from": "have | go | make | do", "to": "have | go | play | do" } ], "q": "I usually ___ breakfast at 7 a.m.", "from": "have", "to": "have" }, { "id": "s103", "kind": "ambiguous", "category": "ambiguity", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The option “Did” was also correct (“Did you work in Riyadh?”). It was replaced with “Are”.", "reason_ar": "الخيار Did صحيح أيضاً (Did you work in Riyadh?). استبدلناه بـ Are.", "ref": "Unit 1B, TB p.13–14", "changes": [ { "field": "options", "from": "Do | Does | Did", "to": "Do | Does | Are" } ], "q": "___ you work in Riyadh?", "from": "Do", "to": "Do" }, { "id": "s110", "kind": "ambiguous", "category": "ambiguity", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "“I meet my friends tomorrow” is sometimes acceptable for timetabled events. “meet” was replaced with the incorrect “meeting”; the answer is “am meeting” (present continuous for plans).", "reason_ar": "I meet my friends tomorrow مقبولة أحياناً للمواعيد الثابتة. استبدلنا meet بـ meeting الخاطئ؛ الإجابة am meeting (المضارع المستمر للخطط).", "ref": "Unit 2B, TB p.20", "changes": [ { "field": "options", "from": "meet | am meeting | meets", "to": "meeting | am meeting | meets" } ], "q": "I ___ my friends tomorrow.", "from": "am meeting", "to": "am meeting" }, { "id": "s111", "kind": "translation", "category": "error", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The Arabic translation combined the blank with the answer (“___ will visit”).", "reason_ar": "الترجمة كانت «___ ستزور» فتجمع الفراغ مع الإجابة.", "ref": "Unit 2B, TB p.20", "changes": [ { "field": "arabic", "from": "هي ___ ستزور عائلتها الأسبوع القادم.", "to": "هي ___ تزور عائلتها الأسبوع القادم. (خطة مستقبلية)" } ], "q": "She ___ visiting her family next week.", "from": "is", "to": "is" }, { "id": "s114", "kind": "ambiguous", "category": "ambiguity", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The option “more” was also correct. It was replaced with “little”.", "reason_ar": "الخيار more صحيح أيضاً. استبدلناه بـ little.", "ref": "Unit 3C, TB p.28–29", "changes": [ { "field": "options", "from": "less | fewer | more", "to": "less | fewer | little" }, { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "products معدود — الإجابة حسب ورقة التوقعات.", "to": "products اسم معدود (جمع)." } ], "q": "There are ___ products here.", "from": "fewer", "to": "fewer" }, { "id": "s114", "kind": "ambiguous", "category": "ambiguity", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "“fewer” is a comparative, but the sentence had nothing to compare with. “than in the other store” was added.", "reason_ar": "", "ref": "Unit 3C fewer, TB p.28–29", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "There are ___ products here.", "to": "There are ___ products here than in the other store." }, { "field": "arabic", "from": "توجد منتجات ___ هنا.", "to": "توجد منتجات ___ هنا مما في المتجر الآخر." } ], "q": "There are ___ products here than in the other store.", "from": "fewer", "to": "fewer" }, { "id": "s115", "kind": "ambiguous", "category": "ambiguity", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The option “more” was also correct. It was replaced with “few”.", "reason_ar": "الخيار more صحيح أيضاً. استبدلناه بـ few.", "ref": "Unit 3C, TB p.28–29", "changes": [ { "field": "options", "from": "less | fewer | more", "to": "less | fewer | few" }, { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "expensive صفة (غير معدود) ← ليست fewer. الإجابة حسب ورقة التوقعات.", "to": "expensive صفة، و fewer / few تأتيان قبل الأسماء المعدودة فقط." } ], "q": "This is ___ expensive.", "from": "less", "to": "less" }, { "id": "s115", "kind": "wording", "category": "improvement", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "A comparison (“than that one”) was added so that “less expensive” is clearly comparative.", "reason_ar": "", "ref": "Unit 3C less, TB p.28–29", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "This is ___ expensive.", "to": "This is ___ expensive than that one." }, { "field": "arabic", "from": "هذا ___ تكلفة.", "to": "هذا ___ تكلفةً من ذاك." } ], "q": "This is ___ expensive than that one.", "from": "less", "to": "less" }, { "id": "s117", "kind": "ambiguous", "category": "ambiguity", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "“the cheap option” and “the cheaper option” (of two) are grammatical. “in the shop” was added and the wrong options were changed; the answer is “cheapest”.", "reason_ar": "the cheap option و the cheaper option (بين خيارين) صحيحتان نحوياً. أضفنا in the shop وغيّرنا الخيارات الخاطئة؛ الإجابة cheapest.", "ref": "Unit 4A, TB p.31", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "This is the ___ option.", "to": "This is the ___ option in the shop." }, { "field": "options", "from": "cheap | cheaper | cheapest", "to": "more cheap | cheaper than | cheapest" }, { "field": "arabic", "from": "هذا هو الخيار ___.", "to": "هذا هو الخيار ___ في المحل." } ], "q": "This is the ___ option in the shop.", "from": "cheapest", "to": "cheapest" }, { "id": "s118", "kind": "ambiguous", "category": "ambiguity", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "“the comfortable hotel” and “the more comfortable hotel” are grammatical. The wrong options were changed; the answer is “most comfortable”.", "reason_ar": "the comfortable hotel و the more comfortable hotel صحيحتان نحوياً. غيّرنا الخيارات الخاطئة؛ الإجابة most comfortable.", "ref": "Unit 4A, TB p.31", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "This is the ___ hotel.", "to": "This is the ___ hotel in the city." }, { "field": "options", "from": "more comfortable | most comfortable | comfortable", "to": "more comfortable than | most comfortable | comfortablest" }, { "field": "arabic", "from": "هذا هو الفندق ___.", "to": "هذا هو الفندق ___ في المدينة." } ], "q": "This is the ___ hotel in the city.", "from": "most comfortable", "to": "most comfortable" }, { "id": "s119", "kind": "ambiguous", "category": "ambiguity", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "“the better option” is correct when comparing two. “of the three” was added; the answer is “best”.", "reason_ar": "the better option صحيحة عند المقارنة بين خيارين. أضفنا of the three؛ الإجابة best.", "ref": "Unit 4A, TB p.31", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "Which is the ___ option?", "to": "Which is the ___ option of the three?" }, { "field": "options", "from": "good | better | best", "to": "most good | better than | best" }, { "field": "arabic", "from": "أي خيار هو ___ ؟", "to": "أي الخيارات الثلاثة هو ___ ؟" } ], "q": "Which is the ___ option of the three?", "from": "best", "to": "best" }, { "id": "s120", "kind": "ambiguous", "category": "ambiguity", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "“the modern facilities” and “the more modern facilities” are grammatical. The wrong options were changed; the answer is “most modern”.", "reason_ar": "the modern facilities و the more modern facilities صحيحتان نحوياً. غيّرنا الخيارات الخاطئة؛ الإجابة most modern.", "ref": "Unit 4A, TB p.31", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "It has the ___ facilities.", "to": "It has the ___ facilities in the city." }, { "field": "options", "from": "modern | more modern | most modern", "to": "modernest | more modern than | most modern" }, { "field": "arabic", "from": "فيه ___ المرافق.", "to": "فيه ___ المرافق في المدينة." } ], "q": "It has the ___ facilities in the city.", "from": "most modern", "to": "most modern" }, { "id": "s121", "kind": "ambiguous", "category": "ambiguity", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "“the better choice” is correct for two options. “of all” was added; the answer is “best”.", "reason_ar": "the better choice صحيحة بين خيارين. أضفنا of all؛ الإجابة best.", "ref": "Unit 4A, TB p.31", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "I think this is the ___ choice.", "to": "I think this is the ___ choice of all." }, { "field": "options", "from": "good | better | best", "to": "most good | better than | best" }, { "field": "arabic", "from": "أعتقد أن هذا هو ___ خيار.", "to": "أعتقد أن هذا ___ خيار على الإطلاق." } ], "q": "I think this is the ___ choice of all.", "from": "best", "to": "best" }, { "id": "s122", "kind": "ambiguous", "category": "ambiguity", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "“the small room” and “the smaller room” are grammatical. The wrong options were changed; the answer is “smallest”.", "reason_ar": "the small room و the smaller room صحيحتان نحوياً. غيّرنا الخيارات الخاطئة؛ الإجابة smallest.", "ref": "Unit 4A, TB p.31", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "This is the ___ room.", "to": "This is the ___ room in the house." }, { "field": "options", "from": "small | smaller | smallest", "to": "more small | smaller than | smallest" }, { "field": "arabic", "from": "هذه هي ___ غرفة.", "to": "هذه ___ غرفة في البيت." } ], "q": "This is the ___ room in the house.", "from": "smallest", "to": "smallest" }, { "id": "s134", "kind": "missing-passage", "category": "error", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The question depended on a passage that was not included, and the hint gave the answer away. The passage from the study sheet was added.", "reason_ar": "السؤال يعتمد على قطعة لم تكن مكتوبة، والتلميح كان يكشف الإجابة. أضفنا القطعة من الملخص.", "ref": "Unit 6A ex.2a, TB p.42", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "The Olympic Games were in Tokyo in 1960.", "to": "Read: “The Olympic Games were held in Tokyo in 1964. It was a very important event for Japan. The bullet train (Shinkansen) was introduced and it took only four hours from Tokyo to Osaka. Life in Japan after the war was not easy, but the country developed quickly. Takeshi Honda was one of the engineers who worked on the bullet train project.” — The Olympic Games were in Tokyo in 1960." }, { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "القطعة تذكر سنة مختلفة (1964).", "to": "قارن السنة في العبارة بالسنة في القطعة." } ], "q": "Read: “The Olympic Games were held in Tokyo in 1964. It was a very important event for Japan. The bullet train (Shinkansen) was introduced and it took only four hours from Tokyo to Osaka. Life in Japan after the war was not easy, but the country developed quickly. Takeshi Honda was one of the engineers who worked on the bullet train project.” — The Olympic Games were in Tokyo in 1960.", "from": "False", "to": "False" }, { "id": "s135", "kind": "missing-passage", "category": "error", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The passage was added; the hint had quoted the answer.", "reason_ar": "أضفنا القطعة، وكان التلميح يقتبس الإجابة.", "ref": "Unit 6A ex.2b, TB p.42", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "The bullet train took four hours.", "to": "Read: “The Olympic Games were held in Tokyo in 1964. It was a very important event for Japan. The bullet train (Shinkansen) was introduced and it took only four hours from Tokyo to Osaka. Life in Japan after the war was not easy, but the country developed quickly. Takeshi Honda was one of the engineers who worked on the bullet train project.” — The bullet train took four hours." }, { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "القطعة: only four hours from Tokyo to Osaka.", "to": "ابحث في القطعة عن مدة الرحلة من طوكيو إلى أوساكا." } ], "q": "Read: “The Olympic Games were held in Tokyo in 1964. It was a very important event for Japan. The bullet train (Shinkansen) was introduced and it took only four hours from Tokyo to Osaka. Life in Japan after the war was not easy, but the country developed quickly. Takeshi Honda was one of the engineers who worked on the bullet train project.” — The bullet train took four hours.", "from": "True", "to": "True" }, { "id": "s136", "kind": "missing-passage", "category": "error", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The passage was added; the hint had quoted the answer.", "reason_ar": "أضفنا القطعة، وكان التلميح يقتبس الإجابة.", "ref": "Unit 6A ex.2c, TB p.42", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "Life after the war was easy.", "to": "Read: “The Olympic Games were held in Tokyo in 1964. It was a very important event for Japan. The bullet train (Shinkansen) was introduced and it took only four hours from Tokyo to Osaka. Life in Japan after the war was not easy, but the country developed quickly. Takeshi Honda was one of the engineers who worked on the bullet train project.” — Life after the war was easy." }, { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "القطعة: life in Japan after the war was not easy.", "to": "ابحث في القطعة عن وصف الحياة بعد الحرب." } ], "q": "Read: “The Olympic Games were held in Tokyo in 1964. It was a very important event for Japan. The bullet train (Shinkansen) was introduced and it took only four hours from Tokyo to Osaka. Life in Japan after the war was not easy, but the country developed quickly. Takeshi Honda was one of the engineers who worked on the bullet train project.” — Life after the war was easy.", "from": "False", "to": "False" }, { "id": "s137", "kind": "missing-passage", "category": "error", "evidence": "src", "reason": "The question depended on a passage that was not included. The passage was added as in the study sheet.", "reason_ar": "السؤال يعتمد على قطعة لم تكن مكتوبة. أضفنا القطعة كما في الملخص.", "ref": "Study sheet: Reading (Tokyo passage)", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "What is the main idea of the Tokyo text?", "to": "Read: “The Olympic Games were held in Tokyo in 1964. It was a very important event for Japan. The bullet train (Shinkansen) was introduced and it took only four hours from Tokyo to Osaka. Life in Japan after the war was not easy, but the country developed quickly. Takeshi Honda was one of the engineers who worked on the bullet train project.” — What is the main idea of the text?" }, { "field": "arabic", "from": "ما الفكرة الرئيسية لقطعة طوكيو؟", "to": "ما الفكرة الرئيسية للقطعة؟" }, { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "البلد تطور بسرعة بعد الحرب.", "to": "عن أي بلد تتكلم القطعة، وماذا حدث له؟" } ], "q": "Read: “The Olympic Games were held in Tokyo in 1964. It was a very important event for Japan. The bullet train (Shinkansen) was introduced and it took only four hours from Tokyo to Osaka. Life in Japan after the war was not easy, but the country developed quickly. Takeshi Honda was one of the engineers who worked on the bullet train project.” — What is the main idea of the text?", "from": "Japan's development", "to": "Japan's development" }, { "id": "s138", "kind": "missing-passage", "category": "error", "evidence": "src", "reason": "The passage was added.", "reason_ar": "أضفنا القطعة.", "ref": "Study sheet: Reading + Unit 6A, TB p.42", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "How did people travel between cities (in Japan)?", "to": "Read: “The Olympic Games were held in Tokyo in 1964. It was a very important event for Japan. The bullet train (Shinkansen) was introduced and it took only four hours from Tokyo to Osaka. Life in Japan after the war was not easy, but the country developed quickly. Takeshi Honda was one of the engineers who worked on the bullet train project.” — How did people travel between cities?" }, { "field": "arabic", "from": "كيف كان الناس يتنقلون بين المدن (في اليابان)؟", "to": "كيف كان الناس يتنقلون بين المدن؟ (حسب القطعة)" }, { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "The bullet train.", "to": "ابحث في القطعة عن وسيلة النقل التي ذُكرت." } ], "q": "Read: “The Olympic Games were held in Tokyo in 1964. It was a very important event for Japan. The bullet train (Shinkansen) was introduced and it took only four hours from Tokyo to Osaka. Life in Japan after the war was not easy, but the country developed quickly. Takeshi Honda was one of the engineers who worked on the bullet train project.” — How did people travel between cities?", "from": "By train", "to": "By train" }, { "id": "s141", "kind": "hint", "category": "leak", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "The hint was a translation of the answer.", "reason_ar": "التلميح كان ترجمة الإجابة.", "ref": "—", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "المواصلات.", "to": "كيف يتنقل الناس بالحافلات والقطارات؟" } ], "q": "People use public ___ in the city.", "from": "transport", "to": "transport" }, { "id": "s143", "kind": "hint", "category": "leak", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "The hint wrote out the answer.", "reason_ar": "التلميح كان يكتب الإجابة.", "ref": "—", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "I = AM – DO – WAS – HAVE", "to": "الملكية مع I." } ], "q": "I ___ a new phone.", "from": "have", "to": "have" }, { "id": "s146", "kind": "hint", "category": "leak", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "The hint wrote out the answer.", "reason_ar": "التلميح كان يكتب الإجابة.", "ref": "—", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "she ← ملكية بـ has.", "to": "الملكية مع she (مفرد غائب)." } ], "q": "She ___ a car.", "from": "has", "to": "has" }, { "id": "s150", "kind": "translation", "category": "error", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "The hint wrote out the answer, and the translation did not say what “it” refers to.", "reason_ar": "التلميح كان يكتب الإجابة، والترجمة لم توضح على ماذا تعود it.", "ref": "—", "changes": [ { "field": "arabic", "from": "هي ___ محرك كبير.", "to": "هي (السيارة) ___ محرك كبير." }, { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "it ← has.", "to": "الملكية مع it (مفرد غائب)." } ], "q": "It ___ a big engine.", "from": "has", "to": "has" }, { "id": "s152", "kind": "ambiguous", "category": "ambiguity", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "“every day” does not fix the tense, so “Did” was also grammatical. “nowadays” was added.", "reason_ar": "", "ref": "Unit 1B do/does, TB p.13–14", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "___ you study English every day?", "to": "___ you study English every day nowadays?" }, { "field": "arabic", "from": "___ تدرس الإنجليزية كل يوم؟", "to": "___ تدرس الإنجليزية كل يوم هذه الأيام؟" } ], "q": "___ you study English every day nowadays?", "from": "Do", "to": "Do" }, { "id": "s162", "kind": "ambiguous", "category": "ambiguity", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The original statement was absolute, and -ed is also added in other tenses (has played). It was limited to the past simple; the answer is True.", "reason_ar": "العبارة الأصلية مطلقة، و ed تُضاف أيضاً في أزمنة أخرى (has played). حدّدناها بالماضي البسيط؛ الإجابة True.", "ref": "Unit 5B / 6A, TB p.36, 42", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "We add -ed to regular verbs only in affirmative past sentences.", "to": "In the past simple, we add -ed to regular verbs only in affirmative sentences." }, { "field": "arabic", "from": "نضيف ed للفعل المنتظم في الجملة المثبتة في الماضي فقط.", "to": "في الماضي البسيط، نضيف ed للفعل المنتظم في الجملة المثبتة فقط." } ], "q": "In the past simple, we add -ed to regular verbs only in affirmative sentences.", "from": "True", "to": "True" }, { "id": "s162", "kind": "misleading", "category": "error", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The old statement (“-ed only in affirmative sentences”) is not always true: subject questions keep -ed (Who watched it?). It now states the accurate rule for negatives and questions with “did”. The answer is still True.", "reason_ar": "", "ref": "Unit 6A past simple negatives and questions, TB p.42", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "In the past simple, we add -ed to regular verbs only in affirmative sentences.", "to": "In past simple negatives and questions with did, the main verb does not take -ed (e.g. She didn’t watch. / Did you watch?)." }, { "field": "arabic", "from": "في الماضي البسيط، نضيف ed للفعل المنتظم في الجملة المثبتة فقط.", "to": "في نفي وأسئلة الماضي البسيط مع did، لا يأخذ الفعل الرئيسي ed (مثل She didn’t watch / Did you watch?)." } ], "q": "In past simple negatives and questions with did, the main verb does not take -ed (e.g. She didn’t watch. / Did you watch?).", "from": "True", "to": "True" }, { "id": "s163", "kind": "language", "category": "improvement", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "The options were in Arabic although the question is a grammar question, not a translation exercise. They were rewritten in English with the same meaning.", "reason_ar": "", "ref": "Unit 6A was/were, TB p.42", "changes": [ { "field": "options", "from": "أفعال عادية مثل play | الوصف والحالة والمكان في الماضي | المستقبل", "to": "ordinary verbs like play | descriptions, states and places in the past | the future" }, { "field": "answer", "from": "الوصف والحالة والمكان في الماضي", "to": "descriptions, states and places in the past" } ], "q": "was / were are used with ___.", "from": "الوصف والحالة والمكان في الماضي", "to": "descriptions, states and places in the past" }, { "id": "s172", "kind": "ambiguous", "category": "ambiguity", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "The option “after” was also correct (“Wash your hands after eating”). It was replaced with “for”.", "reason_ar": "الخيار after صحيح أيضاً (Wash your hands after eating). استبدلناه بـ for.", "ref": "—", "changes": [ { "field": "options", "from": "before | after | until", "to": "before | for | until" } ], "q": "Wash your hands ___ eating.", "from": "before", "to": "before" }, { "id": "s174", "kind": "poorly-written", "category": "error", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "The idea of equality appeared only in the Arabic translation. It was added to the English.", "reason_ar": "كلمة «مساواة» كانت في الترجمة العربية فقط. أضفناها للإنجليزي.", "ref": "—", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "Ali is ___ tall ___ Omar.", "to": "Ali is ___ tall ___ Omar. (the same height)" } ], "q": "Ali is ___ tall ___ Omar. (the same height)", "from": "as / as", "to": "as / as" }, { "id": "s177", "kind": "hint", "category": "leak", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "The hint wrote out the answer.", "reason_ar": "التلميح كان يكتب الإجابة.", "ref": "—", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "في المثبت نستخدم some، و any في النفي والسؤال.", "to": "انتبه لنوع الجملة (مثبتة) ونوع الاسم (money غير معدود)." } ], "q": "I have ___ money. (positive sentence)", "from": "some", "to": "some" }, { "id": "s183", "kind": "ambiguous", "category": "ambiguity", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "Without the word “indefinite”, “The apple” was also correct.", "reason_ar": "بدون كلمة indefinite كانت The apple صحيحة أيضاً.", "ref": "—", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "___ apple", "to": "Choose the indefinite article: ___ apple" } ], "q": "Choose the indefinite article: ___ apple", "from": "An", "to": "An" }, { "id": "s184", "kind": "leak", "category": "leak", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "The Arabic translation («هذه سيارتي») gave the answer “my”.", "reason_ar": "The Arabic translation («هذه سيارتي») gave the answer “my”.", "ref": "—", "changes": [ { "field": "arabic", "from": "هذه سيارتي.", "to": "هذه ___ سيارة." } ], "q": "This is ___ car.", "from": "my", "to": "my" }, { "id": "s190", "kind": "hint", "category": "leak", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The hint wrote out the answer.", "reason_ar": "التلميح كان يكتب الإجابة.", "ref": "Writing skills Unit 2, TB p.69", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "كلمة In conclusion.", "to": "أين نضع الجملة التي تختم الفقرة؟" } ], "q": "“In conclusion, learning English is very important.” belongs to the ___.", "from": "conclusion", "to": "conclusion" }, { "id": "s191", "kind": "poorly-written", "category": "error", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The correct option contained the English word itself (Spectacular), which gave the answer away.", "reason_ar": "الخيار الصحيح كان يحتوي على الكلمة نفسها (Spectacular) فيكشف الإجابة.", "ref": "Unit 1A transcript 1.1, TB p.11", "changes": [ { "field": "options", "from": "Traditional | Spectacular (مُبهر) | Difficult", "to": "تقليدي | مُبهر / مذهل | صعب" }, { "field": "answer", "from": "Spectacular (مُبهر)", "to": "مُبهر / مذهل" } ], "q": "What does “spectacular” mean?", "from": "Spectacular (مُبهر)", "to": "مُبهر / مذهل" }, { "id": "s197", "kind": "ambiguous", "category": "ambiguity", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "“traditional” and “massive” could also describe fireworks that “look amazing”. They were replaced with “ugly” and “boring”.", "reason_ar": "traditional و massive يمكن أن تصفا ألعاباً نارية «تبدو مذهلة» أيضاً. استبدلناهما بـ ugly و boring.", "ref": "Unit 1A transcript 1.1, TB p.11", "changes": [ { "field": "options", "from": "traditional | spectacular | massive", "to": "ugly | spectacular | boring" }, { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "look amazing ← مبهرة.", "to": "الجملة الثانية تمدح الألعاب النارية." } ], "q": "The fireworks are ___. They look amazing.", "from": "spectacular", "to": "spectacular" }, { "id": "s202", "kind": "hint", "category": "leak", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The hint was a translation of the answer.", "reason_ar": "التلميح كان ترجمة الإجابة.", "ref": "Unit 1A, TB p.11", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "independent = مستقل.", "to": "ورد في الوحدة 1 عن 4 يوليو في أمريكا." } ], "q": "“Independence Day” means ___.", "from": "يوم الاستقلال", "to": "يوم الاستقلال" }, { "id": "s203", "kind": "hint", "category": "leak", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The hint was a translation of the answer.", "reason_ar": "التلميح كان ترجمة الإجابة.", "ref": "Unit 1A transcript 1.1, TB p.11", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "متعلقة بالوطن والعلم.", "to": "وصفت بها الموسيقى في احتفال 4 يوليو (الوحدة 1)." } ], "q": "“Patriotic” means ___.", "from": "وطني / محب للوطن", "to": "وطني / محب للوطن" }, { "id": "s204", "kind": "language", "category": "improvement", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "Arabic glosses were removed from the English options (the Arabic stays in the translation).", "reason_ar": "", "ref": "—", "changes": [ { "field": "options", "from": "affirmative (إثبات) | negative (نفي) | question (سؤال)", "to": "affirmative | negative | question" }, { "field": "answer", "from": "negative (نفي)", "to": "negative" } ], "q": "“She doesn't work here.” is a ___ sentence.", "from": "negative (نفي)", "to": "negative" }, { "id": "s205", "kind": "language", "category": "improvement", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "Arabic glosses were removed from the English options (the Arabic stays in the translation).", "reason_ar": "", "ref": "—", "changes": [ { "field": "options", "from": "affirmative (إثبات) | negative (نفي) | question (سؤال)", "to": "affirmative | negative | question" }, { "field": "answer", "from": "question (سؤال)", "to": "question" } ], "q": "“Did they play football?” is a ___ sentence.", "from": "question (سؤال)", "to": "question" }, { "id": "s206", "kind": "language", "category": "improvement", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "Arabic glosses were removed from the English options (the Arabic stays in the translation).", "reason_ar": "", "ref": "—", "changes": [ { "field": "options", "from": "affirmative (إثبات) | negative (نفي) | question (سؤال)", "to": "affirmative | negative | question" }, { "field": "answer", "from": "affirmative (إثبات)", "to": "affirmative" } ], "q": "“They play football.” is a ___ sentence.", "from": "affirmative (إثبات)", "to": "affirmative" }, { "id": "s228", "kind": "hint", "category": "leak", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "The hint wrote out the answer.", "reason_ar": "التلميح كان يكتب الإجابة.", "ref": "—", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "جمع ← There are.", "to": "students جمع." } ], "q": "There ___ many students.", "from": "are", "to": "are" }, { "id": "s230", "kind": "unnatural", "category": "error", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "“I drink much water” is unnatural in an affirmative sentence (we say “a lot of”). The sentence was made negative, where “much” is natural; the answer is “much”.", "reason_ar": "«I drink much water» غير طبيعية في الجملة المثبتة (يقال a lot of). جعلنا الجملة منفية حيث much طبيعية؛ الإجابة much.", "ref": "—", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "I drink ___ water.", "to": "I don’t drink ___ water." }, { "field": "arabic", "from": "أشرب ماء ___ .", "to": "لا أشرب ___ ماء." } ], "q": "I don’t drink ___ water.", "from": "much", "to": "much" }, { "id": "s231", "kind": "ambiguous", "category": "ambiguity", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "“Do you have some books?” is also acceptable. “some” was replaced with “much”.", "reason_ar": "Do you have some books? مقبولة أيضاً. استبدلنا some بـ much.", "ref": "—", "changes": [ { "field": "options", "from": "some | any | a", "to": "much | any | a" } ], "q": "Do you have ___ books?", "from": "any", "to": "any" }, { "id": "s232", "kind": "ambiguous", "category": "ambiguity", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "Without the word “indefinite”, “the university” was also correct.", "reason_ar": "بدون كلمة indefinite كانت the university صحيحة أيضاً.", "ref": "—", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "___ university", "to": "Choose the indefinite article: ___ university" } ], "q": "Choose the indefinite article: ___ university", "from": "a", "to": "a" }, { "id": "s235", "kind": "leak", "category": "leak", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "The Arabic translation («أنا أعرفه») gave the answer “him”.", "reason_ar": "The Arabic translation («أنا أعرفه») gave the answer “him”.", "ref": "—", "changes": [ { "field": "arabic", "from": "أنا أعرفه. (he كمفعول به)", "to": "أنا أعرف ___ . (he كمفعول به)" } ], "q": "I know ___. (he)", "from": "him", "to": "him" }, { "id": "s236", "kind": "leak", "category": "leak", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "The Arabic translation («هذا جواله») gave the answer “his”.", "reason_ar": "The Arabic translation («هذا جواله») gave the answer “his”.", "ref": "—", "changes": [ { "field": "arabic", "from": "هذا جواله. (صفة ملكية لـ he)", "to": "هذا جوال ___ . (صفة الملكية من he)" } ], "q": "This is ___ phone. (he)", "from": "his", "to": "his" }, { "id": "s237", "kind": "leak", "category": "leak", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "The Arabic translation («أنا أساعدهم») gave the answer “them”.", "reason_ar": "The Arabic translation («أنا أساعدهم») gave the answer “them”.", "ref": "—", "changes": [ { "field": "arabic", "from": "أنا أساعدهم.", "to": "أنا أساعد ___ . (they كمفعول به)" } ], "q": "I help ___. (they)", "from": "them", "to": "them" }, { "id": "s241", "kind": "ambiguous", "category": "ambiguity", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The option “and” was grammatically acceptable (“I am tired, and I study”). It was replaced with “or”.", "reason_ar": "الخيار and مقبول نحوياً (I am tired, and I study). استبدلناه بـ or.", "ref": "Writing skills Unit 3, TB p.70", "changes": [ { "field": "options", "from": "but | so | and", "to": "but | so | or" } ], "q": "I am tired, ___ I study.", "from": "but", "to": "but" }, { "id": "s241", "kind": "ambiguous", "category": "ambiguity", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The contrast between “tired” and “study” was weak, so “so” could be argued for. “still … for my exam” makes the contrast clear; the answer is “but”.", "reason_ar": "", "ref": "Writing skills Unit 3 linking words, TB p.70", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "I am tired, ___ I study.", "to": "I am tired, ___ I still study for my exam." }, { "field": "arabic", "from": "أنا متعب، ___ أدرس.", "to": "أنا متعب، ___ ما زلت أذاكر لاختباري." } ], "q": "I am tired, ___ I still study for my exam.", "from": "but", "to": "but" }, { "id": "s249", "kind": "hint", "category": "leak", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The hint wrote out the answer.", "reason_ar": "التلميح كان يكتب الإجابة.", "ref": "Unit 2B, TB p.20", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "Am / Is / Are + فاعل + V-ing؟", "to": "المضارع المستمر: فعل to be + الفاعل + ing." } ], "q": "___ you going?", "from": "Are", "to": "Are" }, { "id": "s255", "kind": "variant", "category": "improvement", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The Teacher’s Book uses the British spelling “travelled”. (American “traveled” is also correct; this is a variant, not an error.)", "reason_ar": "الكتاب يستخدم الإملاء البريطاني travelled.", "ref": "Unit 5C, TB p.40", "changes": [ { "field": "options", "from": "travel | traveled | will travel", "to": "travel | travelled | will travel" }, { "field": "answer", "from": "traveled", "to": "travelled" } ], "q": "They ___ last week.", "from": "traveled", "to": "travelled" }, { "id": "s264", "kind": "leak", "category": "leak", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "The English cue “(her)” was the answer itself, and the translation («أنا أحبها») also gave it. The cue now gives the subject pronoun “she”, like s235.", "reason_ar": "The English cue “(her)” was the answer itself, and the translation («أنا أحبها») also gave it. The cue now gives the subject pronoun “she”, like s235.", "ref": "—", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "I like ___. (her)", "to": "I like ___. (she)" }, { "field": "arabic", "from": "أنا أحبها. (her كمفعول به)", "to": "أنا أحب ___ . (she كمفعول به)" } ], "q": "I like ___. (she)", "from": "her", "to": "her" }, { "id": "s265", "kind": "leak", "category": "leak", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "The Arabic translation («انضم إلينا») gave the answer “us”.", "reason_ar": "The Arabic translation («انضم إلينا») gave the answer “us”.", "ref": "—", "changes": [ { "field": "arabic", "from": "انضم إلينا.", "to": "انضم إلى ___ . (we كمفعول به)" } ], "q": "Join ___. (we)", "from": "us", "to": "us" }, { "id": "s266", "kind": "leak", "category": "leak", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "The Arabic translation («هذا بيتنا») gave the answer “our”.", "reason_ar": "The Arabic translation («هذا بيتنا») gave the answer “our”.", "ref": "—", "changes": [ { "field": "arabic", "from": "هذا بيتنا.", "to": "هذا بيت ___ . (صفة الملكية من we)" } ], "q": "This is ___ house. (we)", "from": "our", "to": "our" }, { "id": "s267", "kind": "ambiguous", "category": "ambiguity", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "“time” is sometimes countable (three times). It was replaced with “water”.", "reason_ar": "time تُعدّ أحياناً (three times). استبدلناها بـ water.", "ref": "—", "changes": [ { "field": "options", "from": "money | information | apple | time", "to": "money | information | apple | water" } ], "q": "Which noun is countable?", "from": "apple", "to": "apple" }, { "id": "s268", "kind": "unnatural", "category": "error", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "“I have much time” is unnatural in an affirmative sentence. The sentence was made negative; the answer is “much”.", "reason_ar": "«I have much time» غير طبيعية في المثبت. جعلناها منفية؛ الإجابة much.", "ref": "—", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "I have ___ time.", "to": "I don’t have ___ time." }, { "field": "arabic", "from": "لدي وقت ___ .", "to": "ليس لدي وقت ___ ." } ], "q": "I don’t have ___ time.", "from": "much", "to": "much" }, { "id": "s270", "kind": "leak", "category": "leak", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "The Arabic translation («بجد») told the student that the meaning was “hard”, not “hardly”, which is what the question tests.", "reason_ar": "The Arabic translation («بجد») told the student that the meaning was “hard”, not “hardly”, which is what the question tests.", "ref": "—", "changes": [ { "field": "arabic", "from": "هم يعملون بجد.", "to": "هم يعملون ___ ." } ], "q": "They work ___.", "from": "hard", "to": "hard" }, { "id": "s271", "kind": "ambiguous", "category": "ambiguity", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "Without “than”, it was not clear that the sentence was a comparison. “than that one” was added.", "reason_ar": "بدون than لم يكن واضحاً أنها مقارنة. أضفنا than that one.", "ref": "Unit 3B, TB p.26", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "This phone is ___ expensive.", "to": "This phone is ___ expensive than that one." }, { "field": "arabic", "from": "هذا الجوال ___ غلاءً.", "to": "هذا الجوال ___ غلاءً من ذاك." } ], "q": "This phone is ___ expensive than that one.", "from": "more", "to": "more" }, { "id": "s272", "kind": "leak", "category": "leak", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "The Arabic translation («أطول») gave the answer.", "reason_ar": "The Arabic translation («أطول») gave the answer.", "ref": "—", "changes": [ { "field": "arabic", "from": "هو ___ . (أطول)", "to": "هو ___ . (صيغة المقارنة من tall)" } ], "q": "He is ___. (tall, comparative)", "from": "taller", "to": "taller" }, { "id": "s273", "kind": "poorly-written", "category": "error", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "The English question contained an Arabic word.", "reason_ar": "السؤال الإنجليزي كان يحتوي على كلمة عربية «(لمن)».", "ref": "—", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "___ book is this? (لمن)", "to": "___ book is this? (asking about the owner)" } ], "q": "___ book is this? (asking about the owner)", "from": "Whose", "to": "Whose" }, { "id": "s273", "kind": "leak", "category": "leak", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "The Arabic translation («لمن») was the direct translation of “Whose”.", "reason_ar": "The Arabic translation («لمن») was the direct translation of “Whose”.", "ref": "—", "changes": [ { "field": "arabic", "from": "___ هذا الكتاب؟ (لمن)", "to": "___ هذا الكتاب؟ (السؤال عن صاحب الكتاب)" } ], "q": "___ book is this? (asking about the owner)", "from": "Whose", "to": "Whose" }, { "id": "s274", "kind": "ambiguous", "category": "ambiguity", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "“What car?” was also correct. A specific choice was added so that “Which” is the only answer.", "reason_ar": "What car? صحيحة أيضاً. أضفنا اختياراً محدداً لتصبح Which الإجابة الوحيدة.", "ref": "—", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "___ car? (أي واحدة)", "to": "___ car do you want, the red one or the blue one?" }, { "field": "arabic", "from": "___ سيارة؟ (أي واحدة)", "to": "___ سيارة تريد، الحمراء أم الزرقاء؟" } ], "q": "___ car do you want, the red one or the blue one?", "from": "Which", "to": "Which" }, { "id": "s276", "kind": "hint", "category": "leak", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "The hint wrote out the answer.", "reason_ar": "التلميح كان يكتب الإجابة.", "ref": "—", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "النهي = Don't + فعل.", "to": "النهي: فعل مساعد منفي + الفعل الأساسي." } ], "q": "___ be noisy! (negative imperative)", "from": "Don't", "to": "Don't" }, { "id": "s281", "kind": "hint", "category": "leak", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The hint wrote out the answer.", "reason_ar": "التلميح كان يكتب الإجابة.", "ref": "Unit 6A, TB p.42", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "have فعل عادي ← نفيه بـ didn't.", "to": "have هنا فعل عادي (يملك)، وليس to be." } ], "q": "He ___ have a car in the past.", "from": "didn't", "to": "didn't" }, { "id": "s283", "kind": "ambiguous", "category": "ambiguity", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "Without a time expression, “meets” was also correct.", "reason_ar": "بدون كلمة زمنية كان meets صحيحاً أيضاً.", "ref": "Unit 6B transcript 6.2, TB p.43", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "She ___ her friend at a party.", "to": "She ___ her friend at a party last summer." }, { "field": "arabic", "from": "هي ___ صديقتها في حفلة.", "to": "هي ___ صديقتها في حفلة الصيف الماضي." } ], "q": "She ___ her friend at a party last summer.", "from": "met", "to": "met" }, { "id": "s286", "kind": "ambiguous", "category": "ambiguity", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "“She hadn’t a car” is old-fashioned British English but correct. It was replaced with the incorrect “She wasn’t have a car”.", "reason_ar": "«She hadn’t a car» صيغة بريطانية قديمة لكنها صحيحة. استبدلناها بـ She wasn’t have a car الخاطئة.", "ref": "Unit 6A, TB p.42", "changes": [ { "field": "options", "from": "She didn't had a car. | She didn't have a car. | She hadn't a car.", "to": "She didn’t had a car. | She didn’t have a car. | She wasn’t have a car." }, { "field": "answer", "from": "She didn't have a car.", "to": "She didn’t have a car." } ], "q": "The negative of “She had a car.” is ___.", "from": "She didn't have a car.", "to": "She didn’t have a car." }, { "id": "s291", "kind": "ambiguous", "category": "ambiguity", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "“Let me think” and “Just a moment” are both “time to think” phrases. “Let me think” was replaced with “Perhaps”, and the hint had translated the answer.", "reason_ar": "Let me think و Just a moment كلاهما من عبارات «وقت للتفكير». استبدلنا Let me think بـ Perhaps، والتلميح كان ترجمة الإجابة.", "ref": "Unit 6 C21, TB p.80", "changes": [ { "field": "options", "from": "Let me think | Just a moment | That's amazing", "to": "Perhaps | Just a moment | That’s amazing" }, { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "لحظة من فضلك.", "to": "عبارة تطلب بها وقتاً قصيراً قبل أن تجيب." } ], "q": "___. I'll check.", "from": "Just a moment", "to": "Just a moment" }, { "id": "s291", "kind": "ambiguous", "category": "ambiguity", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "“Perhaps. I’ll check.” is also a natural reply, so the item had two answers. “Perhaps” was replaced with “You’re welcome”.", "reason_ar": "", "ref": "Unit 6 C21, TB p.80", "changes": [ { "field": "options", "from": "Perhaps | Just a moment | That’s amazing", "to": "You’re welcome | Just a moment | That’s amazing" } ], "q": "___. I'll check.", "from": "Just a moment", "to": "Just a moment" }, { "id": "s292", "kind": "ambiguous", "category": "ambiguity", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "“Where did you meet your friend?” was also correct. “Where” was replaced with “Who”.", "reason_ar": "Where did you meet your friend? صحيحة أيضاً. استبدلنا Where بـ Who.", "ref": "Unit 6B transcript 6.2, TB p.43", "changes": [ { "field": "options", "from": "What | How | Where", "to": "What | How | Who" } ], "q": "___ did you meet your friend?", "from": "How", "to": "How" }, { "id": "s294", "kind": "ambiguous", "category": "ambiguity", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "Without context, “was” was also correct.", "reason_ar": "بدون سياق كان was صحيحاً أيضاً.", "ref": "Unit 6B transcript 6.2, TB p.43", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "I ___ a designer.", "to": "A: What do you do? B: I ___ a designer." }, { "field": "arabic", "from": "أنا ___ مصمم.", "to": "أ: ماذا تعمل؟ ب: أنا ___ مصمم." } ], "q": "A: What do you do? B: I ___ a designer.", "from": "am", "to": "am" }, { "id": "s295", "kind": "missing-passage", "category": "error", "evidence": "src", "reason": "The passage was added; the hint had quoted the answer.", "reason_ar": "أضفنا القطعة، وكان التلميح يقتبس الإجابة.", "ref": "Study sheet: Reading (Tokyo passage)", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "Japan developed quickly.", "to": "Read: “The Olympic Games were held in Tokyo in 1964. It was a very important event for Japan. The bullet train (Shinkansen) was introduced and it took only four hours from Tokyo to Osaka. Life in Japan after the war was not easy, but the country developed quickly. Takeshi Honda was one of the engineers who worked on the bullet train project.” — Japan developed quickly." }, { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "القطعة: the country developed quickly.", "to": "اقرأ آخر جملة عن الحرب في القطعة." } ], "q": "Read: “The Olympic Games were held in Tokyo in 1964. It was a very important event for Japan. The bullet train (Shinkansen) was introduced and it took only four hours from Tokyo to Osaka. Life in Japan after the war was not easy, but the country developed quickly. Takeshi Honda was one of the engineers who worked on the bullet train project.” — Japan developed quickly.", "from": "True", "to": "True" }, { "id": "s296", "kind": "missing-passage", "category": "error", "evidence": "src", "reason": "The passage was added; the hint had quoted the answer.", "reason_ar": "أضفنا القطعة، وكان التلميح يقتبس الإجابة.", "ref": "Study sheet: Reading (Tokyo passage)", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "Takeshi Honda worked on the bullet train.", "to": "Read: “The Olympic Games were held in Tokyo in 1964. It was a very important event for Japan. The bullet train (Shinkansen) was introduced and it took only four hours from Tokyo to Osaka. Life in Japan after the war was not easy, but the country developed quickly. Takeshi Honda was one of the engineers who worked on the bullet train project.” — Takeshi Honda worked on the bullet train." }, { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "القطعة: one of the engineers who worked on the bullet train project.", "to": "اقرأ الجملة الأخيرة في القطعة." } ], "q": "Read: “The Olympic Games were held in Tokyo in 1964. It was a very important event for Japan. The bullet train (Shinkansen) was introduced and it took only four hours from Tokyo to Osaka. Life in Japan after the war was not easy, but the country developed quickly. Takeshi Honda was one of the engineers who worked on the bullet train project.” — Takeshi Honda worked on the bullet train.", "from": "True", "to": "True" }, { "id": "s297", "kind": "out-of-scope-structure", "category": "error", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "The sentence used the present perfect (has changed), which is not in Units 1–6, and the hint translated the answer. It was changed to the past simple; the answer is “changed”.", "reason_ar": "الجملة كانت بالمضارع التام (has changed) وهو ليس في الوحدات 1–6، والتلميح كان ترجمة الإجابة. جعلناها بالماضي البسيط؛ الإجابة changed.", "ref": "—", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "The city has ___ a lot.", "to": "The city ___ a lot in the last 50 years." }, { "field": "arabic", "from": "المدينة ___ كثيراً.", "to": "المدينة ___ كثيراً في آخر ٥٠ سنة." }, { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "تغيّرت.", "to": "نحتاج فعلاً؛ الخياران الآخران ليسا أفعالاً في الماضي." } ], "q": "The city ___ a lot in the last 50 years.", "from": "changed", "to": "changed" }, { "id": "s297", "kind": "misleading", "category": "error", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "With “in the last 50 years” (a period up to now), British English normally uses the present perfect (has changed), so the past simple was questionable. The time expression is now a finished past period, where the past simple is correct.", "reason_ar": "", "ref": "Unit 5B past simple, TB p.36", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "The city ___ a lot in the last 50 years.", "to": "The city ___ a lot between 1970 and 2020." }, { "field": "arabic", "from": "المدينة ___ كثيراً في آخر ٥٠ سنة.", "to": "المدينة ___ كثيراً بين ١٩٧٠ و٢٠٢٠." } ], "q": "The city ___ a lot between 1970 and 2020.", "from": "changed", "to": "changed" }, { "id": "s298", "kind": "hint", "category": "leak", "evidence": "src", "reason": "The hint was a translation of the answer.", "reason_ar": "التلميح كان ترجمة الإجابة.", "ref": "—", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "مبانٍ.", "to": "نحتاج اسماً جمعاً لشيء يمكن أن يكون tall." } ], "q": "There are tall ___ in the city.", "from": "buildings", "to": "buildings" }, { "id": "s299", "kind": "hint", "category": "leak", "evidence": "src", "reason": "The hint was a translation of the answer.", "reason_ar": "التلميح كان ترجمة الإجابة.", "ref": "—", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "زحام.", "to": "ما الذي يكون heavy في الطريق؟" } ], "q": "The ___ was heavy yesterday.", "from": "traffic", "to": "traffic" }, { "id": "s300", "kind": "hint", "category": "leak", "evidence": "src", "reason": "The hint was a translation of the answer.", "reason_ar": "التلميح كان ترجمة الإجابة.", "ref": "—", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "الحي السكني.", "to": "المكان الذي تسكن فيه داخل المدينة." } ], "q": "My ___ is near the city centre.", "from": "neighbourhood", "to": "neighbourhood" }, { "id": "s303", "kind": "source", "category": "improvement", "evidence": "src", "reason": "The Ibn Battuta text is from the study-sheet writing model, not the Teacher’s Book (it does not appear in the Units 1–6 text). The source is now named in the question. The birthplace (Morocco) agrees with standard historical accounts.", "reason_ar": "", "ref": "Study sheet: Writing model (Ibn Battuta)", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "Ibn Battuta was born in ___.", "to": "According to the writing model, Ibn Battuta was born in ___." }, { "field": "arabic", "from": "وُلد ابن بطوطة في ___. (من نموذج الكتابة)", "to": "حسب نموذج الكتابة، وُلد ابن بطوطة في ___." } ], "q": "According to the writing model, Ibn Battuta was born in ___.", "from": "Morocco", "to": "Morocco" }, { "id": "s304", "kind": "ambiguous", "category": "ambiguity", "evidence": "src", "reason": "With the stem “more than ___ countries”, the option 14 was also true (more than 40 is also more than 14). The question now asks for the number given in the writing model.", "reason_ar": "", "ref": "Study sheet: Writing model (Ibn Battuta)", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "Ibn Battuta visited more than ___ countries.", "to": "According to the writing model, how many countries did Ibn Battuta visit?" }, { "field": "options", "from": "14 | 40 | 100", "to": "about 14 | more than 40 | more than 100" }, { "field": "answer", "from": "40", "to": "more than 40" }, { "field": "arabic", "from": "زار ابن بطوطة أكثر من ___ دولة.", "to": "حسب نموذج الكتابة، كم دولة زار ابن بطوطة؟" } ], "q": "According to the writing model, how many countries did Ibn Battuta visit?", "from": "40", "to": "more than 40" }, { "id": "s305", "kind": "missing-passage", "category": "error", "evidence": "src", "reason": "The passage was not included in the question. It was added in full from the study sheet.", "reason_ar": "القطعة لم تكن مكتوبة في السؤال. أضفناها كاملة من ملخص Reading Strategy.", "ref": "Study sheet: Reading Comprehension Strategy", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "Where does Ahmed work?", "to": "Read: “Ahmed lives in Riyadh. He works at a hospital. He goes to work by car. He enjoys his job because he likes helping people. On weekends, he usually visits his family or goes to the gym.” — Where does Ahmed work?" }, { "field": "arabic", "from": "أين يعمل أحمد؟ (Ahmed lives in Riyadh. He works at a hospital…)", "to": "أين يعمل أحمد؟ (حسب القطعة)" } ], "q": "Read: “Ahmed lives in Riyadh. He works at a hospital. He goes to work by car. He enjoys his job because he likes helping people. On weekends, he usually visits his family or goes to the gym.” — Where does Ahmed work?", "from": "At a hospital", "to": "At a hospital" }, { "id": "s306", "kind": "missing-passage", "category": "error", "evidence": "src", "reason": "The passage was added; the hint had quoted the answer.", "reason_ar": "أضفنا القطعة، وكان التلميح يقتبس الإجابة.", "ref": "Study sheet: Reading Comprehension Strategy", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "How does Ahmed go to work?", "to": "Read: “Ahmed lives in Riyadh. He works at a hospital. He goes to work by car. He enjoys his job because he likes helping people. On weekends, he usually visits his family or goes to the gym.” — How does Ahmed go to work?" }, { "field": "arabic", "from": "كيف يذهب أحمد إلى العمل؟ (He goes to work by car…)", "to": "كيف يذهب أحمد إلى العمل؟ (حسب القطعة)" }, { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "He goes to work by ...", "to": "ابحث عن جملة He goes to work في القطعة." } ], "q": "Read: “Ahmed lives in Riyadh. He works at a hospital. He goes to work by car. He enjoys his job because he likes helping people. On weekends, he usually visits his family or goes to the gym.” — How does Ahmed go to work?", "from": "By car", "to": "By car" }, { "id": "s307", "kind": "missing-passage", "category": "error", "evidence": "src", "reason": "The passage was added.", "reason_ar": "أضفنا القطعة.", "ref": "Study sheet: Reading Comprehension Strategy", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "Why does Ahmed enjoy his job?", "to": "Read: “Ahmed lives in Riyadh. He works at a hospital. He goes to work by car. He enjoys his job because he likes helping people. On weekends, he usually visits his family or goes to the gym.” — Why does Ahmed enjoy his job?" }, { "field": "arabic", "from": "لماذا يستمتع أحمد بعمله؟", "to": "لماذا يستمتع أحمد بعمله؟ (حسب القطعة)" } ], "q": "Read: “Ahmed lives in Riyadh. He works at a hospital. He goes to work by car. He enjoys his job because he likes helping people. On weekends, he usually visits his family or goes to the gym.” — Why does Ahmed enjoy his job?", "from": "Because he likes helping people", "to": "Because he likes helping people" }, { "id": "s308", "kind": "misleading", "category": "improvement", "evidence": "src", "reason": "A reading strategy was presented as a universal rule. The question now names the study-sheet strategy as its source.", "reason_ar": "", "ref": "Study sheet: Reading Comprehension Strategy", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "In reading, the first step is to ___.", "to": "According to the study-sheet reading strategy, what should you do first?" }, { "field": "arabic", "from": "في القراءة، أول خطوة هي ___.", "to": "حسب استراتيجية القراءة في الملخص، ماذا تفعل أولاً؟" } ], "q": "According to the study-sheet reading strategy, what should you do first?", "from": "read the questions first", "to": "read the questions first" }, { "id": "s309", "kind": "language", "category": "improvement", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "The options were in Arabic although this is a reading-strategy question. They were rewritten in English.", "reason_ar": "", "ref": "Study sheet: Reading Comprehension Strategy", "changes": [ { "field": "options", "from": "مذكور | غير مذكور", "to": "mentioned | not mentioned" }, { "field": "answer", "from": "غير مذكور", "to": "not mentioned" } ], "q": "“Which is NOT mentioned?” asks for something ___ in the text.", "from": "غير مذكور", "to": "not mentioned" }, { "id": "s310", "kind": "misleading", "category": "improvement", "evidence": "src", "reason": "The slogan “The answer is in the passage, not in your head” was rewritten as a clear statement about reading-comprehension questions.", "reason_ar": "", "ref": "Study sheet: Reading Comprehension Strategy", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "The answer is in the passage, not in your head.", "to": "In reading-comprehension questions, you should base your answer on the passage, not on your own background knowledge." }, { "field": "arabic", "from": "الإجابة موجودة في النص، وليست في عقلك.", "to": "في أسئلة فهم المقروء، اعتمد في إجابتك على النص، لا على معلوماتك السابقة." } ], "q": "In reading-comprehension questions, you should base your answer on the passage, not on your own background knowledge.", "from": "True", "to": "True" }, { "id": "s311", "kind": "ambiguous", "category": "ambiguity", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "“every day” can describe a past habit, so “went” was also grammatical. “Nowadays” was added.", "reason_ar": "", "ref": "Unit 1B present simple, TB p.13–14", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "She ___ to school every day.", "to": "Nowadays, she ___ to school every day." }, { "field": "arabic", "from": "هي ___ إلى المدرسة كل يوم.", "to": "هذه الأيام، هي ___ إلى المدرسة كل يوم." } ], "q": "Nowadays, she ___ to school every day.", "from": "goes", "to": "goes" }, { "id": "s317", "kind": "note", "category": "improvement", "evidence": "src", "reason": "The pairing comes from the writing study sheet; it is a simplification, not a translation.", "reason_ar": "الربط مأخوذ من ملخص الكتابة كما هو، لكنه تبسيط وليس ترجمة.", "ref": "Study sheet: Writing", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "التواصل = التحدث مع الناس.", "to": "راجع جدول «الكلمة الصعبة والبديل الأسهل» في ملخص الكتابة." }, { "field": "note (old Arabic)", "from": "", "to": "هذه عبارة مبسطة من ملخص الكتابة لتسهيل التعبير، وليست مرادفاً دقيقاً لـ communication (تواصل)." } ], "q": "An easier way to write “communication” is ___.", "from": "talk to people", "to": "talk to people" }, { "id": "s317", "kind": "misleading", "category": "error", "evidence": "src", "reason": "The old item treated “talk to people” as an easier way to write the noun “communication”, which is not an accurate equivalence (noun vs verb phrase). It now pairs phrases with the same meaning and grammar.", "reason_ar": "", "ref": "Study sheet: Writing", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "An easier way to write “communication” is ___.", "to": "In a simple paragraph, which phrase can replace “communicating with people”?" }, { "field": "options", "from": "talk to people | good chance | try new things", "to": "talking to people | getting a good chance | trying new things" }, { "field": "answer", "from": "talk to people", "to": "talking to people" }, { "field": "arabic", "from": "طريقة أسهل لكتابة communication هي ___.", "to": "في فقرة بسيطة، أي عبارة يمكن أن تحل محل «communicating with people»؟" }, { "field": "note (old Arabic)", "from": "هذه عبارة مبسطة من ملخص الكتابة لتسهيل التعبير، وليست مرادفاً دقيقاً لـ communication (تواصل).", "to": "" } ], "q": "In a simple paragraph, which phrase can replace “communicating with people”?", "from": "talk to people", "to": "talking to people" }, { "id": "s318", "kind": "note", "category": "improvement", "evidence": "src", "reason": "The pairing comes from the writing study sheet.", "reason_ar": "الربط مأخوذ من ملخص الكتابة كما هو.", "ref": "Study sheet: Writing", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "فرصة = ...", "to": "راجع جدول «الكلمة الصعبة والبديل الأسهل» في ملخص الكتابة." }, { "field": "note (old Arabic)", "from": "", "to": "هذه عبارة مبسطة من ملخص الكتابة. opportunity تعني «فرصة»." } ], "q": "An easier way to write “opportunity” is ___.", "from": "good chance", "to": "good chance" }, { "id": "s318", "kind": "note", "category": "improvement", "evidence": "src", "reason": "The Arabic note was replaced by the English explanation.", "reason_ar": "", "ref": "Study sheet: Writing", "changes": [ { "field": "note (old Arabic)", "from": "هذه عبارة مبسطة من ملخص الكتابة. opportunity تعني «فرصة».", "to": "" } ], "q": "An easier way to write “opportunity” is ___.", "from": "good chance", "to": "good chance" }, { "id": "s319", "kind": "note", "category": "improvement", "evidence": "src", "reason": "The pairing comes from the writing study sheet; it is a simplification, not a translation.", "reason_ar": "الربط مأخوذ من ملخص الكتابة كما هو، لكنه تبسيط وليس ترجمة.", "ref": "Study sheet: Writing", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "المعرفة = تعلّم أشياء جديدة.", "to": "راجع جدول «الكلمة الصعبة والبديل الأسهل» في ملخص الكتابة." }, { "field": "note (old Arabic)", "from": "", "to": "هذه عبارة مبسطة من ملخص الكتابة، وليست مرادفاً: knowledge اسم يعني «معرفة»، و learn new things عبارة فعلية." } ], "q": "An easier way to write “knowledge” is ___.", "from": "learn new things", "to": "learn new things" }, { "id": "s319", "kind": "misleading", "category": "error", "evidence": "src", "reason": "The old item treated “learn new things” as an easier way to write the noun “knowledge”, which is not an accurate equivalence. It now pairs phrases with the same meaning and grammar.", "reason_ar": "", "ref": "Study sheet: Writing", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "An easier way to write “knowledge” is ___.", "to": "In a simple paragraph, which phrase can replace “gaining knowledge”?" }, { "field": "options", "from": "learn new things | try new things | good chance", "to": "learning new things | trying new things | getting a good chance" }, { "field": "answer", "from": "learn new things", "to": "learning new things" }, { "field": "arabic", "from": "طريقة أسهل لكتابة knowledge هي ___.", "to": "في فقرة بسيطة، أي عبارة يمكن أن تحل محل «gaining knowledge»؟" }, { "field": "note (old Arabic)", "from": "هذه عبارة مبسطة من ملخص الكتابة، وليست مرادفاً: knowledge اسم يعني «معرفة»، و learn new things عبارة فعلية.", "to": "" } ], "q": "In a simple paragraph, which phrase can replace “gaining knowledge”?", "from": "learn new things", "to": "learning new things" }, { "id": "s320", "kind": "note", "category": "improvement", "evidence": "src", "reason": "The pairing comes from the writing study sheet; it is a simplification, not a translation.", "reason_ar": "الربط مأخوذ من ملخص الكتابة كما هو، لكنه تبسيط وليس ترجمة.", "ref": "Study sheet: Writing", "changes": [ { "field": "hint (old Arabic)", "from": "التجربة = ...", "to": "راجع جدول «الكلمة الصعبة والبديل الأسهل» في ملخص الكتابة." }, { "field": "note (old Arabic)", "from": "", "to": "هذه عبارة مبسطة من ملخص الكتابة، وليست مرادفاً: experience تعني «تجربة / خبرة»." } ], "q": "An easier way to write “experience” is ___.", "from": "try new things", "to": "try new things" }, { "id": "s320", "kind": "misleading", "category": "error", "evidence": "src", "reason": "The old item treated “try new things” as an easier way to write the noun “experience”, which is not an accurate equivalence. It now pairs phrases with the same meaning and grammar.", "reason_ar": "", "ref": "Study sheet: Writing", "changes": [ { "field": "question", "from": "An easier way to write “experience” is ___.", "to": "In a simple paragraph, which phrase can replace “gaining new experiences”?" }, { "field": "options", "from": "talk to people | try new things | good chance", "to": "talking to people | trying new things | getting a good chance" }, { "field": "answer", "from": "try new things", "to": "trying new things" }, { "field": "arabic", "from": "طريقة أسهل لكتابة experience هي ___.", "to": "في فقرة بسيطة، أي عبارة يمكن أن تحل محل «gaining new experiences»؟" }, { "field": "note (old Arabic)", "from": "هذه عبارة مبسطة من ملخص الكتابة، وليست مرادفاً: experience تعني «تجربة / خبرة».", "to": "" } ], "q": "In a simple paragraph, which phrase can replace “gaining new experiences”?", "from": "try new things", "to": "trying new things" }, { "id": "w1", "kind": "improvement", "category": "improvement", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "Optional improvement: the Arabic «حدث» can also be read as a verb (“happened”) and could be confused with “take place”. «فعالية / مناسبة» is clearer.", "reason_ar": "«حدث» تُقرأ أيضاً فعلاً (حَدَثَ) فتلتبس مع take place «يحدث / يُقام».", "ref": "Unit 1, TB p.10", "changes": [ { "field": "meaning / unit", "from": "حدث / فعالية / Unit 1", "to": "فعالية / مناسبة / Unit 1" } ], "q": "event", "from": "حدث / فعالية (Unit 1)", "to": "فعالية / مناسبة (Unit 1)", "vocab": true }, { "id": "w7", "kind": "translation", "category": "error", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The Teacher’s Book uses “national costumes”, not only fancy-dress costumes.", "reason_ar": "في الكتاب: national costumes (الزي الوطني)، وليست «ملابس تنكرية» فقط.", "ref": "Unit 1A transcript 1.1, TB p.11", "changes": [ { "field": "meaning / unit", "from": "زي / ملابس تنكرية / Unit 1", "to": "زي (مثل الزي الوطني أو التنكري) / Unit 1" } ], "q": "costume", "from": "زي / ملابس تنكرية (Unit 1)", "to": "زي (مثل الزي الوطني أو التنكري) (Unit 1)", "vocab": true }, { "id": "w21", "kind": "pos", "category": "error", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The meaning «خطة / يخطط» covers a noun and a verb, but the part of speech said “noun” only. It is now “noun / verb” (Unit 2 uses both: make plans, plan an event).", "reason_ar": "The meaning «خطة / يخطط» covers a noun and a verb, but the part of speech said “noun” only. It is now “noun / verb” (Unit 2 uses both: make plans, plan an event).", "ref": "Unit 2, TB p.17–21", "changes": [ { "field": "part of speech", "from": "noun", "to": "noun / verb" } ], "q": "plan", "from": "خطة / يخطط (Unit 2)", "to": "خطة / يخطط (Unit 2)", "vocab": true }, { "id": "w26", "kind": "unit", "category": "error", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "“get married” is a Unit 5 life event, not a Unit 2 word.", "reason_ar": "get married من أحداث الحياة في الوحدة 5 وليست في الوحدة 2.", "ref": "Unit 5A ex.1c, TB p.35", "changes": [ { "field": "meaning / unit", "from": "يتزوج / Unit 2", "to": "يتزوج / Unit 5" } ], "q": "get married", "from": "يتزوج (Unit 2)", "to": "يتزوج (Unit 5)", "vocab": true }, { "id": "w50", "kind": "translation", "category": "error", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The translation «عرض / شاشة» overlapped with “screen” (شاشة) in “Which word means screen?”.", "reason_ar": "الترجمة «عرض / شاشة» تتداخل مع screen «شاشة» في سؤال «أي كلمة تعني شاشة؟».", "ref": "Unit 3B, TB p.26", "changes": [ { "field": "meaning / unit", "from": "عرض / شاشة / Unit 3", "to": "عرض / Unit 3" } ], "q": "display", "from": "عرض / شاشة (Unit 3)", "to": "عرض (Unit 3)", "vocab": true }, { "id": "w50", "kind": "translation", "category": "ambiguity", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "“display” and “width” (Unit 4) were both translated «عرض», which mixes two different meanings. “display” now shows its Unit 3 meaning (a device’s screen, as in “display size”) and its general meaning (a show, as in “fireworks display”); the quiz never offers “display” and “screen” together.", "reason_ar": "“display” and “width” (Unit 4) were both translated «عرض», which mixes two different meanings. “display” now shows its Unit 3 meaning (a device’s screen, as in “display size”) and its general meaning (a show, as in “fireworks display”); the quiz never offers “display” and “screen” together.", "ref": "Unit 3B display size, TB p.26; Unit 1 fireworks display, TB p.11", "changes": [ { "field": "meaning / unit", "from": "عرض / Unit 3", "to": "عَرْض / شاشة العرض في الجهاز / Unit 3" } ], "q": "display", "from": "عرض (Unit 3)", "to": "عَرْض / شاشة العرض في الجهاز (Unit 3)", "vocab": true }, { "id": "w71", "kind": "translation", "category": "error", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "«مكتب» alone can also mean an office (room).", "reason_ar": "«مكتب» وحدها قد تعني الغرفة (office).", "ref": "Unit 4A, TB p.31", "changes": [ { "field": "meaning / unit", "from": "مكتب / Unit 4", "to": "مكتب (طاولة الدراسة) / Unit 4" } ], "q": "desk", "from": "مكتب (Unit 4)", "to": "مكتب (طاولة الدراسة) (Unit 4)", "vocab": true }, { "id": "w78", "kind": "pos", "category": "error", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The meaning «دش / يستحم» covers a noun and a verb, but the part of speech said “noun” only. It is now “noun / verb” (the Teacher’s Book uses the verb: “when I shower”, Unit 3).", "reason_ar": "The meaning «دش / يستحم» covers a noun and a verb, but the part of speech said “noun” only. It is now “noun / verb” (the Teacher’s Book uses the verb: “when I shower”, Unit 3).", "ref": "Unit 3A transcript, TB p.24", "changes": [ { "field": "part of speech", "from": "noun", "to": "noun / verb" } ], "q": "shower", "from": "دش / يستحم (Unit 4)", "to": "دش / يستحم (Unit 4)", "vocab": true }, { "id": "w80", "kind": "translation", "category": "ambiguity", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "“width” and “display” were both translated «عرض». “width” now says it is the measurement from side to side.", "reason_ar": "“width” and “display” were both translated «عرض». “width” now says it is the measurement from side to side.", "ref": "—", "changes": [ { "field": "meaning / unit", "from": "عرض / Unit 4", "to": "العَرْض (المقاس من جانب إلى جانب) / Unit 4" } ], "q": "width", "from": "عرض (Unit 4)", "to": "العَرْض (المقاس من جانب إلى جانب) (Unit 4)", "vocab": true }, { "id": "w106", "kind": "unit", "category": "error", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The word appears in Unit 6, not Unit 5.", "reason_ar": "وردت في الوحدة 6 وليس 5.", "ref": "Unit 6, TB p.42", "changes": [ { "field": "meaning / unit", "from": "نمط الحياة / Unit 5", "to": "نمط الحياة / Unit 6" } ], "q": "lifestyle", "from": "نمط الحياة (Unit 5)", "to": "نمط الحياة (Unit 6)", "vocab": true }, { "id": "w107", "kind": "unit", "category": "error", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The phrase appears in the Tokyo passage in Unit 6, not Unit 5.", "reason_ar": "وردت في قطعة طوكيو في الوحدة 6 وليس 5.", "ref": "Unit 6A ex.4e, TB p.42", "changes": [ { "field": "meaning / unit", "from": "مستوى المعيشة / Unit 5", "to": "مستوى المعيشة / Unit 6" } ], "q": "standard of living", "from": "مستوى المعيشة (Unit 5)", "to": "مستوى المعيشة (Unit 6)", "vocab": true }, { "id": "w110", "kind": "translation", "category": "error", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "The Teacher’s Book explains “give up” as “stopping”.", "reason_ar": "الكتاب يشرح give up بمعنى stopping.", "ref": "Unit 5C ex.8b, TB p.39", "changes": [ { "field": "meaning / unit", "from": "يستسلم / يتخلى عن / Unit 5", "to": "يتوقف عن / يستسلم / Unit 5" } ], "q": "give up", "from": "يستسلم / يتخلى عن (Unit 5)", "to": "يتوقف عن / يستسلم (Unit 5)", "vocab": true }, { "id": "w116", "kind": "improvement", "category": "improvement", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "Optional improvement: the translation «منذ» was clarified to show that “ago” follows the length of time; «قبل» is avoided so it is not confused with “before”.", "reason_ar": "الترجمة السابقة كانت «منذ» فقط؛ وضّحنا أنها تأتي بعد المدة. ولا نستخدم «قبل» حتى لا تلتبس مع before.", "ref": "Unit 5B, TB p.36", "changes": [ { "field": "meaning / unit", "from": "منذ / Unit 5", "to": "منذ (مدة مضت) / Unit 5" } ], "q": "ago", "from": "منذ (Unit 5)", "to": "منذ (مدة مضت) (Unit 5)", "vocab": true }, { "id": "w119", "kind": "improvement", "category": "improvement", "evidence": "src", "reason": "Optional improvement: «في الوقت الحاضر» is very close to “now” (الآن), which gave the vocabulary item two possible answers.", "reason_ar": "«في الوقت الحاضر» قريبة جداً من now «الآن» فيصبح للسؤال إجابتان.", "ref": "Study sheet: City life", "changes": [ { "field": "meaning / unit", "from": "في الوقت الحاضر / Unit 6", "to": "هذه الأيام / في عصرنا / Unit 6" } ], "q": "nowadays", "from": "في الوقت الحاضر (Unit 6)", "to": "هذه الأيام / في عصرنا (Unit 6)", "vocab": true }, { "id": "w120", "kind": "translation", "category": "error", "evidence": "tb", "reason": "“abroad” and “outside” had the same translation («في الخارج»).", "reason_ar": "abroad و outside كانتا بنفس الترجمة «في الخارج».", "ref": "Unit 6A, TB p.43", "changes": [ { "field": "meaning / unit", "from": "في الخارج / Unit 6", "to": "في الخارج (خارج البلد) / Unit 6" } ], "q": "abroad", "from": "في الخارج (Unit 6)", "to": "في الخارج (خارج البلد) (Unit 6)", "vocab": true }, { "id": "w132", "kind": "translation", "category": "error", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "Distinguished from “abroad”.", "reason_ar": "تمييزها عن abroad.", "ref": "—", "changes": [ { "field": "meaning / unit", "from": "في الخارج / Unit 6", "to": "خارجاً / خارج المبنى / Unit 6" } ], "q": "outside", "from": "في الخارج (Unit 6)", "to": "خارجاً / خارج المبنى (Unit 6)", "vocab": true }, { "id": "w135", "kind": "translation", "category": "error", "evidence": "src", "reason": "“reduced” means “made less”.", "reason_ar": "reduced تعني «جُعل أقل».", "ref": "—", "changes": [ { "field": "meaning / unit", "from": "منخفض / مخفّض / Unit 6", "to": "مُخفَّض / أقل / Unit 6" } ], "q": "reduced", "from": "منخفض / مخفّض (Unit 6)", "to": "مُخفَّض / أقل (Unit 6)", "vocab": true }, { "id": "w149", "kind": "translation", "category": "error", "evidence": "gram", "reason": "“develop” can be transitive or intransitive.", "reason_ar": "develop تأتي متعدياً ولازماً.", "ref": "—", "changes": [ { "field": "meaning / unit", "from": "يتطور / Unit 6", "to": "يطوّر / يتطوّر / Unit 6" } ], "q": "develop", "from": "يتطور (Unit 6)", "to": "يطوّر / يتطوّر (Unit 6)", "vocab": true } ], "excluded": [ { "id": "p34", "kind": "ambiguous", "reason": "The source highlights “The largest” (highlight checked). But the sentence names only two countries, so the comparative “Larger” is the clearest answer, while “The largest” needs a group (the largest in North America). Both answers can be defended, so the question is excluded. In an exam, choose the comparative when exactly two things are compared.", "question": "America is large but Canada is ___." }, { "id": "p76", "kind": "duplicate", "reason": "Exact duplicate of question 62 (same sentence, same options in a different order, same answer “Stayed”).", "question": "I ___ at the library very late last week." }, { "id": "p115", "kind": "duplicate", "reason": "Duplicate of question 74 (same sentence and options). Its stored answer has been corrected to “A verb” to match question 74, but it stays excluded as a duplicate.", "question": "What is the part of speech of supply in: Each applicant is asked to supply a portfolio of work at interview." }, { "id": "p121", "kind": "duplicate", "reason": "Exact duplicate of question 61 (same sentence, options and answer “Attended”).", "question": "Before I ___ elementary school, I went to nursery school." }, { "id": "s149", "kind": "duplicate", "reason": "Exact duplicate of s24.", "question": "Which sentence is correct?" }, { "id": "s167", "kind": "out-of-scope", "reason": "Tests the passive voice, which is not a grammar focus in Units 1–6 (checked against the Teacher’s Book text for Units 1–6 stored in this project).", "question": "The car ___ repaired." }, { "id": "s168", "kind": "out-of-scope", "reason": "Tests the present perfect, which is not a grammar focus in Units 1–6 (the Unit 5 notes mention it only to contrast it with the past simple). The item is also ambiguous: “I am finished” is acceptable English.", "question": "I ___ finished." }, { "id": "s169", "kind": "out-of-scope", "reason": "Tests conditional sentences with “will”, which are not a grammar focus in Units 1–6.", "question": "If I study, I ___ pass." }, { "id": "s170", "kind": "out-of-scope", "reason": "Tests relative pronouns (who / which), which are not a grammar focus in Units 1–6.", "question": "The man ___ lives here is kind." }, { "id": "s171", "kind": "out-of-scope", "reason": "Tests reported speech, which is not a grammar focus in Units 1–6. The item is also ambiguous: “He said that he is tired” is acceptable if he is still tired.", "question": "He said that he ___ tired." }, { "id": "s175", "kind": "out-of-scope", "reason": "Tests too / enough as a grammar point. The earlier review recorded it as Unit 10 (TB p.62); that page is outside the Units 1–6 text stored in the project, so the unit number is not re-verified here. Question p44 stays active because it tests the vocabulary word “slim”, with “enough” only as context.", "question": "It's ___ expensive. I can't buy it." }, { "id": "s176", "kind": "out-of-scope", "reason": "Tests too / enough as a grammar point. The earlier review recorded it as Unit 10 (TB p.62); that page is outside the Units 1–6 text stored in the project, so the unit number is not re-verified here. Question p44 stays active because it tests the vocabulary word “slim”.", "question": "He is tall ___ to play basketball." }, { "id": "s179", "kind": "out-of-scope", "reason": "Tests the past continuous (was sleeping), which is not a grammar focus in Units 1–6.", "question": "I was sleeping ___ he called." }, { "id": "s180", "kind": "out-of-scope", "reason": "Tests the future with “will”, which is not a grammar focus in Units 1–6 (Unit 2 uses the present continuous for future plans).", "question": "I ___ study tomorrow." }, { "id": "s181", "kind": "out-of-scope", "reason": "Tests “be going to”. The earlier review recorded it as Unit 8 (TB p.51); that page is outside the Units 1–6 text stored in the project, so the unit number is not re-verified here. It is not a grammar focus in Units 1–6.", "question": "I am going ___ travel." }, { "id": "s182", "kind": "out-of-scope", "reason": "Tests “should”. The earlier review recorded it in Unit 7 (modals, TB p.45); that page is outside the Units 1–6 text stored in the project. It is not a grammar focus in Units 1–6.", "question": "You ___ study." }, { "id": "s187", "kind": "out-of-scope", "reason": "Tests the past continuous (was sleeping), which is not a grammar focus in Units 1–6.", "question": "I was ___ when he called." }, { "id": "s189", "kind": "unverifiable", "reason": "“Write 2–3 ideas in the body” is a rule from the writing study sheet only; the Teacher’s Book says a paragraph has no fixed number of sentences (TB p.69).", "question": "In the Body we write ___ ideas with examples." }, { "id": "s207", "kind": "out-of-scope", "reason": "Tests can / can’t. The earlier review recorded modals in Unit 7 (TB p.45), outside the Units 1–6 text stored in the project. It is not a grammar focus in Units 1–6.", "question": "He ___ swim well." }, { "id": "s208", "kind": "out-of-scope", "reason": "Tests the future with “will / won’t”, which is not a grammar focus in Units 1–6.", "question": "We ___ go tomorrow." }, { "id": "s211", "kind": "out-of-scope", "reason": "Tests “can”. The earlier review recorded modals in Unit 7 (TB p.45), outside the Units 1–6 text stored in the project. It is not a grammar focus in Units 1–6.", "question": "The question form of “He can swim.” is ___." }, { "id": "s251", "kind": "out-of-scope", "reason": "Tests the future simple with “will”, which is not a grammar focus in Units 1–6.", "question": "Which time word goes with Future Simple?" }, { "id": "s254", "kind": "out-of-scope", "reason": "Tests the future with “will”, which is not a grammar focus in Units 1–6.", "question": "She ___ travel. (future)" }, { "id": "s279", "kind": "out-of-scope", "reason": "Tests can / can’t. The earlier review recorded modals in Unit 7 (TB p.45), outside the Units 1–6 text stored in the project. It is not a grammar focus in Units 1–6.", "question": "I can't swim. “can't” means ___." }, { "id": "w141", "kind": "duplicate", "reason": "“buildings” duplicates “building” in the Unit 6 word list.", "question": "buildings" } ], "unverified": [ { "id": "s41", "question": "I have ___ friends. (not many — negative meaning)", "reason": "The question text was found only partly in the study sheets." }, { "id": "s100", "question": "I usually ___ breakfast at 7 a.m.", "reason": "The question text was found only partly in the study sheets." }, { "id": "s177", "question": "I have ___ money. (positive sentence)", "reason": "The question text was found only partly in the study sheets." }, { "id": "s261", "question": "The book is ___ the table.", "reason": "The question text was found only partly in the study sheets." }, { "id": "s272", "question": "He is ___. (tall, comparative)", "reason": "The question text was found only partly in the study sheets." }, { "id": "w27", "question": "participants", "reason": "Not found in the Teacher’s Book, the study sheets or the MTA file; the meaning is linguistically correct" }, { "id": "w32", "question": "noticeboard", "reason": "Not found in the Teacher’s Book, the study sheets or the MTA file; the meaning is linguistically correct" }, { "id": "w33", "question": "flip chart", "reason": "Not found in the Teacher’s Book, the study sheets or the MTA file; the meaning is linguistically correct" }, { "id": "w34", "question": "layout", "reason": "Not found in the Teacher’s Book, the study sheets or the MTA file; the meaning is linguistically correct" }, { "id": "w57", "question": "bright", "reason": "Not found in the Teacher’s Book, the study sheets or the MTA file; the meaning is linguistically correct" }, { "id": "w77", "question": "toilet", "reason": "Not found in the Teacher’s Book, the study sheets or the MTA file; the meaning is linguistically correct" } ] }